Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc. (Form: S-11, Received: 11/22/2010 10:13:37)

Title Of Securities Being Registered

Proposed Maximum
Aggregate
Offering Price ⁽¹⁾

Amount Of
Registration Fee

Series B Cumulative Redeemable Preferred Stock, par value $0.01 per share

$90,000,000

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 22, 2010

Registration No. 333-

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

FORM S-11

FOR REGISTRATION UNDER THE

SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 OF SECURITIES

OF CERTAIN REAL ESTATE COMPANIES

Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc.

(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Its Governing Instruments)

11601 Wilshire Blvd., Suite 1600, Los Angeles, California 90025

(310) 445-5700

(Address, Including Zip Code and Telephone Number, Including Area Code,

of Registrant’s Principal Executive Offices)

Victor J. Coleman

Chief Executive Officer

Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc.

11601 Wilshire Blvd., Suite 1600, Los Angeles, California 90025

(310) 445-5700

(Name, Address, Including Zip Code and Telephone Number, Including Area Code, of Agent for Service)

Copies to:

Julian T.H. Kleindorfer, Esq.

Bradley A. Helms, Esq.

Latham & Watkins LLP

355 South Grand Ave.

Los Angeles, California 90071

(213) 485-1234

David W. Bonser, Esq.

Samantha S. Gallagher, Esq.

Hogan Lovells US LLP

555 Thirteenth Street, NW

Washington, D.C. 20004

(202) 637-5600

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after this Registration Statement becomes effective.

If any of the Securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act, check the following box: ¨

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement of the same offering. ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ¨

If delivery of the prospectus is expected to be made pursuant to Rule 434, check the following box. ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check One):


Large accelerated filer ¨		Accelerated filer ¨
Non-accelerated filer x		Smaller reporting company ¨
(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

(1)	Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(o) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. Includes shares of series B preferred stock that the underwriters have the option to purchase solely to cover overallotments, if any.

The registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment that specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or until this registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.

Subject to Completion,

Preliminary Prospectus dated November 22 , 2010

PROSPECTUS

LOGO

Shares of % Series B Cumulative Redeemable Preferred Stock

(Liquidation Preference $25.00 per share)

We are offering shares of our % Series B Cumulative Redeemable Preferred Stock, $0.01 par value per share, which we refer to in this prospectus as our series B preferred stock. We have granted the underwriters an option to purchase up to additional shares of our series B preferred stock to cover overallotments.

Dividends on our series B preferred stock will be cumulative from the date of original issue and payable quarterly on or about the last calendar day of each March, June, September and December, commencing on or about December 31, 2010, at the rate of % per annum of its liquidation preference, which is equivalent to $ per annum per share. If following a change of control of our company our series B preferred stock is not listed on the New York Stock Exchange, or NYSE, or quoted on the NASDAQ Stock Market, or NASDAQ (or listed or quoted on a successor exchange or quotation system), holders of our series B preferred stock will be entitled to receive cumulative cash dividends from, and including, the first date on which both the change of control occurred and our series B preferred stock is not so listed or quoted, at the increased rate of % per annum of its liquidation preference (equivalent to $ per annum per share) for as long as our series B preferred stock is not so listed or quoted. The first dividend on our series B preferred stock sold in this offering is payable on December 31, 2010 (in the amount of $ per share).

Except in instances relating to preservation of our qualification as a real estate investment trust, or REIT, or in connection with a change of control of our company, our series B preferred stock is not redeemable prior to December , 2015. On and after December , 2015, we may redeem our series B preferred stock in whole, at any time, or in part, from time to time, for cash at a redemption price of $25.00 per share, plus any accrued and unpaid dividends to, but not including, the date of redemption. If at any time following a change of control our series B preferred stock is not listed on the NYSE or quoted on NASDAQ (or listed or quoted on a successor exchange or quotation system), we will have the option to redeem our series B preferred stock, in whole but not in part, within 90 days after the first date on which both the change of control has occurred and our series B preferred stock is not so listed or quoted, for cash at $25.00 per share, plus accrued and unpaid dividends, if any, to, but not including, the redemption date. Our series B preferred stock has no maturity date and will remain outstanding indefinitely unless redeemed by us, and it is not subject to any sinking fund or mandatory redemption and is not convertible into any of our other securities.

We are organized and conduct our operations in a manner that will allow us to qualify as a REIT. To assist us in complying with certain federal income tax requirements applicable to REITs, our charter contains certain restrictions relating to the ownership and transfer of our capital stock, including an ownership limit of 9.8% of the outstanding shares of our series B preferred stock.

See “ Risk Factors ” beginning on page 17 of this prospectus for certain risks relevant to an investment in our series B preferred stock.


	Per Share	Total
Public offering price	$	$
Underwriting discount	$	$
Proceeds, before expenses, to us	$	$

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

The series B preferred stock sold in this offering will be ready for delivery in book-entry form through The Depository Trust Company on or about December , 2010.


Wells Fargo Securities		BofA Merrill Lynch		Barclays Capital		Morgan Stanley

The date of this prospectus is , 2010

TABLE OF CONTENTS


	Page
PROSPECTUS SUMMARY		1
RISK FACTORS		17
FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS		42
USE OF PROCEEDS		43
RATIOS OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES AND PREFERRED DIVIDENDS		44
PRICE RANGE OF COMMON STOCK AND DISTRIBUTIONS		45
CAPITALIZATION		46
SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA		47
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS		50
BUSINESS AND PROPERTIES		76
MANAGEMENT		115
EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION		124
CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS		136
POLICIES WITH RESPECT TO CERTAIN ACTIVITIES		141


	Page
STRUCTURE OF OUR COMPANY		147
DESCRIPTION OF THE PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT OF HUDSON PACIFIC PROPERTIES, L.P.		150
PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS		166
DESCRIPTION OF SERIES B PREFERRED STOCK		168
DESCRIPTION OF STOCK		178
MATERIAL PROVISIONS OF MARYLAND LAW AND OF OUR CHARTER AND BYLAWS		185
FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS		192
ERISA CONSIDERATIONS		214
UNDERWRITING		217
LEGAL MATTERS		223
EXPERTS		223
WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION		224
INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS		F-i

You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus, or in any free writing prospectus prepared by us, or information to which we have referred you. We have not, and the underwriters have not, authorized anyone to provide you with different information. If anyone provides you with different or inconsistent information, you should not rely on it. We are not, and the underwriters are not, making an offer to sell these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted. You should assume that the information appearing in this prospectus and any free writing prospectus prepared by us is accurate only as of their respective dates or on the date or dates that are specified in these documents. Our business, financial condition, liquidity, results of operations and prospects may have changed since those dates.

We use market data and industry forecasts and projections throughout this prospectus, and in particular in the section entitled “Business and Properties.” We have obtained substantially all of this information from a market study prepared for us by Rosen Consulting Group, or RCG, a nationally recognized real estate consulting firm. We have paid RCG a fee of $40,000 for such services. See “Experts.” In addition, we have obtained certain market and industry data from publicly available industry publications. These sources generally state that the information they provide has been obtained from sources believed to be reliable, but that the accuracy and completeness of the information are not guaranteed. The forecasts and projections are based on industry surveys and the preparers’ experience in the industry, and there is no assurance that any of the projected amounts will be achieved. We believe that the surveys and market research others have performed are reliable, but we have not independently verified this information. Any forecasts prepared by RCG are based on data (including third party data), models and experience of various professionals, and are based on various assumptions, all of which are subject to change without notice.

This prospectus makes reference to the “percent leased” of the properties in our portfolio. We calculate percent leased as (i) square feet under lease for which rent has commenced, divided by (ii) total square feet, expressed as a percentage.

We are under contract to acquire an office building located at 10950 Washington Boulevard in Culver City, California, which we refer to as the 10950 Washington property. While we believe that we will consummate the acquisition of the 10950 Washington property, we cannot assure you that we will, because consummation of the acquisition remains subject to the satisfaction of customary closing conditions, including the receipt of requisite estoppels and the assumption of indebtedness. Information in this prospectus with respect to the 10950 Washington property, including square feet, tenants, leasing, rents, commissions, credits and allowances and lease expirations, has been provided by the sellers of such property and we are still in the process of conducting our due diligence on the property.

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

The following summary highlights information contained elsewhere in this prospectus. This summary is not complete and does not contain all of the information that you should consider before investing in our series B preferred stock. You should read the entire prospectus carefully, including the section entitled “Risk Factors,” as well as our historical and pro forma financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus, before making an investment decision. Unless the context suggests otherwise, references in this prospectus to “we,” “our,” “us” and “our company” are to Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc., a Maryland corporation, together with its consolidated subsidiaries, including Hudson Pacific Properties, L.P., a Maryland limited partnership of which we are the sole general partner and which we refer to in this prospectus as our operating partnership. Unless otherwise indicated, the information contained in this prospectus is as of September 30, 2010 and assumes (i) that the underwriters’ overallotment option is not exercised and (ii) the completion of our acquisition of the 10950 Washington property, the timing and completion of which is uncertain. Additionally, unless otherwise indicated, portfolio property data as of September 30, 2010 relating to square feet, tenants, leasing, rents, commissions, credits and allowances and lease expirations includes such data for 10950 Washington, which we are under contract to acquire.

Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc.

We are a full-service, vertically integrated real estate company focused on owning, operating and acquiring high-quality office properties in select growth markets primarily in Northern and Southern California. Our investment strategy is focused on high barrier-to-entry, in-fill locations with favorable, long-term supply-demand characteristics. These markets include Los Angeles, Orange County, San Diego, San Francisco, Silicon Valley and the East Bay, which we refer to as our target markets. Our portfolio includes ten owned properties and one property under contract, the 10950 Washington property, which collectively total approximately 2.4 million square feet. These properties are strategically located in many of our target markets.

We have access to and are actively pursuing a pipeline of potential acquisitions consistent with our investment strategy. We believe Mr. Coleman’s and Mr. Stern’s successful history of operating a publicly traded real estate company, significant expertise in operating in the California office sector and extensive, long-term relationships with real estate owners, developers and lenders, coupled with our conservative capital structure and access to capital, will allow us to capitalize on the current market opportunity.

We focus our investment strategy on office properties located in submarkets with growth potential as well as on underperforming properties that provide opportunities to implement a value-add strategy to increase occupancy rates and cash flow. This strategy includes active management, aggressive leasing efforts, focused capital improvement programs, the reduction and containment of operating costs and an emphasis on tenant satisfaction. We believe our senior management team’s experience in the California office sector positions us to improve cash flow in our portfolio, as well as any newly acquired properties, as the California economy and the real estate markets begin to recover.

Our portfolio consists of nine office properties totaling approximately 1.5 million square feet, which were approximately 83.2% leased as of September 30, 2010 (or 87.0%, giving effect to leases signed but not commenced as of that date), and two state-of-the-art media and entertainment properties comprising 544,763 square feet of office and support space and approximately 312,669 square feet of sound-stage production facilities. We also own 1.85 acres of undeveloped land adjacent to our media and entertainment properties,

which, together with redevelopment opportunities at our media and entertainment properties, could support over one million square feet of additional office and support space. Our properties are concentrated in premier submarkets that have high barriers to entry with limited supply of land, high construction costs and rigorous entitlement processes.

Recent Developments

Our Initial Public Offering

We completed our initial public offering on June 29, 2010, pursuant to which we sold an aggregate of 14,720,000 shares of our common stock (including 1,920,000 shares sold pursuant to the exercise of the underwriters’ overallotment option in full) at an offering price of $17.00 per share. We received net proceeds from our initial public offering (including the underwriters’ exercise of their overallotment option in full) of approximately $250.2 million before underwriting discounts and commissions and other offering costs. Concurrently with our initial public offering, we completed a private placement of 1,176,471 shares of our common stock to Victor J. Coleman and funds affiliated with Farallon Capital Management, L.L.C. at the initial public offering price per share of $17.00, which we refer to in this prospectus as the private placement. The total proceeds of the private placement were $20.0 million (no underwriting costs were incurred in connection with the private placement).

Investment Activities

On August 13, 2010, we acquired the Del Amo Office property and its related ground sublease for $27.5 million in cash (before closing costs and prorations), which was paid with a portion of the proceeds of our initial public offering. The Del Amo Office property is subject to a ground sublease expiring June 30, 2049.

On August 24, 2010, we acquired a leasehold interest in 9300 Wilshire Boulevard, a six-story office building located in Beverly Hills, California, for $15.0 million in cash (before prorations). The 9300 Wilshire Boulevard property is subject to a ground lease expiring August 14, 2032.

On October 6, 2010, we became obligated under a definitive asset purchase agreement with an unrelated third party to acquire the 10950 Washington property, an office building located in Culver City, California, for approximately $46.0 million, subject to closing costs and prorations. In addition, the purchase of the 10950 Washington property is subject to the completion of various closing conditions, including the receipt of requisite estoppels and the assumption of an existing $30.0 million loan, which could delay or prevent the acquisition of the property. The closing of the acquisition is expected to take place by December 30, 2010, after all necessary approvals for the loan assumption have been received. We cannot assure you that the acquisition will be consummated on the anticipated schedule or at all. If we fail to close the purchase as required after the satisfaction or waiver of all closing conditions, we will be liable to the sellers for liquidated damages in an amount equal to the $1.0 million deposit made by us pursuant to the asset purchase agreement.

On October 8, 2010, we acquired 222 Kearny Street, a 144,440 square foot, two-building office property located in San Francisco, California, from an unrelated third party for $34.9 million in cash (before prorations), which was funded with $34.5 million of borrowings under our secured revolving credit facility and the remainder from available cash. A portion representing approximately 64% of the building area of the 222 Kearny Street property (excluding the 180 Sutter building) is subject to a long-term ground lease expiring June 14, 2054.

Distributions

On September 22, 2010, we declared a dividend to common stockholders of record and our operating partnership declared a distribution to holders of record of common units, in each case as of September 30, 2010, totaling $2,410,288, or $0.0971 per common share and common unit. This dividend consisted of a quarterly dividend of $0.095 per common share and common unit for the period from July 1, 2010 through September 30, 2010 and a pro rata dividend of $0.0021 per common share and common unit covering the period from the consummation of our initial public offering on June 29, 2010 through June 30, 2010. The dividend and distribution were paid on October 15, 2010.

On September 22, 2010, our operating partnership declared a distribution to holders of record of its 6.25% Cumulative Redeemable Convertible Series A Preferred Units, or series A preferred units, as of September 30, 2010, totaling $199,206, or $0.3992 per series A preferred unit. This distribution consisted of a quarterly dividend of $0.3906 per series A preferred unit for the period from July 1, 2010 through September 30, 2010 and a pro rata dividend of $0.0086 per series A preferred unit covering the period from the consummation of our initial public offering on June 29, 2010 through June 30, 2010. The distribution was paid on October 15, 2010.

Corporate Information

Our principal executive offices are located at 11601 Wilshire Boulevard, Suite 1600, Los Angeles, California 90025. Our telephone number is 310-445-5700. Our Web site address is www.hudsonpacificproperties.com. The information on, or otherwise accessible through, our Web site does not constitute a part of this prospectus.

Our Competitive Strengths

We believe the following competitive strengths distinguish us from other owners and operators of office properties and enable us to capitalize on the general dislocation in the real estate market to successfully expand and operate our portfolio.

•

Committed and Incentivized Management Team . Our senior management team is dedicated to our successful operation and growth, with no real estate business interests outside of our company. Additionally, our senior management team owns approximately 3.9% of our common stock on a fully diluted basis, thereby aligning management’s interests with those of our stockholders.

•

California Focus with Local and Regional Expertise . We are primarily focused on acquiring and managing office properties in Northern and Southern California, both regions that we believe are well positioned for strong economic recoveries. Additionally, our senior executives have focused their entire real estate careers in California, providing us with a deep knowledge of the major California real estate markets and the local and regional industry participants.

•

Long-Standing Relationships that Provide Access to an Extensive Pipeline of Investment and Leasing Opportunities. We believe our experience, in-depth market knowledge and extensive network of long-standing relationships with real estate developers, real estate owners, national and regional lenders, brokers, tenants and other market participants drive our ability to identify and capitalize on attractive acquisition opportunities and enhance our leasing efforts. For example, we acquired the 222 Kearny Street property in an off-market transaction that was the result of our long-standing relationship with the lender who had acquired the property through foreclosure. In addition, we believe our relationships with two leading investment management firms, Farallon Capital Management, L.L.C., or Farallon, and Morgan Stanley (investment funds affiliated with which contributed properties to us in connection with our initial public offering), will continue to provide us with critical market intelligence, an ongoing acquisition pipeline and potential joint venture partners.

•

Growth-Oriented, Flexible and Conservative Capital Structure. We believe our flexible and conservative capital structure provides us with an advantage over many of our private and public competitors. We are free from legacy balance sheet issues and have limited near-term maturities, which allows our management to focus on our business and growth strategies rather than balance sheet repair. In addition, based upon the closing price of our common stock on November 18, 2010, we had a debt-to-market capitalization ratio (counting series A preferred units as debt) of approximately 26.7%, which is substantially lower than many of our office REIT peers.

•

Irreplaceable Media and Entertainment Assets in a Premier California Submarket. Our Sunset Gower and Sunset Bronson media and entertainment properties are located on Sunset Boulevard, just off of the Hollywood Freeway, in the heart of Hollywood, and serve as important facilities for major film and television companies. We believe these assets will remain critical to the media and entertainment business, one of Los Angeles’s most important industries, due to their attractive location, a limited supply of developable land and the extensive knowledge required to develop and operate such facilities.

Business and Growth Strategies

Our primary business objectives are to increase operating cash flows, generate long-term growth and maximize stockholder value. Specifically, we intend to pursue the following strategies to achieve these objectives:

•

Pursue Acquisitions of Distressed and/or Underperforming Office Properties. We intend to capitalize on the attractive investment environment by acquiring properties at meaningful discounts to our estimates of their intrinsic value. Additionally, we intend to acquire properties or portfolios that are distressed due to near-term debt maturities or underperforming properties where we believe better management, focused leasing efforts and/or capital improvements would improve the property’s operating performance and value. We believe that our extensive relationships, coupled with our strong balance sheet and access to capital, will allow us to capitalize on value-add opportunities.

•

Focus on High Barrier-to-Entry Markets. We target in-fill, suburban markets and central business districts primarily in California. These markets have historically had favorable long-term supply/demand characteristics and significant institutional ownership of real estate, which we believe have helped support real estate fundamentals and valuations over the long term. We believe that these factors will help preserve our capital during periods of economic decline and generate above average returns during periods of economic recovery and growth.

•

Proactive Asset and Property Management. We intend to actively manage our portfolio, employ aggressive leasing strategies and leverage our existing tenant relationships to increase the occupancy rates at our properties, attract high quality tenants and maximize tenant retention rates. In addition, we have targeted ways to further improve net operating income through controlling or reducing operating costs.

•

Repositioning and Development of Properties. We intend to leverage our real estate expertise to reposition and redevelop our existing properties, as well as properties that we acquire in the future, with the objective of increasing occupancy, rental rates and risk-adjusted returns on our invested capital. We believe our media and entertainment properties and undeveloped land offer significant growth potential, with over one million square feet of possible incremental development and redevelopment space.

•

Value Creation Through Capital Recycling Program. We intend to pursue an efficient asset allocation strategy that maximizes the value of our investments by selectively disposing of properties for which returns appear to have been maximized and redeploying capital into acquisition, development and redevelopment opportunities with higher return prospects, in each case in a manner that is consistent with our qualification as a REIT.

Summary Risk Factors

You should carefully consider the matters discussed in the “Risk Factors” section beginning on page 17 of this prospectus prior to deciding whether to invest in our series B preferred stock. Some of these risks include:

•

All of our properties are located in California, and we therefore are dependent on the California economy and are susceptible to adverse local regulations and natural disasters affecting California.

•

We derive a significant portion of our rental revenue from tenants in the media and entertainment industry, which makes us particularly susceptible to demand for rental space in that industry.

•

As of September 30, 2010, the Farallon Funds owned an approximate 35.9 % beneficial common interest in our company on a fully diluted basis and have the ability to exercise significant influence on our company.

•

The purchase of the 10950 Washington property is subject to closing conditions that could delay or prevent the acquisition of the property.

•

We may be unable to identify and complete acquisitions of properties that meet our criteria, which may impede our growth.

•

As of September 30, 2010, we had approximately $94.3 million of indebtedness outstanding, and subsequent to September 30, 2010, we have drawn approximately $34.5 million on our secured revolving credit facility. Our debt service obligations with respect to our indebtedness will reduce cash available for distribution, including cash available to pay dividends on our series B preferred stock, and expose us to the risk of default.

•

Adverse economic and geopolitical conditions and dislocations in the credit markets could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations, cash flow, cash available for distribution, including cash available for payment of dividends on our series B preferred stock, per share trading price of our common stock and series B preferred stock and ability to satisfy our debt obligations.

•

We have a limited operating history and may not be able to operate our business successfully or implement our business strategies as described in this prospectus.

•

We may be unable to renew leases, lease vacant space or re-let space as leases expire.

•

Our success depends on key personnel whose continued service is not guaranteed.

•

Our board of directors may change our investment and financing policies without stockholder approval and we may become more highly leveraged, which may increase our risk of default under our debt obligations.

•

Failure to qualify as a REIT would have significant adverse consequences to us and the value of our stock.

•

The series B preferred stock is a new issuance and does not have an established trading market, which may negatively affect its market value and your ability to transfer or sell your shares; our series B preferred stock has no stated maturity date.

•

Our series B preferred stock is subordinate to our debt, and your interests could be diluted by the issuance of additional preferred stock, including additional series B preferred stock, and by other transactions.

•

The series B preferred stock will be subordinated to the series A preferred units, which were issued in connection with our initial public offering and have an aggregate liquidation preference of approximately $12.5 million.

•

We may be unable to make distributions at expected levels and we may be required to borrow funds to make distributions.

Our Properties

Our Portfolio

We currently own, or are under contract to acquire, eleven properties located in eight California submarkets, containing a total of approximately 2.4 million square feet, which properties we refer to as our portfolio. The following table presents an overview of our portfolio, based on information as of September 30, 2010. Rental data presented in the table below for office properties reflects base rent on leases in place as of September 30, 2010 and does not reflect actual cash rents historically received because such data does not reflect abatements or, in the case of triple net or modified gross leases, tenant reimbursements for real estate taxes, insurance, common area or other operating expenses. Rental data presented in the table below for media and entertainment properties reflects actual cash base rents, excluding tenant reimbursements, received during the 12 months ended September 30, 2010. Leases at our media and entertainment properties are typically short-term leases of one year or less, and other than the KTLA lease at our Sunset Bronson property, substantially all of the current in-place leases at our media and entertainment properties will expire in 2010 or 2011.


Property	City		Year Built/ Renovated		Square Feet ⁽¹⁾		Percent Leased ⁽²⁾			Annualized Base Rent/ Annual Base Rent ⁽³⁾		Annualized Base Rent/ Annual Base Rent Per Leased Square Foot ⁽⁴⁾		Annualized Net Effective Base Rent Per Leased Square Foot ⁽⁵⁾

OFFICE PROPERTIES
City Plaza		Orange		1969/99		333,922		92.4	%	$	7,720,361	$	25.02	$	23.76
875 Howard Street ⁽⁶⁾⁽⁷⁾		San Francisco		Various		286,270		44.6			1,613,081		12.62		12.06
First Financial		Encino (LA)		1986		222,423		84.8			6,276,734		33.29		35.61
10950 Washington ⁽ ⁸ ⁾		Culver City (LA)		Various		158,873		99.5			4,267,320		27.00		29.93
222 Kearny Street ⁽ ⁹ ⁾		San Francisco		Various		144,440		79.2			4,154,289		36.31		38.28
Del Amo Office ⁽¹⁰⁾		Torrance		1986		113,000		100.0			3,069,070		27.16		28.38
Technicolor Building		Hollywood (LA)		2008		114,958		100.0			4,103,173		35.69		39.04
Tierrasanta		San Diego		1985		104,234		96.8			1,576,460		15.62		16.44
9300 Wilshire Boulevard ⁽⁷⁾ ⁽¹ ¹ ⁾		Beverly Hills (LA)		1965/2001		58,484		90.5			2,208,098		41.73		42.42


Total/Weighted Average Office Properties:						1,536,604		83.2	% ⁽¹²⁾	$	34,988,586	$	27.35	$	28.38


MEDIA & ENTERTAINMENT PROPERTIES
Sunset Gower ⁽¹³⁾		Hollywood (LA)		Various		543,709		67.9	%	$	11,235,379	$	30.45
Sunset Bronson		Hollywood (LA)		Various		313,723		71.0			9,018,143		40.48

Total/Weighted Average Media & Entertainment Properties:						857,432		69.0	%	$	20,253,521	$	34.23


LAND
Sunset Bronson—Lot A		Hollywood (LA)		N/A		273,913
Sunset Bronson—Redevelopment		Hollywood (LA)		N/A		389,740
Sunset Gower— Redevelopment		Hollywood (LA)		N/A		423,396
City Plaza		Orange		N/A		360,000


Total Land Assets:						1,447,049

Portfolio Total:						3,841,085

(1)

Square footage for office and media and entertainment properties has been determined by management based upon estimated leasable square feet, which may be less or more than the Building Owners and Managers Association, or BOMA, rentable area. Square footage may change over time due to remeasurement or releasing. Square footage for land assets represents management’s estimate of developable square feet, the majority of which remains subject to receipt of entitlement approvals that have not yet been obtained.

(2)

Percent leased for office properties is calculated as (i) square footage under commenced leases as of September 30, 2010, divided by (ii) total square feet, expressed as a percentage. Percent leased for media and entertainment properties is the average percent leased for the 12 months ended September 30, 2010. As a result of the short-term nature of the leases into which we enter at our media and entertainment properties, and because entertainment industry tenants generally do not shoot on weekends due to higher costs, we believe stabilized occupancy rates at our media and entertainment properties are lower than those rates achievable at our traditional office assets, where tenants enter into longer-term lease arrangements.

(3)

We present rent data for office properties on an annualized basis, and for media and entertainment properties on an annual basis. Annualized base rent for office properties is calculated by multiplying (i) base rental payments (defined as cash base rents (before abatements)) for the month ended September 30, 2010, by (ii) 12. Total abatements with respect to the office properties for leases in effect as of September 30, 2010 for the 12 months ending September 30, 2011 are $1,441,053. Annualized base rent, net of abatements, is $7,200,041 for City Plaza, $6,176,152 for First Financial, $3,926,224 for the Technicolor Building, $1,113,716 for 875 Howard Street and $2,064,260 for 9300 Wilshire Boulevard. There are no abatements associated with the leases in place as of September 30, 2010 at the Del Amo Office, Tierrasanta, 222 Kearny Street and 10950 Washington properties. Total annualized base rent, net of abatements, for our office properties is $33,547,533. Annual base rent for media and entertainment properties reflects actual base rent for the 12 months ended September 30, 2010, excluding tenant reimbursements. Our leases at our City Plaza, First Financial, and Del Amo Office properties are full service gross leases, and annualized base rent data for these properties does not reflect tenant reimbursements in excess

of the base year expense stop. The leases at our Technicolor, Tierrasanta, 875 Howard Street and 10950 Washington properties, as well as the KTLA lease at the Sunset Bronson property, are either triple net leases or modified gross leases pursuant to which the tenant reimburses the landlord or directly pays for some operating expenses, such as real estate taxes, insurance, common area and other operating expenses, and annualized base rent for these properties does not reflect such amounts. We estimate that the full service gross equivalent annualized base rent for these properties is $5,388,866 for the Technicolor Building, $2,093,104 for Tierrasanta, $2,313,275 for 875 Howard Street, and $4,580,780 for 10950 Washington. We estimate that the full service gross equivalent annual base rent is $11,272,172 for Sunset Gower and $10,395,879 for Sunset Bronson.

(4)

Annualized base rent per leased square foot for the office properties is calculated as (i) annualized base rent divided by (ii) square footage under lease as of September 30, 2010. Annual base rent per leased square foot for the media and entertainment properties is calculated as (i) actual base rent for the 12 months ended September 30, 2010, excluding tenant reimbursements, divided by (ii) average square feet under lease for the 12 months ended September 30, 2010. We estimate that the full service gross equivalent annualized base rent per leased square foot is $46.88 for the Technicolor Building, $20.74 for Tierrasanta, $18.10 for 875 Howard Street and $28.98 for 10950 Washington, and the full service gross equivalent annual base rent per leased square foot is $30.55 for Sunset Gower and $46.66 for Sunset Bronson.

(5)

Annualized net effective base rent per leased square foot represents (i) the contractual base rent for leases in place as of September 30, 2010, calculated on a straight-line basis to amortize free rent periods and abatements, but without regard to tenant improvement allowances and leasing commissions, divided by (ii) the net rentable square footage under lease as of September 30, 2010. Our leases at our City Plaza, First Financial, and Del Amo Office properties are full service gross leases, and annualized net effective base rent data for these properties does not reflect tenant reimbursements in excess of the base year expense stop. The leases at our Technicolor, Tierrasanta and 875 Howard Street properties, as well as the KTLA lease at the Sunset Bronson property, are either triple net leases or modified gross leases pursuant to which the tenant reimburses the landlord or directly pays for some operating expenses, and annualized net effective base rent for these properties does not reflect such amounts. We estimate that the full service gross equivalent annualized net effective base rent per leased square foot for these properties is $49.98 for the Technicolor Building, $ 21.56 for Tierrasanta, $17.39 for 875 Howard Street and $31.92 for 10950 Washington.

(6)	875 Howard Street consists of two buildings, a retail building of 94,505 square feet that is 100% leased and an office building of 191,765 square feet that underwent redevelopment, which was completed on April 1, 2010.

(7)	As of September 30, 2010, we had entered into two leases with respect to our 875 Howard Street and 9300 Wilshire Boulevard properties that had not commenced. The following table sets forth certain data with respect to the uncommenced leases.


	Uncommenced Leases
Property	Leased Square Feet Under Uncommenced Leases ^(a)		Annualized Base Rent Under Uncommenced Leases ^(b)		Annualized Base Rent Per Leased Square Foot Under Uncommenced Leases ^(c)		Annualized Net Effective Base Rent Per Leased Square Foot Under Uncommenced Leases ^(d)
875 Howard Street		55,827	$	1,116,538	$	20.00	$	33.20
9300 Wilshire Boulevard		1,243	$	18,645	$	15.00	$	13.42

(a)

The uncommenced lease for the 875 Howard Street property, which commences on December 14, 2010, is a ten-year lease expiring on December 13, 2020, and contains no rent abatements. The uncommenced lease for the 9300 Wilshire Boulevard property, which commences on January 1, 2011, is a five-year lease expiring on December 31, 2015, and total abatements under the uncommenced lease for the 12 months ending September 30, 2011 are $7,769. The uncommenced lease at our 9300 Wilshire Boulevard property represents expansion space that is in addition to 6,171 square feet that is currently leased by one of our tenants. See “Business and Properties—Uncommenced Leases.”

(b)

Annualized base rent under uncommenced leases is calculated by multiplying (i) base rental payments (defined as cash base rents (before abatements)) for the first full month under the respective uncommenced leases, by (ii) 12.

(c)

Annualized base rent per leased square foot under uncommenced leases is calculated as (i) annualized base rent under uncommenced leases, divided by (ii) leased square feet under uncommenced leases.

(d)

Annualized net effective base rent per leased square foot under uncommenced leases represents (i) annualized base rent under uncommenced leases calculated on a straight-line basis to amortize free rent periods and abatements, but without regard to tenant improvement allowances and leasing commissions, divided by (ii) leased square feet under uncommenced leases.

(8)

Our acquisition of this property is subject to closing conditions that may not be in our control. See “Risk Factors – Risks Related to Our Properties and Our Business – The purchase of the 10950 Washington property is subject to closing conditions that could delay or prevent the acquisition of the property.”

(9)	This property was acquired on October 8, 2010. A portion representing approximately 64% of the building area (excluding the 180 Sutter building) is subject to a ground lease that expires June 14, 2054; the remaining portion is owned in fee.

(10)	This property is subject to a ground sublease that expires June 30, 2049.

(11)	This property is subject to a ground lease that expires August 14, 2032.

(12)	After giving effect to uncommenced leases signed as of September 30, 2010, the total percent leased for office properties would have been 87.0% as of September 30, 2010.

(13)	Approximately 0.59 acres of this property is subject to a ground lease that expires March 31, 2060; the remaining portion is owned in fee.

The Offering

The offering terms are summarized below solely for your convenience. For a more complete description of the terms of our series B preferred stock, see “Description of Series B Preferred Stock.”

Issuer

Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc.

Securities Offered

shares of Series B Cumulative Redeemable Preferred Stock, $0.01 par value per share. We have granted the underwriters an option to purchase up to an additional shares of series B preferred stock.

Dividends

If following a change of control our series B preferred stock is not listed on the NYSE or quoted on NASDAQ (or listed or quoted on a successor exchange or quotation system), holders will be entitled to receive cumulative cash dividends from, and including, the first date on which both the change of control has occurred and our series B preferred stock is not so listed or quoted at the increased rate of % per annum of its liquidation preference (equivalent to $ per annum per share) for as long as our series B preferred stock is not so listed or quoted. To see how we define change of control for this purpose, see “Description of Series B Preferred Stock—Dividends” below.

Liquidation Preference

If we liquidate, dissolve or wind up our business and affairs, holders of our series B preferred stock will have the right to receive $25.00 per share, plus an amount per share equal to all accrued and unpaid dividends (whether or not earned or declared) to, but not including, the date of payment, before any payments are made to holders of our common stock or other junior securities.

Maturity

Our series B preferred stock has no maturity date and we are not required to redeem our series B preferred stock. Accordingly, our series B preferred stock will remain outstanding indefinitely, unless we decide to redeem it. We are not required to set aside funds to redeem our series B preferred stock.

Ranking

Our series B preferred stock will rank senior to our common stock and any other junior shares that we may issue in the future, on parity with any parity shares that we may issue in the future, and junior to

all of our existing and future indebtedness, in each case with respect to payment of dividends and distribution of assets upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up. In addition, the series B preferred stock will be subordinate to the outstanding series A preferred units, which were issued in connection with our initial public offering and have an aggregate liquidation preference of approximately $12.5 million, in the case of our liquidation, dissolution or winding up.

Conversion

Our series B preferred stock is not convertible into or exchangeable for any property or any other securities.

Optional Redemption

Except in limited circumstances relating to the restrictions on ownership and transfer of our stock intended to assist us in qualifying as a REIT or pursuant to our special optional redemption right discussed below, our series B preferred stock is not redeemable prior to December , 2015. On and after December , 2015, we may, at our option, redeem our series B preferred stock, in whole, at any time, or in part, from time to time, for cash at a redemption price of $25.00 per share, plus any accrued and unpaid dividends (whether or not declared) to, but not including, the date of redemption.

Special Optional Redemption

If at any time following a change of control, our series B preferred stock is not listed on the NYSE or quoted on NASDAQ (or listed or quoted on a successor exchange or quotation system), we will have the option to redeem our series B preferred stock, in whole but not in part, within 90 days after the first date on which both the change of control has occurred and our series B preferred stock is not so listed or quoted, for cash at $25.00 per share, plus accrued and unpaid dividends (whether or not declared) to, but not including, the redemption date. To see how we define change of control for this purpose, see “Description of Series B Preferred Stock—Dividends” below.

Voting Rights

Holders of our series B preferred stock will generally have no voting rights. However, if dividends on our series B preferred stock are in arrears for six quarterly dividend periods (whether or not consecutive), the holders of our series B preferred stock (voting together as a single class with the holders of any other class or series of parity preferred stock upon which like voting rights have been conferred and are exercisable) will have the right to elect two directors until we pay (or declare and set aside for payment) all such dividends and dividends on our series B preferred stock for the then current quarterly dividend period. In addition, certain amendments to our charter that would be material and adverse to the rights of our series B preferred stock cannot be made without the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of the votes entitled to be cast by holders of outstanding shares of series B preferred stock, voting together as a single class with the holders of all other similarly-affected classes and series of parity preferred stock upon which like voting rights have been conferred.

Information Rights

During any period in which we are not subject to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, and any shares of our series B preferred stock are outstanding, we will (i) transmit by mail (or other permissible means under the Exchange Act) to all holders of series B preferred stock, as their names and addresses appear in our record books and without cost to such holders, copies of the annual reports and quarterly reports that we would have been required to file with the Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC, pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act if we were subject thereto (other than any exhibits that would have been required) and (ii) promptly, upon request, supply copies of such reports to any prospective holder of series B preferred stock. We will mail (or otherwise provide) the information to the holders of series B preferred stock within 15 days after the respective dates by which a periodic report on Form 10-K or Form 10-Q, as the case may be, in respect of such information would have been required to be filed with the SEC, if we were subject to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act.

Listing

We intend to apply to list our series B preferred stock on the NYSE under the symbol “HPP Pr B.” We expect trading of the shares of series B preferred stock on the NYSE, if listing is approved, to commence within 30 days after the date of the initial delivery of the shares.

Use of Proceeds

We estimate that the net proceeds from this offering, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated expenses, will be approximately $ million ($ million if the underwriters exercise their overallotment option in full). We will contribute the net proceeds of this offering to our operating partnership in exchange for % Series B Cumulative Redeemable Preferred Units of partnership interest in our operating partnership, or series B preferred units, that will have rights as to distributions and upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up that are substantially similar to those of the series B preferred stock. Our operating partnership intends to use the net proceeds to repay indebtedness under our secured revolving credit facility, to fund future acquisitions, and for general working capital purposes, including funding capital expenditures, tenant improvements, leasing commissions, and potentially, paying distributions and post-closing cash prorations.

Restrictions on Ownership

Our charter contains restrictions on the ownership and transfer of our stock that are intended to assist us in complying with the requirements for qualification as a REIT. Among other things, upon completion of this offering, our charter will provide that, subject to certain exceptions, no person or entity may actually or beneficially own, or be deemed to own by virtue of the applicable constructive ownership provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, more than 9.8% (in value or in number of shares, whichever is more restrictive) of the outstanding shares of our series B preferred

stock. See “Description of Series B Preferred Stock—Restrictions on Ownership and Transfer” and “Description of Stock—Restrictions on Ownership and Transfer.”

Settlement

Delivery of the shares of series B preferred stock will be made against payment therefor on or about December , 2010.

Form	Our series B preferred stock will be maintained in book-entry form registered in the name of the nominee of The Depository Trust Company, except in limited circumstances.

Risk Factors

Investing in our series B preferred stock involves a high degree of risk and the purchasers of our series B preferred stock may lose their entire investment. See “Risk Factors” on page 17 for a discussion of risk factors you should carefully consider before deciding to invest in our series B preferred stock.

Our Tax Status

We intend to elect to be taxed as a REIT for federal income tax purposes on our federal income tax return for our taxable year ending December 31, 2010. We believe that we have operated, and we intend to continue operating, in a manner that will allow us to qualify as a REIT for federal income tax purposes commencing with such taxable year. To maintain REIT status, we must meet a number of organizational and operational requirements, including a requirement that we annually distribute at least 90% of our taxable income to our stockholders. As a REIT, we generally will not be subject to federal income tax on our taxable income we currently distribute to our stockholders. If we fail to qualify as a REIT in any taxable year, we will be subject to federal income tax at regular corporate rates. Even if we qualify for taxation as a REIT, we may be subject to some federal, state and local taxes on our income or property. In addition, the income of any taxable REIT subsidiary that we own will be subject to taxation at regular corporate rates. See “Federal Income Tax Considerations.”

Summary Selected Financial Data

T he following table sets forth selected financial and operating data on a pro forma and historical basis for our company. Our historical financial statements include the real estate activity and holdings of the entities that owned the following properties that were contributed to us in connection with our initial public offering on June 29, 2010: Sunset Gower; the Technicolor Building; Sunset Bronson; City Plaza (which, together, we previously designated as our predecessor) and 875 Howard Street. One of the entities comprising our predecessor, SGS Realty II, LLC (the asset owning entity of the Sunset Gower property and the Technicolor Building) was determined to be the acquirer for accounting purposes. In addition, any interests contributed by the controlling member of the other entities comprising our predecessor and Howard Street Associates, LLC (the asset owning entity of 875 Howard Street) was a transaction of entities under common control. As a result, the contribution of interests in each of these entities has been recorded at historical cost in our historical financial statements. We have changed the presentation in our historical financial statements to include the results of both our predecessor and Howard Street Associates, LLC. The current period financial statements include: (i) the operations of the above entities, (ii) the operations of the following entities that we also acquired in connection with our initial public offering: Glenborough Tierrasanta, LLC, GLB Encino, LLC, and Hudson Capital, LLC, for periods subsequent to our initial public offering; and (iii) the operations of the following entities that we acquired subsequent to our initial public offering: Del Amo Fashion Center Operating Company, LLC and 9300 Wilshire, for periods subsequent to the acquisitions of such entities on August 13, 2010 and August 24, 2010, respectively.

You should read the following selected financial data in conjunction with our combined historical consolidated financial statements and the related notes and with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” which are included elsewhere in this prospectus.

The historical consolidated balance sheet as of September 30, 2010 and the consolidated statements of operations for the nine months ended September 30, 2010 and 2009 have been derived from the unaudited consolidated financial statements of our company included elsewhere in this prospectus. In the opinion of the management of our company, the historical consolidated statements of operations for the nine months ended September 30, 2010 and 2009 include all adjustments, consisting of normal recurring adjustments, necessary for a fair presentation of the historical financial statements for such periods. The historical combined balance sheets as of December 31, 2009 and 2008 and the combined statements of operations information for each of the periods ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 have been derived from our historical audited combined financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our results of operations for the interim periods ended September 30, 2010 and 2009 are not necessarily indicative of the results to be obtained for the full fiscal year.

Our unaudited selected pro forma consolidated financial statements and operating information as of and for the nine months ended September 30, 2010 and for the year ended December 31, 2009 assumes the completion of this offering and our intended use of the proceeds therefrom as of the beginning of the earliest period presented for the operating data and as of the stated date for the balance sheet data. Our unaudited selected pro forma consolidated financial statements also include the effects of our initial public offering, which closed on June 29, 2010, and the related formation transactions that occurred in conjunction with our initial public offering, as if the resulting debt and equity structure were in place as of the first day of the earliest period presented for the operating data and as of the stated date for the balance sheet data. Our unaudited selected pro forma consolidated financial statements also include the effects of certain acquisitions completed by us since our initial public offering, including the acquisition of the 222 Kearny Street property and the expected acquisition by us of the 10950 Washington property, along with any related financing transactions, as if those acquisitions and financing transactions had occurred as of the beginning of the earliest period presented for the operating data and as of the stated date for the balance sheet data. Our pro forma financial information is not necessarily indicative of what our actual financial position and results of operations would have been as of the date and for the periods indicated, nor does it purport to represent our future financial position or results of operations.

Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc.


	Nine Months Ended September 30,									Year Ended December 31,
	Pro Forma Consolidated			Historical Consolidated			Historical Combined			Pro Forma Consolidated			Historical Combined
	2010			2010			2009			2009			2009			2008			2007
	(Unaudited)			(Unaudited)			(Unaudited)			(Unaudited)
	(In thousands, except per share data)
Statement of Operations Data:
REVENUES
Office
Rental	$	23,400		$	12,786		$	8,349		$	27,194		$	11,058		$	8,235		$	3,905
Tenant recoveries		4,045			1,915			1,435			5,396			2,029			1,504			620
Other		613			125			152			785			158			41			—

Total Office Revenues		28,058			14,826			9,936			33,375			13,245			9,780			4,525
Media & Entertainment
Rental		15,453			15,453			15,300			19,909			19,909			22,075			4,215
Tenant recoveries		1,179			1,179			1,225			1,463			1,463			1,544			58
Other property-related revenue		7,996			7,996			7,402			7,193			7,193			9,554			2,750
Other		96			96			57			60			60			92			7

Total Media & Entertainment Revenues		24,724			24,724			23,984			28,625			28,625			33,265			7,030

Total revenues		52,782			39,550			33,920			62,000			41,870			43,045			11,555
OPERATING EXPENSES
Office operating expenses		10,753			5,650			4,328			13,814			6,322			3,003			1,182
Media & entertainment operating expenses		14,983			15,194			14,451			16,069			16,810			19,926			4,732
General and administrative		4,568			2,379			—			4,376			—			—			—
Depreciation and amortization		14,008			9,985			8,334			18,805			10,930			9,693			3,592

Total operating expenses		44,312			33,208			27,113			53,064			34,062			32,622			9,506

Income from operations		8,470			6,342			6,807			8,936			7,808			10,423			2,049
OTHER EXPENSE (INCOME)
Interest expense		7,132			6,196			6,702			12,668			8,774			12,029			6,096
Interest income		(37	)		(37	)		(9	)		(18	)		(18	)		(48	)		(57	)
Unrealized loss (gain) on interest rate contracts		(347	)		(347	)		(208	)		(399	)		(399	)		835			24
Acquisition-related expenses		2,689			2,689			—			—			—			208			—
Other expense		(8	)		(8	)		97			95			95			21			—

Total other expense (income)		9,429			8,493			6,582			12,346			8,452			13,045			6,063

Net income (loss)	$	(959	)	$	(2,151	)	$	225		$	(3,410	)	$	(644	)	$	(2,622	)	$	(4,014	)
Less: Net income attributable to series B cumulative redeemable preferred stock	$	(4,500	)	$	—		$	—			(6,000	)	$	—		$	—		$	—
Less: Net income attributable to preferred non-controlling partnership interest		(585	)		(199	)		—			(780	)		—			—			—
Less: Net income attributable to restricted shares		(75	)		(25	)		—			(100	)		—			—			—
Add: Net loss (income) attributable to common non-controlling partnership interest		—			32			(4	)		—			29			81			141
Add: Net loss attributable to Unitholders in the Operating Partnership		651			277			—			1,094			—			—			—

(Loss) income attributable to Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc. shareholders’ / controlling member’s equity	$	(5,468	)	$	(2,066	)	$	221		$	(9,196	)	$	(615	)	$	(2,541	)	$	(3,873	)

Net (loss) attributable to shareholders’ per share—basic and diluted		(0.25	)		—			—			(0.42	)		—			—			—
Weighted average shares of common stock outstanding—basic and diluted		21,946,508			—			—			21,946,508			—			—			—
Dividends declared per common share	$	—		$	0.0971		$	—		$	—			—			—			—


	Nine Months Ended September 30,								Year Ended December 31,
	Pro Forma Consolidated		Historical Consolidated			Historical Combined			Pro Forma Consolidated		Historical Combined
	2010		2010			2009			2009		2009			2008			2007
	(Unaudited)		(Unaudited)			(Unaudited)			(Unaudited)
	(In thousands, except per share data)
Balance Sheet Data (at period end):
Investment in real estate, net	$	594,011	$	515,812		$	—			—	$	412,478		$	409,192		$	237,071
Total assets		732,199		623,915			—			—		448,234			446,037			264,930
Notes payable		124,349		94,069			—			—		189,518			185,594			167,531
Total liabilities		166,339		130,055			—			—		221,646			224,306			188,483
Preferred non-controlling partnership interest		12,670		12,670			—			—		—			—			—
Series B preferred stock		75,000		—			—			—		—			—			—
Non-controlling partnership/members’ interest		66,322		66,322			—			—		3,348			3,282			1,793
Member’s/stockholders’ equity		486,868		414,868			—			—		223,240			218,449			74,654
Total equity		553,190		481,190			—			—		226,588			221,731			76,447
Other Data:
Pro forma funds from operations ⁽¹⁾	$	7,964		—			—		$	8,615		—			—			—
Pro forma funds from operations per share, diluted	$	0.32		—			—		$	0.35		—			—			—
Cash flows from:
Operating activities		—	$	3,421		$	2,250			—	$	4,538		$	20,049		$	(5,433	)
Investing activities		—		(56,667	)		(10,112	)		—		(15,457	)		(178,526	)		(238,903	)
Financing activities		—		90,293			5,754			—		8,800			163,794			244,832

(1)

We calculate funds from operations before non-controlling interest, or FFO, in accordance with the standards established by the National Association of Real Estate Investment Trusts, or NAREIT. FFO is defined by NAREIT as net income (loss) (computed in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, or GAAP), excluding gains (or losses) from sales of depreciable operating property, plus real estate depreciation and amortization (excluding amortization of above (below) market rents for acquisition properties and amortization of deferred financing costs and debt discounts) and after adjustments for unconsolidated partnerships and joint ventures. FFO is a supplemental non-GAAP financial measure. We use FFO as a supplemental performance measure because, in excluding real estate depreciation and amortization and gains and losses from property dispositions, it provides a performance measure that, when compared year over year, captures trends in occupancy rates, rental rates and operating costs. We also believe that, as a widely recognized measure of the performance of REITs, FFO will be used by investors as a basis to compare our operating performance with that of other REITs. However, because FFO excludes depreciation and amortization and captures neither the changes in the value of our properties that result from use or market conditions nor the level of capital expenditures and leasing commissions necessary to maintain the operating performance of our properties, all of which have real economic effects and could materially impact our results from operations, the utility of FFO as a measure of our performance is limited. Other equity REITs may not calculate FFO in accordance with the NAREIT definition as we do, and, therefore, our FFO may not be comparable to such other REITs’ FFO. Accordingly, FFO should be considered only as a supplement to net income as a measure of our performance. FFO should not be used as a measure of our liquidity, nor is it indicative of funds available to fund our cash needs, including our ability to pay dividends. FFO should not be used as a supplement to or substitute for cash flow from operating activities computed in accordance with GAAP. The following table sets forth a reconciliation of our pro forma net income to pro forma FFO before non-controlling interest for the periods presented:


	Pro Forma
	Nine Months Ended September 30, 2010			Year Ended December 31, 2009
	(In thousands)			(In thousands)
Net loss	$	(959	)	$	(3,410	)

Adjustments:
Net income attributable to series B cumulative redeemable preferred stock		(4,500	)		(6,000	)
Net income attributable to preferred non-controlling partnership interest		(585	)		(780	)
Real estate depreciation and amortization		14,008			18,805

Funds from operations before common non-controlling interests	$	7,964		$	8,615

Ratios of Earnings to Fixed Charges and Preferred Dividends

Our ratios of earnings to fixed charges and earnings to fixed charges and preferred dividends for the periods indicated are as follows:

Pro Forma
Consolidated
Nine Months
Ended

Historical
Consolidated
Nine Months
Ended

Pro Forma
Consolidated
Year Ended

Historical Combined Year Ended

September 30,
2010

December 31,
2009

December 31,

2009

2008

2007

Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges

0.85x

0.64x

0.71x

0.88x

0.72x

0.29x

Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges and Preferred Dividends

0.51x

0.62x

0.47x

0.88x

0.72x

0.29x

Our ratios of earnings to fixed charges are computed by dividing earnings by fixed charges. Our ratios of earnings to fixed charges and preferred dividends are computed by dividing earnings by the sum of fixed charges and preferred dividends. For these purposes, “earnings” consist of net income (loss) plus fixed charges. Net income (loss) is computed in accordance with GAAP and includes such non-cash items as real estate depreciation and amortization, amortization of above (below) market rents, and amortization of deferred financing costs and loan premium. Net income (loss) in 2010 also includes one-time transactional costs relating to our initial public offering and related formation transactions and acquisitions subsequent to our initial public offering. “Fixed charges” consist of interest expense, capitalized interest and amortization of deferred financing fees and loan premium, whether expensed or capitalized, interest within rental expense and preference security dividend requirements of consolidated subsidiaries. Interest income is not included in this computation. “Preferred dividends” consist of the amount of pre-tax earnings required to pay dividends on the series B preferred stock. Our pro forma ratios are prepared on the basis of our pro forma financial statements. See “Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc. Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.”

The computation of ratio of earnings to fixed charges indicates that earnings were inadequate to cover fixed charges on the basis of our pro forma financial statements by approximately $1.1 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2010 and by $3.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2009.

The computation of ratio of earnings to fixed charges and preferred dividends indicates that earnings were inadequate to cover fixed charges and preferred dividends on the basis of our pro forma financial statements by approximately $6.2 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2010 and by $10.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2009.

The computation of ratio of earnings to fixed charges indicates that earnings were inadequate to cover fixed charges on the basis of our historical financial statements by approximately $2.3 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2010 and by $1.1 million, $3.6 million, and $5.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008, and 2007, respectively.

The computation of ratio of earnings to fixed charges and preferred dividends indicates that earnings were inadequate to cover fixed charges and preferred dividends on the basis of our historical financial statements by approximately $2.5 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2010 and by $1.1 million, $3.6 million, and $5.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008, and 2007, respectively.

R ISK FACTORS

Investing in our series B preferred stock involves risks. In addition to other information contained in this prospectus, you should carefully consider the following factors before acquiring shares of our series B preferred stock offered by this prospectus. The occurrence of any of the following risks could materially and adversely affect our business, prospects, financial condition, results of operations and our ability to make cash distributions to our stockholders, which could cause you to lose all or a part of your investment in our series B preferred stock. Some statements in this prospectus, including statements in the following risk factors, constitute forward-looking statements. Please refer to the section entitled “Forward-Looking Statements.”

Risks Related to Our Properties and Our Business

All of our properties are located in California, and we therefore are dependent on the California economy and are susceptible to adverse local regulations and natural disasters affecting California.

All of our properties are located in California, which exposes us to greater economic risks than if we owned a more geographically dispersed portfolio. Further, our properties are concentrated in certain submarkets, exposing us to risks associated with those specific areas. We are susceptible to adverse developments in the California economic and regulatory environment (such as business layoffs or downsizing, industry slowdowns, relocations of businesses, increases in real estate and other taxes, costs of complying with governmental regulations or increased regulation), as well as to natural disasters that occur in our markets (such as earthquakes and other events). For example, prior to the acquisition of our City Plaza property located in Orange County, California, the area was impacted significantly by the collapse of the subprime mortgage market, which had a material adverse effect on property values, vacancy rates and rents in the area. Had we owned City Plaza at that time, we would have been exposed to those adverse effects, which were more pronounced in Orange County than in other parts of the state and country. We anticipate that we will be exposed to similar risks related to the geographic concentration of our properties in the future. In addition, the State of California continues to suffer from severe budgetary constraints and is regarded as more litigious and more highly regulated and taxed than many other states, all of which may reduce demand for office space in California. Any adverse developments in the economy or real estate market in California, or any decrease in demand for office space resulting from the California regulatory or business environment, could adversely impact our financial condition, results of operations, cash flow, cash available for distribution, including cash available for payment of dividends on our series B preferred stock, the per share trading price of our common stock and series B preferred stock and our ability to satisfy our debt obligations. We cannot assure you of the growth of the California economy or of our future growth rate.

We derive a significant portion of our rental revenue from tenants in the media and entertainment industry, which makes us particularly susceptible to demand for rental space in that industry.

The Sunset Gower, Sunset Bronson, Technicolor Building and 10950 Washington properties in our portfolio are leased to media and entertainment tenants and a significant portion of our rental revenue is derived from tenants in the media and entertainment industry. Consequently, we are susceptible to adverse developments affecting the demand by media and entertainment tenants for office, production, and support space in Southern California and, more specifically, in Hollywood, such as writer, director and actor strikes, industry slowdowns and the relocation of media and entertainment businesses to other locations. Although our Technicolor Building property and the 10950 Washington property are principally occupied and suitable for general office purposes, portions of such properties may require modifications prior to or at the commencement of a lease term if it were to be released to more traditional office users. Although our Sunset Gower and Sunset Bronson properties contain both sound stages and space suitable for office use, they have historically served the entertainment and media industry and will continue to depend on that sector for future tenancy. In addition, our media and entertainment properties tend to be subject to short-term leases of less than one year. As a result, were there to be adverse developments affecting the demand by media and entertainment tenants for office, production, and support space,

it could affect the occupancy of our media and entertainment properties more quickly than if we had longer term leases. Any adverse development in the media and entertainment industry could adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations, cash flow and the per share trading price of our common stock and series B preferred stock.

The purchase of the 10950 Washington property is subject to closing conditions that could delay or prevent the acquisition of the property.

We have entered into a definitive agreement to acquire the 10950 Washington property. The purchase of the 10950 Washington property is subject to closing conditions, including our receipt of requisite estoppels and our assumption of the existing $30.0 million loan, which could delay or prevent the acquisition of the property. Although we believe that the information in the prospectus with respect to the 10950 Washington property that has been provided to us by the seller of such property, including square feet, tenants, leasing, rents, commissions, credits and allowances and lease expirations is accurate, we cannot assure you that this information is accurate or complete. The closing of the acquisition is expected to take place by December 30, 2010 once all necessary approvals for the loan assumption have been received. We cannot assure you that the acquisition will be consummated on the anticipated schedule or at all. In addition, if we fail to close the purchase as required after the satisfaction or waiver of all closing conditions, we will be liable to the seller for liquidated damages in an amount equal to the $1.0 million deposit made by us under the asset purchase agreement.

Some of our properties are subject to ground leases, the termination or expiration of which could cause us to lose our interest in, and the right to receive rental income from, such properties.

The 9300 Wilshire Boulevard property, 0.59 acres of the the Sunset Gower property and a portion representing 64% of the building area of the 222 Kearny Street property (excluding the 180 Sutter building) are subject to ground leases. If any of these ground leases are terminated following a default or expire without being extended, we may lose our interest in the related property and may no longer have the right to receive any of the rental income from such property, which would adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations, cash flow, cash available for distribution, including cash available for payment of dividends on our series B preferred stock, per share trading price of our common stock and series B preferred stock and ability to satisfy our debt obligations.

The ground sublease for the Del Amo Office property is subject and subordinate to a ground lease, the termination of which could result in a termination of the ground sublease.

The property on which the Del Amo Office building is located is subleased by Del Amo Fashion Center Operating Company, L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability company, or Del Amo, through a long-term ground sublease. The ground sublease is subject and subordinate to the terms of a ground lease between the fee owner of the Del Amo Office property and the sub-landlord under the ground sublease. The fee owner has not granted to the subtenant under the ground sublease any rights of non-disturbance. Accordingly, a termination of the ground lease for any reason, including a rejection thereof by the ground tenant under the ground lease in a bankruptcy proceeding, could result in a termination of the ground sublease. In the event of a termination of the ground sublease, we may lose our interest in the Del Amo Office building and may no longer have the right to receive any of the rental income from the Del Amo Office building. In addition, our lack of any non-disturbance rights from the fee owner may impair our ability to obtain financing for the Del Amo Office building.

We may be unable to identify and complete acquisitions of properties that meet our criteria, which may impede our growth.

Our business strategy involves the acquisition of underperforming office properties. These activities require us to identify suitable acquisition candidates or investment opportunities that meet our criteria and are compatible with our growth strategies. We continue to evaluate the market of available properties and may attempt to acquire properties when strategic opportunities exist. However, we may be unable to acquire any of

the properties identified as potential acquisition opportunities under “Business and Properties—Acquisition Pipeline” and elsewhere in this prospectus, or that we may identify in the future. Our ability to acquire properties on favorable terms, or at all, may be exposed to the following significant risks:

•

potential inability to acquire a desired property because of competition from other real estate investors with significant capital, including publicly traded REITs, private equity investors and institutional investment funds, which may be able to accept more risk than we can prudently manage, including risks with respect to the geographic proximity of investments and the payment of higher acquisition prices;

•

we may incur significant costs and divert management attention in connection with evaluating and negotiating potential acquisitions, including ones that we are subsequently unable to complete;

•

even if we enter into agreements for the acquisition of properties, these agreements are typically subject to customary conditions to closing, including the satisfactory completion of our due diligence investigations; and

•

we may be unable to finance the acquisition on favorable terms or at all.

If we are unable to finance property acquisitions or acquire properties on favorable terms, or at all, our financial condition, results of operations, cash flow, cash available for distribution, including cash available for the payment of dividends on our series B preferred stock, and per share trading price of our common stock and series B preferred stock could be adversely affected. In addition, failure to identify or complete acquisitions of suitable properties could slow our growth.

Our future acquisitions may not yield the returns we expect.

Our future acquisitions and our ability to successfully operate the properties we acquire in such acquisitions may be exposed to the following significant risks:

•

even if we are able to acquire a desired property, competition from other potential acquirers may significantly increase the purchase price;

•

we may acquire properties that are not accretive to our results upon acquisition, and we may not successfully manage and lease those properties to meet our expectations;

•

our cash flow may be insufficient to meet our required principal and interest payments;

•

we may spend more than budgeted amounts to make necessary improvements or renovations to acquired properties;

•

we may be unable to quickly and efficiently integrate new acquisitions, particularly acquisitions of portfolios of properties, into our existing operations, and as a result our results of operations and financial condition could be adversely affected;

•

market conditions may result in higher than expected vacancy rates and lower than expected rental rates; and

•

we may acquire properties subject to liabilities and without any recourse, or with only limited recourse, with respect to unknown liabilities such as liabilities for clean-up of undisclosed environmental contamination, claims by tenants, vendors or other persons dealing with the former owners of the properties, liabilities incurred in the ordinary course of business and claims for indemnification by general partners, directors, officers and others indemnified by the former owners of the properties.

If we cannot operate acquired properties to meet our financial expectations, our financial condition, results of operations, cash flow, cash available for distribution, including cash available for payment of dividends on our series B preferred stock, and per share trading price of our common stock and series B preferred stock could be adversely affected.

We may acquire properties or portfolios of properties through tax deferred contribution transactions, which could result in stockholder dilution and limit our ability to sell such assets.

In the future we may acquire properties or portfolios of properties through tax deferred contribution transactions in exchange for partnership interests in our operating partnership, which may result in stockholder dilution. This acquisition structure may have the effect of, among other things, reducing the amount of tax depreciation we could deduct over the tax life of the acquired properties, and may require that we agree to protect the contributors’ ability to defer recognition of taxable gain through restrictions on our ability to dispose of the acquired properties and/or the allocation of partnership debt to the contributors to maintain their tax bases. These restrictions could limit our ability to sell an asset at a time, or on terms, that would be favorable absent such restrictions.

Our growth depends on external sources of capital that are outside of our control and may not be available to us on commercially reasonable terms or at all.

In order to maintain our qualification as a REIT, we are required to meet various requirements under the Code, including that we distribute annually at least 90% of our net taxable income, determined without regard to the dividends paid deduction and excluding any net capital gain. In addition, we will be subject to income tax at regular corporate rates to the extent that we distribute less than 100% of our net taxable income, including any net capital gains. Because of these distribution requirements, we may not be able to fund future capital needs, including any necessary acquisition financing, from operating cash flow. Consequently, we intend to rely on third-party sources to fund our capital needs. We may not be able to obtain the financing on favorable terms or at all. Any additional debt we incur will increase our leverage and likelihood of default. Our access to third-party sources of capital depends, in part, on:

•

general market conditions;

•

the market’s perception of our growth potential;

•

our current debt levels;

•

our current and expected future earnings;

•

our cash flow and cash distributions; and

•

the market price per share of our common stock.

Recently, the credit markets have been subject to significant disruptions. If we cannot obtain capital from third-party sources, we may not be able to acquire or develop properties when strategic opportunities exist, meet the capital and operating needs of our existing properties, satisfy our debt service obligations or make the cash distributions to our stockholders, including our series B preferred stockholders, necessary to maintain our qualification as a REIT.

As of September 30, 2010, we had approximately $94.3 million of indebtedness outstanding, which may expose us to interest rate fluctuations, and our debt service obligations with respect to such indebtedness will reduce cash available for distribution, including cash available to pay dividends on our series B preferred stock, and expose us to the risk of default under our debt obligations.

Our total consolidated indebtedness, as of September 30, 2010, was approximately $94.3 million, of which $37.0 million (or approximately 39.3%) was variable rate debt, which has been fully hedged pursuant to

an interest rate contract, and we may incur significant additional debt to finance future acquisition and development activities. In addition, as of November 18, 2010, we had drawn approximately $34.5 million under our secured revolving credit facility.

Payments of principal and interest on borrowings may leave us with insufficient cash resources to operate our properties or to pay the dividends currently contemplated on our common stock or our series B preferred stock or necessary to maintain our REIT qualification. Our level of debt and the limitations imposed on us by our debt agreements could have significant adverse consequences, including the following:

•

our cash flow may be insufficient to meet our required principal and interest payments;

•

we may be unable to borrow additional funds as needed or on favorable terms, which could, among other things, adversely affect our ability to meet operational needs;

•

we may be unable to refinance our indebtedness at maturity or the refinancing terms may be less favorable than the terms of our original indebtedness;

•

because a portion of our debt bears interest at variable rates, increases in interest rates could increase our interest expense;

•

we may be forced to dispose of one or more of our properties, possibly on unfavorable terms or in violation of certain covenants to which we may be subject;

•

we may violate restrictive covenants in our loan documents, which would entitle the lenders to accelerate our debt obligations; and

•

our default under any loan with cross default provisions could result in a default on other indebtedness.

If any one of these events were to occur, our financial condition, results of operations, cash flow, ability to make distributions on our common stock and our series B preferred stock and per share trading price of our common stock and series B preferred stock could be adversely affected. Furthermore, foreclosures could create taxable income without accompanying cash proceeds, which could hinder our ability to meet the REIT distribution requirements imposed by the Code. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Consolidated Indebtedness.”

Mortgage debt obligations expose us to the possibility of foreclosure, which could result in the loss of our investment in a property or group of properties subject to mortgage debt.

Incurring mortgage and other secured debt obligations increases our risk of property losses because defaults on indebtedness secured by properties may result in foreclosure actions initiated by lenders and ultimately our loss of the property securing any loans for which we are in default. Any foreclosure on a mortgaged property or group of properties could adversely affect the overall value of our portfolio of properties. For tax purposes, a foreclosure of any of our properties that is subject to a nonrecourse mortgage loan would be treated as a sale of the property for a purchase price equal to the outstanding balance of the debt secured by the mortgage. If the outstanding balance of the debt secured by the mortgage exceeds our tax basis in the property, we would recognize taxable income on foreclosure, but would not receive any cash proceeds.

Our secured revolving credit facility restricts our ability to engage in some business activities.

Our secured revolving credit facility contains customary negative covenants and other financial and operating covenants that, among other things:

•

restrict our ability to incur additional indebtedness;

•

restrict our ability to make certain investments;

•

restrict our ability to merge with another company;

•

restrict our ability to make distributions to stockholders; and

•

require us to maintain financial coverage ratios.

These limitations restrict our ability to engage in some business activities, which could adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations, cash flow, cash available for distribution, including cash available for payment of dividends on our series B preferred stock, and per share trading price of our common stock and series B preferred stock. In addition, failure to meet any of these covenants, including the financial coverage ratios, could cause an event of default under and/or accelerate some or all of our indebtedness, which would have a material adverse effect on us. Furthermore, our secured revolving credit facility contains specific cross-default provisions with respect to specified other indebtedness, giving the lenders the right to declare a default if we are in default under other loans in some circumstances.

Adverse economic and geopolitical conditions and dislocations in the credit markets could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations, cash flow, cash available for distribution, including cash available for payment of dividends on our series B preferred stock, and per share trading price of our common stock and series B preferred stock.

Our business may be affected by market and economic challenges experienced by the U.S. economy or real estate industry as a whole, including the current dislocations in the credit markets and general global economic downturn. These current conditions, or similar conditions existing in the future, may adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations, cash flow, cash available for distribution, including cash available for payment of dividends on our series B preferred stock, and per share trading price of our common stock and series B preferred stock as a result of the following potential consequences, among others:

•

significant job losses in the financial and professional services industries may occur, which may decrease demand for our office space, causing market rental rates and property values to be negatively impacted;

•

our ability to obtain financing on terms and conditions that we find acceptable, or at all, may be limited, which could reduce our ability to pursue acquisition and development opportunities and refinance existing debt, reduce our returns from our acquisition and development activities and increase our future interest expense;

•

reduced values of our properties may limit our ability to dispose of assets at attractive prices or to obtain debt financing secured by our properties and may reduce the availability of unsecured loans; and

•

one or more lenders under our secured revolving credit facility could refuse to fund their financing commitment to us or could fail and we may not be able to replace the financing commitment of any such lenders on favorable terms, or at all.

In addition, the economic downturn has adversely affected, and may continue to adversely affect, the businesses of many of our tenants. As a result, we may see increases in bankruptcies of our tenants and increased defaults by tenants, and we may experience higher vacancy rates and delays in re-leasing vacant space, which could negatively impact our business and results of operations.

Failure to hedge effectively against interest rate changes may adversely affect financial condition, results of operations, cash flow, cash available for distribution, including cash available for payment of dividends on our series B preferred stock, and per share trading price of our common stock and series B preferred stock.

If interest rates increase, then so will the interest costs on our unhedged or partially hedged variable rate debt, which could adversely affect our cash flow and our ability to pay principal and interest on our debt and our ability to make distributions to our stockholders. Further, rising interest rates could limit our ability to refinance existing debt when it matures. We seek to manage our exposure to interest rate volatility by using interest rate hedging arrangements that involve risk, such as the risk that counterparties may fail to honor their obligations under these arrangements, and that these arrangements may not be effective in reducing our exposure to interest rate changes. Failure to hedge effectively against interest rate changes may materially adversely affect financial condition, results of operations, cash flow, cash available for distribution, including cash available for payment of dividends on our series B preferred stock, and per share trading price of our common stock and series B preferred stock. In addition, while such agreements are intended to lessen the impact of rising interest rates on us, they also expose us to the risk that the other parties to the agreements will not perform, we could incur significant costs associated with the settlement of the agreements, the agreements will be unenforceable and the underlying transactions will fail to qualify as highly-effective cash flow hedges under Financial Accounting Standards Board, or FASB, Accounting Standards Codification, or ASC, Topic 815, Derivative and Hedging.

We have a limited operating history and may not be able to operate our business successfully or implement our business strategies as described in this prospectus.

We commenced operations only upon completion of our initial public offering on June 29, 2010. Our portfolio, including the 10950 Washington property (which we are currently under contract to purchase), consists of eleven properties located throughout California, containing a total of approximately 2.4 million net rentable square feet. Our Del Amo Office, 9300 Wilshire Boulevard and 222 Kearny Street properties have only been under our management since they were acquired on August 13, 2010, August 24, 2010 and October 8, 2010, respectively, and three of our other properties have only been under our management since they were acquired in connection with our initial public offering on June 29, 2010. We do not yet own or operate the 10950 Washington property. These properties may have characteristics or deficiencies unknown to us that could affect such properties’ valuation or revenue potential. In addition, there can be no assurance that the operating performance of the properties will not decline under our management. We cannot assure you that we will be able to operate our business successfully or implement our business strategies as described in this prospectus. Furthermore, we can provide no assurance that our senior management team will replicate its success in its previous endeavors, and our investment returns could be substantially lower than the returns achieved by their previous endeavors.

We have a limited operating history as a REIT and as a publicly traded company and may not be able to successfully operate as a REIT or a publicly traded company.

We have a limited operating history as a REIT and as a publicly traded company. We cannot assure you that the past experience of our senior management team will be sufficient to successfully operate our company as a REIT or a publicly traded company, including the requirements to timely meet disclosure requirements of the SEC and comply with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. Since our initial public offering, we have been subject to various requirements related to REITs and publicly traded companies, including requirements to develop and implement control systems and procedures in order to qualify and maintain our qualification as a REIT and satisfy our periodic and current reporting requirements under applicable SEC regulations and comply with New York Stock Exchange, or NYSE, listing standards, and compliance with these requirements could place a significant strain on our management systems, infrastructure and other resources. Failure to operate successfully as a public company or qualify and maintain our qualification as a REIT would have an adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations, cash flow, cash available for distribution, including cash available for payment of dividends on our

series B preferred stock, per share trading price of our common stock and series B preferred stock and ability to satisfy our debt obligations. See “—Risks Related to Our Status as a REIT—Failure to qualify as a REIT would have significant adverse consequences to us and the value of our common stock.”

We face significant competition, which may decrease or prevent increases of the occupancy and rental rates of our properties.

We compete with numerous developers, owners and operators of office properties, many of which own properties similar to ours in the same submarkets in which our properties are located. If our competitors offer space at rental rates below current market rates, or below the rental rates we currently charge our tenants, we may lose existing or potential tenants and we may be pressured to reduce our rental rates below those we currently charge or to offer more substantial rent abatements, tenant improvements, early termination rights or below-market renewal options in order to retain tenants when our tenants’ leases expire. As a result, our financial condition, results of operations, cash flow, cash available for distributions, including cash available for payment of dividends on our series B preferred stock, and per share trading price of our common stock and series B preferred stock could be adversely affected.

We depend on significant tenants, and many of our properties are single-tenant properties or are currently occupied by single tenants.

As of September 30, 2010, the 20 largest tenants in our office portfolio represented approximately 65.5% of the total annualized base rent generated by our office properties. The inability of a significant tenant to pay rent or the bankruptcy or insolvency of a significant tenant may adversely affect the income produced by our properties. If a tenant becomes bankrupt or insolvent, federal law may prohibit us from evicting such tenant based solely upon such bankruptcy or insolvency. In addition, a bankrupt or insolvent tenant may be authorized to reject and terminate its lease with us. Any claim against such tenant for unpaid, future rent would be subject to a statutory cap that might be substantially less than the remaining rent owed under the lease. For the 12 months ended September 30, 2010, our largest tenant was Technicolor, which accounted for 11.7% of our annualized base rent, and therefore represented a significant credit concentration. If Technicolor were to experience a downturn in its business or a weakening of its financial condition resulting in its failure to make timely rental payments or causing it to default under its lease, we may experience delays in enforcing our rights as landlord and may incur substantial costs in protecting our investment. Any such event described above could have an adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations, cash flow, cash available for distributions, including cash available for payment of dividends on our series B preferred stock, and the per share trading price of our common stock and series B preferred stock.

Furthermore, Saatchi & Saatchi leases 100% of the Del Amo Office property under the terms of an office lease that permits Saatchi & Saatchi to terminate the lease as to all of the leased premises prior to the stated lease expiration on December 31, 2011, December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2016, in each case upon nine months prior notice and in exchange for payment of an early termination fee estimated to be approximately $5.0 million for 2011, approximately $3.1 million for 2014 and approximately $1.9 million for 2016. As of September 30, 2010, the Saatchi & Saatchi lease comprised approximately 8.8% of our annualized office base rent. To the extent that Saatchi & Saatchi exercises its early termination right, our financial condition, results of operations and cash flow will be adversely affected, and we can provide no assurance that we will be able to generate an equivalent amount of net rental revenue by leasing the vacated space to new third party tenants.

Our financial condition, results of operations, cash flow, cash available for distributions, including cash available for payment of dividends on our series B preferred stock, and per share trading price of our common stock and series B preferred stock could be adversely affected if any of our significant tenants were to become unable to pay their rent or become bankrupt or insolvent.

We may be unable to renew leases, lease vacant space or re-let space as leases expire.

As of September 30, 2010, leases representing 0.6% of the square footage of the office properties in our portfolio, including 10950 Washington, will expire in the remainder of 2010, and an additional 13.0% of the square footage of the office properties in our portfolio was available (taking into account uncommenced leases signed as of September 30, 2010). Furthermore, substantially all of the square footage of the media and entertainment properties in our portfolio (other than the KTLA lease of the KTLA facility at Sunset Bronson) will expire in the remainder of 2010 and in 2011. We cannot assure you that leases will be renewed or that our properties will be re-let at net effective rental rates equal to or above the current average net effective rental rates or that substantial rent abatements, tenant improvements, early termination rights or below-market renewal options will not be offered to attract new tenants or retain existing tenants. If the rental rates for our properties decrease, our existing tenants do not renew their leases or we do not re-let a significant portion of our available space and space for which leases will expire, our financial condition, results of operations, cash flow, cash available for distributions, including cash available for payment of dividends on our series B preferred stock, and per share trading price of our common stock and series B preferred stock could be adversely affected.

We may be required to make rent or other concessions and/or significant capital expenditures to improve our properties in order to retain and attract tenants, causing our financial condition, results of operations, cash flow, cash available for distribution, including cash available for payment of dividends on our series B preferred stock, and per share trading price of our common stock and series B preferred stock to be adversely affected.

To the extent adverse economic conditions continue in the real estate market and demand for office space remains low, we expect that, upon expiration of leases at our properties, we will be required to make rent or other concessions to tenants, accommodate requests for renovations, build-to-suit remodeling and other improvements or provide additional services to our tenants. As a result, we may have to make significant capital or other expenditures in order to retain tenants whose leases expire and to attract new tenants in sufficient numbers. Additionally, we may need to raise capital to make such expenditures. If we are unable to do so or capital is otherwise unavailable, we may be unable to make the required expenditures. This could result in non-renewals by tenants upon expiration of their leases, which could cause an adverse effect to our financial condition, results of operations, cash flow, cash available for distribution, including cash available for payment of dividends on our series B preferred stock, and per share trading price of our common stock and series B preferred stock.

The actual rents we receive for the properties in our portfolio may be less than our asking rents, and we may experience lease roll-down from time to time.

As a result of various factors, including competitive pricing pressure in our submarkets, adverse conditions in the Northern or Southern California real estate markets, a general economic downturn, such as the current global economic downturn, and the desirability of our properties compared to other properties in our submarkets, we may be unable to realize the asking rents across the properties in our portfolio. In addition, the degree of discrepancy between our asking rents and the actual rents we are able to obtain may vary both from property to property and among different leased spaces within a single property. If we are unable to obtain rental rates that are on average comparable to our asking rents across our portfolio, then our ability to generate cash flow growth will be negatively impacted. In addition, depending on asking rental rates at any given time as compared to expiring leases in our portfolio, from time to time rental rates for expiring leases may be higher than starting rental rates for new leases.

Our success depends on key personnel whose continued service is not guaranteed.

Our continued success and our ability to manage anticipated future growth depend, in large part, upon the efforts of key personnel, particularly Victor J. Coleman and Howard S. Stern, who have extensive market knowledge and relationships and exercise substantial influence over our operational, financing, acquisition and

disposition activity. Among the reasons that they are important to our success is that each has a national or regional industry reputation that attracts business and investment opportunities and assists us in negotiations with lenders, existing and potential tenants and industry personnel. If we lose their services, our relationships with such personnel could diminish.

Many of our other senior executives also have extensive experience and strong reputations in the real estate industry, which aid us in identifying opportunities, having opportunities brought to us, and negotiating with tenants and build-to-suit prospects. The loss of services of one or more members of our senior management team, or our inability to attract and retain highly qualified personnel, could adversely affect our business, diminish our investment opportunities and weaken our relationships with lenders, business partners, existing and prospective tenants and industry personnel, which could adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations, cash flow, cash available for distribution, including cash available for payment of dividends on our series B preferred stock, and per share trading price of our common stock and series B preferred stock.

Potential losses, including from adverse weather conditions, natural disasters and title claims, may not be covered by insurance.

We carry commercial property (including earthquake), liability and terrorism coverage on all the properties in our portfolio under a blanket insurance policy, in addition to other coverages, such as trademark and pollution coverage, that may be appropriate for certain of our properties. We have selected policy specifications and insured limits that we believe to be appropriate and adequate given the relative risk of loss, the cost of the coverage and industry practice. However, we do not carry insurance for losses such as loss from riots or war because such coverage is not available or is not available at commercially reasonable rates. Some of our policies, like those covering losses due to terrorism or earthquakes, are insured subject to limitations involving large deductibles or co-payments and policy limits that may not be sufficient to cover losses, which could affect certain of our properties that are located in areas particularly susceptible to natural disasters. All of the properties we currently own are located in California, an area especially subject to earthquakes. While we carry earthquake insurance on our properties, the amount of our earthquake insurance coverage may not be sufficient to fully cover losses from earthquakes. In addition, we may discontinue earthquake , terrorism or other insurance on some or all of our properties in the future if the cost of premiums for any such policies exceeds, in our judgment, the value of the coverage discounted for the risk of loss. As a result, we may be required to incur significant costs in the event of adverse weather conditions and natural disasters.

If we or one or more of our tenants experiences a loss that is uninsured or that exceeds policy limits, we could lose the capital invested in the damaged properties as well as the anticipated future cash flows from those properties. In addition, if the damaged properties are subject to recourse indebtedness, we would continue to be liable for the indebtedness, even if these properties were irreparably damaged. Furthermore, we may not be able to obtain adequate insurance coverage at reasonable costs in the future as the costs associated with property and casualty renewals may be higher than anticipated.

In the event that we experience a substantial or comprehensive loss of one of our properties, we may not be able to rebuild such property to its existing specifications. Further reconstruction or improvement of such a property would likely require significant upgrades to meet zoning and building code requirements.

We may become subject to litigation, which could have an adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations, cash flow, cash available for distribution, including cash available for payment of dividends on our series B preferred stock, per share trading price of our common stock and series B preferred stock and ability to satisfy our debt obligations.

In the future we may become subject to litigation, including claims relating to our operations, offerings, and otherwise in the ordinary course of business. Some of these claims may result in significant defense costs and potentially significant judgments against us, some of which are not, or cannot be, insured against. We

generally intend to vigorously defend ourselves; however, we cannot be certain of the ultimate outcomes of any claims that may arise in the future. Resolution of these types of matters against us may result in our having to pay significant fines, judgments, or settlements, which, if uninsured, or if the fines, judgments, and settlements exceed insured levels, could adversely impact our earnings and cash flows, thereby having an adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations, cash flow, cash available for distribution, including cash available for payment of dividends on our series B preferred stock, per share trading price of our common stock and series B preferred stock and ability to satisfy our debt obligations. Certain litigation or the resolution of certain litigation may affect the availability or cost of some of our insurance coverage, which could adversely impact our results of operations and cash flows, expose us to increased risks that would be uninsured, and/or adversely impact our ability to attract officers and directors.

Joint venture investments could be adversely affected by our lack of sole decision-making authority, our reliance on co-venturers’ financial condition and disputes between us and our co-venturers.

We may co-invest in the future with third parties through partnerships, joint ventures or other entities, acquiring non-controlling interests in or sharing responsibility for managing the affairs of a property, partnership, joint venture or other entity. In such event, we would not be in a position to exercise sole decision-making authority regarding the property, partnership, joint venture or other entity. Investments in partnerships, joint ventures or other entities may, under certain circumstances, involve risks not present were a third party not involved, including the possibility that partners or co-venturers might become bankrupt or fail to fund their share of required capital contributions. Partners or co-venturers may have economic or other business interests or goals which are inconsistent with our business interests or goals, and may be in a position to take actions contrary to our policies or objectives, and they may have competing interests in our markets that could create conflict of interest issues. Such investments may also have the potential risk of impasses on decisions, such as a sale, because neither we nor the partner or co-venturer would have full control over the partnership or joint venture. In addition, prior consent of our joint venture partners may be required for a sale or transfer to a third party of our interests in the joint venture, which would restrict our ability to dispose of our interest in the joint venture. If we become a limited partner or non-managing member in any partnership or limited liability company and such entity takes or expects to take actions that could jeopardize our status as a REIT or require us to pay tax, we may be forced to dispose of our interest in such entity. Disputes between us and partners or co-venturers may result in litigation or arbitration that would increase our expenses and prevent our officers and/or directors from focusing their time and effort on our business. Consequently, actions by or disputes with partners or co-venturers might result in subjecting properties owned by the partnership or joint venture to additional risk. In addition, we may in certain circumstances be liable for the actions of our third-party partners or co-venturers. Our joint ventures may be subject to debt and, in the current volatile credit market, the refinancing of such debt may require equity capital calls.

If we fail to maintain an effective system of integrated internal controls, we may not be able to accurately report our financial results.

Effective internal and disclosure controls are necessary for us to provide reliable financial reports and effectively prevent fraud and to operate successfully as a public company. If we cannot provide reliable financial reports or prevent fraud, our reputation and operating results would be harmed. As part of our ongoing monitoring of internal controls we may discover material weaknesses or significant deficiencies in our internal controls. As a result of weaknesses that may be identified in our internal controls, we may also identify certain deficiencies in some of our disclosure controls and procedures that we believe require remediation. If we discover weaknesses, we will make efforts to improve our internal and disclosure controls. However, there is no assurance that we will be successful. Any failure to maintain effective controls or timely effect any necessary improvement of our internal and disclosure controls could harm operating results or cause us to fail to meet our reporting obligations, which could affect our ability to remain listed with the NYSE. Ineffective internal and disclosure controls could also cause investors to lose confidence in our reported financial information, which would likely have a negative effect on the per share trading price of our common stock.

Risks Related to the Real Estate Industry

Our performance and value are subject to risks associated with real estate assets and the real estate industry.

Our ability to pay expected dividends to our stockholders depends on our ability to generate revenues in excess of expenses, scheduled principal payments on debt and capital expenditure requirements. Events and conditions generally applicable to owners and operators of real property that are beyond our control may decrease cash available for distribution and the value of our properties. These events include many of the risks set forth above under “—Risks Related to Our Properties and Our Business,” as well as the following:

•

local oversupply or reduction in demand for office or media and entertainment-related space;

•

adverse changes in financial conditions of buyers, sellers and tenants of properties;

•

vacancies or our inability to rent space on favorable terms, including possible market pressures to offer tenants rent abatements, tenant improvements, early termination rights or below-market renewal options, and the need to periodically repair, renovate and re-let space;

•

increased operating costs, including insurance premiums, utilities, real estate taxes and state and local taxes;

•

civil unrest, acts of war, terrorist attacks and natural disasters, including earthquakes and floods, which may result in uninsured or underinsured losses;

•

decreases in the underlying value of our real estate; and

•

changing submarket demographics.

In addition, periods of economic downturn or recession, rising interest rates or declining demand for real estate, or the public perception that any of these events may occur, could result in a general decline in rents or an increased incidence of defaults under existing leases, which would adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations, cash flow, cash available for distribution, including cash available for payment of dividends on our series B preferred stock, and per share trading price of our common stock and series B preferred stock.

Illiquidity of real estate investments could significantly impede our ability to respond to adverse changes in the performance of our properties and harm our financial condition.

The real estate investments made, and to be made, by us are relatively difficult to sell quickly. As a result, our ability to promptly sell one or more properties in our portfolio in response to changing economic, financial and investment conditions is limited. Return of capital and realization of gains, if any, from an investment generally will occur upon disposition or refinancing of the underlying property. We may be unable to realize our investment objectives by sale, other disposition or refinancing at attractive prices within any given period of time or may otherwise be unable to complete any exit strategy. In particular, our ability to dispose of one or more properties within a specific time period is subject to certain limitations imposed by our tax protection agreements, as well as weakness in or even the lack of an established market for a property, changes in the financial condition or prospects of prospective purchasers, changes in national or international economic conditions, such as the current economic downturn, and changes in laws, regulations or fiscal policies of jurisdictions in which the property is located.

In addition, the Code imposes restrictions on a REIT’s ability to dispose of properties that are not applicable to other types of real estate companies. In particular, the tax laws applicable to REITs effectively require that we hold our properties for investment, rather than primarily for sale in the ordinary course of

business, which may cause us to forgo or defer sales of properties that otherwise would be in our best interest. Therefore, we may not be able to vary our portfolio in response to economic or other conditions promptly or on favorable terms, which may adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations, cash flow, cash available for distribution, including cash available for payment of dividends on our series B preferred stock, and per share trading price of our common stock and series B preferred stock.

We could incur significant costs related to government regulation and litigation over environmental matters.

Under various federal, state and local laws and regulations relating to the environment, as a current or former owner or operator of real property, we may be liable for costs and damages resulting from the presence or discharge of hazardous or toxic substances, waste or petroleum products at, on, in, under or migrating from such property, including costs to investigate, clean up such contamination and liability for harm to natural resources. Such laws often impose liability without regard to whether the owner or operator knew of, or was responsible for, the presence of such contamination, and the liability may be joint and several. These liabilities could be substantial and the cost of any required remediation, removal, fines or other costs could exceed the value of the property and/or our aggregate assets. In addition, the presence of contamination or the failure to remediate contamination at our properties may expose us to third-party liability for costs of remediation and/or personal or property damage or materially adversely affect our ability to sell, lease or develop our properties or to borrow using the properties as collateral. In addition, environmental laws may create liens on contaminated sites in favor of the government for damages and costs it incurs to address such contamination. Moreover, if contamination is discovered on our properties, environmental laws may impose restrictions on the manner in which property may be used or businesses may be operated, and these restrictions may require substantial expenditures. Some of our properties have been or may be impacted by contamination arising from current or prior uses of the property, or adjacent properties, for commercial or industrial purposes. Such contamination may arise from spills of petroleum or hazardous substances or releases from tanks used to store such materials. As a result, we could potentially incur material liability for these issues, which could adversely impact our financial condition, results of operations, cash flow, cash available for distribution, including cash available for payment of dividends on our series B preferred stock, and the per share trading price of our common stock and series B preferred stock.

Environmental laws also govern the presence, maintenance and removal of asbestos- and lead-containing building materials, or ACBM, and may impose fines and penalties for failure to comply with these requirements or expose us to third-party liability (e.g., liability for personal injury associated with exposure to asbestos). Such laws require that owners or operators of buildings containing ACBM (and employers in such buildings) properly manage and maintain the asbestos and lead, adequately notify or train those who may come into contact with asbestos or lead, and undertake special precautions, including removal or other abatement, if asbestos or lead would be disturbed during renovation or demolition of a building. Some of our properties contain ACBM and we could be liable for such damages, fines or penalties, as described below in “Business and Properties—Regulation—Environmental Matters.”

In addition, the properties in our portfolio also are subject to various federal, state and local environmental and health and safety requirements, such as state and local fire requirements. Moreover, some of our tenants routinely handle and use hazardous or regulated substances and wastes as part of their operations at our properties, which are subject to regulation. Such environmental and health and safety laws and regulations could subject us or our tenants to liability resulting from these activities. Environmental liabilities could affect a tenant’s ability to make rental payments to us. In addition, changes in laws could increase the potential liability for noncompliance. This may result in significant unanticipated expenditures or may otherwise materially and adversely affect our operations, or those of our tenants, which could in turn have an adverse effect on us.

We cannot assure you that costs or liabilities incurred as a result of environmental issues will not affect our ability to make distributions to you or that such costs or other remedial measures will not have an adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations, cash flow, cash available for distribution, including cash available for payment of dividends on our series B preferred stock, and per share trading price of our common

stock and series B preferred stock. If we do incur material environmental liabilities in the future, we may face significant remediation costs, and we may find it difficult to sell any affected properties.

Our properties may contain or develop harmful mold or suffer from other air quality issues, which could lead to liability for adverse health effects and costs of remediation.

When excessive moisture accumulates in buildings or on building materials, mold growth may occur, particularly if the moisture problem remains undiscovered or is not addressed over a period of time. Some molds may produce airborne toxins or irritants. Indoor air quality issues can also stem from inadequate ventilation, chemical contamination from indoor or outdoor sources, and other biological contaminants such as pollen, viruses and bacteria. Indoor exposure to airborne toxins or irritants above certain levels can be alleged to cause a variety of adverse health effects and symptoms, including allergic or other reactions. As a result, the presence of significant mold or other airborne contaminants at any of our properties could require us to undertake a costly remediation program to contain or remove the mold or other airborne contaminants from the affected property or increase indoor ventilation. In addition, the presence of significant mold or other airborne contaminants could expose us to liability from our tenants, employees of our tenants or others if property damage or personal injury is alleged to have occurred.

We may incur significant costs complying with various federal, state and local laws, regulations and covenants that are applicable to our properties.

The properties in our portfolio are subject to various covenants and federal, state and local laws and regulatory requirements, including permitting and licensing requirements. Local regulations, including municipal or local ordinances, zoning restrictions and restrictive covenants imposed by community developers may restrict our use of our properties and may require us to obtain approval from local officials or restrict our use of our properties and may require us to obtain approval from local officials of community standards organizations at any time with respect to our properties, including prior to acquiring a property or when undertaking renovations of any of our existing properties. Among other things, these restrictions may relate to fire and safety, seismic or hazardous material abatement requirements. There can be no assurance that existing laws and regulatory policies will not adversely affect us or the timing or cost of any future acquisitions or renovations, or that additional regulations will not be adopted that increase such delays or result in additional costs. Our growth strategy may be affected by our ability to obtain permits, licenses and zoning relief. Our failure to obtain such permits, licenses and zoning relief or to comply with applicable laws could have an adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations, cash flow and per share trading price of our common stock and series B preferred stock.

In addition, federal and state laws and regulations, including laws such as the Americans with Disabilities Act, or ADA, impose further restrictions on our properties and operations. Under the ADA, all public accommodations must meet federal requirements related to access and use by disabled persons. Some of our properties may currently be in non-compliance with the ADA. If one or more of the properties in our portfolio is not in compliance with the ADA or any other regulatory requirements, we may be required to incur additional costs to bring the property into compliance and we might incur governmental fines or the award of damages to private litigants. In addition, we do not know whether existing requirements will change or whether future requirements will require us to make significant unanticipated expenditures that will adversely impact our financial condition, results of operations, cash flow, cash available for distribution, including cash available for payment of dividends on our series B preferred stock, and per share trading price of our common stock and series B preferred stock.

We are exposed to risks associated with property development.

We may engage in development and redevelopment activities with respect to certain of our properties. To the extent that we do so, we will be subject to certain risks, including the availability and pricing of financing on favorable terms or at all; construction and/or lease-up delays; cost overruns, including construction costs that exceed our original estimates; contractor and subcontractor disputes, strikes, labor disputes or supply disruptions;

failure to achieve expected occupancy and/or rent levels within the projected time frame, if at all; and delays with respect to obtaining or the inability to obtain necessary zoning, occupancy, land use and other governmental permits, and changes in zoning and land use laws. These risks could result in substantial unanticipated delays or expenses and, under certain circumstances, could prevent completion of development activities once undertaken, any of which could have an adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations, cash flow, cash available for distribution, including cash available for payment of dividends on our series B preferred stock, and per share trading price of our common stock and series B preferred stock.

Risks Related to Our Organizational Structure

As of September 30, 2010 the Farallon Funds owned an approximate 35.9% beneficial common interest in our company on a fully diluted basis and have the ability to exercise significant influence on our company.

Investment funds affiliated with Farallon Capital Management, L.L.C., or Farallon, which we refer to as the Farallon Funds, own an approximate 35.9% beneficial interest in our company on a fully diluted basis. Consequently, the Farallon Funds may be able to significantly influence the outcome of matters submitted for stockholder action, including the election of our board of directors and approval of significant corporate transactions, including business combinations, consolidations and mergers. In addition, one member of our board of directors is a managing member of Farallon. As a result, the Farallon Funds have substantial influence on us and could exercise their influence in a manner that conflicts with the interests of other stockholders.

The series A preferred units that were issued to some contributors in connection with our initial public offering in exchange for the contribution of their properties have certain preferences, which could limit our ability to pay dividends or other distributions to the holders of our series B preferred stock or engage in certain business combinations, recapitalizations or other fundamental changes.

In exchange for the contribution of properties to our portfolio in connection with our initial public offering, some contributors received series A preferred units in our operating partnership, which units have an aggregate liquidation preference of approximately $12.5 million and have a preference as to distributions and upon liquidation that could limit our ability to pay a dividend or make another distribution to the holders of our series B preferred stock. The series A preferred units are senior to any other class of securities our operating partnership may issue in the future without the consent of the holders of the series A preferred units. As a result, we will be unable to issue partnership units in our operating partnership senior to the series A preferred units without the consent of the holders of series A preferred units. Any preferred stock in our company that we issue, including the series B preferred stock offered hereby, will be subordinate to the series A preferred units.

In addition, we may only engage in a fundamental change, including a recapitalization, a merger and a sale of all or substantially all of our assets, as a result of which our common stock ceases to be publicly traded or common units cease to be exchangeable (at our option) for publicly traded shares of our stock, without the consent of holders of series A preferred units if following such transaction we will maintain certain leverage ratios and equity requirements, and pay certain minimum tax distributions to holders of our outstanding series A preferred units. Alternatively, we may redeem all or any portion of the then outstanding series A preferred units for cash (at a price per unit equal to the redemption price). If we choose to redeem the outstanding series A preferred units in connection with a fundamental change, this could reduce the amount of cash available for distribution to holders of our series B preferred stock. In addition, these provisions could increase the cost of any such fundamental change transaction, which may discourage a merger, combination or change of control that might involve a premium price for our common stock or that our stockholders otherwise believe to be in their best interests.

Conflicts of interest exist or could arise in the future between the interests of our stockholders and the interests of holders of units in our operating partnership, which may impede business decisions that could benefit our stockholders.

Conflicts of interest exist or could arise in the future as a result of the relationships between us and our affiliates, on the one hand, and our operating partnership or any partner thereof, on the other. Our directors and officers have duties to our company under applicable Maryland law in connection with their management of our company. At the same time, we, as the general partner of our operating partnership, have fiduciary duties and obligations to our operating partnership and its limited partners under Maryland law and the partnership agreement of our operating partnership in connection with the management of our operating partnership. Our fiduciary duties and obligations as general partner to our operating partnership and its partners may come into conflict with the duties of our directors and officers to our company.

Additionally, the partnership agreement provides that we and our directors and officers will not be liable or accountable to our operating partnership for losses sustained, liabilities incurred or benefits not derived if we, or such director or officer acted in good faith. The partnership agreement also provides that we will not be liable to the operating partnership or any partner for monetary damages for losses sustained, liabilities incurred or benefits not derived by the operating partnership or any limited partner, except for liability for our intentional harm or gross negligence. Moreover, the partnership agreement provides that our operating partnership is required to indemnify us and our directors, officers and employees, officers and employees of the operating partnership and our designees from and against any and all claims that relate to the operations of our operating partnership, except (1) if the act or omission of the person was material to the matter giving rise to the action and either was committed in bad faith or was the result of active and deliberate dishonesty, (2) for any transaction for which the indemnified party received an improper personal benefit, in money, property or services or otherwise, in violation or breach of any provision of the partnership agreement or (3) in the case of a criminal proceeding, if the indemnified person had reasonable cause to believe that the act or omission was unlawful. No reported decision of a Maryland appellate court has interpreted provisions similar to the provisions of the partnership agreement of our operating partnership that modify and reduce our fiduciary duties or obligations as the general partner or reduce or eliminate our liability for money damages to the operating partnership and its partners, and we have not obtained an opinion of counsel as to the enforceability of the provisions set forth in the partnership agreement that purport to modify or reduce the fiduciary duties that would be in effect were it not for the partnership agreement.

We may pursue less vigorous enforcement of terms of the contribution and other agreements with members of our senior management and our affiliates because of our dependence on them and conflicts of interest.

Each of Victor J. Coleman, Howard S. Stern and affiliates of the Farallon Funds are parties to contribution agreements with us pursuant to which we have acquired interests in our properties and assets. In addition, Messrs. Coleman and Stern are parties to employment agreements with us. We may choose not to enforce, or to enforce less vigorously, our rights under these agreements because of our desire to maintain our ongoing relationship with members of our senior management and the Farallon Funds, with possible negative impact on stockholders.

Our charter and bylaws, the partnership agreement of our operating partnership and Maryland law contain provisions that may delay, defer or prevent a change of control transaction, even if such a change in control may be in your interest, and as a result may depress the market price of our common stock and series B preferred stock.

Our charter contains certain ownership limits. Our charter contains various provisions that are intended to preserve our qualification as a REIT and, subject to certain exceptions, authorize our directors to take such actions as are necessary or appropriate to preserve our qualification as a REIT. For example, upon completion of this offering, our charter will prohibit the actual, beneficial or constructive ownership by any

person of more than 9.8% in value or number of shares, whichever is more restrictive, of the outstanding shares of our common stock or our series B preferred stock, or more than 9.8% in value of the aggregate outstanding shares of all classes and series of our stock. Our board of directors, in its sole and absolute discretion, may exempt a person, prospectively or retroactively, from these ownership limits if certain conditions are satisfied. In connection with our initial public offering and the formation transactions, our board of directors granted to the Farallon Funds and certain of their affiliates, which we refer to collectively as the Farallon excepted holders, and to certain other persons, exemptions from the ownership limits, subject to various conditions and limitations. See “Description of Stock—Restrictions on Ownership and Transfer.” The restrictions on ownership and transfer of our stock may:

•

discourage a tender offer or other transactions or a change in management or of control that might involve a premium price for our common stock or series B preferred stock or that our stockholders otherwise believe to be in their best interests; or

•

result in the transfer of shares acquired in excess of the restrictions to a trust for the benefit of a charitable beneficiary and, as a result, the forfeiture by the acquirer of the benefits of owning the additional shares.

We could increase the number of authorized shares of stock, classify and reclassify unissued stock and issue stock without stockholder approval. Subject to the rights of holders of series B preferred stock to approve the classification or issuance of any class or series of stock ranking senior to the series B preferred stock, our board of directors has the power under our charter to amend our charter to increase the aggregate number of shares of stock or the number of shares of stock of any class or series that we are authorized to issue, to authorize us to issue authorized but unissued shares of our common stock or preferred stock and to classify or reclassify any unissued shares of our common stock or preferred stock into one or more classes or series of stock and set the terms of such newly classified or reclassified shares. See “Description of Stock—Common Stock” and “—Preferred Stock.” Although our board of directors has no such intention at the present time, it could establish a class or series of preferred stock that could, depending on the terms of such series, delay, defer or prevent a transaction or a change of control that might involve a premium price for our series B preferred stock or that our stockholders otherwise believe to be in their best interest.

Certain provisions of Maryland law could inhibit changes in control, which may discourage third parties from conducting a tender offer or seeking other change of control transactions that our stockholders otherwise believe to be in their best interest. Certain provisions of the Maryland General Corporation Law, or MGCL, may have the effect of inhibiting a third party from making a proposal to acquire us or of impeding a change of control under circumstances that otherwise could be in the best interest of our series B preferred stockholders, including:

•

“business combination” provisions that, subject to limitations, prohibit certain business combinations between us and an “interested stockholder” (defined generally as any person who beneficially owns 10% or more of the voting power of our shares or an affiliate thereof or an affiliate or associate of ours who was the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of 10% or more of the voting power of our then outstanding voting stock at any time within the two-year period immediately prior to the date in question) for five years after the most recent date on which the stockholder becomes an interested stockholder, and thereafter impose fair price and/or supermajority and stockholder voting requirements on these combinations; and

•

“control share” provisions that provide that “control shares” of our company (defined as shares that, when aggregated with other shares controlled by the stockholder, entitle the stockholder to exercise one of three increasing ranges of voting power in electing directors) acquired in a “control share acquisition” (defined as the direct or indirect acquisition of ownership or control of issued and

outstanding “control shares”) have no voting rights except to the extent approved by our stockholders by the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of all the votes entitled to be cast on the matter, excluding all interested shares.

As permitted by the MGCL, we have elected, by resolution of our board of directors, to exempt from the business combination provisions of the MGCL, any business combination that is first approved by our disinterested directors and, pursuant to a provision in our bylaws, to exempt any acquisition of our stock from the control share provisions of the MGCL. However, our board of directors may by resolution elect to repeal the exemption from the business combination provisions of the MGCL and may by amendment to our bylaws opt in to the control share provisions of the MGCL at any time in the future.

Certain provisions of the MGCL permit our board of directors, without stockholder approval and regardless of what is currently provided in our charter or bylaws, to implement certain corporate governance provisions, some of which (for example, a classified board) are not currently applicable to us. These provisions may have the effect of limiting or precluding a third party from making an unsolicited acquisition proposal for us or of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control of us under circumstances that otherwise could be in the best interest of our series B preferred stockholders. Our charter contains a provision whereby we have elected to be subject to the provisions of Title 3, Subtitle 8 of the MGCL relating to the filling of vacancies on our board of directors. See “Material Provisions of Maryland Law and of Our Charter and Bylaws.”

Certain provisions in the partnership agreement of our operating partnership may delay or prevent unsolicited acquisitions of us. Provisions in the partnership agreement of our operating partnership may delay or make more difficult unsolicited acquisitions of us or changes of our control. These provisions could discourage third parties from making proposals involving an unsolicited acquisition of us or change of our control, although some stockholders might consider such proposals, if made, desirable. These provisions include, among others:

•

redemption rights of qualifying parties;

•

transfer restrictions on units;

•

our ability, as general partner, in some cases, to amend the partnership agreement and to cause the operating partnership to issue units with terms that could delay, defer or prevent a merger or other change of control of us or our operating partnership without the consent of the limited partners;

•

the right of the limited partners to consent to transfers of the general partnership interest and mergers or other transactions involving us under specified circumstances; and

•

restrictions on debt levels and equity requirements pursuant to the terms of our series A preferred units, as well as required distributions to holders of series A preferred units of our operating partnership, following certain changes of control of us.

Our charter, bylaws, the partnership agreement of our operating partnership and Maryland law also contain other provisions that may delay, defer or prevent a transaction or a change of control that our stockholders otherwise believe to be in their best interest. See “Material Provisions of Maryland Law and of Our Charter and Bylaws—Removal of Directors,” “—Control Share Acquisitions,” “—Advance Notice of Director Nominations and New Business” and “Description of the Partnership Agreement of Hudson Pacific Properties, L.P.”

Our investment and financing policies are exclusively determined by our board of directors. Accordingly, our stockholders do not control these policies. Further, our organizational documents do not limit

the amount or percentage of indebtedness, funded or otherwise, that we may incur. Our board of directors may alter or eliminate our current policy on borrowing at any time without stockholder approval. If this policy changed, we could become more highly leveraged which could result in an increase in our debt service. Higher leverage also increases the risk of default on our obligations. In addition, a change in our investment policies, including the manner in which we allocate our resources across our portfolio or the types of assets in which we seek to invest, may increase our exposure to interest rate risk, real estate market fluctuations and liquidity risk. Changes to our policies with regards to the foregoing could adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations, cash flow, cash available for distribution, including cash available for payment of dividends on our series B preferred stock, and per share trading price of our common stock and series B preferred stock.

Our rights and the rights of our stockholders to take action against our directors and officers are limited.

Our charter eliminates the liability of our directors and officers to us and our stockholders for money damages, except for liability resulting from:

•

actual receipt of an improper benefit or profit in money, property or services; or

•

a final judgment based upon a finding of active and deliberate dishonesty by the director or officer that was material to the cause of action adjudicated.

In addition, our charter authorizes us to obligate our company, and our bylaws require us, to indemnify our directors and officers for actions taken by them in those and certain other capacities to the maximum extent permitted by Maryland law. As a result, we and our stockholders may have more limited rights against our directors and officers than might otherwise exist. Accordingly, in the event that actions taken in good faith by any of our directors or officers impede the performance of our company, your ability to recover damages from such director or officer will be limited.

Tax protection agreements could limit our ability to sell or otherwise dispose of certain properties.

In connection with the formation transactions, we entered into tax protection agreements with certain third-party contributors that provide that if we dispose of any interest with respect to the First Financial or Tierrasanta properties in a taxable transaction during the period from the closing of our initial public offering on June 29, 2010 through certain specified dates ranging until 2027, we will indemnify the third-party contributors for their tax liabilities attributable to their share of the greater of the built-in gain that exists with respect to such property interest as of June 29, 2010 and the built-in gain that existed with respect to such property interests when held by an investment vehicle whose general partner is owned by investment funds managed by Morgan Stanley, which we refer to as the Morgan Stanley Investment Partnership (and, in either case, tax liabilities incurred as a result of the reimbursement payment). Certain contributors’ rights under the tax protection agreement with respect to these properties will, however, expire at various times (depending on the rights of such partner) during the period beginning in 2017 and prior to the expiration, in 2027, of the maximum period for indemnification. The First Financial and Tierrasanta properties represented 22.4 % of our office portfolio’s annualized base rent (including the 10950 Washington property) as of September 30, 2010. We have no present intention to sell or otherwise dispose of the properties or interest therein in taxable transactions during the restriction period. If we were to trigger the tax protection provisions under these agreements, we would be required to pay damages in the amount of the taxes owed by these contributors (plus additional damages in the amount of the taxes incurred as a result of such payment). In addition, although it may otherwise be in our stockholders’ best interest that we sell one of these properties, it may be economically prohibitive for us to do so because of these obligations.

Our tax protection agreements may require our operating partnership to maintain certain debt levels that otherwise would not be required to operate our business.

Our tax protection agreements provide that during the period from the closing of our initial public offering on June 29, 2010, through certain specified dates ranging from 2017 to 2027, our operating partnership

will offer certain holders of units who continue to hold the units received in respect of the formation transactions the opportunity to guarantee debt. If we fail to make such opportunities available, we will be required to indemnify such holders for their tax liabilities resulting from our failure to make such opportunities available to them (and any tax liabilities incurred as a result of the indemnity payment). We agreed to these provisions in order to assist certain contributors in deferring the recognition of taxable gain as a result of and after the formation transactions. These obligations may require us to maintain more or different indebtedness than we would otherwise require for our business.

We are a holding company with no direct operations and, as such, we rely on funds received from our operating partnership to pay liabilities, and the interests of our stockholders are structurally subordinated to all liabilities and obligations of our operating partnership and its subsidiaries.

We are a holding company and conduct substantially all of our operations through our operating partnership. We do not have, apart from an interest in our operating partnership, any independent operations. As a result, we rely on distributions from our operating partnership to pay any dividends we might declare on shares of our series B preferred stock. We also rely on distributions from our operating partnership to meet our obligations, including any tax liability on taxable income allocated to us from our operating partnership. In addition, because we are a holding company, your claims as holders of series B preferred stock will be structurally subordinated to all existing and future liabilities and obligations (whether or not for borrowed money) of our operating partnership and its subsidiaries and subordinate to the rights of holders of series A preferred units. Therefore, in the event of our bankruptcy, liquidation or reorganization, our assets and those of our operating partnership and its subsidiaries will be available to satisfy the claims of our stockholders only after all of our and our operating partnership’s and its subsidiaries’ liabilities and obligations have been paid in full.

Risks Related to Our Status as a REIT

Failure to qualify as a REIT would have significant adverse consequences to us and the value of our stock.

We intend to elect to be taxed as a REIT for federal income tax purposes on our federal income tax return for our taxable year ending December 31, 2010. We believe that we have operated, and we intend to continue operating, in a manner that will allow us to qualify as a REIT for federal income tax purposes commencing with such taxable year. We have not requested and do not plan to request a ruling from the Internal Revenue Service, or IRS, that we qualify as a REIT, and the statements in the prospectus are not binding on the IRS or any court. Therefore, we cannot assure you that we will qualify as a REIT, or that we will remain qualified as such in the future. If we lose our REIT status, we will face serious tax consequences that would substantially reduce the funds available for distribution to you for each of the years involved because:

•

we would not be allowed a deduction for distributions to stockholders in computing our taxable income and would be subject to federal income tax at regular corporate rates;

•

we also could be subject to the federal alternative minimum tax and possibly increased state and local taxes; and

•

unless we are entitled to relief under applicable statutory provisions, we could not elect to be taxed as a REIT for four taxable years following the year during which we were disqualified.

Any such corporate tax liability could be substantial and would reduce our cash available for, among other things, our operations and distributions to stockholders. In addition, if we fail to qualify as a REIT, we will not be required to make distributions to our stockholders. As a result of all these factors, our failure to qualify as a REIT also could impair our ability to expand our business and raise capital, and could materially and adversely affect the value of our common stock and series B preferred stock.

Qualification as a REIT involves the application of highly technical and complex Code provisions for which there are only limited judicial and administrative interpretations. The complexity of these provisions and of the applicable Treasury regulations that have been promulgated under the Code, or the Treasury Regulations, is greater in the case of a REIT that, like us, holds its assets through a partnership. The determination of various factual matters and circumstances not entirely within our control may affect our ability to qualify as a REIT. In order to qualify as a REIT, we must satisfy a number of requirements, including requirements regarding the ownership of our stock, requirements regarding the composition of our assets and a requirement that at least 95% of our gross income in any year must be derived from qualifying sources, such as “rents from real property.” Also, we must make distributions to stockholders aggregating annually at least 90% of our net taxable income, excluding net capital gains. In addition, legislation, new regulations, administrative interpretations or court decisions may materially adversely affect our investors, our ability to qualify as a REIT for federal income tax purposes or the desirability of an investment in a REIT relative to other investments.

Even if we qualify as a REIT for federal income tax purposes, we may be subject to some federal, state and local income, property and excise taxes on our income or property and, in certain cases, a 100% penalty tax, in the event we sell property as a dealer. In addition, our taxable REIT subsidiaries will be subject to tax as regular corporations in the jurisdictions they operate.

If our operating partnership failed to qualify as a partnership for federal income tax purposes, we would cease to qualify as a REIT and suffer other adverse consequences.

We believe that our operating partnership is properly treated as a partnership for federal income tax purposes. As a partnership, our operating partnership is not subject to federal income tax on its income. Instead, each of its partners, including us, is allocated, and may be required to pay tax with respect to, its share of our operating partnership’s income. We cannot assure you, however, that the IRS will not challenge the status of our operating partnership or any other subsidiary partnership in which we own an interest as a partnership for federal income tax purposes, or that a court would not sustain such a challenge. If the IRS were successful in treating our operating partnership or any such other subsidiary partnership as an entity taxable as a corporation for federal income tax purposes, we would fail to meet the gross income tests and certain of the asset tests applicable to REITs and, accordingly, we would likely cease to qualify as a REIT. Also, the failure of our operating partnership or any subsidiary partnerships to qualify as a partnership could cause it to become subject to federal and state corporate income tax, which would reduce significantly the amount of cash available for debt service and for distribution to its partners, including us.

Our ownership of taxable REIT subsidiaries is subject to certain restrictions, and we will be required to pay a 100% penalty tax on certain income or deductions if our transactions with our taxable REIT subsidiaries are not conducted on arm’s length terms.

We currently own an interest in one taxable REIT subsidiary and may acquire securities in additional taxable REIT subsidiaries in the future. A taxable REIT subsidiary is a corporation other than a REIT in which a REIT directly or indirectly holds stock, and that has made a joint election with such REIT to be treated as a taxable REIT subsidiary. If a taxable REIT subsidiary owns more than 35% of the total voting power or value of the outstanding securities of another corporation, such other corporation will also be treated as a taxable REIT subsidiary. Other than some activities relating to lodging and health care facilities, a taxable REIT subsidiary may generally engage in any business, including the provision of customary or non-customary services to tenants of its parent REIT. A taxable REIT subsidiary is subject to federal income tax as a regular C corporation. In addition, a 100% excise tax will be imposed on certain transactions between a taxable REIT subsidiary and its parent REIT that are not conducted on an arm’s length basis.

A REIT’s ownership of securities of a taxable REIT subsidiary is not subject to the 5% or 10% asset tests applicable to REITs. Not more than 25% of our total assets may be represented by securities, including securities of taxable REIT subsidiaries, other than those securities includable in the 75% asset test. We anticipate

that the aggregate value of the stock and securities of any taxable REIT subsidiaries and other nonqualifying assets that we own will be less than 25% of the value of our total assets, and we will monitor the value of these investments to ensure compliance with applicable ownership limitations. In addition, we intend to structure our transactions with any taxable REIT subsidiaries that we own to ensure that they are entered into on arm’s length terms to avoid incurring the 100% excise tax described above. There can be no assurance, however, that we will be able to comply with the 25% limitation or to avoid application of the 100% excise tax discussed above.

To maintain our REIT status, we may be forced to borrow funds during unfavorable market conditions.

To qualify as a REIT, we generally must distribute to our stockholders at least 90% of our net taxable income each year, excluding net capital gains, and we will be subject to regular corporate income taxes to the extent that we distribute less than 100% of our net taxable income each year. In addition, we will be subject to a 4% nondeductible excise tax on the amount, if any, by which distributions paid by us in any calendar year are less than the sum of 85% of our ordinary income, 95% of our capital gain net income and 100% of our undistributed income from prior years. In order to maintain our REIT status and avoid the payment of income and excise taxes, we may need to borrow funds to meet the REIT distribution requirements even if the then prevailing market conditions are not favorable for these borrowings. These borrowing needs could result from, among other things, differences in timing between the actual receipt of cash and inclusion of income for federal income tax purposes, or the effect of non-deductible capital expenditures, the creation of reserves or required debt or amortization payments. These sources, however, may not be available on favorable terms or at all. Our access to third-party sources of capital depends on a number of factors, including the market’s perception of our growth potential, our current debt levels, the market price of our common stock, and our current and potential future earnings. We cannot assure you that we will have access to such capital on favorable terms at the desired times, or at all, which may cause us to curtail our investment activities and/or to dispose of assets at inopportune times, and could adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations, cash flow, cash available for distribution, including cash available for payment of dividends on our series B preferred stock, and per share trading price of our common stock and series B preferred stock.

Dividends payable by REITs do not qualify for the reduced tax rates available for some dividends.

The maximum tax rate applicable to income from “qualified dividends” payable to U.S. stockholders that are individuals, trusts and estates has been reduced by legislation to 15% (through the end of 2010). Dividends payable by REITs, however, generally are not eligible for the reduced rates. Although these rules do not adversely affect the taxation of REITs or dividends payable by REITs, to the extent that the reduced rates continue to apply to regular corporate qualified dividends, investors who are individuals, trusts and estates may perceive investments in REITs to be relatively less attractive than investments in the stocks of non-REIT corporations that pay dividends, which could adversely affect the value of the shares of REITs, including the per share trading price of our common stock and series B preferred stock.

The tax imposed on REITs engaging in “prohibited transactions” may limit our ability to engage in transactions that would be treated as sales for federal income tax purposes.

A REIT’s net income from prohibited transactions is subject to a 100% penalty tax. In general, prohibited transactions are sales or other dispositions of property, other than foreclosure property, held primarily for sale to customers in the ordinary course of business. Although we do not intend to hold any properties that would be characterized as held for sale to customers in the ordinary course of our business, unless a sale or disposition qualifies under certain statutory safe harbors, such characterization is a factual determination and no guarantee can be given that the IRS would agree with our characterization of our properties or that we will always be able to make use of the available safe harbors.

Complying with REIT requirements may affect our profitability and may force us to liquidate or forgo otherwise attractive investments.

To qualify as a REIT, we must continually satisfy tests concerning, among other things, the nature and diversification of our assets, the sources of our income and the amounts we distribute to our stockholders. We may be required to liquidate or forgo otherwise attractive investments in order to satisfy the asset and income tests or to qualify under certain statutory relief provisions. We also may be required to make distributions to stockholders at disadvantageous times or when we do not have funds readily available for distribution. As a result, having to comply with the distribution requirement could cause us to: (i) sell assets in adverse market conditions; (ii) borrow on unfavorable terms; or (iii) distribute amounts that would otherwise be invested in future acquisitions, capital expenditures or repayment of debt. Accordingly, satisfying the REIT requirements could have an adverse effect on our business results, profitability and ability to execute our business plan. Moreover, if we are compelled to liquidate our investments to meet any of these asset, income or distribution tests, or to repay obligations to our lenders, we may be unable to comply with one or more of the requirements applicable to REITs or may be subject to a 100% tax on any resulting gain if such sales constitute prohibited transactions.

Legislative or other actions affecting REITs could have a negative effect on us.

The rules dealing with federal income taxation are constantly under review by persons involved in the legislative process and by the IRS and the U.S. Department of the Treasury. Changes to the tax laws, with or without retroactive application, could adversely affect our investors or us. We cannot predict how changes in the tax laws might affect our investors or us. New legislation, Treasury Regulations, administrative interpretations or court decisions could significantly and negatively affect our ability to qualify as a REIT or the federal income tax consequences of such qualification.

Risks Related to this Offering

The series B preferred stock is a new issuance and does not have an established trading market, which may negatively affect its market value and your ability to transfer or sell your shares; series B preferred stock has no stated maturity date.

The shares of series B preferred stock are a new issue of securities with no established trading market. In addition, since the securities have no stated maturity date, investors seeking liquidity will be limited to selling their shares in the secondary market. We intend to apply to list the series B preferred stock on the NYSE, but there can be no assurance that the NYSE will accept the series B preferred stock for listing. Even if the series B preferred stock is approved for listing by the NYSE, however, an active trading market on the NYSE for the shares may not develop or, even if it develops, may not last, in which case the trading price of the shares could be adversely affected and your ability to transfer your shares of series B preferred stock will be limited. If an active trading market does develop on the NYSE, our series B preferred stock may trade at prices lower than the initial offering price. The trading price of our series B preferred stock would depend on many factors, including:

•

prevailing interest rates;

•

the market for similar securities;

•

general economic and financial market conditions;

•

our issuance of debt or preferred equity securities; and

•

our financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

We have been advised by the underwriters that they intend to make a market in the shares of our series B preferred stock, but they are not obligated to do so and may discontinue market-making at any time without notice.

Our series B preferred stock is subordinate to our debt, and your interests could be diluted by the issuance of additional shares of preferred stock, including additional shares of series B preferred stock, and by other transactions.

Our series B preferred stock is subordinate to all of our existing and future debt. Our existing debt restricts, and our future debt may include restrictions on, our ability to pay dividends to preferred stockholders. Our charter currently authorizes the issuance of up to 10,000,0000 shares of preferred stock in one or more classes or series. The issuance of additional preferred stock on parity with or senior to our series B preferred stock would dilute the interests of the holders of our series B preferred stock, and any issuance of preferred stock senior to our series B preferred stock or of additional indebtedness could affect our ability to pay dividends on, redeem or pay the liquidation preference on our series B preferred stock. Other than the increase in the dividend that may occur in a circumstance described under “Description of Series B Preferred Stock—Dividends” below, none of the provisions relating to our series B preferred stock contain any provisions affording the holders of our series B preferred stock protection in the event of a highly leveraged or other transaction, including a merger or the sale, lease or conveyance of all or substantially all our assets or business, that might adversely affect the holders of our series B preferred stock, so long as the rights of our series B preferred stock are not materially and adversely affected.

The series B preferred stock will be subordinated to the series A preferred units, which were issued in connection with our initial public offering and which have an aggregate liquidation preference of approximately $12.5 million.

We conduct substantially all of our business through our operating partnership, and our only significant asset is our interest in our operating partnership. As a result, we depend upon distributions or other payments from our operating partnership in order to meet our financial obligations, including our obligations to pay dividends or liquidation payments to our preferred stockholders. As a result, these obligations are effectively subordinated to existing and future liabilities of the operating partnership, including our obligations to pay preferred distributions on the series A preferred units of our operating partnership. In particular, the series A preferred units rank senior to the series B preferred units and common units of our operating partnership. Accordingly, our operating partnership must satisfy its obligations to make preferred distributions to the series A preferred units before it may make distributions to us. Moreover, in the event of our bankruptcy or the bankruptcy of our operating partnership, holders of series A preferred units will generally be entitled to payment of their liquidation preference from the assets of our operating partnership before those assets are made available for distribution to us. As a result, any right that we have to receive any assets of our operating partnership upon its liquidation or reorganization, and the liquidation preference of the series B preferred stock, will be subordinated to the liquidation preference of the series A preferred units and other liabilities of our operating partnership. In addition, we may not redeem our series B preferred stock unless we have paid distributions on the series A preferred units for all prior distribution periods. As of September 30, 2010, the liquidation preference on the outstanding series A preferred units was approximately $12.5 million.

Market interest rates may have an effect on the value of our series B preferred stock.

One of the factors that will influence the price of our series B preferred stock will be the dividend yield on the series B preferred stock (as a percentage of the price of our series B preferred stock, as applicable) relative to market interest rates. An increase in market interest rates, which are currently at low levels relative to historical rates, may lead prospective purchasers of our series B preferred stock to expect a higher dividend yield and higher interest rates would likely increase our borrowing costs and potentially decrease funds available for distribution. Thus, higher market interest rates could cause the market price of our series B preferred stock to decrease.

As a holder of series B preferred stock you have extremely limited voting rights.

Your voting rights as a holder of series B preferred stock will be extremely limited. Our common stock is the only class or series of our stock carrying full voting rights. Voting rights for holders of series B preferred stock exist primarily with respect to the ability to elect additional directors in the event that dividends for six quarterly dividend periods (whether or not consecutive) payable on our series B preferred stock are in arrears, and with respect to voting on amendments to our charter that materially and adversely affect the rights of the series B preferred stock or create additional classes or series of preferred stock that are senior to our series B preferred stock. See “Description of Series B Preferred Stock—Voting Rights” below. Other than the limited circumstances described in this prospectus, holders of series B preferred stock will not have voting rights.

Our ability to pay dividends is limited by the requirements of Maryland law.

Our ability to pay dividends on our series B preferred stock is limited by the laws of Maryland. Under applicable Maryland law, a Maryland corporation generally may not make a distribution if, after giving effect to the distribution, the corporation would not be able to pay its debts as the debts become due in the usual course of business, or the corporation’s total assets would be less than the sum of its total liabilities plus, unless the corporation’s charter provides otherwise, the amount that would be needed, if the corporation were dissolved at the time of the distribution, to satisfy the preferential rights upon dissolution of stockholders whose preferential rights are superior to those receiving the distribution. Accordingly, we generally may not make a distribution on our series B preferred stock if, after giving effect to the distribution, we would not be able to pay our debts as they become due in the usual course of business or our total assets would be less than the sum of our total liabilities plus, unless the terms of such class or series provide otherwise, the amount that would be needed to satisfy the preferential rights upon dissolution of the holders of shares of any class or series of preferred stock then outstanding, if any, with preferences senior to those of our series B preferred stock.

Our secured revolving credit facility prohibits us from redeeming the series B preferred stock and may limit our ability to pay dividends on the series B preferred stock.

Our secured revolving credit facility, which matures in June 2013, prohibits us from redeeming or otherwise repurchasing any shares of our stock, including the series B preferred stock, during the three-year term of the secured revolving credit facility. Under the secured revolving credit facility, our distributions may not exceed the greater of (i) 95.0% of our FFO or (ii) the amount required for us to qualify and maintain our status as a REIT or (iii) the amount required for us to avoid the imposition of income and excise taxes. As a result, if we do not generate sufficient funds from operations (as defined in our secured revolving credit facility) during the 12 months preceding any series B preferred stock dividend payment date, we would not be able to pay all or a portion of the accumulated dividends payable to our series B preferred stockholders on such payment date without causing a default under our secured revolving credit facility. In the event of a default under our secured revolving credit facility, we would be unable to borrow under our secured revolving credit facility and any amounts we have borrowed thereunder could become due and payable.

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

We make statements in this prospectus that are forward-looking statements within the meaning of the federal securities laws. In particular, statements pertaining to our capital resources, portfolio performance and results of operations contain forward-looking statements. Likewise, our pro forma financial statements and all of our statements regarding anticipated growth in our funds from operations and anticipated market conditions, demographics and results of operations are forward-looking statements. You can identify forward-looking statements by the use of forward-looking terminology such as “believes,” “expects,” “may,” “will,” “should,” “seeks,” “approximately,” “intends,” “plans,” “pro forma,” “estimates” or “anticipates” or the negative of these words and phrases or similar words or phrases which are predictions of or indicate future events or trends and which do not relate solely to historical matters. You can also identify forward-looking statements by discussions of strategy, plans or intentions.

Forward-looking statements involve numerous risks and uncertainties and you should not rely on them as predictions of future events. Forward-looking statements depend on assumptions, data or methods which may be incorrect or imprecise and we may not be able to realize them. We do not guarantee that the transactions and events described will happen as described (or that they will happen at all). The following factors, among others, could cause actual results and future events to differ materially from those set forth or contemplated in the forward-looking statements:

•

adverse economic or real estate developments in our markets;

•

general economic conditions;

•

defaults on, early terminations of or non-renewal of leases by tenants;

•

fluctuations in interest rates and increased operating costs;

•

our failure to obtain necessary outside financing;

•

our failure to generate sufficient cash flows to service our outstanding indebtedness;

•

lack or insufficient amounts of insurance;

•

decreased rental rates or increased vacancy rates;

•

difficulties in identifying properties to acquire and completing acquisitions;

•

our failure to successfully operate acquired properties and operations;

•

our failure to maintain our status as a REIT;

•

environmental uncertainties and risks related to adverse weather conditions and natural disasters;

•

financial market fluctuations;

•

changes in real estate and zoning laws and increases in real property tax rates; and

•

other factors affecting the real estate industry generally.

While forward-looking statements reflect our good faith beliefs, they are not guarantees of future performance. We disclaim any obligation to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statement to reflect changes in underlying assumptions or factors, of new information, data or methods, future events or other changes. For a further discussion of these and other factors that could impact our future results, performance or transactions, see the section above entitled “Risk Factors.”

USE OF PROCEEDS

We estimate that the net proceeds from this offering will be approximately $ million, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and our expenses, or approximately $ million if the underwriters’ overallotment option is exercised in full. We will contribute the net proceeds of this offering to our operating partnership in exchange for series B preferred units, and our operating partnership will use the net proceeds to repay indebtedness under our secured revolving credit facility, fund future acquisitions, and for general working capital purposes, including funding capital expenditures, tenant improvements, leasing commissions, and potentially, paying distributions and post-closing cash prorations.

Our secured revolving credit facility matures on June 29, 2013 and bears interest at a rate per annum equal to LIBOR plus 325 basis points to 400 basis points, depending on our leverage ratio; however, LIBOR is subject to a floor of 1.50%.

Pending application of cash proceeds, we will invest the net proceeds in interest-bearing accounts and short-term, interest-bearing securities in a manner that is consistent with our intention to qualify for taxation as a REIT.

See “Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc. Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements” contained elsewhere in this prospectus.

Affiliates of Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, Barclays Capital Inc. and Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated, the underwriters of this offering, are lenders under our $200 million secured revolving credit facility. To the extent that we use a portion of the net proceeds of this offering to repay borrowings outstanding under our secured revolving credit facility, such affiliates of our underwriters will receive their proportionate shares of any amount of the secured revolving credit facility that is repaid with the net proceeds of this offering.

RATIOS OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES AND PREFERRED DIVIDENDS

Our ratios of earnings to fixed charges and earnings to fixed charges and preferred dividends for the periods indicated are as follows:

Pro Forma
Consolidated
Nine Months
Ended

Historical
Consolidated
Nine Months
Ended

Pro Forma
Consolidated
Year Ended

Historical Combined
Year Ended

September 30,
2010

December 31,
2009

December 31,

2009

2008

2007

Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges

0.85x

0.64x

0.71x

0.88x

0.72x

0.29x

Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges and Preferred Dividends

0.51x

0.62x

0.47x

0.88x

0.72x

0.29x

Our ratios of earnings to fixed charges are computed by dividing earnings by fixed charges. Our ratios of earnings to fixed charges and preferred dividends are computed by dividing earnings by the sum of fixed charges and preferred dividends. For these purposes, “earnings” consist of net income (loss) plus fixed charges. Net income (loss) is computed in accordance with GAAP and includes such non-cash items as real estate depreciation and amortization, amortization of above (below) market rents, and amortization of deferred financing costs and loan premium. Net income (loss) in 2010 also includes one-time transactional costs relating to our initial public offering and related formation transactions and acquisitions subsequent to our initial public offering. “Fixed charges” consist of interest expense, capitalized interest and amortization of deferred financing fees, whether expensed or capitalized, interest within rental expense and preference security dividend requirements of consolidated subsidiaries. “Preferred dividends” consist of the amount of pre-tax earnings required to pay dividends on the series B preferred stock. Our pro forma ratios are prepared on the basis of our pro forma financial statements. See “Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc. Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.”

The computation of ratio of earnings to fixed charges and preferred dividends indicates that earnings were inadequate to cover fixed charges and preferred dividends on the basis of our historical financial statements by approximately $2.5 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2010 and by $1.1 million, $3.6 million, and $5.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008, and 2007, respectively.

PRICE RANGE OF COMMON STOCK AND DISTRIBUTIONS

Our common stock has been listed on the NYSE since June 24, 2010 and is traded under the symbol “HPP.” The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, the high, low and last sale prices in dollars on the NYSE for our common stock and the distributions we declared with respect to the periods indicated.


	High		Low		Last		Distributions
Second quarter ⁽¹⁾	$	17.33	$	17.25	$	17.25	$	0.0021
Third quarter	$	17.61	$	16.01	$	16.37		0.095
Fourth quarter (through November 19, 2010)	$	16.52	$	15.60	$	15.51		—

(1)	Information is provided only for the period from June 29, 2010 to June 30, 2010, as shares of our common stock did not begin trading publicly until June 29, 2010.

On November 19, 2010, the closing sale price for our common stock, as reported on the NYSE, was $ 15.51 and there were 17 holders of record of our common stock. This figure does not reflect the beneficial ownership of shares held in nominee name.

We intend to continue to declare quarterly distributions on our common stock. The actual amount and timing of distributions, however, will be at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend upon our financial condition in addition to the requirements of the Code, and no assurance can be given as to the amounts or timing of future distributions.

Subject to the distribution requirements applicable to REITs under the Code, we intend, to the extent practicable, to invest substantially all of the proceeds from sales and refinancings of our assets in real estate-related assets and other assets. We may, however, under certain circumstances, make a distribution of capital or of assets. Such distributions, if any, will be made at the discretion of our board of directors. Distributions will be made in cash to the extent that cash is available for distribution.

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth our cash and cash equivalents and historical consolidated capitalization as of September 30, 2010 and our pro forma cash and cash equivalents and consolidated capitalization as of September 30, 2010, adjusted to give effect to this offering and the use of the net proceeds as set forth in “Use of Proceeds.” You should read this table in conjunction with “Use of Proceeds,” “Selected Financial Data,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.


	As of September 30, 2010
	Historical Consolidated			Pro Forma Consolidated
	(In thousands, except share amounts)
Cash and cash equivalents	$	40,741		$

DEBT
Notes payable and other secured loans ⁽¹⁾		94,069			124,349

6.25% Cumulative Redeemable Convertible Series A Preferred Units of our operating partnership		12,670			12,670

EQUITY
Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc. stockholders’ equity:
Preferred stock, $0.01 par value per share, 10,000,000 shares authorized, shares issued and outstanding on a pro forma basis ⁽²⁾		—
Common stock, $0.01 par value per share, 490,000,000 shares authorized, 22,211,799 shares issued and outstanding		222			222
Additional paid-in capital		416,624			413,624
Accumulated other comprehensive loss		(30	)		(30	)
Accumulated deficit		(1,948	)		(1,948	)

Total Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc. stockholders’ equity		414,868
Non-controlling partnership interests		66,322			66,322

Total equity		481,190

Total capitalization	$	587,929		$

(1)

Does not include any borrowings under our secured revolving credit facility, as no amounts were outstanding as of September 30, 2010. As of November 18, 2010, we had drawn approximately $34,500 on our secured revolving credit facility. We intend to use approximately $ of the net proceeds of this offering to repay amounts outstanding under our secured revolving credit facility. The pro forma amount includes the anticipated assumption of a $30,000 loan in connection with our expected acquisition of the 10950 Washington property and a related fair market value of debt adjustment of approximately $280.

(2)	Pro forma series B preferred stock outstanding includes shares to be issued in this offering, and excludes shares issuable upon exercise of the underwriters’ overallotment option.

SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

The following table sets forth selected financial and operating data on a pro forma and historical basis for our company. Our historical financial statements include the real estate activity and holdings of the entities that owned the following properties that were contributed to us in connection with our initial public offering on June 29, 2010: Sunset Gower; the Technicolor Building; Sunset Bronson; City Plaza (which, together, we previously designated as our predecessor) and 875 Howard Street. One of the entities comprising our predecessor, SGS Realty II, LLC (the asset owning entity of the Sunset Gower property and the Technicolor Building) was determined to be the acquirer for accounting purposes. In addition, any interests contributed by the controlling member of the other entities comprising our predecessor and Howard Street Associates, LLC (the asset owning entity of 875 Howard Street) was a transaction of entities under common control. As a result, the contribution of interests in each of these entities has been recorded at historical cost in our historical financial statements. We have changed the presentation in our historical financial statements to include the results of both our predecessor and Howard Street Associates, LLC. The current period financial statements include: (i) the operations of the above entities, (ii) the operations of the following entities that we also acquired in connection with our initial public offering: Glenborough Tierrasanta, LLC, GLB Encino, LLC, and Hudson Capital, LLC, for periods subsequent to our initial public offering; and (iii) the operations of the following entities that we acquired subsequent to our initial public offering: Del Amo Fashion Center Operating Company, LLC and 9300 Wilshire, for periods subsequent to the acquisitions of such entities on August 13, 2010 and August 24, 2010, respectively.

Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc.


	Nine Months Ended September 30,									Year Ended December 31,
	Pro Forma Consolidated			Historical Consolidated			Historical Combined			Pro Forma Consolidated			Historical Combined
	2010			2010			2009			2009			2009			2008			2007
	(Unaudited)			(Unaudited)			(Unaudited)			(Unaudited)
	(In thousands, except per share data)
Statement of Operations Data:
REVENUES
Office
Rental	$	23,400		$	12,786		$	8,349		$	27,194		$	11,058		$	8,235		$	3,905
Tenant recoveries		4,045			1,915			1,435			5,396			2,029			1,504			620
Other		613			125			152			785			158			41			—

Total Office Revenues		28,058			14,826			9,936			33,375			13,245			9,780			4,525

Media & Entertainment
Rental		15,453			15,453			15,300			19,909			19,909			22,075			4,215
Tenant recoveries		1,179			1,179			1,225			1,463			1,463			1,544			58
Other property-related revenue		7,996			7,996			7,402			7,193			7,193			9,554			2,750
Other		96			96			57			60			60			92			7

Total Media & Entertainment Revenues		24,724			24,724			23,984			28,625			28,625			33,265			7,030

Total revenues		52,782			39,550			33,920			62,000			41,870			43,045			11,555

OPERATING EXPENSES
Office operating expenses		10,753			5,650			4,328			13,814			6,322			3,003			1,182
Media & entertainment operating expenses		14,983			15,194			14,451			16,069			16,810			19,926			4,732
General and administrative		4,568			2,379			—			4,376			—			—			—
Depreciation and amortization		14,008			9,985			8,334			18,805			10,930			9,693			3,592

Total operating expenses		44,312			33,208			27,113			53,064			34,062			32,622			9,506

Income from operations		8,470			6,342			6,807			8,936			7,808			10,423			2,049
OTHER EXPENSE (INCOME)
Interest expense		7,132			6,196			6,702			12,668			8,774			12,029			6,096
Interest income		(37	)		(37	)		(9	)		(18	)		(18	)		(48	)		(57	)
Unrealized loss (gain) on interest rate contracts		(347	)		(347	)		(208	)		(399	)		(399	)		835			24
Acquisition-related expenses		2,689			2,689			—			—			—			208			—
Other expense		(8	)		(8	)		97			95			95			21			—

Total other expense (income)		9,429			8,493			6,582			12,346			8,452			13,045			6,063

Net income (loss)	$	(959	)	$	(2,151	)	$	225		$	(3,410	)	$	(644	)	$	(2,622	)	$	(4,014	)
Less: Net income attributable to Series B cumulative redeemable preferred stock	$	(4,500	)	$	—		$	—		$	(6,000	)	$	—		$	—		$	—
Less: Net income attributable to preferred non-controlling partnership interest		(585	)		(199	)		—			(780	)		—			—			—
Less: Net income attributable to restricted shares		(75	)		(25	)		—			(100	)		—			—			—
Add: Net loss (income) attributable to common non-controlling partnership interest		—			32			(4	)		—			29			81			141
Add: Net loss attributable to Unitholders in the Operating Partnership		651			277			—			1,094			—			—			—

(Loss) income attributable to Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc. shareholders’ / controlling member’s equity	$	(5,468	)	$	(2,066	)	$	221		$	(9,196	)	$	(615	)	$	(2,541	)	$	(3,873	)

Net (loss) attributable to shareholders’ per share—basic and diluted		(0.25	)		—			—			(0.42	)		—			—			—
Weighted average shares of common stock outstanding—basic and diluted		21,946,508			—			—			21,946,508			—			—			—
Dividends declared per common share	$	—		$	0.0971		$	—		$	—			—			—			—


	Nine Months Ended September 30,								Year Ended December 31,
	Pro Forma Consolidated		Historical Consolidated			Historical Combined			Pro Forma Consolidated		Historical Combined
	2010		2010			2009			2009		2009			2008			2007
	(Unaudited)		(Unaudited)			(Unaudited)			(Unaudited)
	(In thousands, except per share data)
Balance Sheet Data (at period end):
Investment in real estate, net	$	594,011	$	515,812		$	—			—	$	412,478		$	409,192			237,071
Total assets		732,199		623,915			—			—		448,234			446,037			264,930
Notes payable		124,349		94,069			—			—		189,518			185,594			167,531
Total liabilities		166,339		130,055			—			—		221,646			224,306			188,483
Preferred non-controlling partnership interest		12,670		12,670			—			—		—			—			—
Series B preferred stock		75,000		—			—			—		—			—			—
Non-controlling partnership/members’ interest		66,322		66,322			—			—		3,348			3,282			1,793
Member’s/stockholders’ equity		486,868		414,868			—			—		223,240			218,449			74,654
Total equity		553,190		481,190			—			—		226,588			221,731			76,447
Other Data:
Pro forma funds from operations ⁽¹⁾	$	7,964		—			—		$	8,615		—			—			—
Pro forma funds from operations per share diluted	$	0.32		—			—		$	0.35		—			—			—
Cash flows from:
Operating activities		—	$	3,421		$	2,250			—	$	4,538		$	20,049		$	(5,433	)
Investing activities		—		(56,667	)		(10,112	)		—		(15,457	)		(178,526	)		(238,903	)
Financing activities		—		90,293			5,754			—		8,800			163,794			244,832

(1)


	Pro Forma
	Nine Months Ended September 30, 2010			Year Ended December 31, 2009
	(In thousands)			(In thousands)

Net loss	$	(959	)	$	(3,410	)
Adjustments:
Net income attributable to series B cumulative redeemable preferred stock		(4,500	)		(6,000	)
Net income attributable to preferred non-controlling partnership interest		(585	)		(780	)
Real estate depreciation and amortization		14,008			18,805


Funds from operations before common non-controlling interests	$	7,964		$	8,615

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following discussion should be read in conjunction with “Selected Financial Data” and the financial statements and related notes thereto appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. Where appropriate, the following discussion includes analysis of the effects of our initial public offering, the private placement of $20.0 million of common stock to Victor J. Coleman and funds affiliated with Farallon Capital Management, L.L.C. concurrently with the consummation of our initial public offering, which we refer to as the private placement, the formation transactions, certain other transactions and this offering. These effects are reflected in the pro forma combined financial statements located elsewhere in this prospectus. For periods prior to June 29, 2010, the results of operations described below were comprised solely of the former real estate activity and holdings of SGS Realty II, LLC, Sunset Bronson Entertainment Properties, LLC, HFOP City Plaza, LLC and Howard Street Associates LLC, which are a subset of the entities that contributed properties to us in the formation transactions.

Overview

Formation Transactions

In connection with our initial public offering, our operating partnership received contributions of direct and indirect interests in the properties in our initial portfolio in exchange for an aggregate of 6,050,037 shares of our common stock, 2,610,941 common units, approximately $12.5 million in liquidation preference of series A preferred units, and $7.2 million in cash.

As a result of our initial public offering, one of the entities comprising our predecessor, SGS Realty II, LLC, was determined to be the acquirer for accounting purposes. In addition, we concluded that any interests contributed by the controlling member of the other entities comprising our predecessor and Howard Street Associates, LLC was a transaction between entities under common control. In accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification 805 Business Combinations (“ASC 805”), a “business combination” excludes the transfers of net assets or exchanges of equity interests between entities under common control. Further, the transfers of net assets or exchanges of equity interests between entities under common control should be accounted for similar to the pooling-of-interests method in that the entity that receives the net assets or the equity interests initially recognizes the assets and liabilities transferred at their carrying amounts in the accounts of the transferring entity at the date of transfer. Because the company, SGS Realty II, LLC, Sunset Bronson Entertainment Properties, LLC, HFOP City Plaza, LLC, and Howard Street Associates, LLC were under common control at the time of the initial public offering and the formation transactions, the transfer of assets and liabilities of each of these entities were accounted for at historical cost in a manner similar to a pooling of interests. For financial accounting purposes, the acquisition was viewed as a change in reporting entity and, as a result, we have retroactively changed the presentation of the company’s financial statements for all periods subsequent to February 14, 2007, the date at which common control of the entities contributed by Farallon Partners, L.L.C. commenced. Accordingly, the company’s historical combined balance sheets as of December 31, 2009 and 2008, and the historical combined statements of operations, equity and cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008 and for the period from February 14, 2007 (commencement of operations) through December 31, 2007 include the results of the company, SGS Realty II, LLC, Sunset Bronson Entertainment Properties, LLC, HFOP City Plaza, LLC, and Howard Street Associates, LLC.

Subsequent to the contributions of Glenborough Tierrasanta, LLC, GLB Encino, LLC, and Hudson Capital, LLC as part of our initial public offering on June 29, 2010, our operations included their operations. These acquisitions were accounted for as business combinations and recognized at the estimated fair value of acquired assets and assumed liabilities on the date of such contribution or acquisition. The fair value of these assets and liabilities has been allocated in accordance with ASC 805. The fair values of tangible assets acquired are determined on an as-if-vacant basis. The as-if-vacant fair value of tangible assets will be allocated to land,

building and improvements, tenant improvements and furniture and fixtures based on our own market knowledge and published market data, including current rental rates, expected downtime to lease up vacant space, tenant improvement construction costs, leasing commissions and recent sales on a per square foot basis for comparable properties in our submarkets. The estimated fair value of intangible assets consisting of acquired in-place at-market leases are the costs we would have incurred to lease the property to the occupancy level of the property at the date of acquisition. Such estimates include the fair value of leasing commissions and legal costs that would be incurred to lease this property to this occupancy level. Additionally, we evaluate the time period over which such occupancy level would be achieved and include an estimate of the net operating costs (primarily real estate taxes, insurance and utilities) incurred during the lease-up period, generally six months. Above-market and below-market in-place lease values are recorded as an asset or liability based on the present value (using an interest rate that reflects the risks associated with the leases acquired) of the difference between the contractual amounts to be paid pursuant to the in-place leases and our estimate of fair market lease rates for the corresponding in-place leases, measured over a period equal to the remaining non-cancelable term of the lease for above-market leases and the remaining non-cancelable term plus the term of any below-market fixed rate renewal options for below-market leases. The fair value of the debt assumed was determined using current market interest rates for comparable debt financings.

Recent Developments

Subsequent to our initial public offering, we used approximately $27.5 million in cash (before closing costs and prorations) to acquire of the Del Amo Office property on August 13, 2010. The Del Amo Office property is subject to a ground sublease expiring June 30, 2049.

On August 24, 2010, a subsidiary of our operating partnership acquired a leasehold interest in 9300 Wilshire Boulevard, a six-story office building located in Beverly Hills, California for $15.0 million in cash (before closing costs and prorations). The 9300 Wilshire Boulevard property is subject to a ground lease expiring August 14, 2032.

On October 6, 2010, our operating partnership became obligated under a definitive asset purchase agreement with an unrelated third party to acquire 10950 Washington, an office building located in Culver City, California for approximately $46.0 million, subject to closing costs and prorations and subject to the assumption of a $30.0 million loan. The building, which consists of approximately 158,873 square feet, is being purchased from an affiliate of Embarcadero Capital Partners, LLC. We expect to fund the estimated $16.0 million balance of the purchase price with available cash or borrowings under our secured revolving credit facility. The purchase of the 10950 Washington property is subject to various closing conditions, including our receipt of requisite estoppels and our assumption of an existing $30.0 million loan. The closing of the acquisition is expected to take place by December 30, 2010, after all necessary approvals for the loan assumption have been received. We cannot assure you that the acquisition will be consummated on the anticipated schedule or at all. If we fail to close the purchase as required after the satisfaction or waiver of all closing conditions, we may be liable to the sellers for liquidated damages in an amount equal to the $1.0 million deposit made by our operating partnership.

On October 8, 2010, a subsidiary of our operating partnership acquired 222 Kearny Street, a 144,440 square foot, two-building office property located in San Francisco, California, from an unrelated third party for $34.9 million in cash (before prorations), funded with $34.5 million of borrowings under our secured revolving credit facility and the remainder from available cash. A portion representing approximately 64% of the building area of the 222 Kearny Street property (excluding the 180 Sutter building) is subject to a long-term ground lease expiring June 14, 2054.

Revenue Base

We currently own ten properties and are under contract to acquire the 10950 Washington property. Our portfolio, including 10950 Washington, is comprised of approximately 1.5 million square feet of office and 857,432 square feet of media and entertainment space. As of September 30, 2010, our office properties were

approximately 83.2% leased (or 87.0%, giving effect to uncommenced leases), and the average trailing 12-month percent leased of the media and entertainment properties was 69.0%. All of these properties are located in California.

Office Leases . We generally lease our office properties to tenants on a full-service gross or net lease basis. A full-service gross lease has a base year expense stop, whereby the tenant pays a stated amount of expenses as part of the rent payment, while future increases (above the base year stop) in property operating expenses are billed to the tenant based on such tenant’s proportionate square footage in the property. The property operating expenses are reflected in operating expenses, but only the increased property operating expenses above the base year stop recovered from tenants are reflected as tenant recoveries in the statements of income. In a net lease, the tenant is responsible for all property taxes and operating expenses. As such, the base rent payment does not include any operating expenses, but rather all such expenses are billed to the tenant. The full amount of the expenses for this lease type is reflected in operating expenses, and the reimbursement is reflected in tenant recoveries. The tenants in City Plaza have full-service gross leases, and the tenant in the Technicolor Building has a net lease.

Media and Entertainment Leases . We generally lease our media and entertainment properties to tenants on a full-service gross or net lease basis. Under the full-service gross leases in our media and entertainment properties, the tenant pays a full-service gross rent amount and an additional amount for property related items, which are often required to make effective use of the leased space, such as rental of lighting, equipment rental, parking, power, HVAC and telecommunications (telephone and internet). Lighting revenue is recognized on a net basis. In a net lease in our media and entertainment properties, the tenant is responsible for all property taxes and operating expenses. As such, the base rent payment does not include any operating expense, but rather all such expenses are billed to the tenant. The full amount of the expenses for this lease type is reflected in operating expenses, and the reimbursement is reflected in tenant recoveries. Expenses associated with provision of lighting rental, equipment rental, parking, power, HVAC and telecommunications (telephone and internet) are reflected in other property-related expense. All of the tenants in Sunset Gower and Sunset Bronson have full-service gross leases, other than KTLA, which has a net lease.

Interest Rate Contracts . Any change in fair value of interest rate contracts were either recorded as a gain or loss in the statement of operations because such contracts did not qualify as effective hedges or through other comprehensive loss because such contracts did qualify as an effective cash flow hedge under FASB ASC Topic 815 as discussed in more detail below under “—Interest Rate Risk.”

The indebtedness that previously encumbered the Sunset Gower property and Technicolor Building was subject to an interest rate contract, effective as of September 15, 2008, capping one-month LIBOR at 4.75% on the notional amount and on terms identical to the principal amount and terms of the mortgage loan. That interest rate contract expired on September 15, 2009. Another interest rate contract capping one-month LIBOR at 4.75% on the notional amount and on terms identical to the principal amount and terms of the mortgage loan was purchased and went effective September 15, 2009 and covered the period through March 15, 2010. The fair market value of that interest rate cap agreement at September 30, 2010 (having expired on March 15, 2010) and December 31, 2009 was $0. We repaid the indebtedness that encumbered our Sunset Gower property and Technicolor Building on June 29, 2010 in connection with our initial public offering and related formation transactions.

The indebtedness encumbering the Sunset Bronson property was subject to a collar on the LIBOR portion of the interest rate of not less than 2.55% and no greater than 3.87% until September 1, 2010. From and after June 1, 2010, the applicable interest rate became 5.90% per annum, until a new secured interest rate contract went effective upon the closing of our initial public offering and related formation transaction on June 29, 2010, which swapped one-month LIBOR to a fixed rate of 0.75%. The interest rate contract for Sunset Bronson fixes one-month LIBOR on the full $37.0 million notional loan amount through April 30, 2011 on terms identical to the terms of the mortgage loan. The fair market value of these interest contracts at September 30, 2010 and December 31, 2009 was a liability of approximately $0.1 million and approximately $0.4 million, respectively.

Factors That May Influence Our Operating Results

Business and Strategy . We focus our investment strategy on office properties located in submarkets with growth potential as well as on underperforming properties or portfolios that provide opportunities to implement a value-add strategy to increase occupancy rates and cash flow. Additionally, we intend to acquire properties or portfolios that are distressed due to near-term debt maturities or underperforming properties where we believe better management, focused leasing efforts and/or capital improvements would improve the property’s operating performance and value. Our strategy also includes active management, aggressive leasing efforts, focused capital improvement programs, the reduction and containment of operating costs and an emphasis on tenant satisfaction, which we believe will minimize turnover costs and improve occupancy.

From the acquisition of our first property in February 2007 through November 2010, we have acquired or developed 10 real estate properties containing an aggregate 2.2 million net rentable square feet. We intend to pursue acquisitions of additional properties as a key part of our growth strategy, often including properties that may have substantial vacancy, which enables us to increase cash flow through lease-up. We expect to continue to acquire properties subject to existing mortgage financing and other indebtedness or to incur indebtedness in connection with acquiring or refinancing these properties. Debt service on such indebtedness will have a priority over any dividends with respect to our series B preferred stock. In addition, we are under contract to acquire the 10950 Washington property.

Rental Revenue . The amount of net rental revenue generated by the properties in our portfolio depends principally on our ability to maintain the occupancy rates of currently leased space and to lease currently available space and space that becomes available from lease terminations. As of September 30, 2010, the percent leased for our office properties, including 10950 Washington, was approximately 83.2% (or 87.0%, giving effect to leases signed but not commenced as of that date), and the percent leased for the media and entertainment properties (based on 12-month trailing average) was approximately 69.0%. The amount of rental revenue generated by us also depends on our ability to maintain or increase rental rates at our properties. We believe that the average rental rates for our office properties generally are equal to or slightly above the current average quoted market rate, with the exception of our lease of 94,505 square feet to Burlington Coat Factory at our 875 Howard Street property, which we believe to be substantially below market rates. We believe the average rental rates for our media and entertainment properties are generally equal to current average quoted market rates. Negative trends in one or more of these factors could adversely affect our rental revenue in future periods. Future economic downturns or regional downturns affecting our submarkets or downturns in our tenants’ industries that impair our ability to renew or re-let space and the ability of our tenants to fulfill their lease commitments, as in the case of tenant bankruptcies, could adversely affect our ability to maintain or increase rental rates at our properties. In addition, growth in rental revenue will also partially depend on our ability to acquire additional properties that meet our investment criteria.

Conditions in Our Markets. The properties in our portfolio are all located in California submarkets. Positive or negative changes in economic or other conditions in California, including the state budgetary shortfall, employment rates, natural hazards and other factors, may impact our overall performance.

Operating Expenses. Our operating expenses generally consist of utilities, property and ad valorem taxes, insurance and site maintenance costs. Increases in these expenses over tenants’ base years are generally passed on to tenants in our full-service gross leased properties and are generally paid in full by tenants in our net lease properties. As a public company, we estimate our annual general and administrative expenses will increase due to increased legal, insurance, accounting and other expenses related to corporate governance, SEC reporting and other compliance matters, compared to the period prior to our initial public offering. In addition, we expect the properties in our portfolio to be reassessed after the consummation of this offering. We believe the amount of property taxes we pay in the future will decrease due to the expected downward reassessment of many of our properties following the completion of the formation transactions. Given the uncertainty of the amounts involved, we have not included the impact of any anticipated property tax decrease in our pro forma financial statements.

Taxable REIT Subsidiary . As part of the formation transactions, we formed Hudson Pacific Services, Inc., or our services company, a Maryland corporation that is wholly owned by our operating partnership. We have elected, together with our services company, to treat our services company as a taxable REIT subsidiary for federal income tax purposes, and we may form additional taxable REIT subsidiaries in the future. Our services company generally may provide both customary and non-customary services to our tenants and engage in other activities that we may not engage in directly without adversely affecting our qualification as a REIT. Our services company and its wholly owned subsidiaries provide a number of services to certain tenants at our media and entertainment properties and, from time to time, one or more taxable REIT subsidiaries may provide services to our tenants at these and other properties. See “Federal Income Tax Considerations—Taxation of Our Company—Income Tests.” In addition, our operating partnership has contributed some or all of its interests in certain wholly owned subsidiaries or their assets to our services company. We currently lease space to wholly owned subsidiaries of our services company at our media and entertainment properties and may, from time to time, enter into additional leases with one or more taxable REIT subsidiaries. Any income earned by our taxable REIT subsidiaries will not be included in our taxable income for purposes of the 75% or 95% gross income tests, except to the extent such income is distributed to us as a dividend, in which case such dividend income will qualify under the 95%, but not the 75%, gross income test. See “Federal Income Tax Considerations—Taxation of Our Company—Income Tests.” Because a taxable REIT subsidiary is subject to federal income tax, and state and local income tax (where applicable), as a regular C corporation, the income earned by our taxable REIT subsidiaries generally will be subject to an additional level of tax as compared to the income earned by our other subsidiaries.

Critical Accounting Policies

Our discussion and analysis of the historical financial condition and results of operations of Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc. are based upon their financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with GAAP. The preparation of these financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions in certain circumstances that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amount of revenues and expenses in the reporting period. Actual amounts may differ from these estimates and assumptions. We have provided a summary of our significant accounting policies in the notes to the financial statements of Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc. included elsewhere in this prospectus. We have summarized below those accounting policies that require material subjective or complex judgments and that have the most significant impact on our financial conditions and results of operations. We evaluate these estimates on an ongoing basis, based upon information currently available and on various assumptions that we believe are reasonable as of the date hereof. Other companies in similar businesses may use different estimation policies and methodologies, which may impact the comparability of our results of operations and financial conditions to those of other companies.

Investment in Real Estate Properties

The properties in our portfolio are carried at cost, less accumulated depreciation and amortization. We allocate the cost of an acquisition, including the assumption of liabilities, to the acquired tangible assets and identifiable intangibles based on their estimated fair values in accordance with GAAP. We assess fair value based on estimated cash flow projections that utilize appropriate discount and/or capitalization rates and available market information. Estimates of future cash flows are based on a number of factors, including historical operating results, known and anticipated trends, and market and economic conditions. The fair value of tangible assets of an acquired property considers the value of the property as if it was vacant. Acquisition-related expenses are expensed in the period incurred.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

We assess the carrying value of real estate assets and related intangibles whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset or asset group may not be recoverable in accordance

with GAAP. Impairment losses are recorded on real estate assets held for investment when indicators of impairment are present and the future undiscounted cash flows estimated to be generated by those assets are less than the assets’ carrying amount. We recognize impairment losses to the extent the carrying amount exceeds the fair value of the properties. Properties held for sale are recorded at the lower of cost or estimated fair value less cost to sell. We did not record any impairment charges related to our real estate assets and related intangibles during the three and nine months ended September 30, 2010 and 2009 and the periods ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007.

Accounts Receivable and Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

Accounts receivable consist of amounts due for monthly rents and other charges. We maintain an allowance for doubtful accounts, including an allowance for straight-line rent receivables, for estimated losses resulting from tenant defaults or the inability of tenants to make contractual rent and tenant recovery payments. We monitor the liquidity and creditworthiness of our tenants and operators on an ongoing basis. This evaluation considers industry and economic conditions, property performance, credit enhancements and other factors. For straight-line rent amounts, our assessment is based on amounts estimated to be recoverable over the term of the lease. At September 30, 2010 and December 31, 2009, management believes that the collectability of straight-line rent balances are reasonably assured; accordingly, no allowance was established against straight-line rent receivables. We evaluate the collectability of accounts receivable based on a combination of factors. The allowance for doubtful accounts is based on specific identification of uncollectible accounts and our historical collection experience. We recognize an allowance for doubtful accounts based on the length of time the receivables are past due, the current business environment and our historical experience. Historical experience has been within management’s expectations.

Revenue Recognition

We recognize rental revenue from tenants on a straight-line basis over the lease term when collectability is reasonably assured and the tenant has taken possession or controls the physical use of the leased asset. For assets acquired subject to leases, we recognize revenue upon acquisition of the asset, provided the tenant has taken possession or controls the physical use of the leased asset. If the lease provides for tenant improvements, we determine whether the tenant improvements, for accounting purposes, are owned by the tenant or us. When we are the owner of the tenant improvements, the tenant is not considered to have taken physical possession or have control of the physical use of the leased asset until the tenant improvements are substantially completed. When the tenant is the owner of the tenant improvements, any tenant improvement allowance that is funded is treated as a lease incentive and amortized as a reduction of revenue over the lease term. Tenant improvement ownership is determined based on various factors including, but not limited to:

•

whether the lease stipulates how and on what a tenant improvement allowance may be spent;

•

whether the tenant or landlord retains legal title to the improvements at the end of the lease term;

•

whether the tenant improvements are unique to the tenant or general-purpose in nature; and

•

whether the tenant improvements are expected to have any residual value at the end of the lease.

Certain leases provide for additional rents contingent upon a percentage of the tenant’s revenue in excess of specified base amounts or other thresholds. Such revenue is recognized when actual results reported by the tenant, or estimates of tenant results, exceed the base amount or other thresholds. Such revenue is recognized only after the contingency has been removed (when the related thresholds are achieved), which may result in the recognition of rental revenue in periods subsequent to when such payments are received.

Other property related revenue is revenue that is derived from the tenants’ use of lighting, equipment rental, parking, power, HVAC and telecommunications (telephone and internet). Other property related revenue is recognized when these items are provided.

Tenant recoveries related to reimbursement of real estate taxes, insurance, repairs and maintenance, and other operating expenses are recognized as revenue in the period the applicable expenses are incurred. The reimbursements are recognized and presented gross, as we are generally the primary obligor with respect to purchasing goods and services from third-party suppliers, have discretion in selecting the supplier and bear the associated credit risk.

We recognize gains on sales of properties upon the closing of the transaction with the purchaser. Gains on properties sold are recognized using the full accrual method when (i) the collectability of the sales price is reasonably assured, (ii) we are not obligated to perform significant activities after the sale, (iii) the initial investment from the buyer is sufficient and (iv) other profit recognition criteria have been satisfied. Gains on sales of properties may be deferred in whole or in part until the requirements for gain recognition have been met.

Stock Based Compensation

ASC Topic 718, Compensation—Stock Compensation (referred to as ASC Topic 718 and formerly known as FASB 123R, requires us to recognize an expense for the fair value of equity-based compensation awards. Grants of stock options, restricted stock, restricted stock units and performance units under our equity incentive award plans are accounted for under ASC Topic 718. Our compensation committee will regularly consider the accounting implications of significant compensation decisions, especially in connection with decisions that relate to our equity incentive award plans and programs.

Income Taxes

Our taxable income prior to the completion of our initial public offering is reportable by the members of the limited liability companies that comprise our predecessor. Our property-owning subsidiaries are limited liability companies and are treated as pass-through entities for income tax purposes. Accordingly, no provision has been made for federal income taxes in the accompanying consolidated financial statements for the activities of these entities. We intend to elect to be taxed as a REIT for federal income tax purposes on our federal income tax return for our taxable year ending December 31, 2010. We believe that we have operated, and we intend to continue operating, in a manner that will allow us to qualify as a REIT for federal income tax purposes commencing with such taxable year. To qualify as a REIT, we are required to distribute at least 90% of our REIT taxable income to our stockholders and meet the various other requirements imposed by the Code relating to such matters as operating results, asset holdings, distribution levels and diversity of stock ownership. Provided that we qualify for taxation as a REIT, we are generally not subject to corporate level income tax on the earnings distributed currently to our stockholders that we derive from our REIT qualifying activities. If we fail to qualify as a REIT in any taxable year, and are unable to avail ourselves of certain savings provisions set forth in the Code, all of our taxable income would be subject to federal income tax at regular corporate rates, including any applicable alternative minimum tax. Unless entitled to relief under specific statutory provisions, we would be ineligible to elect to be treated as a REIT for the four taxable years following the year for which we lose our qualification. It is not possible to state whether in all circumstances we would be entitled to this statutory relief.

We have elected to treat one of our subsidiaries as a taxable REIT subsidiary. Certain activities that we may undertake, such as non-customary services for our tenants and holding assets that we cannot hold directly, will be conducted by a taxable REIT subsidiary. A taxable REIT subsidiary is subject to federal and, where applicable, state income taxes on its net income.

We are subject to the statutory requirements of the state in which we conduct business.

Results of Operations

The following table identifies each of the properties in our portfolio acquired through September 30, 2010 and their date of acquisition.


Acquired Properties	Acquisition/Completion Date		Square Feet
875 Howard Street		02/15/2007		286,270
Sunset Gower		08/17/2007		543,709
Sunset Bronson		01/30/2008		313,723
Technicolor Building		06/01/2008		114,958
City Plaza		08/26/2008		333,922
First Financial		06/29/2010		222,423
Tierrasanta		06/29/2010		104,234
Del Amo Office		08/13/2010		113,000
9300 Wilshire Boulevard		08/24/2010		58,484

Total				2,090,713

All amounts and percentages used in this discussion of our results of operations are calculated using the numbers presented in the financial statements contained in this report rather than the rounded numbers appearing in this discussion.

Comparison of the three months ended September 30, 2010 to the three months ended September 30, 2009

Revenue

Total Office Revenue. Total office revenue consists of rental revenue, tenant recoveries, and other revenue. Total office revenues increased $4.2 million, or 121%, to $7.6 million for the three months ended September 30, 2010 compared to $3.5 million for the three months ended September 30, 2009. The period over period changes in the items that comprise total revenue are attributable primarily to the factors discussed below.

Office Rental Revenue. Office rental revenue includes rental revenues from our office properties, percentage rent on retail space contained within those properties, and lease termination income. Total office rental revenue increased $3.6 million, or 125%, to $6.5 million for the three months ended September 30, 2010 compared to $2.9 million for the three months ended September 30, 2009. The increase in rental revenues was primarily due to the acquisitions of the Tierrasanta, First Financial, Del Amo Office, and 9300 Wilshire Boulevard office properties, in addition to the increase in occupancy at our City Plaza and 875 Howard Street office properties.

Office Tenant Recoveries. Office tenant recoveries increased $0.6 million, or 137%, to $1.0 million for the three months ended September 30, 2010 compared to $0.4 million for the three months ended September 30, 2009. The increase in tenant recoveries was primarily due to the acquisitions of the Tierrasanta, First Financial, Del Amo Office, and 9300 Wilshire Boulevard office properties together with an increase in average occupancy year-over-year for our City Plaza and 875 Howard Street office properties.

Office Other Revenue. Other revenue remained relatively flat at $0.1 million for the three months ended September 30, 2010 compared $0.1 million for to the three months ended September 30, 2009.

compared to $8.1 million for the three months ended September 30, 2009. The period over period changes in the items that comprise total revenue are attributable primarily to the factors discussed below.

Media & Entertainment Rental Revenue. Media and entertainment rental revenue includes rental revenues from our media and entertainment properties, percentage rent on retail space contained within those properties, and lease termination income. Total media and entertainment rental revenue increased $0.3 million, or 7%, to $5.2 million for the three months ended September 30, 2010 compared to $4.9 million for the three months ended September 30, 2009. The increase in rental revenue was primarily due to improved occupancy at both media and entertainment properties.

Media & Entertainment Tenant Recoveries. Tenant recoveries remained relatively flat at $0.4 million for the three months ended September 30, 2010 compared to $0.3 million for the three months ended September 30, 2009.

Media & Entertainment Other Property-Related Revenue. Other property-related revenue is revenue that is derived from the tenants’ rental of lighting and other equipment, parking, power, HVAC and telecommunications (telephone and internet). Total other property-related revenue increased $1.4 million, or 49%, to $4.2 million for the three months ended September 30, 2010 compared to $2.8 million for the three months ended September 30, 2009. The increase in other property-related revenue was primarily due to an increase in lighting equipment rental revenue, parking revenue, and telecom revenue relating to higher production activity at our Sunset Gower property.

Operating Expenses

Total Operating Expenses. Total operating expenses consist of property operating expenses, as well as property level general and administrative expenses, other property related expenses, management fees and depreciation and amortization. Total operating expenses increased by $6.1 million, or 65%, to $15.5 million for the three months ended September 30, 2010 compared to $9.4 million for the three months ended September 30, 2009. This increase in total operating expenses is attributable primarily to the factors discussed below.

Office Operating Expenses. Office operating expenses increased $1.3 million, or 83%, to $2.8 million for the three months ended September 30, 2010 compared to $1.5 million for the three months ended September 30, 2009. The increase in operating expenses was primarily due to the acquisitions of the Tierrasanta, First Financial, Del Amo Office, and 9300 Wilshire Boulevard office properties together with an increase in average occupancy year-over-year for our City Plaza and 875 Howard Street office properties.

Media & Entertainment Operating Expenses. Media and entertainment operating expenses increased $0.9 million, or 17%, to $6.0 million for the three months ended September 30, 2010 compared to $5.1 million for the three months ended September 30, 2009. The increase in operating expenses was due to an increase in other property-related expenses, primarily lighting and other equipment rental expenses relating to from higher production activity at our Sunset Gower property.

General and Administrative Expenses. General and administrative expenses includes wages and salaries for corporate-level employees, accounting, legal and other professional services, office supplies, entertainment, travel, and automobile expenses, telecommunications and computer-related expenses, and other miscellaneous items. Since our initial public offering, private placement, and formation transactions did not occur until June 29, 2010, the three months ended September 30, 2009 do not include general and administrative expenses for corporate-level operations. The $2.4 million of general and administration expenses reflect the expenses of our corporate-level operation for the three months ended September 30, 2010.

Depreciation and Amortization. Depreciation and amortization expense increased $1.6 million, or 58%, to $4.3 million for the three months ended September 30, 2010 compared to $2.7 million for the three months

ended September 30, 2009. The increase was primarily due to the depreciation associated with the acquisitions of the Tierrasanta, First Financial, Del Amo Office, and 9300 Wilshire Boulevard office properties.

Other Expense (Income)

Interest Expense. Interest expense decreased $0.4 million, or 20%, to $1.8 million for the three months ended September 30, 2010 compared to $2.2 million for the three months ended September 30, 2009. The decrease was primarily due to the repayment of indebtedness in connection with our initial public offering, private placement, and formation transactions on June 29, 2010, partially offset by higher interest expense associated with loans assumed in connection with our acquisitions of the Tierrasanta and First Financial office properties.

Unrealized Gain on Interest Rate Contracts. Unrealized gain on interest rate contracts remained relatively flat at $0 for the three months ended September 30, 2010 compared to $0.1 million for the three months ended September 30, 2009.

Acquisition-related expenses. Acquisition-related expenses increased $0.3 million to $0.3 million for the three months ended September 30, 2010, with no comparable expenses for the three months ended September 30, 2009. The increase was due to one-time transactional costs relating to our acquisition of the Del Amo Office and 9300 Wilshire Boulevard office properties.

Net Income

Net income for the three months ended September 30, 2010 was $0.0 million compared to net income of $0.1 million for the three months ended September 30, 2009. The decrease was primarily due to higher office and media and entertainment operating expenses, higher general and administrative expenses, and one-time transactional costs relating to our acquisitions of the Del Amo Office and 9300 Wilshire Boulevard office properties, partially offset by higher office and media and entertainment revenues and lower interest expense, all as described above.

Comparison of the nine months ended September 30, 2010 to the nine months ended September 30, 2009

Revenue

Total Office Revenue. Total office revenue consists of rental revenue, tenant recoveries, and other revenue. Total office revenues increased $4.9 million, or 49%, to $14.8 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2010 compared to $9.9 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2009. The period over period changes in the items that comprise total revenue are attributable primarily to the factors discussed below.

Office Rental Revenue. Office rental revenue includes rental revenues from our office properties, percentage rent on retail space contained within those properties, and lease termination income. Total office rental revenue increased $4.4 million, or 53%, to $12.8 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2010 compared to $8.3 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2009. The increase in rental revenues was primarily due to the acquisitions of the Tierrasanta, First Financial, Del Amo Office, and 9300 Wilshire Boulevard office properties, together with an increase in average occupancy year-over-year for our City Plaza and 875 Howard Street office properties.

Office Tenant Recoveries. Office tenant recoveries increased $0.5 million, or 33%, to $1.9 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2010 compared to $1.4 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2009. The increase in tenant recoveries was primarily due to the acquisitions of Tierrasanta, First Financial, Del Amo Office, and 9300 Wilshire Boulevard office properties, together with an increase in average occupancy year-over-year for our City Plaza and 875 Howard Street office properties.

Office Other Revenue. Other revenue remained relatively flat at $0.1 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2010 compared to $0.2 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2009.

Total Media & Entertainment Revenue. Total media and entertainment revenue consists of rental revenue, tenant recoveries, other property-related revenue, and other revenue. Total media and entertainment revenues increased $0.7 million, or 3%, to $24.7 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2010 compared to $24.0 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2009. The period over period changes in the items that comprise total revenue are attributable primarily to the factors discussed below.

Media & Entertainment Tenant Recoveries. Tenant recoveries remained relatively flat at $1.2 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2010 as compared to $1.2 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2009.

Media & Entertainment Other Property-Related Revenue. Other property-related revenue is revenue that is derived from the tenants’ rental of lighting and other equipment, parking, power, HVAC and telecommunications (telephone and internet). Total other property-related revenue increased $0.6 million, or 8%, to $8.0 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2010 compared to $7.4 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2009. The increase in other property-related revenue was primarily due to an increase in lighting equipment rental revenue, parking revenue, and telecom revenue relating to higher production activity at our Sunset Gower property.

Operating Expenses

Total Operating Expenses. Total operating expenses consist of property operating expenses, as well as property level general and administrative expenses, other property related expenses, management fees and depreciation and amortization. Total operating expenses increased $6.1 million, or 22%, to $33.2 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2010 compared to $27.1 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2009. Changes in total operating expenses are attributable primarily to the factors discussed below.

Office Operating Expenses. Office operating expenses increased $1.3 million, or 31%, to $5.7 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2010 compared to $4.3 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2009. The increase was primarily due to the acquisitions of Tierrasanta, First Financial, Del Amo Office, and 9300 Wilshire Boulevard office properties, together with an increase in average occupancy year-over-year for our City Plaza and 875 Howard Street office properties.

Media & Entertainment Operating Expenses. Media and entertainment operating expenses increased $0.7 million, or 5%, to $15.2 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2010 compared to $14.5 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2009. The increase in operating expenses was due to an increase in other property-related expenses, primarily lighting and other equipment rental expenses stemming from higher production activity at our Sunset Gower property.

General and Administrative Expenses. General and administrative expenses includes wages and salaries for corporate-level employees, accounting, legal and other professional services, office supplies, entertainment, travel, and automobile expenses, telecommunications and computer-related expenses, and other miscellaneous items. Since our initial public offering, private placement, and formation transactions did not occur until June 29, 2010, the nine months ended September 30, 2009 do not include general and administrative expenses for

corporate-level operations. The $2.4 million of general and administration expenses reflect the expenses of our corporate-level operation for the nine months ended September 30, 2010.

Depreciation and Amortization. Depreciation expense increased $1.7 million, or 20%, to $10.0 million for nine months ended September 30, 2010 compared to $8.3 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2009. The increase was primarily due to the acquisitions of the Tierrasanta, First Financial, Del Amo, and 9300 Wilshire Boulevard office properties, together with an increase in average occupancy year-over-year for our City Plaza property and the completion of the renovation of our 875 Howard Street office property.

Other Expense (Income)

Interest Expense. Interest expense decreased $0.5 million, or 8%, to $6.2 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2010 compared to $6.7 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2009. The decrease was primarily due to the repayment of indebtedness in connection with our initial public offering, private placement, and formation transactions on June 29, 2010, partially offset by higher interest expense associated with loans assumed in connection with our acquisition of the Tierrasanta and First Financial office properties.

Unrealized Gain on Interest Rate Contracts. Unrealized gain on interest rate contracts remained relatively flat at $0.3 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2010 as compared to $0.2 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2009.

Acquisition-related expenses. Acquisition-related expenses increased $2.7 million to $2.7 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2010, with no comparable expenses for the nine months ended September 30, 2009. The increase was primarily due to one-time transactional costs relating to our initial public offering and related formation transactions and one-time transactional costs relating to our acquisition of the Tierrasanta, First Financial, Del Amo Office and 9300 Wilshire Boulevard office properties.

Net Income

Net loss for the nine months ended September 30, 2010 was $2.2 million compared to net income of $0.2 million of net income for the nine months ended September 30, 2009. The decrease was due to operating expenses at our office and media and entertainment properties, higher general and administrative expenses, higher depreciation and amortization expenses, and one-time transactional costs relating to our acquisitions of properties in connection with our initial public offering and related formation transactions and our acquisitions of the Del Amo Office and 9300 Wilshire Boulevard office properties, partially offset by higher office revenue and higher media and entertainment revenue and lower interest expenses, all as described above.

Comparison of year ended December 31, 2009 to year ended December 31, 2008

Revenue

Total Office Revenue . Total office revenue consists of rental revenue, tenant recoveries, and other revenue. Total office revenues increased by $3.5 million, or 35%, to $13.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 compared to $9.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2008. The increase in total office revenue is attributable primarily to the factors discussed below.

Office Rental Revenue. Office rental revenue includes rental revenues from our office properties, percentage rent on retail space contained within those properties, and lease termination income. Total office rental revenue increased by $2.8 million, or 34%, to $11.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 compared to $8.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2008. Total office rental revenues were primarily impacted by our acquisition activity during 2008 and the completion of the Technicolor Building. First, we

acquired City Plaza on August 26, 2008, resulting in the inclusion of approximately four months of operations in the year ended December 31, 2008, compared to 12 months of operations in the year ended December 31, 2009. Second, the Technicolor Building was placed into service and the related lease commenced on June 1, 2008, which resulted in the inclusion of seven months of operations in the year ended December 31, 2008, compared to twelve months of operations in the year ended December 31, 2009.

Office Tenant Recoveries . Office tenant recoveries remained relatively flat for the year ended December 31, 2009 at $2.0 million compared to $1.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2008, primarily due to the timing of the acquisition and construction activity referred to above.

Office Other Revenue . Office other revenue increased $0.1 million, or 285%, to $0.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 compared to $0.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2008, primarily due to the timing of the acquisition and construction activity referred to above.

Total Media & Entertainment Revenue . Total media and entertainment revenue consists of rental revenue, tenant recoveries, other property-related revenue, and other revenue. Total media and entertainment revenues decreased $4.6 million, or 14%, to $28.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 compared to $33.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2008. The decrease in total media and entertainment revenue is attributable primarily to the factors discussed below.

Media & Entertainment Rental Revenue. Media and entertainment rental revenue includes rental revenues from our media and entertainment properties, percentage rent on retail space contained within those properties, and lease termination income. Total media and entertainment rental revenue decreased $2.2 million, or 10%, to $19.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 compared to $22.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2008. The decrease in rental revenue was primarily due to seismic retrofitting and retrofitting of control room facilities with high-definition technology in the year ended December 31, 2009, which caused portions of the property to be unavailable for lease during the retrofitting at the Sunset Bronson property.

Media & Entertainment Tenant Recoveries. Media and entertainment tenant recoveries remained relatively flat at $1.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 compared to $1.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2008.

Media & Entertainment Other Property-Related Revenue . Media and entertainment other property-related revenue is revenue that is derived from the tenants’ rental of lighting and other equipment, parking, power, HVAC and telecommunications (telephone and internet). Total other property-related revenue decreased $2.4 million, or 25%, to $7.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 compared to $9.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2008. The decrease in other property-related revenue was primarily due to seismic retrofitting and retrofitting of control room facilities with high-definition technology in the year ended December 31, 2009, which caused portions of the property to be unavailable for lease during the retrofitting at the Sunset Bronson property.

Operating Expenses

Total Operating Expenses . Total operating expenses consist of office and media and entertainment operating expenses, as well as general and administrative expenses, and depreciation and amortization. Total operating expenses increased by $1.4 million, or 4%, to $34.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 compared to $32.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2008. This increase in total operating expenses is attributable primarily to the factors discussed below.

Office Operating Expenses . Office operating expenses increased by $3.3 million, or 111%, to $6.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 compared to $3.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2008. The change in property operating expenses was due to our acquisition activity and the completion of the Technicolor Building referred to above.

Media & Entertainment Operating Expenses . Media and entertainment operating expenses decreased by $3.1 million, or 16%, to $16.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 compared to $19.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2008. The decrease in media and entertainment operating expenses was primarily due to seismic retrofitting and retrofitting of control room facilities with high-definition technology in the year ended December 31, 2009, which caused portions of the property to be unavailable for lease during the retrofitting at the Sunset Bronson property.

Depreciation and Amortization . Depreciation and amortization expense increased $1.2 million, or 13%, to $10.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 compared to $9.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2008. The increase was primarily due to the timing of the acquisition and construction activity referred to above.

Other Expense (Income)

Interest Expense . Interest expense decreased $3.3 million, or 27%, to $8.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 compared to $12.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2008. The decrease was primarily due to a decrease in the LIBOR rate on our floating rate loans and the repayment of approximately $23.9 million of the Sunset Gower loan in May 2008 and the capitalization of interest expense as part of the 875 Howard Street redevelopment that began in February 2009. This decrease was partially offset by the increased interest expense on debt obtained on the Sunset Bronson property in May 2008 and the commencement of recognition of interest expense upon completion of the Technicolor Building in June 2008.

Unrealized Gain on Interest Rate Contracts . For the year ended December 31, 2009, there was unrealized gain on interest rate contracts of $0.4 million. There was an unrealized loss of $0.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2008.

Loss on Sale of Lot. For the year ended December 31, 2009, there was no gain or loss on sale of lot. For the year ended December 31, 2008 there was a $0.2 million loss on the sale of a lot.

Net Income (Loss)

Net loss for the year ended December 31, 2009 was $0.6 million compared to a net loss of $2.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2008. A net decrease in income from operations of $2.6 million was offset by a decrease in non-operating expenses of $4.6 million, or 35%, to $8.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2009, compared to $13.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2008. The decrease in non-operating expenses was primarily due to a decrease in interest expense and change in fair value of the interest rate contracts.

Comparison of year ended December 31, 2008 to period ended December 31, 2007

Revenue

Total Office Revenue . Total office revenue consists of rental revenue, tenant recoveries, and other revenue. Total office revenues increased by $5.3 million, or 116%, to $9.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 compared to $4.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2007. The increase in total office revenue is attributable primarily to the factors discussed below.

Office Rental Revenue. Office rental revenue includes rental revenues from our office properties, percentage rent on retail space contained within those properties, and lease termination income. Total office rental revenue increased by $4.3 million, or 111%, to $8.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 compared to $3.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2007. Rental revenue was primarily impacted by our acquisition activity during 2008 and the completion of the Technicolor Building. First, we acquired City Plaza on August 26, 2008, resulting in the inclusion of approximately four months of operations in the year ended

December 31, 2008, whereas there were no operations in the period ended December 31, 2007. Second, the Technicolor Building was placed into service and the related lease commenced on June 1, 2008, which resulted in the inclusion of seven months of operations in the year ended December 31, 2008, whereas there were no operations in the period ended December 31, 2007.

Office Tenant Recoveries . Office tenant recoveries increased by $0.9 million, or 143%, to $1.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 compared to $0.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2007, primarily due to the timing of the acquisition of the City Plaza property and construction activity referred to above.

Office Other Revenue . Office other revenue remained relatively flat for the year ended December 31, 2008 compared to the year ended December 31, 2007.

Total Media & Entertainment Revenue . Total media and entertainment revenue consists of rental revenue, tenant recoveries, other property-related revenue, and other revenue. Total media and entertainment revenues increased $26.2 million, or 373%, to $33.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 compared to $7.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2007. The increase in total media and entertainment revenue is attributable primarily to the factors discussed below.

Media & Entertainment Rental Revenue . Media and entertainment rental revenue includes rental revenues from our media and entertainment properties, percentage rent on retail space contained within those properties, and lease termination income. Total media and entertainment rental revenue increased $17.9 million, or 424%, to $22.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 compared to $4.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2007. The increase in rental revenue was primarily due to our acquisition of the Sunset Bronson property on January 30, 2008, which resulted in the inclusion of 11 months of operations in the year ended December 31, 2008, whereas there were no operations in the period ended December 31, 2007.

Media & Entertainment Tenant Recoveries . Media and entertainment recoveries increased by $1.5 million to $1.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 compared to $0.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2007, primarily due to the timing of the acquisition of the Sunset Bronson Property referred to above.

Media & Entertainment Other Property-Related Revenue . Media and entertainment other property-related revenue is revenue that is derived from the tenants’ rental of lighting and other equipment, parking, power, HVAC and telecommunications (telephone and internet). Total other property-related revenue increased $6.8 million, or 247%, to $9.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 compared to $2.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2007, primarily due to the timing of the acquisition of the Sunset Bronson property referred to above.

Media & Entertainment Other Revenue . Media and entertainment other revenue remained relatively flat for the year ended December 31, 2008 compared to the year ended December 31, 2007.

Operating Expenses

Total Operating Expenses . Total operating expenses consist of office and media and entertainment operating expenses, as well as general and administrative expenses, and depreciation and amortization. Total operating expenses increased by $23.1 million, or 243%, to $32.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 compared to $9.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2007. This increase in total operating expense is attributable primarily to the factors discussed below.

Office Operating Expenses . Office operating expenses increased by $1.8 million, or 154%, to $3.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 compared to $1.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2007.

The increase in office operating expenses was due to our acquisition of the City Plaza property and the completion of the Technicolor Building referred to above.

Media & Entertainment Operating Expenses . Media and entertainment operating expenses increased by $15.2 million, or 321%, to $19.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 compared to $4.7 million the year ended December 31, 2007. The increase in media and entertainment operating expenses was due to our acquisition of the Sunset Bronson property referred to above.

Depreciation and Amortization . Depreciation and amortization expense increased $6.1 million, or 170%, to $9.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 compared to $3.6 million for the period ended December 31, 2007. The increase was primarily due to the timing of the acquisition and construction activity referred to above.

Other Expense (Income)

Interest Expense . Interest expense increased $5.9 million, or 97%, to $12.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 compared to $6.1 million for the period ended December 31, 2007. The increase was primarily due to the acquisition and construction activity referred to above. First, the Technicolor Building was placed into service in June 2008, which resulted in the commencement of recognition of interest expense upon its completion in June 2008. Second, we obtained debt on the Sunset Bronson property as of May 2008 (which resulted in the inclusion of approximately eight months of interest expense in the year ended December 31, 2008, whereas there was no interest expense in the period ended December 31, 2007). These increases are in part offset by the decrease in the LIBOR rate on our floating rate loans and the repayment of approximately $23.9 million of the Sunset Gower loan in May 2008.

Unrealized Loss on Interest Rate Collar . For the year ended December 31, 2008, there was unrealized loss on interest rate collar of $0.8 million. There was an unrealized loss of $0.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2007.

Loss on Sale of Lot. There was a loss on sale of lot of $0.2 million in the year ended December 31, 2008, with no comparable activity in the period ended December 31, 2007.

Net Loss

Net loss for the year ended December 31, 2008 was $2.6 million compared to $4.0 million for the period ended December 31, 2007. A net increase in income from operations of $8.4 million attributable primarily to our acquisition activity during 2008 and the completion of the Technicolor Building was offset by an increase in non-operating expenses of $7.0 million, or 115%, to $13.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 compared to $6.1 million for the period ended December 31, 2007. The increase in non-operating expenses was primarily due to an increase in interest expense on debt obtained on the Sunset Bronson property in May 2008 and the commencement of recognition of interest expense upon completion of the Technicolor Building in June 2008. We experienced a net loss in both periods primarily due to expenses exceeding revenues, as described above, and largely driven by interest expense and depreciation and amortization.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Analysis of Liquidity and Capital Resources

We had approximately $40.7 million of cash and cash equivalents at September 30, 2010. In addition, the lead arrangers for our secured revolving credit facility have secured commitments that will allow borrowings of up to $200 million, of which approximately $75.0 million was available to us at September 30, 2010. Based on the closing price of our common stock as of November 18, 2010, our ratio of debt to total market capitalization is approximately 26.7% (counting series A preferred units as debt). Our total market capitalization is defined as the

sum of the market value of our outstanding common stock (which may decrease, thereby increasing our debt to total capitalization ratio), including restricted stock that we may issue to certain of our directors and executive officers, plus the aggregate value of common units not owned by us, plus the liquidation preference of outstanding series A preferred units, plus the book value of our total consolidated indebtedness. As of November 18, 2010, we had drawn approximately $34.5 million under our secured revolving credit facility. We intend to use the secured revolving credit facility, among other things, to finance the acquisition of other properties, to provide funds for tenant improvements and capital expenditures and to provide for working capital and other corporate purposes.

Our short-term liquidity requirements primarily consist of operating expenses and other expenditures associated with our properties, distributions to our limited partners and dividend payments to our stockholders required to maintain our REIT status, capital expenditures and, potentially, acquisitions. We expect to meet our short-term liquidity requirements through net cash provided by operations, reserves established from existing cash, the proceeds from our initial public offering and this offering and, if necessary, by drawing upon our secured revolving credit facility.

Our long-term liquidity needs consist primarily of funds necessary for the repayment of debt at maturity, property acquisitions and non-recurring capital improvements. We expect to meet our long-term liquidity requirements with net cash from operations, long-term secured and unsecured indebtedness and the issuance of equity and debt securities. We also may fund property acquisitions and non-recurring capital improvements using our secured revolving credit facility pending permanent financing.

We believe we have access to multiple sources of capital to fund our long-term liquidity requirements, including the incurrence of additional debt and the issuance of additional equity. However, we cannot assure you that this is or will continue to be the case. Our ability to incur additional debt is dependent on a number of factors, including our degree of leverage, the value of our unencumbered assets and borrowing restrictions that may be imposed by lenders. Our ability to access the equity capital markets is dependent on a number of factors as well, including general market conditions for REITs and market perceptions about our company.

Consolidated Indebtedness

As of September 30, 2010, we had approximately $94.3 million of outstanding consolidated indebtedness, of which approximately $37.0 million, or 39.2%, is variable rate debt, subject to an interest rate swap on the LIBOR portion of the interest rate to a fixed rate of 0.75%.

The following table sets forth information as of September 30, 2010 (unaudited) with respect to our outstanding indebtedness.


Debt	Outstanding September 30, 2010			Interest Rate ⁽ ¹ ⁾		Annual Debt Service		Maturity Date		Balance at Maturity
Mortgage loan secured by Sunset Bronson	$	37,000,000			LIBOR + 3.65%	$	1,651,000		04/30/11	$	37,000,000
Mortgage loan secured by First Financial	$	43,000,000			5.34%	$	2,328,090		12/01/11	$	43,000,000
Mortgage loan secured by Tierrasanta	$	14,300,000			5.62%	$	814,820		12/01/11	$	14,300,000
Secured Revolving Credit Facility		—			LIBOR + 3.25% – 4.00%		—		06/29/13		—
Subtotal	$	94,300,000
Unamortized Loan Premium ⁽ ² ⁾		(231,000	)

Total	$	94,069,000

(1)

Interest rates with respect to indebtedness are calculated on the basis of a 360 day year for the actual days elapsed. The indebtedness encumbering the Sunset Bronson property is floating rate indebtedness, subject to a secured interest rate contract that went effective upon the consummation of our initial public offering and the formation transactions on June 29, 2010, which swapped one-month LIBOR to a fixed rate of 0.75%.

(2)	Represents non cash mark-to-market adjustment on fixed rate debt associated with office properties.

As of November 18, 2010, we had drawn approximately $34.5 million on our secured revolving credit facility.

Description of Certain Debt

The following is a summary of the material provisions of the loan agreements evidencing our material debt. The following is only a summary and it does not include all of the provisions of such agreements, copies of which are filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part. See “Where You Can Find More Information.”

Mortgage Loan Secured by Sunset Bronson

The Sunset Bronson property (other than the Sunset Bronson—Lot A land asset) is subject to senior mortgage debt in a principal amount of $37.0 million, which is currently held by Wachovia Bank, National Association.

Maturity and Interest . The loan has a maturity date of April 30, 2011, which may be extended by up to an initial period of 13 months and a subsequent period of 12 months, in each case upon the satisfaction of certain conditions (including the satisfaction of a debt service ratio of at least 1.35 to 1.00 and a loan-to-value ratio based on appraisal value of not greater than 48%) and the payment of an extension fee for each extension equal to 0.25% of the sum of the outstanding loans and undisbursed commitment amount. The loan bears interest at a rate per annum equal to the 30-day LIBOR, plus 3.65%. The applicable interest rate must be at least 5.90% per annum, unless a hedge arrangement is entered into in connection with the extension of the loan. We entered into a new secured hedge arrangement in connection with the extension of the Sunset Bronson loan, swapping one-month LIBOR to a fixed rate of 0.75%. The interest rate swap is secured by the mortgage on the Sunset Bronson property.

Security . The loan was made to a single borrower subsidiary, and is secured by a first-priority deed of trust lien on the Sunset Bronson property (other than the Sunset Bronson – Lot A land asset), a security interest in all personal property used in connection with that property and an assignment of all leases and rents relating to the property. The loan is guaranteed by our operating partnership.

Prepayment . The loan may be voluntarily prepaid without penalty or premium in minimum aggregate amounts of $1.0 million.

Events of Default . The loan agreement contains customary events of default, including defaults in the payment of principal or interest, defaults in compliance with the covenants contained in the documents evidencing and securing the loan, cross defaults to other material debt and bankruptcy or other insolvency events, as well as termination of the parking lot lease with respect to the Sunset Bronson—Lot A land asset. We acquired the lessor and lessee interests under this parking lot lease in connection with the closing of our initial public offering and the consummation of the formation transactions.

Mortgage Loan Secured by First Financial

The First Financial Plaza property is subject to senior mortgage debt in a principal amount of $43.0 million, which is currently held by SunAmerica Life Insurance Company.

Maturity and Interest . The loan has a maturity date of December 1, 2011, which date may be extended for an additional five years upon modified terms at the option of the lender if the borrower fails to repay all amounts due at maturity. The loan bears interest at a fixed rate per annum of 5.34%.

Security . The loan was made to a single borrower subsidiary, and is secured by a first-priority deed of trust lien on the First Financial Plaza property, a security interest in all personal property used in connection with the First Financial Plaza property and an assignment of all leases and rents relating to the property. In the event that the debt service coverage of the borrower falls below a defined threshold, the borrower will become subject to a cash management and lockbox arrangement.

Prepayment . The loan may be voluntarily prepaid in full upon 30 days advance notice with a prepayment premium equal to the greater of (i) 1% of the outstanding principal amount or (ii) the present value of all scheduled payments of principal and interest remaining under the promissory note, discounted at a rate, when compounded monthly, equal to the semi-annual yield on U.S. Treasuries with maturities equivalent to the maturity of the loan, less the amount of principal being prepaid, calculated as of the prepayment date. The prepayment premium does not apply to payments made during the 90-day period immediately prior to the maturity date. Partial voluntary prepayments are not permitted.

Events of Default . The promissory note contains customary events of default, including defaults in the payment of principal or interest and defaults in compliance with the covenants contained in the documents evidencing and securing the loan. We, the borrower and the operating partnership are furthermore prohibited from consummating certain transfers and/or transactions without the consent of the lender unless certain conditions are satisfied, including the condition that the individuals comprising a majority of the board of directors are continuing directors, i.e., either those individuals who were (i) members of our board of directors, as of the closing of our initial public offering, or (ii) were nominated for membership on the board of directors or affirmatively endorsed for membership on the board of directors by at least a majority of the then continuing directors (including any director that qualifies as such pursuant to this clause (ii)).

Mortgage Loan Secured by Tierrasanta

The Tierrasanta property is subject to senior mortgage debt in a principal amount of $14.3 million, which is securitized debt that is currently held by Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., as Trustee for the Registered Holders of CD 2007-CD4 Commercial Mortgage Pass-Through Certificates.

Maturity and Interest . The loan has a maturity date of December 1, 2011, and bears interest at a rate per annum of 5.62%.

Security . The loan was made to a single borrower subsidiary, and is secured by a first-priority deed of trust lien on the Tierrasanta property, a security interest in all personal property used in connection with the Tierrasanta property and an assignment of all leases, rents and security deposits relating to the property.

Prepayment . The loan may be voluntarily defeased in whole or in part, subject to satisfaction of customary defeasance requirements in effect for a prepayment prior to June 1, 2011, at which time the loan may be voluntarily prepaid without penalty or premium.

Mortgage Loan Secured by 10950 Washington

The office building located at 10950 Washington is subject to senior mortgage debt in the original principal amount of $30,000,000, which is currently held by Wachovia Bank, National Association. We are not

currently the borrower under this mortgage loan. However, we anticipate that we will assume this loan in connection with our acquisition of the 10950 Washington property, which may or may not occur.

Maturity and Interest . The loan has a maturity date of February 11, 2012, and bears interest at a fixed rate per annum of 5.94%.

Security . The loan was made to a single borrower subsidiary, and is secured by a first-priority deed of trust on the 10950 Washington property, a security interest in all personal property used in connection with the property, and an assignment of all leases and rents relating to the property.

Prepayment . The loan may be voluntarily defeased in whole, subject to satisfaction of customary defeasance requirements in effect for prepayment prior to December 11, 2011, at which time the loan may be voluntarily prepaid in whole without penalty or premium.

Events of Default . The promissory note and deed of trust contain customary events of default, including defaults in the payment of principal and interest, defaults in compliance with covenants contained in other loan documents, cross defaults to other liens, bankruptcy or other insolvency events, abandonment of the property, and diminution of the value of the property.

Secured Revolving Credit Facility

In conjunction with our initial public offering and the formation transactions, we entered into a $200.0 million secured revolving credit facility with a group of lenders for which an affiliate of Barclays Capital Inc. acts as administrative agent and joint lead arranger and affiliates of Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated act as syndication agent and joint lead arranger. The secured revolving credit facility bears interest at a rate per annum equal to LIBOR plus 325 basis points to 400 basis points, depending on our leverage ratio, provided that LIBOR is subject to a floor of 1.50%. The secured revolving credit facility contains an accordion feature that allows us to increase the availability by $50.0 million, to $250.0 million, under specified circumstances.

The amount available for us to borrow under the facility is subject to the lesser of a percentage of the appraisal value of our properties that form the borrowing base of the facility and a minimum implied debt service coverage ratio. Our ability to borrow under the facility is subject to our ongoing compliance with a number of customary restrictive covenants, including:

•

a maximum leverage ratio (defined as consolidated total indebtedness to total asset value) of 0.60 : 1.00,

•

a minimum fixed charge coverage ratio (defined as consolidated earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization to consolidated fixed charges) of 1.75 : 1.00,

•

a maximum consolidated floating rate debt ratio (defined as consolidated floating rate indebtedness to total asset value) of 0.25 : 1.00,

•

a maximum recourse debt ratio (defined as recourse indebtedness other than indebtedness under the secured revolving credit facility but including unsecured lines of credit to total asset value) of 0.15 : 1.00, and

•

a minimum tangible net worth equal to at least 85% of our tangible net worth at the closing of our initial public offering plus 75% of the net proceeds of any additional equity issuances.

Under the secured revolving credit facility, our distributions may not exceed the greater of (i) 95.0% of our FFO or (ii) the amount required for us to qualify and maintain our status as a REIT or (iii) amounts required for us to avoid the imposition of income and excise taxes. If a default or event of default occurs and is continuing, we may be precluded from making certain distributions (other than those required to allow us to qualify and maintain our status as a REIT).

We and certain of our subsidiaries have guaranteed the obligations under the secured revolving credit facility and have pledged specified assets (including real property), stock and other interests as collateral for the secured revolving credit facility obligations.

At September 30, 2010, approximately $75.0 million was available to us under the secured revolving credit facility. As of November 18, 2010, we have drawn approximately $34.5 million of this amount.

Contractual Obligations

The following table provides information with respect to our commitments at December 31, 2009 on a pro forma basis to reflect the obligations we acquired in connection with our initial public offering and the formation transactions, including any guaranteed or minimum commitments under contractual obligations. The table does not reflect available debt extensions.


	Payments Due by Period
Contractual Obligation	Total		Less than 1 year		1-3 years		3-5 years		More than 5 years
Principal payments on mortgage loans ⁽¹⁾	$	94,300,000	$	37,000,000	$	57,300,000	$	—	$	—
Interest payments ⁽¹⁾⁽²⁾		13,970,599		5,468,770		5,206,861		3,294,968		—
Operating leases		611,635		383,771		211,632		16,232		—
Tenant-related commitments		2,295,919		2,295,919		—		—		—
Ground leases ⁽³⁾		9,105,340		181,201		362,402		362,402		8,199,335

Total:	$	120,283,493	$	45,329,661	$	63,080,895	$	3,673,602	$	8,199,335

(1)	Does not include potential payments of principal or interest under our secured revolving credit facility, as no amounts were outstanding as of December 31, 2009. As of November 18, 2010, we had drawn approximately $34.5 million under our secured revolving credit facility.

(2)

(3)

Reflects current annual base rents of $181,200 and $1 under the Sunset Gower and Del Amo Office ground leases, expiring March 31, 2060 and June 30, 2049, respectively. This does not reflect current annual base rents of $975,000 and $75,000 under the 222 Kearny Street and 9300 Wilshire Boulevard ground leases, respectively, because we acquired these properties and assumed the related ground leases subsequent to December 31, 2009. Assumes Sunset Gower ground rent is fixed at the current rent, although such ground rent is subject to periodic fair market value adjustments.

Off Balance Sheet Arrangements

At September 30, 2010, we did not have any off-balance sheet arrangements.

Interest Rate Risk

FASB ASC Topic 815, Derivatives and Hedging, requires us to recognize all derivatives on the balance sheet at fair value. Derivatives that do not qualify as hedges must be adjusted to fair value and the changes in fair value must be reflected as income or expense. If the derivative qualifies as a hedge, depending on the nature of the hedge, changes in the fair value of derivatives are either offset against the change in fair value of the hedged

assets, liabilities, or firm commitments through earnings or recognized in other comprehensive income, which is a component of stockholders equity. The ineffective portion of a derivative’s change in fair value is recognized in earnings.

The indebtedness that previously encumbered the Sunset Gower property and Technicolor Building was subject to an interest rate contract, effective as of September 15, 2008, capping one-month LIBOR at 4.75% on the notional amount and on terms identical to the principal amount and terms of the mortgage loan. That interest rate contract expired on September 15, 2009. Another interest rate contract capping one-month LIBOR at 4.75% on the notional amount and on terms identical to the principal amount and terms of the mortgage loan was purchased and went effective September 15, 2009 and covered the period through March 15, 2010. These interest rate contract were not designated as a hedging instrument for accounting purposes; therefore, the changes in its fair value were recognized in earnings. We repaid the indebtedness that encumbered our Sunset Gower property and Technicolor Building on June 29, 2010 in connection with our initial public offering and related formation transactions.

The indebtedness encumbering the Sunset Bronson property was subject to an interest rate collar agreement on the notional amount and on terms identical to the principal amount and terms of the mortgage loan. That collar capped the interest rate at 3.87% and set a floor at 2.55%. The expiration date of that collar was June 1, 2010. That interest rate contract was not designated as a hedging instrument for accounting purposes; therefore, the changes in its fair value were recognized in earnings.

Our predecessor recognized gains relating to the fair market value change of these interest rate contracts of $0.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2009. The fair market value of these interest contracts at December 31, 2009 was $(0.4) million.

Effective June 9, 2010, a new secured interest rate contract with respect to the Sunset Bronson loan went effective which swapped one-month LIBOR to a fixed rate of 0.75%. That interest rate contract has been accounted for as a cash flow hedge under FASB ASC Topic 815 and, as such, changes in the fair value of that interest rate contract are recognized in other comprehensive income. The Company held only that interest rate swap at September 30, 2010.

The Company recognized unrealized gains associated with its interest rate contracts of $347,000 for the nine months ended September 30, 2010. These unrealized gains do not include $347,000 of unrealized losses for the three months ended September 30, 2010 associated with the swap on the Sunset Bronson loan which was designated as an effective hedge for the three months ended September 30, 2010 and, therefore recognized in other comprehensive income.

As of September 30, 2010, we had $37.0 million of debt subject to an interest rate contract with a net fair value of $(0.1) million.

Cash Flows

Comparison of nine months ended September 30, 2010 to nine months ended September 30, 2009

Cash and cash equivalents were $40.7 million and $3.7 million at September 30, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

Net cash provided by operating activities increased by $1.2 million to $3.4 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2010 compared to $2.3 million used in operating activities for the nine months ended September 30, 2009. The increase was primarily due to the decrease in restricted cash at our Sunset Gower property, the mortgage encumbering which was repaid on June 2010, resulting in release of restricted cash accounts.

Net cash used in investing activities increased $46.6 million to $56.7 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2010 compared to $10.1 million for nine months ended September 30, 2009. The increase was primarily due to an increase in investments in real estate, primarily as a result of the purchase of certain ownership interests in properties contributed in connection with our initial public offering and related formation transactions and the purchase of three properties subsequent to our initial public offering.

Net cash provided by financing activities increased $84.5 million to $90.3 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2010 compared to $5.8 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2009. The increase was due to the contribution of proceeds from the issuance of common stock in connection with our initial public offering and private placement, which was partially offset by the repayment of certain indebtedness in connection with the related formation transactions.

Comparison of year ended December 31, 2009 to year ended December 31, 2008

Cash and cash equivalents were $3.7 million and $5.8 million at December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively.

Net cash provided by operating activities decreased by $15.5 million to $4.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 compared to $20.0 million provided by operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2008. The decrease was primarily due to (i) the receipt of $16.3 million of pre-paid rent from KTLA in the year ended December 31, 2008 with no comparable activity in the year ended December 31, 2009, and (ii) an increase in lease commissions, prepaid expenses and other assets primarily associated with the prepaid property taxes and leasing commissions paid at the 875 Howard Street property.

Net cash used in investing activities decreased $163.1 million to $15.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 compared to $178.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2008. The decrease was primarily due to $192.6 million of additions to investments in real estate properties in the year ended December 31, 2008 as a result of the acquisition of Sunset Bronson and City Plaza properties compared to $15.5 million of additions to investments in real estate in the year ended December 31, 2009 primarily as a result of capital investments associated with the Technicolor Building partially offset by (i) $11.4 million of proceeds from sale of lot in the year ended December 31, 2008 with no comparable activity in the year ended December 31, 2009, and (ii) restricted cash inflow of $2.6 million in the year ended December 31, 2008 as a result of the reduction of the restricted cash required for the Sunset Bronson Note payable, with no comparable activity in the year ended December 31, 2009.

Net cash provided by financing activities decreased $155.0 million to $8.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 compared to $163.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2008. The decrease was primarily due to (i) decrease in net contributions by members of $142.4 million from $147.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 as a result of the acquisition of Sunset Bronson and City Plaza properties compared to $5.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 primarily as a result of capital investments associated with the Technicolor Building, (ii) proceeds from notes payable of $41.9 million for the acquisition of Sunset Bronson and $3.9 million proceeds from notes payable in the year ended December 31, 2009 for 875 Howard Street loan draws, partially offset by net repayments of notes payable of $23.9 million for Sunset Gower in the year ended December 31, 2008 and (iii) payment of $0.6 million of loan costs associated with the extension of the note payable on Sunset Gower in the year ended December 31, 2009 compared to $2.2 million of loan costs associated with the Sunset Bronson note payable in the year ended December 31, 2008.

Comparison of year ended December 31, 2008 to period ended December 31, 2007

Cash and cash equivalents were $5.8 million and $0.5 million, at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively.

Net cash provided by operating activities increased $25.5 million to $20.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 compared to $5.4 million used in operating activities for the period ended December 31, 2007. The increase was primarily due to (i) the receipt of $16.3 million of pre-paid rent from KTLA in the year ended December 31, 2008 with no comparable activity in the period ended December 31, 2007, (ii) partially offset with an increase in cash interest payments for the year ended December 31, 2008 largely due to the financing of Sunset Bronson in May 2008, and (iii) fluctuations in operating assets and liabilities and due to the fact that the period ended December 31, 2007 reflect five months of operations compared to a full year for 2008 .

Net cash used in investing activities decreased $60.4 million to $178.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 compared to $238.9 million for the period ended December 31, 2007. The decrease was primarily due to (i) $192.6 million of additions to investments in real estate properties in the year ended December 31, 2008 as a result of the acquisition of Sunset Bronson and City Plaza properties as well as the development costs related to the Technicolor Building compared to $192.6 million of additions to investments in real estate in the period ended December 31, 2007 as a result of the acquisitions of 875 Howard Street in February 2007 and Sunset Gower in August 2007, (ii) $11.4 million of proceeds from sale of lot in the year ended December 31, 2008 with no comparable activity in the period ended December 31, 2007, and (iii) an increase in restricted cash inflow of $2.6 million in the year ended December 31, 2008 as a result of the reduction of the restricted cash required for the Sunset Bronson Note payable, with no comparable activity in the period ended December 31, 2007 .

Net cash provided by financing activities decreased $81.0 million to $163.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 compared to $244.8 million for the period ended December 31, 2007. The decrease was primarily due to (i) proceeds from notes payable of $41.9 million for Sunset Bronson and net payments of notes payable of $23.9 million for Sunset Gower in the year ended December 31, 2008, compared to $167.5 million of proceeds from notes payable in connection with the February 2007 acquisition of 875 Howard Street and the August 2007 acquisition of Sunset Gower for the period ended December 31, 2007, (ii) partially offset by an increase in net contributions by members of $67.4 million to $147.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 compared to $80.5 million for the period ended December 31, 2007 .

Funds from Operations

FFO is a supplemental non-GAAP financial measure. We use FFO as a supplemental performance measure because we believe that FFO is beneficial to investors as a starting point in measuring our operational performance. Specifically, in excluding real estate depreciation and amortization and gains and losses from property dispositions, which do not relate to or are not indicative of our operating performance, FFO provides a performance measure that, when compared year over year, captures trends in occupancy rates, rental rates and operating costs. We also believe that, as a widely recognized measure of the performance of REITs, FFO will be used by investors as a basis to compare our operating performance with that of other REITs.

However, because FFO excludes depreciation and amortization and captures neither the changes in the value of our properties that result from use or market conditions nor the level of capital expenditures and leasing commissions necessary to maintain the operating performance of our properties, all of which have real economic effects and could materially impact our results from operations, the utility of FFO as a measure of our performance is limited. In addition, other equity REITs may not calculate FFO in accordance with the NAREIT definition as we do, and, therefore, our FFO may not be comparable to such other REITs’ FFO. Accordingly,

FFO should be considered only as a supplement to net income as a measure of our performance. While we believe that FFO is an important supplemental non-GAAP financial measure, we believe it is also important to stress that FFO should not be used as a measure of our liquidity nor is it indicative of funds available to fund our cash needs, including our ability to pay dividends. FFO should not be used as a supplement to or substitute for cash flow from operating activities computed in accordance with GAAP.

The following table sets forth a reconciliation of our pro forma net income to pro forma FFO before non-controlling interest for the periods presented.


	Pro Forma
	Nine Months Ended September 30, 2010			Year Ended December 31, 2009
	(In thousands)

Net loss	$	(959	)	$	(3,410	)

Adjustments:

Net income attributable to Series B cumulative redeemable preferred stock		(4,500	)		(6,000	)

Net income attributable to preferred non-controlling partnership interests		(585	)		(780	)

Real estate depreciation and amortization		14,008			18,805


Funds from operations before common non-controlling interests	$	7,964		$	8,615

Inflation

Substantially all of our office leases provide for separate real estate tax and operating expense escalations. In addition, most of the leases provide for fixed rent increases. We believe that inflationary increases may be at least partially offset by the contractual rent increases and expense escalations described above.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

Changes to GAAP are established by the FASB in the form of accounting standards updates (ASUs) to the FASB’s Accounting Standards Codification. We consider the applicability and impact of all ASUs. Newly issued ASUs not listed below are expected to not have any material impact on our consolidated financial position and results of operations, because either the ASU is not applicable or the impact is expected to be immaterial.

In January 2010, we adopted FASB guidance contained in ASU No. 2009-17, Consolidations (Topic 810): Improvements to Financial Reporting by Enterprises Involved with Variable Interest Entities . This standard requires an enterprise to perform an analysis to determine whether an enterprise’s variable interest or interests give it a controlling financial interest in a variable interest entity. Additionally, an enterprise is required to assess whether it has an implicit financial responsibility to ensure that a variable interest entity operates as designed when determining whether it has the power to direct the activities of the variable interest entity that most significantly impact the entity’s economic performance. The adoption of ASU 2009-17 did not have a material effect on our consolidated financial position or results of operations.

purchases, sales, issuances and settlements in the reconciliation of Level 3 fair value measurements. This guidance also provides clarification of existing disclosures requiring us to (i) determine each class of assets and liabilities based on the nature and risks of the investments rather than by major security type and (ii) for each class of assets and liabilities, disclose the valuation techniques and inputs used to measure fair value for both Level 2 and Level 3 fair value measurements. This ASU is effective for annual and interim reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2009 for most of the new disclosures and for periods beginning after December 15, 2010 for the new Level 3 disclosures. The adoption of this ASU did not have a material effect on our financial position and results of operations as it only addresses disclosures.

In February 2010, the FASB issued ASU No. 2010-09, Subsequent Events (Topic 855): Amendments to Certain Recognition and Disclosure Requirements . This standard amends the authoritative guidance for subsequent events that was previously issued and, among other things, exempts SEC registrants from the requirement to disclose the date through which it has evaluated subsequent events for either original or restated financial statements. This standard does not apply to subsequent events or transactions that are within the scope of other applicable GAAP that provides different guidance on the accounting treatment for subsequent events or transactions. The adoption of this ASU did not have a material effect on our financial position and results of operations as it only addresses disclosures.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

Our future income, cash flows and fair values relevant to financial instruments are dependent upon prevalent market interest rates. Market risk refers to the risk of loss from adverse changes in market prices and interest rates. As more fully described in the interest rate risk section, we use derivative financial instruments to manage, or hedge, interest rate risks related to our borrowings. We only enter into contracts with major financial institutions based on their credit rating and other factors.

As of September 30, 2010, we had an interest rate agreement with respect to our indebtedness on the Sunset Bronson property pursuant to which we swapped one-month LIBOR to a fixed rate of 0.75%, which effectively results in a 4.40% fixed rate on the Sunset Bronson loan.

Interest risk amounts were determined by considering the impact of hypothetical interest rates on our financial instruments. These analyses do not consider the effect of any change in overall economic activity that could occur in that environment. Further, in the event of a change of that magnitude, we may take actions to further mitigate our exposure to the change. However, due to the uncertainty of the specific actions that would be taken and their possible effects, these analyses assume no changes in our financial structure.

As of September 30, 2010, our total outstanding debt was approximately $94.3 million, which was comprised of $37.0 million of variable rate secured mortgage loans subject to the interest rate agreement described above and $57.3 million of fixed rate secured mortgage loans. As of September 30, 2010, the fair value of our fixed rate secured mortgage loans was approximately $57.0 million.

BUSINESS AND PROPERTIES

Overview

We are a full-service, vertically integrated real estate company focused on owning, operating and acquiring high-quality office properties in select growth markets primarily in Northern and Southern California. Our investment strategy is focused on high barrier-to-entry, in-fill locations with favorable, long-term supply-demand characteristics. These markets include Los Angeles, Orange County, San Diego, San Francisco, Silicon Valley and the East Bay, which we refer to as our target markets. Our portfolio, including 10950 Washington, consists of eleven properties, totaling approximately 2.4 million square feet, strategically located in many of our target markets.

We were formed as a Maryland corporation in 2009 to succeed the business of Hudson Capital, LLC, a Los Angeles-based real estate investment firm founded by Victor J. Coleman and Howard S. Stern, our Chief Executive Officer and President, respectively. We believe Mr. Coleman’s and Mr. Stern’s successful history of operating a publicly traded real estate company, significant expertise in operating in the California office sector and extensive, long-term relationships with real estate owners, developers and lenders, coupled with our conservative capital structure and access to capital. We believe our senior management team’s experience in the California office sector positions us to improve occupancy rates and operating performance in our portfolio, as well as any subsequently acquired properties, as the California economy and the real estate markets continue to recover.

We focus our investment strategy on office properties located in submarkets with growth potential as well as on underperforming properties or portfolios that provide opportunities to implement a value-add strategy to increase occupancy rates and cash flow. This strategy includes active management, aggressive leasing efforts, focused capital improvement programs, the reduction and containment of operating costs and an emphasis on tenant satisfaction.

Our portfolio, including the 10950 Washington property, consists of nine office properties totaling approximately 1.5 million square feet, which were approximately 83.2% leased as of September 30, 2010 (or 87.0%, giving effect to leases signed but not commenced as of that date), and two state-of-the-art media and entertainment properties comprising approximately 544,763 square feet of office and support space and approximately 312,669 square feet of sound-stage production facilities. We also own 1.85 acres of undeveloped land adjacent to our media and entertainment properties, which together with redevelopment opportunities at our media and entertainment properties, could support over one million square feet of additional office and support space. In addition, our City Plaza property is subject to a development agreement that, subject to the payment of certain fees and the satisfaction of other conditions, permits the development of an additional 360,000 square foot building and parking structure. Our properties are concentrated in premier submarkets that have high barriers to entry with limited supply of land, high construction costs and rigorous entitlement processes.

Our portfolio consists, in part, of assets contributed by entities previously owned by Hudson Capital, LLC, the Farallon Funds, the Morgan Stanley Investment Partnership and third parties. We believe our long-standing relationships with these contributors, as well as with other real estate companies, financial institutions and local operators, enhances our access to capital and our ability to source leasing and acquisition opportunities. We have access to and are actively pursuing a pipeline of potential acquisitions consistent with our investment strategy. In addition, we expect our tenant relationships with leading media, entertainment, professional and financial services firms, such as NBC/Universal, CBS Studios, ABC Studios, 20th Century Fox, Technicolor, Saatchi & Saatchi, Bank of America Merrill Lynch and U.S. Bank will allow us to maintain above average occupancy levels as compared to others in our target markets.

continue operating, in a manner that will allow us to qualify as a REIT for federal income tax purposes commencing with such taxable year. We conduct substantially all of our business through our operating partnership, of which we serve as the sole general partner and, as of September 30, 2010, own approximately 89.5 % of the outstanding common units of partnership interest in our operating partnership, or common units. See “Description of the Partnership Agreement of Hudson Pacific Properties, L.P.”

Our Competitive Strengths

We believe the following competitive strengths distinguish us from other owners and operators of office properties and will enable us to capitalize on the general dislocation in the real estate market to successfully expand and operate our portfolio.

•

Experienced Management Team with a Proven Track Record of Acquiring and Operating Assets and Managing a Public Office REIT . Our senior management team, led by Victor J. Coleman and Howard S. Stern, our Chief Executive Officer and President, respectively, has an average of over 20 years of experience in the commercial real estate industry, with a focus dedicated exclusively to owning, acquiring, developing, operating, financing and selling office properties in California. In particular, Messrs. Coleman and Stern, who have worked together for approximately 10 years through all stages of the real estate market cycle, have overseen the acquisition and operation of more than 20 million square feet, with an aggregate purchase price in excess of $10 billion.

•

California Focus with Local and Regional Expertise . We are primarily focused on acquiring and managing office properties in Northern and Southern California, where our senior management has significant expertise and relationships. According to RCG, California has historically experienced strong rebounds in its real estate market after prior recessions, as demand for commercial real estate in California is driven by its dynamic, innovative and diversified economy that RCG believes will continue to grow and create demand for office space over the long term. California outpaced the rate of national job creation during several cycles, including the periods following the mid-1970s recession, the late 1980s recession, and during the late 1990s. Additionally, many of California’s leading markets are supply-constrained as a result of the scarcity of available land, high construction costs and restrictive entitlement processes, which we believe have helped drive strong rebounds in the California real estate market after prior recessions. We believe our experience, in-depth market knowledge and meaningful industry relationships with brokers, tenants, landlords, lenders and other market participants enhances our ability to identify and capitalize on attractive acquisition opportunities, particularly those that arise in California.

•

Long-Standing Relationships that Provide Access to an Extensive Pipeline of Investment and Leasing Opportunities . We have an extensive network of long-standing relationships with real estate developers, individual and institutional real estate owners, national and regional lenders, brokers, tenants and other participants in the California real estate market. We believe these relationships provide us access to an ongoing pipeline of attractive acquisition opportunities and additional growth capital, both of which may not be available to our competitors. For example, our relationships with two leading investment management firms, Farallon, affiliates of which contributed assets in conjunction with our initial public offering, and Morgan Stanley, which manages certain funds that own the general partner of an investment vehicle that likewise contributed assets in conjunction with our initial public offering, provide us with critical market intelligence, future acquisition opportunities and potential joint venture partners. Additionally, we

focus on establishing strong relationships with our tenants in order to understand their long-term business needs, which we believe enhances our ability to retain quality tenants, facilitate our leasing efforts and maximize cash flows from our properties.

•

Growth-Oriented, Flexible and Conservative Capital Structure . We believe we are well-capitalized following our initial public offering earlier this year. The proceeds of this offering, available cash on hand and our $200 million secured revolving credit facility should give us a significant amount of capital to pursue acquisitions and execute our growth strategy. As of September 30, 2010, we had approximately $94.3 million of debt outstanding and as of November 18, 2010 we had drawn approximately an additional $34.5 million under our secured revolving credit facility, which we believe permits management to focus on our business and growth strategies rather than on balance sheet repair. Based on the closing price of our common stock on November 18, 2010, we had a debt-to-market capitalization ratio (counting series A preferred units as debt) of approximately 26.7%, which is substantially lower than that of many of our office REIT peers. We believe our flexible and conservative capital structure provides us with an advantage over many of our private and public competitors, as the combined adverse effects of many of our competitors’ highly leveraged capital structures and declines in the operating performance of their existing properties will constrain their ability to make acquisitions.

•

Irreplaceable Media and Entertainment Assets in a Premier California Submarket . Our Sunset Gower and Sunset Bronson media and entertainment properties are located on Sunset Boulevard, just off of the Hollywood Freeway, in the heart of Hollywood. These facilities, which are situated on approximately 15.6 and 10.6 acres, respectively, were originally built in the 1920s as the headquarters of Columbia Pictures and Warner Brothers and represent a unique and irreplaceable assemblage of land in densely populated Los Angeles. We are the largest owner and operator of independent media and entertainment properties in Los Angeles and possess large, modern sound stages, plentiful office space with state-of-the-art telecommunications and data network infrastructure. Our properties are important facilities for major film and television companies and independent producers, most of which outsource a portion of their productions to independent media and entertainment properties. We believe our media and entertainment properties are attractively located and benefit from high barriers to entry, with a limited supply of readily developable land. In addition, there are substantial costs associated with acquiring and developing suitable land and extensive knowledge required to develop and operate such facilities. As a result of these high barriers to entry, there is effectively no new supply of media and entertainment space in the urban core of Los Angeles. We believe the limited supply of media and entertainment properties, coupled with the continued demand for such properties in Los Angeles, which remains the center of the entertainment industry in the United States, will help ensure that these assets remain critical to the industry.

Business and Growth Strategies

•

Pursue Acquisitions of Distressed and/or Underperforming Office Properties . We intend to capitalize on the attractive investment environment by acquiring properties at meaningful discounts to our estimates of their intrinsic value. Additionally, we intend to acquire properties or portfolios that are distressed due to near-term debt maturities or underperforming properties where we believe better management, focused leasing efforts and/or capital improvements would improve the property’s operating performance and value. We believe our success implementing this strategy is exemplified by our acquisition of City Plaza, a 333,922 square foot Class-A office building located in Orange, California. Our predecessor acquired the loan on the City Plaza property in August 2008 at a substantial discount and subsequently obtained title to the property. Our acquisition of City Plaza illustrates how our relationships with other real estate owners, lenders, joint venture partners

and tenants can create a competitive advantage to capitalize on new acquisition opportunities. In that case, long-standing ties to the existing owner and their project lender and our record of performance facilitated that acquisition through a joint venture with Farallon. We believe that our extensive relationships with real estate owners, developers and lenders, together with our strong balance sheet and access to liquidity, will allow us to capitalize on similar value-add opportunities. Since our initial public offering on June 29, 2010, we have acquired three additional properties and are under contract to acquire a fourth property, together totaling 474,797 square feet.

•

Focus on High Barrier-to-Entry Markets . We target in-fill, suburban markets and central business districts primarily in California. These markets have historically had favorable long-term supply/demand characteristics and significant institutional ownership of real estate, which we believe have helped support real estate fundamentals and valuations over the long term. We believe that these factors will help preserve our capital during periods of economic decline and generate above average returns during periods of economic recovery and growth.

•

Proactive Asset and Property Management . We intend to actively manage our portfolio, employ aggressive leasing strategies and leverage our existing tenant relationships to increase the occupancy rates at our properties, attract high quality tenants and maximize tenant retention rates. In addition, we are focused on extending lease durations at our media and entertainment properties to provide greater visibility and less volatility in cash flows. We believe our successful leasing of the City Plaza property illustrates our proactive asset management. At the time of its acquisition in August 2008, the property was only approximately 38% leased. By employing aggressive leasing strategies, leveraging our extensive tenant relationships and focusing on tenant retention, we have increased the leased square footage of the property to approximately 92.4% as of September 30, 2010. We believe that we will be able to apply our management and leasing expertise to newly acquired, underperforming properties in order to similarly maximize the performance of such properties.

We have also targeted ways to improve net operating income through controlling or reducing operating costs. For example, the close proximity of our two Hollywood media and entertainment properties has enabled us to proactively cut various operating costs. Leveraging our economies of scale, we restructured our security staffing at these locations to eliminate certain redundancies in personnel. We also reduced costs by consolidating service contracts, such as elevator maintenance services, fire life safety maintenance, pest control services and lot sweeping services.

•

Repositioning and Development of Properties . We intend to leverage our real estate expertise to reposition and redevelop our existing properties, as well as properties that we acquire in the future, with the objective of increasing occupancy, rental rates and risk-adjusted returns on our invested capital. Our media and entertainment properties encompass approximately 26 acres in the heart of Hollywood—one of the largest land holdings under common control in the market. In addition, we control two land parcels adjacent to our Sunset Bronson property that are available for new ground-up developments in a supply and land-constrained market. We believe our media and entertainment properties and undeveloped land offer significant growth potential, with over one million square feet of potential incremental development and redevelopment space. We believe the limited supply of media and entertainment space in the market, as well as the aging of much of the existing inventory, creates a unique opportunity to reshape this asset class. We also have a fully-entitled development agreement for our City Plaza property that allows for a new 360,000 square foot building and parking structure to be developed on our 11.5 acre site that we believe could be a valuable long-term asset. Our senior management team’s development and redevelopment experience includes:

•

the development of Technicolor’s worldwide headquarters, a six-story, build-to-suit, 114,958 square foot office and production building at our Sunset Gower property;

•

the development of the Howard Hughes Center, a 70-acre development located adjacent to Interstate 405 near Los Angeles International Airport, which involved the master planning, development and construction of a business park with four Class-A, multi-story office buildings totaling approximately 972,000 square feet and structured parking totaling approximately 2,700 stalls. We also obtained entitlements to build 600 residential units on vacant parcels throughout the center; and

•

the redevelopment of the Westwood Center, a 328,515 square foot, Class-A office building located in West Los Angeles, which involved the complete redesign and reconstruction of building exterior curtain walls, structural systems, elevators, common areas, tenant areas and mechanical, electrical and plumbing systems, or MEP.

•

Value Creation Through Capital Recycling Program . We intend to pursue an efficient asset allocation strategy that maximizes the value of our investments by selectively disposing of properties whose returns appear to have been maximized and redeploying capital into acquisition, development and redevelopment opportunities with higher return prospects, in each case in a manner that is consistent with our qualification as a REIT. Our management team has a demonstrated history of selling assets and reinvesting proceeds in acquisition, development and redevelopment opportunities with higher returns in target submarkets.

Acquisition Pipeline

We have an extensive network of long-standing relationships with real estate developers, individual and institutional real estate owners and national and regional lenders in the California and West Coast real estate markets. We believe our network of relationships will provide us access to an ongoing pipeline of attractive acquisition opportunities, which may not be available to our competitors. For example, we acquired the 222 Kearny Street property in an off-market transaction that was the result of our long-standing relationship with the lender who had acquired the property through foreclosure.

We are currently in discussions regarding a number of acquisition opportunities in our target markets that have come to our attention through our network of relationships. As of November 18, 2010, we were tracking and evaluating acquisition opportunities that include four single-asset transactions located throughout California and the Pacific Northwest with an estimated aggregate purchase price of approximately $500 million and approximately 2.5 million total square feet. These potential property acquisitions are off-market transactions sourced through our network of relationships. We are continuing to engage in discussions and preliminary negotiations with sellers and, in the some instances, have commenced the process of conducting diligence or have submitted non-binding indications of interest. However, we have not agreed upon terms relating to, or entered into binding commitments with respect to, any of these potential acquisition opportunities. As such, there can be no assurance that we will complete any of the potential acquisitions that we are currently evaluating.

Our Portfolio

We currently own or are under contract to acquire eleven properties located in eight California submarkets, containing a total of approximately 2.4 million square feet, which we refer to as our portfolio. The following table presents an overview of our portfolio, based on information as of September 30, 2010. Rental data presented in the table below for office properties reflects base rent on leases in place as of September 30, 2010 and does not reflect actual cash rents historically received because such data does not reflect abatements or, in the case of triple net or modified gross leases, tenant reimbursements for real estate taxes, insurance, common area or other operating expenses. Rental data presented in the table below for media and entertainment properties reflects actual cash base rents, excluding tenant reimbursements, received during the 12 months ended September 30, 2010. Leases at our media and entertainment properties are typically short-term leases of one year

or less, and other than the KTLA lease at our Sunset Bronson property, substantially all of the current in-place leases at our media and entertainment properties will expire in 2010 or 2011.


Property	City	Year Built/ Renovated		Square Feet ⁽¹⁾		Percent Leased ⁽²⁾			Annualized Base Rent/ Annual Base Rent ⁽³⁾		Annualized Base Rent/ Annual Base Rent Per Leased Square Foot ⁽⁴⁾		Annualized Net Effective Base Rent Per Leased Square Foot ⁽⁵⁾

OFFICE PROPERTIES
City Plaza	Orange		1969/1999		333,922		92.4	%	$	7,720,361	$	25.02	$	23.76
875 Howard Street ⁽⁶⁾⁽⁷⁾	San Francisco		Various		286,270		44.6			1,613,081		12.62		12.06
First Financial	Encino (LA)		1986		222,423		84.8			6,276,734		33.29		35.61
10950 Washington ⁽⁸⁾	Culver City (LA)		Various		158,873		99.5			4,267,320		27.00		29.93
222 Kearny Street ⁽⁹⁾	San Francisco		Various		144,440		79.2			4,154,289		36.31		38.28
Del Amo Office ⁽¹⁰⁾	Torrance		1986		113,000		100.0			3,069,070		27.16		28.38
Technicolor Building	Hollywood (LA)		2008		114,958		100.0			4,103,173		35.69		39.04
Tierrasanta	San Diego		1985		104,234		96.8			1,576,460		15.62		16.44
9300 Wilshire Boulevard ^(7)(11)	Beverly Hills (LA)		1965/2001		58,484		90.5			2,208,098		41.73		42.42

Total/Weighted Average Office Properties:					1,536,604		83.2	% ⁽¹²⁾	$	34,988,586	$	27.35	$	28.38


MEDIA & ENTERTAINMENT PROPERTIES
Sunset Gower ⁽¹³⁾	Hollywood (LA)		Various		543,709		67.9	%	$	11,235,379	$	30.45
Sunset Bronson	Hollywood (LA)		Various		313,723		71.0			9,018,143		40.48

Total/Weighted Average Media & Entertainment Properties:					857,432		69.0	%	$	20,253,521	$	34.23


LAND
Sunset Bronson—Lot A	Hollywood (LA)		N/A		273,913
Sunset Bronson—Redevelopment	Hollywood (LA)		N/A		389,740
Sunset Gower— Redevelopment	Hollywood (LA)		N/A		423,396
City Plaza	Orange		N/A		360,000


Total Land Assets:					1,447,049

Portfolio Total:					3,841,085

(1)

(2)

(3)

that the full service gross equivalent annualized base rent for these properties is $5,388,866 for the Technicolor Building, $2,093,104 for Tierrasanta, $2,313,275 for 875 Howard Street, and $4,580,780 for 10950 Washington. We estimate that the full service gross equivalent annual base rent is $11,272,172 for Sunset Gower and $10,395,879 for Sunset Bronson.

(4)

(5)

Annualized net effective base rent per leased square foot represents (i) the contractual base rent for leases in place as of September 30, 2010, calculated on a straight-line basis to amortize free rent periods and abatements, but without regard to tenant improvement allowances and leasing commissions, divided by (ii) the net rentable square footage under lease as of September 30, 2010. Our leases at our City Plaza, First Financial, and Del Amo Office properties are full service gross leases, and annualized net effective base rent data for these properties does not reflect tenant reimbursements in excess of the base year expense stop. The leases at our Technicolor, Tierrasanta and 875 Howard Street properties, as well as the KTLA lease at the Sunset Bronson property, are either triple net leases or modified gross leases pursuant to which the tenant reimburses the landlord or directly pays for some operating expenses, and annualized net effective base rent for these properties does not reflect such amounts. We estimate that the full service gross equivalent annualized net effective base rent per leased square foot for these properties is $49.98 for the Technicolor Building, $21.56 for Tierrasanta, $17.39 for 875 Howard Street and $31.92 for 10950 Washington.

(6)	875 Howard Street consists of two buildings, a retail building of 94,505 square feet that is 100% leased and an office building of 191,765 square feet that underwent redevelopment, which was completed on April 1, 2010.

(7)	As of September 30, 2010, we had entered into two leases with respect to our 875 Howard Street and 9300 Wilshire Boulevard properties that had not commenced. The following table sets forth certain data with respect to the uncommenced leases.


	Uncommenced Leases
Property	Leased Square Feet Under Uncommenced Leases ^(a)		Annualized Base Rent Under Uncommenced Leases ^(b)		Annualized Base Rent Per Leased Square Foot Under Uncommenced Leases ^(c)		Annualized Net Effective Base Rent Per Leased Square Foot Under Uncommenced Leases ^(d)
875 Howard Street		55,827	$	1,116,538	$	20.00	$	33.20
9300 Wilshire Boulevard		1,243	$	18,645	$	15.00	$	13.42

(a)

(b)

(c)

Annualized base rent per leased square foot under uncommenced leases is calculated as (i) annualized base rent under uncommenced leases, divided by (ii) leased square feet under uncommenced leases.

(d)

(8)

(9)	This property was acquired on October 8, 2010. A portion representing approximately 64% of the building area (excluding the 180 Sutter building) is subject to a ground lease that expires June 14, 2054; the remaining portion is owned in fee.

(10)	This property is subject to a ground sublease that expires June 30, 2049.

(11)	This property is subject to a ground lease that expires August 14, 2032.

(12)	After giving effect to uncommenced leases signed as of September 30, 2010, the total percent leased for office properties would have been 87.0% as of September 30, 2010.

(13)	Approximately 0.59 acres of this property is subject to a ground lease that expires March 31, 2060; the remaining portion is owned in fee.

Office Portfolio

Our portfolio, including the 10950 Washington property, consists of nine office properties comprising an aggregate of approximately 1.5 million square feet. As of September 30, 2010, our office properties, including the 10950 Washington property, were approximately 83.2% leased to approximately 125 tenants (or 87.0% leased, giving effect to leases signed but not commenced as of that date). All of our office properties are located in prime California submarkets. As of September 30, 2010, the weighted average remaining lease term for our office portfolio, including the 10950 Washington property, was 45 months.

Tenant Diversification of Office Portfolio

Our office portfolio is currently leased to a variety of companies. The following table sets forth information regarding the 20 largest tenants in our office portfolio, including the 10950 Washington property, based on annualized base rent as of September 30, 2010.


Tenant	Property		Lease Expiration		Earliest Optional Termination Date by Tenant			Total Leased Square Feet		Percentage of Office Portfolio Square Feet			Annualized Base Rent ⁽¹⁾		Percentage of Office Portfolio Annualized Base Rent
Technicolor Creative Services USA, Inc.		Technicolor Building		05/31/20		—			114,958		7.5	%	$	4,103,173		11.7	%
Saatchi & Saatchi North America, Inc. ⁽² ⁾		Del Amo Office		12/31/19		12/31/11			113,000		7.4			3,069,070		8.8
Kondaur Capital Corp.		City Plaza		03/31/13		—			122,425		8.0			2,938,200		8.4
NFL Enterprises		10950 Washington		03/31/15		—			95,570		6.2			2,802,041		8.0
Pepperdine University		First Financial		01/31/19		—			35,351		2.3			1,367,659		3.9
Carat USA, Inc.		875 Howard Street		03/31/17		03/31/16			33,291		2.2			998,730		2.9
SDI Media		10950 Washington		04/30/16		—			30,300		2.0			754,899		2.2
Medical Specialties		City Plaza		01/31/17		—			29,369		1.9			704,856		2.0
Walsworth, Franklin, Bevins ⁽³⁾		City Plaza		12/31/19		12/31/16			28,141		1.8			675,384		1.9
Master Halco		City Plaza		02/28/19		02/28/17	⁽⁶ ⁾		19,876		1.3			663,302		1.9
Burlington Coat Factory ⁽⁴ ⁾		875 Howard Street		12/31/13		09/30/11			94,505		6.2			614,351		1.8
Kimpton Group Holding, LLC		222 Kearny Street		05/20/11		—			20,997		1.4			608,998		1.7
Liberty Mutual Insurance		City Plaza		08/31/11		—			18,550		1.2			513,835		1.5
The Children’s Place		222 Kearny Street		01/31/17		—			8,373		0.5			485,634		1.4
Marcus & Millichap ⁽⁵ ⁾		First Financial		09/30/16		09/30/11			14,500		0.9			461,768		1.3
Brady, Vorwerck, Ryder & Caspino		City Plaza		08/31/19		08/31/14	⁽⁶ ⁾		18,350		1.2			442,602		1.3
Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated		First Financial		04/30/16		04/30/12	⁽⁶ ⁾		15,838		1.0			437,129		1.2
RBF Consulting		Tierrasanta		03/31/14		03/31/12	⁽⁶ ⁾		31,422		2.0			427,214		1.2
Haber Corporation		First Financial		09/30/12		—			12,973		0.8			423,741		1.2
California Bank & Trust		Tierrasanta		06/30/18		—			23,208		1.5			423,631		1.2

Total:									880,997		57.3	%	$	22,916,218		65.5	%

(1)

Annualized base rent is calculated by multiplying (i) base rental payments (defined as cash base rents (before abatements)) for the month ended September 30, 2010, by (ii) 12. Total abatements for the 20 largest tenants in our office portfolio as of September 30, 2010 for the 12 months ending September 30, 2011 are $1,219,008. Annualized base rent does not reflect tenant reimbursements.

(2)	This lease is subject to early termination options on December 31, 2011, December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2016, in each case in exchange for payment of an early termination fee estimated to be approximately $5.0 million for 2011, $3.1 million for 2014 and $1.9 million for 2016.

(3)	This lease is subject to early termination by the tenant in exchange for payment of an early termination fee of unamortized leasing costs.

(4)	This lease is scheduled to expire on December 31, 2013; however, the tenant has a continuing early termination right that can be exercised upon one year’s prior notice. We believe this lease is currently substantially below market rental rates.

(5)	This lease is subject to early termination options with respect to 3,036 square feet on September 30, 2011 and with respect to 11,464 square feet on September 30, 2014, in each case in exchange for payment of an early termination fee.

(6)	Each of these leases is subject to early termination by the tenant in exchange for payment of an early termination fee.

Uncommenced Leases

As of September 30, 2010, we have entered into one lease with respect to our 875 Howard Street property and one lease with respect to our 9300 Wilshire Boulevard property that have not yet commenced. The uncommenced lease for Heald College is a modified gross lease, pursuant to which the tenant, in addition to its base rental payment, reimburses the landlord for expenses in excess of a base year expense stop, as well as for janitorial costs and utilities. The following table sets forth data for these two uncommenced leases.

Tenant

Lease
Commencement

Lease
Expiration

Earliest
Optional
Termination
Date by
Tenant

Total
Leased
Square
Feet

Percentage
of Office
Portfolio
Square
Feet

Annualized
Base Rent ⁽ ¹ ⁾

Heald College

12/14/10

12/13/20

12/13/17

55,827

3.6

1,116,538

Provident Title ⁽ ² ⁾

01/01/11

12/31/15

—

1,243

0.1

18,645

Total Uncommenced Leases:

57,070

3.7

1,135,183

(1)	For uncommenced leases, annualized base rent is calculated by multiplying (i) the first full month of contractual rents to be received under the applicable lease (defined as cash base rents (before abatements)), by (ii) 12. Annualized base rent does not reflect tenant reimbursements.

(2)	This uncommenced lease represents expansion space that is in addition to the 6,171 square feet that is currently leased by this tenant. Total abatements as of September 30, 2010 for the 12 months ending September 30, 2011 are $7,769.

Lease Distribution of Office Portfolio

The following table sets forth information relating to the distribution of leases in our office portfolio, based on net rentable square feet under lease as of September 30, 2010.


Square Feet Under Lease	Number of Leases		Percentage of All Leases			Total Leased Square Feet		Percentage of Office Portfolio Leased Square Feet			Annualized Base Rent ⁽¹⁾		Percentage of Office Portfolio Annualized Base Rent
2,500 or less		44		34.6	%		60,710		4.5	%	$	2,014,555		5.6	%
2,501-10,000		52		40.9			258,103		19.3			8,515,031		23.6
10,001-20,000		11		8.7			160,967		12.0			4,574,792		12.7
20,001-40,000		9		7.1			252,126		18.9			6,357,372		17.6
40,001-100,000		2		1.6			190,075		14.2			3,416,392		9.5
Greater than 100,000		3		2.4			350,383		26.2			10,110,443		28.0
Building management use		4		3.1			6,799		0.5			—		—
Uncommenced leases		2		1.6			57,070		4.3			1,135,183		3.1

Office Portfolio Total:		127		100.0	%		1,336,233		100.0	%	$	36,123,769		100.0	%

(1)

Annualized base rent is calculated by multiplying (i) base rental payments (defined as cash base rents (before abatements)) for the month ended September 30, 2010 by (ii) 12. Annualized base rent does not reflect tenant reimbursements. Total abatements for leases in effect as of September 30, 2010 for the 12 months ending September 30, 2011 are $1,441,053.

Lease Expirations of Office Portfolio

The following table sets forth a summary schedule of the lease expirations for leases in place as of September 30, 2010 plus available space, for each of the ten full calendar years beginning January 1, 2010 at the properties in our office portfolio. Unless otherwise stated in the footnotes, the information set forth in the table assumes that tenants exercise no renewal options and all early termination rights.


Year of Lease Expiration	Number of Leases Expiring		Square Footage of Expiring Leases		Percentage of Office Portfolio Square Feet			Annualized Base Rent ⁽¹⁾		Percentage of Office Portfolio Annualized Base Rent			Annualized Base Rent Per Leased Square Foot
Vacant		—		257,441		16.8	%		—		—			—
2010		6		9,945		0.6		$	272,502		0.8			27.40
2011 ⁽ ² ⁾		31		354,226		23.1			7,707,767		22.0			21.76
2012		20		114,867		7.5			3,015,839		8.6			26.26
2013		25		216,323		14.1			6,054,846		17.3			27.99
2014		14		94,891		6.2			2,905,168		8.3			30.62
2015		11		128,644		8.4			3,988,263		11.4			31.00
2016		7		121,567		7.9			3,277,561		9.4			26.96
2017		4		58,384		3.8			1,872,176		5.3			32.07
2018		1		23,208		1.5			423,631		1.2			18.25
2019		1		35,351		2.3			1,367,659		3.9			38.69
Thereafter		5		121,757		7.9			4,103,173		11.7			33.70

Office Portfolio Total/Weighted Average:		125		1,536,604		100.0	%	$	34,988,586		100.0	%	$	27.35

(1)

Annualized base rent is calculated by multiplying (i) base rental payments (defined as cash base rents (before abatements)) for the month ended September 30, 2010, by (ii) 12. Annualized base rent does not reflect tenant reimbursements. Total abatements for leases in effect as of September 30, 2010 for the 12 months ending September 30, 2011 are $1,441,053.

(2)

Includes the Burlington Coat Factory lease representing 94,505 square feet of space at our 875 Howard Street property, which has an expiration date of December 13, 2013 but is subject to a continuing early termination right that can be exercised upon one year’s prior notice. Also includes the Saatchi & Saatchi lease representing 113,000 square feet of space at our Del Amo Office property, which is scheduled to expire on December 31, 2019. However, the lease is subject to early termination options on December 31, 2011, December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2016, in each case in exchange for payment of an early termination fee estimated to be approximately $5.0 million for 2011, $3.1 million for 2014 and $1.9 million for 2016. If neither Saatchi & Saatchi nor Burlington Coat Factory exercise their early termination rights in 2011, leases representing only 9.5% of our office portfolio will expire in 2011. This 9.5% represents $4,024,346 in annualized base rent and 11.5% of office portfolio annualized base rent.

Description of Our Office Properties

City Plaza, Orange, California

City Plaza is a nineteen-story, steel-framed, Class-A office building located in Orange, California. The property, built in 1969 and renovated in 1999, contains 333,922 net rentable square feet situated on a 11.5 acre lot with 1,189 parking spaces. The property is located near the intersection of two major freeways, Interstate 5 and Highway 22, at the geographic center of Orange County, a location that has attracted many diverse, high- quality tenants from across Orange County, including United States Fire Insurance Company, Calco Insurance Brokers, Walsworth, Franklin, Bevins & McCall, Kondaur Capital Corp. and Brady, Vorwerck Rider & Caspino. Additionally, the property is located adjacent to The Block, a 715,000 square-foot regional mall providing an array of amenities, including restaurants, retail establishments and movie theaters that are attractive to potential and existing tenants, as well as local residents. Our predecessor acquired the loan on City Plaza in August 2008 at a substantial discount and subsequently obtained title to the property from the borrower. At the time of acquisition, the property was only approximately 38% leased. We have since signed 20 leases, including both

new and renewed leases, representing approximately 245,000 square feet. We believe our success in leasing City Plaza was a result of our aggressive leasing strategies, extensive relationships with real estate brokers and tenants in Orange County and our financial strength relative to many other landlords in Orange County that may be over-leveraged. As of September 30, 2010, City Plaza was approximately 92.4% leased to 29 tenants (including the property management tenant) operating in various industries.

City Plaza Primary Tenants

The following table summarizes information regarding the primary tenants of City Plaza as of September 30, 2010:


Tenant	Principal Nature of Business		Lease Expiration		Earliest Optional Termination Date by Tenant			Renewal Options		Total Leased Square Feet		Percentage of Property Square Feet			Annualized Base Rent ⁽¹ ⁾		Annualized Base Rent Per Leased Square Foot		Percentage of Property Annualized Base Rent
Kondaur Capital Corp. ⁽² ⁾		Financial		03/31/13		—			1 x 5 years		122,425		36.7	%	$	2,938,200	$	24.00		38.1	%
Medical Specialties ⁽³ ⁾		Business Services		01/31/17		—			1 x 5 years		29,369		8.8			704,856		24.00		9.1
Walsworth, Franklin, Bevins ⁽⁴ ⁾		Legal		12/31/19		12/31/16			1 x 5 years		28,141		8.4			675,384		24.00		8.7
Master Halco		Industrial / Fencing		02/28/19		02/28/17	⁽⁵ ⁾		1 x 5 years		19,876		6.0			663,302		33.37		8.6
Liberty Mutual Insurance		Insurance		08/31/11		—			1 x 5 years		18,550		5.6			513,835		27.70		6.7

Total / Weighted Average:											218,361		65.4	%	$	5,495,577	$	25.17		71.2	%

(1)	Annualized base rent is calculated by multiplying (i) base rental payments (defined as cash base rents (before abatements)) for the month ended September 30, 2010, by (ii) 12.

(2)	Total abatements under the Kondaur Capital Corp. lease for the 12 months ending September 30, 2011 are $244,850.

(3)

Total abatements under the Medical Specialties lease for the 12 months ending September 30, 2011 are $24,474. In connection with the entry into a lease with this tenant, we assumed the tenant’s remaining obligation under its prior lease, which we estimate at $36,377 per year through August 2011. This obligation may be reduced if we are able to sublease the tenant’s previous space or if the tenant’s previous landlord offers to acquire our leasehold interest.

(4)	Total abatements under the Walsworth, Franklin, Bevins lease for the 12 months ending September 30, 2011 are $173,067.

(5)	The early termination right is subject to an early termination fee.

City Plaza Lease Expirations

The following table sets forth the lease expirations for leases in place at City Plaza as of September 30, 2010, plus available space, for each of the ten full calendar years beginning January 1, 2010. Unless otherwise stated in the footnotes, the information set forth in the table assumes that tenants exercise no renewal options and all early termination rights. As of September 30, 2010, the weighted average remaining lease term for this property was 47 months without giving effect to uncommenced leases.


Year of Lease Expiration	Number of Leases Expiring		Square Footage of Expiring Leases		Percentage of Property Square Feet			Annualized Rent		Percentage of Property Annualized Rent			Annualized Rent Per Leased Square Foot
Vacant		—		25,371		7.6	%	$	—		—	%	$	—
2010		—		—		—			—		—			—
2011		10		47,823		14.3			1,275,271		16.5			26.67
2012		5		14,333		4.3			442,400		5.7			30.87
2013		4		125,210		37.5			3,019,209		39.1			24.11
2014 ⁽² ⁾		3		22,079		6.6			533,644		6.9			24.17
2015		—		—		—			—		—			—
2016 ⁽³⁾		3		45,564		13.6			1,063,295		13.8			23.34
2017 ⁽⁴ ⁾		3		50,011		15.0			1,386,542		18.0			27.72
2018		—		—		—			—		—			—
2019		—		—		—			—		8.7			24.00
Thereafter ⁽⁵ ⁾		1		3,531		1.1			—		—			—

Total/Weighted Average:		29		333,922		100.0	%	$	7,720,361		100.0	%	$	25.02

(1)	Annualized base rent is calculated by multiplying (i) base rental payments (defined as cash base rents (before abatements)) for the month ended September 30, 2010, by (ii) 12. Total abatements for leases in effect as of September 30, 2010 for the 12 months ending September 30, 2011 are $520,319.

(2)	Includes the Brady, Vorwerck, Ryder & Caspino lease representing 18,350 square feet of space, which is scheduled to expire on August 31, 2019. However, this lease is subject to a one-time early termination right on August 31, 2014 in exchange for an early termination fee.

(3)	Includes the Walsworth, Franklin, Bevins lease representing 28,141 square feet, which is scheduled to expire on December 31, 2019, and is subject to a one-time early termination right on December 31, 2016 in exchange for an early termination fee.

(4)	Includes the Master Halco lease representing 19,876 square feet of space, which is scheduled to expire on February 28, 2019. However, this lease is subject to a one-time early termination right on February 28, 2017 in exchange for an early termination fee.

(5)	Includes 3,531 square feet that will be leased to our subsidiary for property management offices.

City Plaza Percent Leased and Base Rent

The following table sets forth the percentage leased, annualized base rent per leased square foot and annualized net effective base rent per leased square foot for City Plaza as of the dates indicated below:


Date ⁽¹⁾	Percent Leased			Annualized Base Rent Per Leased Square Foot		Annualized Net Effective Base Rent Per Leased Square Foot ⁽² ⁾
September 30, 2010		92.4	%	$	25.02	$	23.76
December 31, 2009		72.8			25.39		25.56
December 31, 2008		43.0			27.75		28.08

(1)	Because we did not own this property prior to 2008, we are unable to show data for years prior to this time.

(2)

Other than recurring capital expenditures, we have no plans with respect to major renovation, improvement or redevelopment of City Plaza.

City Plaza is included in the portfolio of properties that secure our secured revolving credit facility. For more information regarding our secured revolving credit facility, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of

Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Consolidated Indebtedness—Secured Revolving Credit Facility.”

Also in connection with our acquisition of the City Plaza property, we agreed to assume certain costs of design and construction, in the amount of approximately $1.0 million, related to the reconfiguration of certain surface parking areas and the construction of a new road way that will be located on both the City Plaza property and adjacent property, which improvements will improve access to both the City Plaza property and the adjacent retail center from the highway. The construction of these improvements has not yet commenced, and the agreement pursuant to which such payment is due has lapsed. However, we have agreed in principal with the adjacent property owner that is responsible for the construction to extend the agreement.

With respect to our City Plaza property, we are obligated under a parking easement agreement to provide 1,250 parking spaces for use by the adjacent property owner. However, due to a condemnation event that occurred subsequent to the granting of such parking easement, we are currently only able to provide 1,139 parking spaces for such use. We are in discussions with the holder of the easement to address the current deficiency.

The current real estate tax rate for City Plaza is $10.35 per $1,000 of assessed value. The total annual tax for City Plaza at this rate for the tax year ending June 30, 2011 is $727,984 (at a taxable assessed value of $70.3 million). In addition, there was $28,989 in various direct assessments and supplemental taxes imposed on City Plaza by the County of Orange for the 2010/2011 tax year.

First Financial, Encino, California

First Financial is a six-story, steel-framed office building located in Encino, California at the intersection of Ventura and Balboa Boulevards. The property, built in 1986, contains 222,423 net rentable square feet and a 49,560 square foot four-story parking garage with 690 parking spaces. The property has access to two major freeways, the Ventura (Highway 101) and San Diego (Interstate 405) Freeways, and is located near many of Los Angeles’s residential communities in the central part of the San Fernando Valley. As of September 30, 2010, First Financial was approximately 84.8% leased to 35 tenants (including the property management tenant).

First Financial Primary Tenants

The following table summarizes information regarding the primary tenants of First Financial as of September 30, 2010:


Tenant	Principal Nature of Business		Lease Expiration		Earliest Optional Termination Date by Tenant			Renewal Options		Total Leased Square Feet		Percentage of Property Square Feet			Annualized Base Rent ⁽ ¹ ⁾		Annualized Base Rent Per Leased Square Foot		Percentage of Property Annualized Base Rent
Pepperdine University		Educational		01/31/19		—			1 x 5 years		35,351		15.9	%	$	1,367,659	$	38.69		21.8	%
Marcus & Millichap ⁽² ⁾		Real Estate		09/30/16		09/30/11			1 x 5 years		14,500		6.5			461,768		31.85		7.4
Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated		Financial		04/30/16		04/30/12	⁽³ ⁾		2 x 5 years		15,838		7.1			437,129		27.60		7.0
Haber Corporation		Financial		09/30/12		—			1 x 5 years		12,973		5.8			423,741		32.66		6.8
Vitas Healthcare Corp.		Healthcare		02/28/14		—			1 x 5 years		13,390		6.0			385,204		28.77		6.1

Total/Weighted Average:											92,052		41.4	%	$	3,075,500	$	33.41		49.0	%

(1)	Annualized base rent is calculated by multiplying (i) base rental payments (defined as cash base rents (before abatements)) for the month ended September 30, 2010, by (ii) 12.

(2)

This lease is subject to early termination options with respect to 3,036 square feet on September 30, 2011 and with respect to 11,464 square feet on September 30, 2014, in each case in exchange for payment of an early termination fee based on a formula set forth in the lease. Total abatements under this lease for the 12 months ending September 30, 2011 are $79,270.

(3)	The early termination right is subject to an early termination fee of $234,212.

First Financial Lease Expirations

The following table sets forth the lease expirations for leases in place at First Financial as of September 30, 2010, plus available space, for each of the ten full calendar years beginning January 1, 2010. Unless otherwise stated in the footnotes, the information set forth in the table assumes that tenants exercise no renewal options and all early termination rights. As of September 30, 2010, the weighted average remaining lease term for this property was 47 months.


Year of Lease Expiration	Number of Leases Expiring		Square Footage of Expiring Leases		Percentage of Property Square Feet			Annualized Rent		Percentage of Property Annualized Rent			Annualized Rent Per Leased Square Foot
Vacant		—		33,873		15.2	%		—		—			—
2010		2		2,971		1.3			97,292		1.6	%	$	32.75
2011		5		14,921		6.7			475,091		7.6	%	$	31.84
2012 ⁽² ⁾		7		41,577		18.7			1,264,020		20.1	%	$	30.40
2013		10		28,683		12.9			1,028,254		16.4	%	$	35.85
2014 ⁽³ ⁾		7		53,203		23.9			1,681,572		26.8	%	$	31.61
2015		1		2,806		1.3			84,449		1.3	%	$	30.10
2016		1		8,048		3.6			278,396		4.4	%	$	34.59
2017		—		—		—			—		—			—
2018		—		—		—			—		—			—
2019		1		35,351		15.9			1,367,659		21.8	%	$	38.69
Thereafter ⁽⁴ ⁾		1		990		0.4			—		—		$	—

Total/Weighted Average:		35		222,423		100.0	%	$	6,276,733		100.0	%	$	33.29

(1)	Annualized base rent is calculated by multiplying (i) base rental payments (defined as cash base rents (before abatements)) for the month ended September 30, 2010, by (ii) 12. Total abatements for leases in effect as of September 30, 2010 for the 12 months ending September 30, 2011 are $100,581.

(2)	Includes the Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated lease representing 15,838 square feet, which is scheduled to expire on April 30, 2016. However, this lease is subject to a one-time early termination right on April 30, 2012 in exchange for an early termination fee of $234,212.

(3)

Includes the Marcus & Millichap lease representing 14,500 square feet, which is scheduled to expire on September 30, 2016. However, the tenant has a right to terminate the lease with respect to 3,036 square feet on September 30, 2011. The tenant also has a right to terminate the remaining 11,464 square feet on September 30, 2014 in exchange for an early termination fee based on a formula set forth in the lease.

(4)	Includes 990 square feet that will be leased to our subsidiary for property management offices.

First Financial Percent Leased and Base Rent

The following table sets forth the percentage leased, annualized base rent per leased square foot and annualized net effective base rent per leased square foot for First Financial as of the dates indicated below:


Date	Percent Leased			Annualized Base Rent Per Leased Square Foot		Annualized Net Effective Base Rent Per Leased Square Foot ⁽¹ ⁾
September 30, 2010		84.8	%	$	33.29	$	35.61
December 31, 2009		92.1			32.81		30.56
December 31, 2008		93.2			30.40		30.06
December 31, 2007		95.1			28.34		23.42
December 31, 2006		98.7			27.34		26.27
December 31, 2005		92.5			26.71		25.89

(1)

Annualized net effective base rent per leased square foot represents (i) the contractual rent for leases in place as of the dates indicated above, calculated on a straight-line basis to amortize free rent periods and abatements, but without regard to tenant improvement allowances and leasing commissions, divided by (ii) the net rentable square footage under lease as of the same date.

Other than recurring capital expenditures, we have no plans with respect to major renovation, improvement or redevelopment of First Financial.

First Financial is subject to a $43.0 million mortgage loan, as described in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Consolidated Indebtedness— Description of Certain Debt—Mortgage Loan Secured by First Financial.”

The current real estate tax rate for First Financial is $12.70 per $1,000 of assessed value. The total annual tax for First Financial at this rate for the tax year ending June 30, 2011 is $737,915 (at a taxable assessed value of $58.1 million). In addition, there was $20,036 in various direct assessments and voted indebtedness imposed on First Financial by the City of Los Angeles and County of Los Angeles for the 2010/2011 tax year.

Del Amo Office, Torrance, California

On August 13, 2010, we acquired the Del Amo Office property and its related ground sublease for $27.5 million in cash (before closing costs and prorations).

The Del Amo Office property is a five-story, steel-framed office building located on Sepulveda Boulevard in Torrance, California. The property, built in 1986, contains 113,000 net rentable square feet and is situated on 2.3 acres with 150 parking spaces. The property is 100% leased to Saatchi & Saatchi North America, Inc., a leading advertising agency, pursuant to a written lease. Saatchi & Saatchi has been a tenant at this property for over 20 years, over which period significant capital improvements have been made to the property. The current term of the office lease expires December 31, 2019, provided that Saatchi & Saatchi has the option to terminate the office lease on any of the following dates: December 31, 2011, December 31, 2014, and December 31, 2016, in each case in exchange for the payment of an early termination fee, based on an amount equal to the unamortized tenant improvement allowances, brokerage commissions and abated rent granted to Saatchi & Saatchi for the initial 15-year term. We estimate the early termination fee to be approximately $5.0 million, $3.1 million and $1.9 million for the termination rights exercisable on December 31, 2011, December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2016, respectively. Saatchi & Saatchi also has one 10-year extension option, at a rental rate equal to 95% of the projected prevailing rental rate as of the first day of the option term (based on a formula set forth in the office lease). The office lease provides for the payment of monthly base rent, plus tenant’s share (100%) of all increases in direct costs of operation, repair and maintenance

of the building and common areas, including real property taxes and assessments levied or assessed against the building (including in connection with a change of ownership), over such costs for the 2005 base year.

The following table summarizes information regarding the Del Amo Office property lease as of September 30, 2010:

Tenant

Principal
Nature of
Business

Lease
Expiration

Earliest
Optional
Termination
Date by
Tenant

Renewal
Options

Total
Leased
Square
Feet

Percentage
of
Property
Square
Feet

Annualized
Base
Rent ⁽¹ ⁾

Annualized
Base
Rent Per
Leased
Square
Foot

Percentage
of
Property
Annualized
Base Rent

Saatchi & Saatchi

Advertising

12/31/19

12/31/11

⁽ ² ⁾

1 x 10
years

113,000

100.0

3,069,070

27.16

100.0

Total/Weighted Average:

113,000

100.0

3,069,070

27.16

100.0

(1)	Annualized base rent is calculated by multiplying (i) base rental payments (defined as cash base rents (before abatements)) for the month ended September 30, 2010, by (ii) 12.

(2)

The Saatchi & Saatchi lease provides the tenant with the option to terminate the office lease on any of the following dates in each case upon nine months prior notice: December 31, 2011, December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2016, in each case in exchange for the payment of an early termination fee, as described above.

The property on which the Del Amo Office building is located is subleased by Del Amo Fashion Center Operating Company, L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability company, or Del Amo, through a long-term ground sublease entered into on February 12, 1985 between Sears, Roebuck & Co., as sublessor, and Del Amo (as successor-in-interest to Del Amo Mills Limited Partnership, successor-in-interest to The Torrance Company), as sublessee. The current term of the ground sublease expires June 30, 2049. The ground sublease is subject and subordinate to the terms of a ground lease dated June 29, 1959 between certain persons and entities therein referred to as The Sears Investors, as lessor, and Sears, Roebuck and Co., as lessee, and an improvement agreement and agreement to ground sublease dated September 15, 1983 between Sears, Roebuck and Co. and The Torrance Company, predecessor to Del Amo. The fee owner of the property has not granted to the subtenant under the ground sublease any rights of non-disturbance. Accordingly, a termination of the ground lease for any reason, including a rejection thereof by the ground tenant under the ground lease in a bankruptcy proceeding, could result in a termination of the ground sublease. In the event of a termination of the ground sublease, the Company may lose its interest in the Del Amo Office building and may no longer have the right to receive any of the rental income from the Del Amo Office building. In addition, the failure of the Company to have any non-disturbance rights from the fee owner may impair the Company’s ability to obtain financing for the Del Amo Office building. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Properties and Our Business—The ground sublease for the Del Amo Office property is subject and subordinate to a ground lease, the termination of which could result in a termination of the ground sublease.”

Fixed Net Rent under the ground sublease is $1.00 per year, with sublessee being responsible for all impositions, insurance premiums, operating charges, maintenance charges, construction costs and other charges, costs and expenses that arise or may be contemplated under any provisions of the ground sublease, including its pro rata share of all exterior common area maintenance costs charged to sublessor with respect to the larger tract of land of which the property is a part, and all real property taxes applicable to the property (and if not separately assessed, then sublessee’s liability shall be for such equitable portion of the real property taxes as the property bears to all of the land and improvements included within the tax parcel assessed, as determined mutually by sublessor and sublessee).

The sublessee is also responsible for sublessor’s obligations under the ground lease applicable to the property, other than those obligations involving the payment of rent or other charges. The ground sublease is not

expressly terminable for any reason by either party other than in connection with a casualty or condemnation. The sublessee has the right to mortgage its leasehold interest in the property, but is not otherwise permitted to assign, mortgage, pledge, encumber or in any manner transfer the ground sublease, or any part thereof, further sublease the property, or any part thereof (other than subleasing of space within the improvements to tenants in occupancy from time to time), or sell, transfer, mortgage, pledge, lease, license or encumber the improvements or the interest of sublessee in any lease of the improvements or the rentals thereunder, without the prior written consent of sublessor, which shall not be unreasonably withheld.

Other than normally recurring capital expenditures, we have no plans with respect to major renovation, improvement or redevelopment of the Del Amo Office property.

The Del Amo Office property is included in the portfolio of properties that secure our secured revolving credit facility. For more information regarding our secured revolving credit facility, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Consolidated Indebtedness—Secured Revolving Credit Facility.”

There was $6,169 in various direct assessments imposed on the Del Amo Office property by the City of Torrance and County of Los Angeles for the 2009 tax year. However, as described above, Saatchi & Saatchi is obligated to reimburse us for 100% of real property taxes and assessments over such costs for a 2005 base year.

Technicolor Building, Hollywood, California

The Technicolor Building is a six-story, steel-framed Class-A office and motion picture technical production building located in Hollywood, California. The property comprises 114,958 square feet and is located on the Sunset Gower property (described below), with frontage on Sunset Boulevard, one of the main surface arteries in Los Angeles. The property was completed in 2008 and serves as the worldwide headquarters for Technicolor, one of the leading post-production companies in the entertainment industry. The property includes both traditional office space and space dedicated to post-production uses, such as video and sound content screening, editing and data storage and, as Technicolor’s primary office and post-production facility, it is essential to its worldwide operations. The property is 100% leased to Technicolor through May 31, 2020. Pursuant to the terms of its lease, Technicolor is obligated to reimburse us for 100% of the expenses related to the operation of the property, including, but not limited to, real property taxes, utilities and insurance premiums (excluding structural, roof and core MEP system capital replacements).

The following table summarizes information regarding the Technicolor Building lease as of September 30, 2010:


Tenant	Principal Nature of Business		Lease Expiration		Renewal Options		Total Leased Square Feet		Percentage of Property Square Feet			Annualized Base Rent ⁽¹⁾		Annualized Base Rent Per Leased Square Foot		Percentage of Property Annualized Base Rent
Technicolor		Media & Entertainment		05/31/20		2 x 5 years		114,958		100.0	%	$	4,103,173	$	35.69		100.0	%

Total/Weighted Average:								114,958		100.0	%	$	4,103,173	$	35.69		100.0	%

(1)

Annualized base rent is calculated by multiplying (i) base rental payments (defined as cash base rents (before abatements)) for the month ended September 30, 2010, by (ii) 12. Total abatements as of September 30, 2010 for the 12 months ending September 30, 2011 are $176,949. Annualized base rent does not reflect tenant reimbursements. We estimate that the full service gross equivalent annualized base rent for the Technicolor Building lease is $5,388,866, or $46.88 per leased square foot.

Technicolor Building Percent Leased and Base Rent

The following table sets forth the percentage leased, annualized base rent per leased square foot and annualized net effective base rent per leased square foot for the Technicolor Building as of the dates indicated below:


Date ⁽¹⁾	Percent Leased			Annualized Base Rent Per Leased Square Foot ⁽²⁾		Annualized Net Effective Base Rent Per Leased Square Foot ⁽ ³ ⁾
September 30, 2010		100	%	$	35.69	$	39.04
December 31, 2009		100			34.32		39.04
December 31, 2008		100			33.00		39.04

(1)	Because the property was placed into service on June 1, 2008, we are unable to show data for full years prior to 2008.

(2)	We estimate that the full service gross equivalent annualized base rent per leased square foot as of September 30, 2010 is $46.88.

(3)

Annualized net effective base rent per leased square foot represents (i) the contractual base rent for leases in place as of the dates indicated above, calculated on a straight-line basis to amortize free rent periods and abatements, but without regard to tenant improvement allowances and leasing commissions, divided by (ii) the net rentable square footage under lease as of the same date. Annualized net effective base rent per leased square foot does not reflect tenant reimbursements. We estimate that the full service gross equivalent annualized net effective base rent per leased square foot as of September 30, 2010 is $49.98 for the Technicolor Building.

The Technicolor Building, together with the Sunset Gower property, is included in the portfolio of properties that secures our secured revolving credit facility. For more information regarding our secured revolving credit facility, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources— Consolidated Indebtedness—Secured Revolving Credit Facility.”

The current real estate tax for the Technicolor Building is included in the real estate tax for Sunset Gower. We expect that the Technicolor Building will be taxed separately for the 2010 tax year. However, as described above, Technicolor is obligated to reimburse us for 100% of its allocated share of real property taxes and related fees.

Tierrasanta, San Diego, California

Tierrasanta is a wood-framed office complex located in the Kearny Mesa submarket of San Diego, California. Built in 1985, Tierrasanta consists of four buildings that contain an aggregate of 104,234 net rentable square feet situated on a 6.5 acre lot with 382 parking spaces. The property is located directly adjacent to Interstate 15 and has access to two major highways, Highway 163 and Highway 52. As of September 30, 2010, Tierrasanta was approximately 96.8% leased to nine tenants. As of September 30, 2010, the weighted average remaining lease term for this property was 35 months.

Tierrasanta Primary Tenants

The following table summarizes information regarding the tenants of Tierrasanta as of September 30, 2010:


Tenant	Principal Nature of Business		Lease Expiration		Earliest Optional Termination Date by Tenant		Renewal Options		Total Leased Square Feet		Percentage of Property Square Feet			Annualized Base Rent ⁽¹ ⁾		Annualized Base Rent Per Leased Square Foot		Percentage of Property Annualized Base Rent
RBF Consulting ⁽² ⁾		Construction Services		03/31/14		03/31/12		1 x 5 years		31,422		30.1	%	$	427,214	$	13.60		27.1	%
California Bank & Trust		Financial		06/30/18		—		1 x 5 years		23,208		22.3			423,631		18.25		26.9
NxGen		Technology		08/31/12		—		—		9,629		9.2			231,470		24.04		14.7
Diversified Copier		Technology		06/30/11		—		1 x 3 years		8,305		8.0			126,876		15.28		8.0
Quake Global, Inc.		Technology		03/31/11		—		—		8,690		8.3			111,684		12.85		7.1

Total/Weighted Average:										81,254		78.0	%	$	1,320,874	$	16.26		83.8	%

(1)	Annualized base rent is calculated by multiplying (i) base rental payments (defined as cash base rents (before abatements)) for the month ended September 30, 2010, by (ii) 12. Annualized base rent does not reflect tenant reimbursements.

(2)	The tenant has an option to terminate, subject to the payment of an early termination fee based on a formula set forth in the lease.

Other than normally recurring capital expenditures, we have no plans with respect to major renovation, improvement or redevelopment of Tierrasanta.

Tierrasanta is subject to a $14.3 million mortgage loan, as described in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Consolidated Indebtedness—Description of Certain Debt—Mortgage Loan Secured by Tierrasanta.”

The current real estate tax rate for Tierrasanta is $11.02 per $1,000 of assessed value. The total annual tax for Tierrasanta at this rate for the tax year ending June 30, 2011 is $137,148 (at a taxable assessed value of $12.5 million). In addition, there was $260 in various direct assessments imposed on Tierrasanta by the City and County of San Diego for the 2010/2011 tax year.

875 Howard Street, San Francisco, California

Our 875 Howard Street property is located in San Francisco, California and consists of two buildings totaling 286,270 square feet. One of the buildings is a 191,765 square foot, six-story building that underwent redevelopment from its prior use as a museum to use as an office property. The redevelopment included a new lobby, demolition of all floors to core and shell and the completion of exterior upgrades, all of which were completed on April 1, 2010. The other building is a 94,505 square foot, three-story retail building leased to Burlington Coat Factory. The property is located in the South of Market area in San Francisco, a submarket that has historically had a high concentration of high technology and internet-related tenants. We believe that as venture capital investments in technology related companies increase, our property will attract many of the high technology and internet tenants that tend to be located in the South of Market submarket. Additionally, the property is located across the street from the Moscone Convention Center near Market Street, which provides an array of amenities, including access to San Francisco’s primary mass transit corridor, restaurants, retail establishments and movie theaters, all of which are attractive to potential and existing tenants.

One of our contributors, Farallon, acquired the property in 2007 with its operating partner, TMG Partners, or TMG, when the office component of the property was occupied by the California Academy of Sciences, which was scheduled to vacate the property in 2008. Farallon and TMG acquired the property with the intent to redevelop the office space that had been underutilized when the California Academy of Sciences occupied the space. Concurrently with the completion of our initial public offering and the consummation of the formation transactions, we entered into an agreement with TMG relating to this property, pursuant to which we will pay a 3% commission on hard costs of first generation tenant improvements and a leasing commission equal to $2 per square foot of new space leased during the term of the agreement. This agreement terminates upon the earlier of two years or the date on which the property is 95% leased. As of September 30, 2010, the 875 Howard Street retail building was approximately 100% leased to Burlington Coat Factory, while two leases representing approximately 40% of the office building have been executed as of such date, one of which commenced on April 1, 2010 upon the completion of the tenant improvements and the other of which commences on December 1, 2010. Overall, as of September 30, 2010, the property was 64.1% leased, including the uncommenced lease described above.

The Burlington Coat Factory lease is subject to a continuous termination right by the tenant on one year’s prior notice. However, we believe Burlington Coat Factory’s lease is at substantially below market rates as of September 30, 2010, which we believe may encourage the tenant to exercise one or more of its two five-year renewal options at the current rental rate.

875 Howard Street Primary Tenants

The following table summarizes information regarding the primary tenants of 875 Howard Street as of September 30, 2010:


Tenant	Principal Nature of Business		Lease Expiration		Earliest Optional Termination Date by Tenant		Renewal Options		Total Leased Square Feet		Percentage of Property Square Feet			Annualized Base Rent ⁽¹ ⁾		Annualized Base Rent Per Leased Square Foot		Percentage of Property Annualized Base Rent
Burlington Coat Factory ⁽²⁾		Retail		12/31/13		09/30/11		2 x 5 years		94,505		33.0	%	$	614,351	$	6.50		38.1	%
Carat USA ⁽³⁾		Media & Entertainment		03/31/17		03/31/16		1 x 5 years		33,291		11.6			998,730		30.00		61.9
Total/Weighted Average:										127,796		44.6	%	$	1,613,081	$	12.62		100.0	%

Uncommenced Leases
Heald College ⁽⁴⁾		Educational		12/13/20		12/13/17		1 x 5 years		55,827		19.5	%	$	1,116,538	$	20.00		40.9	%

Total/Weighted Average:										183,623		64.1	%	$	2,729,619	$	14.87		100.0	%

(1)

Annualized base rent is calculated by multiplying (i) base rental payments (defined as cash base rents (before abatements)) for the month ended September 30, 2010, by (ii) 12. For uncommenced leases, annualized base rent is calculated by multiplying (i) the first full month of contractual base rents to be received under the applicable lease (defined as cash base rents (before abatements)), by (ii) 12. The Burlington Coat Factory lease is a modified gross lease pursuant to which the tenant, in addition to its base rental payment, reimburses the landlord for certain operating expenses. We estimate that the full service gross equivalent annualized base rent for the Burlington Coat Factory lease is $1,181,699, or $12.50 per leased square foot. The Heald College and Carat USA leases are modified gross leases pursuant to which the tenant, in addition to its base rental payment, reimburses the landlord for expenses in excess of a

base year expense stop, as well as janitorial costs and utilities. We estimate that the full service gross equivalent annualized base rent for the Heald College lease is $1,339,846, or $24.00 per leased square foot. We estimate that the full service gross equivalent annualized base rent for the Carat USA lease is $1,131,894, or $34.00 per leased square foot.

(2)	The tenant has a continuing early termination right that can be exercised upon one year’s prior notice.

(3)	Total abatements under this lease for the 12 months ending September 30, 2011 are $499,365. The early termination right is subject to an early termination fee of $412,106. The Carat USA lease provides the tenant a complete abatement of base rent for the first year of the lease term.

(4)	The Heald College lease commences on December 14, 2010. The early termination right is subject to an early termination payment of $1,751,358.

875 Howard Street Lease Expirations

The following table sets forth the lease expirations for leases in place at 875 Howard Street as of September 30, 2010, plus available space, for each of the ten full calendar years beginning January 1, 2010. Unless otherwise stated in the footnotes, the information set forth in the table assumes that tenants exercise no renewal options and all early termination rights. As of September 30, 2010, the weighted average remaining lease term for this property was 49 months due to the continuous termination right of Burlington Coat Factory on one year’s prior notice; to date, such notice has not been provided.


Year of Lease Expiration	Number of Leases Expiring		Square Footage of Expiring Leases		Percentage of Property Square Feet			Annualized Base Rent ⁽¹⁾		Percentage of Property Annualized Base Rent			Annualized Base Rent Per Leased Square Foot
Vacant ⁽² ⁾		—		158,474		55.4	%	$	—		—	%	$	—
2010		—		—		—			—		—			—
2011 ⁽³⁾		1		94,505		33.0			614,351		38.1			6.50
2012		—		—		—			—		—			—
2013		—		—		—			—		—			—
2014		—		—		—			—		—			—
2015		—		—		—			—		—			—
2016		1		33,291		11.6			998,730		61.9			30.00
2017		—		—		—			—		—			—
2018		—		—		—			—		—			—
2019		—		—		—			—		—			—
Thereafter		—		—		—			—		—			—

Total/Weighted Average:		2		286,270		100.0	%	$	1,613,081		100.0	%	$	12.62

(1)	Annualized base rent is calculated by multiplying (i) base rental payments (defined as cash base rents (before abatements)) for the month ended September 30, 2010, by (ii) 12. Annualized net effective base rent per leased square foot does not reflect tenant reimbursements.

(2)	Includes redevelopment space and does not reflect the impact of the uncommenced Heald College lease.

(3)

Includes the Burlington Coat Factory lease representing 94,505 square feet of space that has an expiration date of December 31, 2013 and is subject to a continuing early termination right that can be exercised upon one year’s prior notice. To date, such notice has not been provided. Excluding Burlington Coat Factory, none of our 875 Howard Street property leases would expire in 2011.

875 Howard Street Percent Leased and Base Rent

The following table sets forth the percentage leased, annualized base rent per leased square foot and annualized net effective base rent per leased square foot for 875 Howard Street as of the dates indicated below:


Date ⁽¹⁾	Percent Leased ⁽² ⁾			Annualized Base Rent Per Leased Square Foot ⁽³⁾		Annualized Net Effective Base Rent Per Leased Square Foot ⁽⁴⁾
September 30, 2010		44.6	%	$	12.62	$	12.06
December 31, 2009		33.0			6.50		6.50
December 31, 2008		100.0			7.81		7.81
December 31, 2007		100.0			6.66		6.66

(1)	Because we did not own this property prior to 2007, we are unable to show data for years prior to 2007.

(2)	After giving effect to the uncommenced leases, percent leased would have been 64.1% as of September 30, 2010.

(3)	We estimate that the full service gross equivalent annualized base rent per leased square foot is $18.10 as of September 30, 2010.

(4)

Annualized net effective base rent per leased square foot represents (i) the contractual base rent for leases in place as of the dates indicated above, calculated on a straight-line basis to amortize free rent periods and abatements, but without regard to tenant improvement allowances and leasing commissions, divided by (ii) the net rentable square footage under lease as of the same date. Annualized net effective base rent per leased square foot does not reflect tenant reimbursements. We estimate that the full service gross equivalent net effective base rent per leased square foot as of September 30, 2010 is $17.39 for 875 Howard Street.

875 Howard Street is included in the portfolio of properties that secure our secured revolving credit facility. For more information regarding our secured revolving credit facility, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Consolidated Indebtedness—Secured Revolving Credit Facility.”

The current real estate tax rate for 875 Howard Street is $11.64 per $1,000 of assessed value. The total annual tax for 875 Howard Street at this rate for the tax year ending June 30, 2011 is $555,752 (at a taxable assessed value of $47.7 million). In addition, there was $20,519 in various direct assessments imposed on 875 Howard Street by the City and County of San Francisco.

9300 Wilshire Boulevard, Beverly Hills, California

9300 Wilshire Boulevard is a six-story office building located in Beverly Hills, California. The property, built in 1965 and renovated in 2001, contains 58,484 net rentable square feet situated on a 0.3767 acre lot with 160 parking spaces. The property is located on the southwest corner of Wilshire Boulevard and Rexford Drive, strategically located near the Golden Triangle district of Beverly Hills, which features world class restaurants, shops and other amenities. As of September 30, 2010, 9300 Wilshire Boulevard was approximately 90.5% leased to eighteen tenants operating in various industries.

The 9300 Wilshire Boulevard property is subject to a ground lease held by Hudson 9300 Wilshire, LLC pursuant to a lease dated August 15, 1962, as amended and assigned, between Cassabell Stone , as lessor, and Hudson 9300 Wilshire, LLC, as lessee (expiring August 14, 2032).

9300 Wilshire Boulevard Primary Tenants

The following table summarizes information regarding the primary tenants of 9300 Wilshire Boulevard as of September 30, 2010:


Tenant	Principal Nature of Business		Lease Expiration	Earliest Optional Termination Date by Tenant	Renewal Options	Total Leased Square Feet		Percentage of Property Square Feet			Annualized Base Rent ⁽¹ ⁾		Annualized Base Rent Per Leased Square Foot		Percentage of Property Annualized Base Rent
Hanmi Bank		Financial	09/30/17	09/30/14	2 x 5 years		5,253		9.0	%	$	270,103	$	51.42		12.2	%
Provident Title Company		Real Estate	12/31/15	—	—		6,171		10.6			247,334		40.08		11.2
Knock Out Creative		Media & Entertainment	05/31/14	—	—		5,321		9.1			242,382		45.55		11.0
Paul Kohner		Media & Entertainment	09/30/15	—	—		5,461		9.3			193,319		35.40		8.8
KR Capital Partners		Financial	03/31/16	—	—		4,364		7.5			182,241		41.76		8.3

Total / Weighted Average:							26,570		45.4	%	$	1,135,379	$	42.73		51.4	%

(1)	Annualized base rent is calculated by multiplying (i) base rental payments (defined as cash base rents (before abatements)) for the month ended September 30, 2010, by (ii) 12. Total abatements under this lease for the 12 months ending September 30, 2011 are $143,838.

9300 Wilshire Boulevard Lease Expirations

The following table sets forth the lease expirations for leases in place at 9300 Wilshire Boulevard as of September 30, 2010, plus available space, for each of the ten full calendar years beginning January 1, 2010. Unless otherwise stated in the footnotes, the information set forth in the table assumes that tenants exercise no renewal options and all early termination rights. As of September 30, 2010, the weighted average remaining lease term for this property was 43 months without giving effect to uncommenced leases.


Year of Lease Expiration	Number of Leases Expiring		Square Footage of Expiring Leases		Percentage of Property Square Feet			Annualized Base		Percentage of Property Annualized Rent			Annualized Rent Per Leased Square Foot
Vacant		—		5,564		9.5	%		—		—			—
2010		1		150		0.3			5,568		0.3	%	$	37.12
2011		3		9,453		16.2			355,680		16.1	%	$	37.63
2012		1		1,772		3.0			71,872		3.3	%	$	40.56
2013		4		7,131		12.2			334,588		15.2	%	$	46.92
2014		2		10,574		18.1			512,485		23.2	%	$	48.47
2015		6		19,476		33.3			745,663		33.8	%	$	38.29
2016		1		4,364		7.5			182,241		8.3	%	$	41.76
2017		—		—		—			—		—			—
2018		—		—		—			—		—			—
2019		—		—		—			—		—			—
Thereafter		—		—		—			—		—			—

Total/Weighted Average:		18		58,484		100.0	%	$	2,208,098		100.0	%	$	41.73

(1)	Annualized base rent is calculated by multiplying (i) base rental payments (defined as cash base rents (before abatements)) for the month ended September 30, 2010, by (ii) 12. Total abatements for leases in effect as of September 30, 2010 for the 12 months ending September 30, 2011 are $143,838.

9300 Wilshire Boulevard Percent Leased and Base Rent

The following table sets forth the percentage leased, annualized base rent per leased square foot and annualized net effective base rent per leased square foot for 9300 Wilshire Boulevard as of the dates indicated below:


Date ⁽¹⁾	Percent Leased			Annualized Base Rent Per Leased Square Foot		Annualized Net Effective Base Rent Per Leased Square Foot ⁽² ⁾
September 30, 2010		90.5	%	$	41.73	$	42.42

(1)	Because we did not own this property prior to August 2010, we are unable to show data for years prior to 2010.

(2)

Other than recurring capital expenditures, we have no plans with respect to major renovation, improvement or redevelopment of 9300 Wilshire Boulevard.

The current real estate tax rate for 9300 Wilshire Boulevard is $10.87 per $1,000 of assessed value. The total annual tax for 9300 Wilshire Boulevard at this rate for the tax year ending June 30, 2010 is $78,041 (at a taxable assessed value of $7,176,660). In addition, there was $3,050 in various direct assessments imposed on 9300 Wilshire Boulevard by the City of Beverly Hills and County of Los Angeles for the 2009 tax year.

222 Kearny Street, San Francisco, California

On October 8, 2010 we acquired a 144,440 square foot, two-building office property located in San Francisco, California, which we refer to as 222 Kearny Street. The property consists of the 180 Sutter building, a 5-story building built in 1901 and renovated in 1986, and the 222 Kearny building, a 10-story building built in 1986. The property contains 60 parking stalls. Located on the border of the Union Square and Financial District submarkets of San Francisco, the property is attractive to tenants across many industries including financial services, legal, hospitality and technology. As of September 30, 2010 the property was 79.2% leased to 22 tenants (including the property management office).

A portion representing 64% of the building area of the 222 Kearny Street property (excluding the 180 Sutter building) resides on a ground lease held by Hudson 222 Kearny, LLC pursuant to a lease dated June 15, 1984 as amended and assigned , between 154 Sutter LLC as lessor and Hudson 222 Kearny, LLC, as lessee (expiring on June 14, 2054). The ground lease provides for annual rent equal to the greater of (i) $975,000 or (ii) 20% of the annual net operating income of the portion of the property subject to the ground lease until annual net operating income reaches $8 million; once annual net operating income reaches $8 million, percentage rent equal to 25% of the excess annual net operating income above $8 million is also payable. Annual rent under the ground lease is currently $975,000.

222 Kearny Street Primary Tenants

The following table summarizes information regarding the primary tenants of 222 Kearny Street as of September 30, 2010:


Tenant	Principal Nature of Business		Lease Expiration		Earliest Optional Termination Date by Tenant		Renewal Options		Total Leased Square Feet		Percentage of Property Square Feet			Annualized Base Rent ⁽¹ ⁾		Annualized Base Rent Per Leased Square Foot		Percentage of Property Annualized Base Rent
Kimpton Group Holding, LLC		Hospitality		05/20/11		—		1 x 5 years		20,997		14.5	%	$	608,998	$	29.00		14.7	%
The Children’s Place		Retail		01/31/17		—		—		8,373		5.8			485,634		58.00		11.7
Stockwell, Harris		Legal		09/30/13		—		1 x 5 years		8,050		5.6			370,300		46.00		8.9
Van Der Hout		Legal		02/29/12		—		1 x 5 years		7,647		5.3			313,527		41.00		7.5
Adams Nye		Legal		12/11/13		—		1 x 5 years		11,026		7.6			265,882		24.11		6.4

Total / Weighted Average:										56,093		38.8	%	$	2,044,341	$	36.45		49.2	%

(1)	Annualized base rent is calculated by multiplying (i) base rental payments (defined as cash base rents (before abatements)) for the month ended September 30, 2010, by (ii) 12.

222 Kearny Street Lease Expirations

The following table sets forth the lease expirations for leases in place at 222 Kearny Street as of September 30, 2010, plus available space, for each of the ten full calendar years beginning January 1, 2010. Unless otherwise stated in the footnotes, the information set forth in the table assumes that tenants exercise no renewal options and all early termination rights. As of September 30, 2010, the weighted average remaining lease term for this property was 29 months without giving effect to uncommenced leases.


Year of Lease Expiration	Number of Leases Expiring		Square Footage of Expiring Leases		Percentage of Property Square Feet			Annualized Rent		Percentage of Property Annualized Rent			Annualized Rent Per Leased Square Foot
Vacant		—		30,027		20.8	%		—		—			—
2010		1		3,509		2.4			121,762		2.9	%	$	34.70
2011		6		43,182		29.9			1,367,935		32.9	%	$	31.68
2012		4		10,831		7.5			487,227		11.7	%	$	44.98
2013		5		33,078		22.9			1,220,705		29.4	%	$	36.90
2014		1		3,708		2.6			114,917		2.8	%	$	30.99
2015		3		10,792		7.5			356,109		8.6	%	$	33.00
2016		—		—		—			—		—		$	—
2017		1		8,373		5.8			485,634		11.7	%	$	58.00
2018		—		—		—			—		—		$	—
2019		—		—		—			—		—		$	—
Thereafter ⁽²⁾		1		940		0.7			—		—		$	—

Total/Weighted Average:		22		144,440		100.0	%	$	4,154,289		100.0	%	$	36.31

(1)	Annualized base rent is calculated by multiplying (i) base rental payments (defined as cash base rents (before abatements)) for the month ended September 30, 2010, by (ii) 12.

(2)	Includes 940 square feet of property management office space.

100

222 Kearny Street Percent Leased and Base Rent

The following table sets forth the percentage leased, annualized base rent per leased square foot and annualized net effective base rent per leased square foot for 222 Kearny Street as of the dates indicated below:


Date ⁽¹⁾	Percent Leased			Annualized Base Rent Per Leased Square Foot		Annualized Net Effective Base Rent Per Leased Square Foot ⁽² ⁾
September 30, 2010		79.2	%	$	36.31	$	38.28

(1)	Because we did not own this property prior to October 2010, we are unable to show data for years prior to 2010.

(2)

Other than recurring capital expenditures, we have no plans with respect to major renovation, improvement or redevelopment of 222 Kearny Street.

The current real estate tax rate for 222 Kearny Street is $11.64 per $1,000 of assessed value. The total annual tax for 222 Kearny Street at this rate for the tax year ending June 30, 2011 is $634,523 (at a taxable assessed value of $54.5 million). In addition, there was $714 in various direct assessments imposed on 222 Kearny Street by the City of San Francisco and County of San Francisco for the 2010/2011 tax year. We anticipate a downward assessment to occur as part of our acquisition.

10950 Washington, Culver City, California

On October 6, 2010, our operating partnership became obligated under a definitive asset purchase agreement with an unrelated third party to acquire an office building located at 10950 Washington Boulevard in Culver City, California, which we refer to as the 10950 Washington property. The purchase price, which was determined through negotiations between our operating partnership and the seller, will be approximately $46.0 million, subject to closing costs and prorations and subject to the assumption of a $30.0 million loan. We expect to fund the estimated $16.0 million balance of the purchase price with available cash or borrowings under our revolving credit facility. Our operating partnership has deposited $1.0 million into an escrow account. The purchase of the 10950 Washington property is subject to closing conditions, including the receipt of requisite estoppels and our assumption of the existing $30.0 million loan. The closing of the acquisition is expected to take place by December 30, 2010 once all necessary approvals for the loan assumption have been received. We cannot assure you that the acquisition will be consummated on the anticipated schedule or at all.

The 10950 Washington property consists of a three-story office building totaling 86,987 square feet and a 71,886 square foot building containing two sounds stages, creative office space and a café, for an aggregate of 158,873 square feet. The property sits on 5.5 acres, and contains structured and surface parking with a total of 441 parking spaces. As of September 30, 2010 the property was 99.5% leased to eight tenants. NFL Enterprises is the largest tenant occupying a total of 95,570 square feet, and they broadcast the company’s NFL Network from the two sound stages on site. Located in Culver City, California, the 10950 Washington property benefits from close proximity to the 405 Freeway and the amenities that downtown Culver City provides, making it an attractive location for many media and entertainment companies seeking “creative office” space on the westside of Los Angeles.

101

10950 Washington Primary Tenants

The following table summarizes information regarding the primary tenants of the 10950 Washington property as of September 30, 2010:


Tenant	Principal Nature of Business	Lease Expiration		Earliest Optional Termination Date by Tenant	Renewal Options	Total Leased Square Feet		Percentage of Property Square Feet			Annualized Base Rent ⁽¹ ⁾		Annualized Base Rent Per Leased Square Foot		Percentage of Property Annualized Base Rent
NFL Enterprises	Media & Entertainment		03/31/15	—	—		95,570		60.2	%	$	2,802,041	$	29.32		65.7	%
SDI Media	Media & Entertainment		04/30/16	—	1 x 5 years		30,300		19.1			754,899		24.91		17.7
All3Media/Studio Lambert	Media & Entertainment		06/30/13	—	—		20,047		12.6			396,000		19.75		9.3
David Larkins	Architecture		09/30/11	—	1 x 5 years		4,767		3.0			128,767		27.01		3.0
The Point Media Consultants	Media & Entertainment		10/31/11	—	—		3,447		2.2			116,322		33.75		2.7

Total / Weighted Average:							154,131		97.0	%	$	4,198,030	$	27.24		98.4	%

(1)	Annualized base rent is calculated by multiplying (i) base rental payments (defined as cash base rents (before abatements)) for the month ended September 30, 2010, by (ii) 12.

10950 Washington Lease Expirations

The following table sets forth the lease expirations for leases in place at the 10950 Washington property as of September 30, 2010, plus available space, for each of the ten full calendar years beginning January 1, 2010. Unless otherwise stated in the footnotes, the information set forth in the table assumes that tenants exercise no renewal options and all early termination rights. As of September 30, 2010, the weighted average remaining lease term for this property was 52 months without giving effect to uncommenced leases.


Year of Lease Expiration	Number of Leases Expiring		Square Footage of Expiring Leases		Percentage of Property Square Feet			Annualized Rent	Percentage of Property Annualized Rent			Annualized Rent Per Leased Square Foot
Vacant		—		805		0.5	%	—		—			—
2010		1		425		0.3		13,200		0.3	%	$	31.06
2011		2		8,214		5.2		245,089		5.7	%	$	29.84
2012		—		—		—		—		—			—
2013		2		22,221		14.0		452,089		10.6	%	$	20.35
2014		—		—		—		—		—			—
2015		1		95,570		60.2		2,802,041		65.7	%	$	29.32
2016		1		30,300		19.1		754,899		17.7	%	$	24.91
2017		—		—		—		—		—			—
2018		—		—		—		—		—			—
2019		—		—		—		—		—			—
Thereafter		1		1,338		0.8		—		—			—

Total/Weighted Average:		8		158,873		100.0	%	$4,267,318		100.0	%	$	27.00

(1)	Annualized base rent is calculated by multiplying (i) base rental payments (defined as cash base rents (before abatements)) for the month ended September 30, 2010, by (ii) 12.

102

10950 Washington Percent Leased and Base Rent

The following table sets forth the percentage leased, annualized base rent per leased square foot and annualized net effective base rent per leased square foot for the 10950 Washington property as of the dates indicated below:


Date ⁽¹⁾	Percent Leased			Annualized Base Rent Per Leased Square Foot		Annualized Net Effective Base Rent Per Leased Square Foot ⁽² ⁾
September 30, 2010		99.5	%	$	27.00	$	29.93

(1)	Because we did not own this property prior to October 2010, we are unable to show data for years prior to 2010.

(2)

Other than recurring capital expenditures, we have no plans with respect to major renovation, improvement or redevelopment of 10950 Washington.

The 10950 Washington property is subject to a $30.0 million mortgage loan, as described in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Consolidated Indebtedness—Description of Certain Debt—Mortgage Loan Secured by 10950 Washington.”

The current real estate tax rate for the 10950 Washington property is $10.82 per $1,000 of assessed value. The total annual tax for the 10950 Washington property at this rate for the tax year ending June 30, 2011 is $270,374 (at a taxable assessed value of $25.0 million). In addition, there was $22,397 in various direct assessments imposed on the 10950 Washington property by the City of Culver City and County of Los Angeles for the 2010/2011 tax year.

Media and Entertainment Portfolio

Our portfolio of operating properties includes two properties that we consider to be media and entertainment properties, encompassing an aggregate of 857,432 square feet. We define our media and entertainment properties as those properties in our portfolio that are primarily used for the physical production of media content, such as television, feature films, commercials, music videos and photographs. These properties generally also feature a traditional office component that is leased to production companies and content providers. For the 12 months ended September 30, 2010, our media and entertainment properties were approximately 69.0%. Our media and entertainment properties are located in prime Southern California submarkets.

Leasing Characteristics of Media and Entertainment Properties

The duration of typical lease terms for tenants of media and entertainment properties tends to be shorter as compared to those of traditional office properties. Generally, terms of the media and entertainment leases are one year or less, as tenants are never certain as to whether their productions will continue to be carried by networks or cable channels. However, historically, many entertainment tenants have exercised renewal options such that their actual tenancy is extended for multiple years. As an example, productions such as Judge Judy , Judge Joe Brown , Family Feud and Hannah Montana have been tenants at Sunset Bronson Studios for between three and 12 years. At Sunset Gower Studios, NBC’s Heroes was a tenant for four years prior to its cancellation and Showtime’s Dexter has been a tenant for three years. Additionally, occupancy levels for sound stage space and office and support space tend to run in parallel, as a majority of stage users also require office and support

103

space. In addition, we require tenants at our media and entertainment properties to use our facilities for items such as lighting, equipment rental, parking, power, HVAC and telecommunications (telephone and internet). As a result, our other property-related revenues tend to track overall occupancy of our media and entertainment properties. As a result of the short-term nature of the leases into which we enter at our media and entertainment properties, and because entertainment industry tenants generally do not shoot on weekends due to higher costs, we believe stabilized occupancy rates at our media and entertainment properties are lower than those rates achievable at our traditional office assets, where tenants enter into longer-term lease arrangements.

Entertainment Industry Overview

The entertainment industry is one of Los Angeles’s core economic strengths and one of the region’s most high-profile economic sectors. Although feature film and television production have historically dominated the entertainment industry in southern California, the industry has grown to also include the information services sector, largely driven by media-related industries such as publishing, broadcasting and telecommunications activities. According to RCG, the sector is 2.4 times more concentrated in Los Angeles than it is nationally, reflecting the large cluster of media and entertainment firms in the area. The media and entertainment industry employed roughly 228,500 people in California as of 2008 in motion pictures, sound and broadcasting, as well as independent artists, writers and performers. In addition, the actual number of employees in the industry may be much higher than reported, since many of them are independent contractors whose employment may not be reflected on regular payrolls. At least one out of 12 workers in Los Angeles County is employed in the entertainment industry.

We believe that the television broadcasting environment is expanding and will lead to continued demand for media and entertainment-related real estate in the Los Angeles area. According to the Los Angeles Times, it is estimated that television broadcast revenue will increase by 20% in 2010 over 2009 due to strong advertising revenue, which we believe will further support demand fundamentals for media and entertainment properties.

Additionally, the video game and digital media development industries are experiencing growing demand as film studios increasingly utilize digital effects and computer-generated graphics to complete their films as well as create video game content based on their films. Advances in technology and a growing supply of skilled labor in this field have also contributed to industry expansion. Video game development will likely be a source for growth in the local economy as consumer spending improves nationally. Likewise, digital media is forging a new path for the entertainment industry, generating growth in alternative types of production and fueling job gains in the region. Digital media is expected to be a key driver of economic recovery during the coming years as consumer demand for digital content increases in spite of the recent recession. Given the financial pressure created by the weak economy, many advertisers and producers are turning to digital content as a means to reduce costs while also appealing to increased consumer demand for media featuring more user control over content. RCG expects spending on digital entertainment in the United States to rise to 25% of entertainment expenditures by 2013, compared with 15% in 2008. Consequently, we believe the increasing demand for digital content will likely generate increased demand for media-related office space in Los Angeles during the years to come.

Even as alternative media grows in popularity, traditional production still dominates economic activity in Los Angeles. According to RCG, nearly 37,976 on-location production days, which include production of feature films, commercials and television programs, took place in Los Angeles County during 2009. This number does not include productions that took place at media and entertainment property locations, however, so the actual number of production days is likely to be much higher. In addition to feature films and television programs already in production, pilot production is also an important driver of the entertainment industry. During the 2009-2010 cycle, 76 pilots were produced in the Los Angeles area, which was a 28.8% increase from the previous year when 59 pilots were produced and spending on the productions exceeded $200 million. The rebounding economic conditions should support further increases in production activity, including commercials, which

104

already increased 61% during the first quarter of 2010 following three years of annual declines. We believe that Los Angeles will continue to be the premiere location for production activities, attracting and retaining some of the most creative talent in the world.

Although production on location occurs throughout Los Angeles County, film and television media and entertainment properties are primarily concentrated north and west of the downtown region within the Hollywood, San Fernando Valley/Tri-Cities and West Los Angeles submarkets. There is a total inventory of approximately 287 sound stages in the Los Angeles area, with roughly 55% or over 3,000,000 square feet located at the facilities of major media and entertainment companies such as Warner Brothers, Paramount, Universal, Sony, Fox and Disney. Of the approximately 130 sound stages located at independent media and entertainment properties in Los Angeles, roughly 53% are clustered in the Hollywood area where the Sunset Gower and Sunset Bronson media and entertainment properties are located. The 23 stages that are situated at Sunset Gower and Sunset Bronson represent approximately 33% of the total sound stage inventory at independent studios in the Hollywood area and roughly 23% of total stage inventory in the Hollywood area, at both major and independent media and entertainment properties. Other competing independent media and entertainment properties not in the Hollywood area are located in such submarkets as Downtown Los Angeles and Manhattan Beach.

Description of Our Media and Entertainment Properties

Sunset Gower, Hollywood, California

Sunset Gower is a 15.6 acre media and entertainment property located in the heart of Hollywood, four blocks west of the Hollywood (101) Freeway. The property encompasses almost an entire city block, bordered by Sunset Boulevard to the north, Gower Street to the west, Gordon Street to the east and Fountain Avenue to the south. The property, a fixture in the Los Angeles-based entertainment industry since it was built in the 1920s, served as Columbia Pictures’ headquarters through 1972 and is now one of the largest independent media and entertainment properties in the United States. Sunset Gower provides a fully-integrated environment for its media and entertainment-focused tenants within which they can access creative and technical talent for film and television production and post-production. Sunset Gower typically serves as home to single camera television and motion picture production tenants. The property is comprised of 368,149 square feet of office and support space, along with 12 sound stage facilities totaling 175,560 square feet. In addition, there are 1,450 parking spaces (situated in both surface and structured parking lots). Included in the total office square feet is a building, known as 6060 Sunset, which is comprised of approximately 17,000 square feet and was purchased separately from the Sunset Gower property and completely renovated, including core and shell upgrades. The renovation was completed in October 2009 and we believe that this space will be well suited for longer term media and entertainment tenants. For the 12 months ended September 30, 2010, Sunset Gower was approximately 67.9% leased as of September 30, 2010.

Approximately 0.59 acres of the site is subject to a ground lease held by SGS Holdings, LLC pursuant to a lease dated August 26, 1949 between Elizabeth K. Chadwick, as lessor, and SGS Holdings (as successor-in-interest to Columbia Pictures Corporation), as lessee (expiring March 31, 2060); the remaining portion of the Sunset Gower property is owned by SGS Holdings in fee, with the exception of 6060 Sunset, which is owned by SGS Realty II, LLC.

In addition to Sunset Gower’s existing facilities, the current zoning designation for Sunset Gower, M1-1—Limited Industrial, City of Los Angeles, permits a floor area ratio, or FAR, of 1.5x, which implies a maximum allowable density of 1,022,933 square feet, or an incremental 423,436 square feet above the existing 599,497 floor area ratio, including the Technicolor Building. However, as of September 30, 2010, we had no immediate plans to develop additional facilities on the property.

Leases at Sunset Gower are typically for one year or less. However, historically, many media and entertainment property tenants have exercised renewal options such that the actual tenancy of many of these

105

tenants may be for multiple years. As an example, at our Sunset Gower media and entertainment property, productions such as NBC’s Heroes was a tenant for four years prior to its cancellation and Showtime’s Dexter has been a tenant for three years. Additionally, occupancy for sound stage space and office and support space tend to parallel one another, as a majority of stage users also require office and support space.

Sunset Gower Primary Tenants

The following table summarizes information regarding the primary tenants of Sunset Gower for the 12 months ended September 30, 2010:

Tenant

Principal
Nature of
Business

Lease
Expiration

Renewal
Options

Total
Leased
Square
Feet ⁽¹⁾

Percentage
of
Property
Square
Feet

Annual
Base Rent ⁽²⁾

Annual Base
Rent Per
Leased
Square
Foot ⁽³⁾

Percentage
of
Property
Annual
Base Rent

Blind Decker Productions ( Dexter )

Television/
Entertainment

12/31/10

⁽⁴⁾

—

59,171

10.8

1,819,191

31.01

16.2

Total/Weighted Average:

59,171

10.8

1,819,191

31.01

16.2

(1)	Reflects average square feet under lease to such tenant during the period of its tenancy. Of the 59,171 square feet leased to Blind Decker Productions, approximately 20,932 square feet is office and support space and approximately 38,239 square feet is sound stage space.

(2)	Annual base rent reflects actual base rent for the 12 months ended September 30, 2010, excluding tenant reimbursements.

(3)	Annual base rent per leased square foot is calculated as actual rent for the year 12 months ended September 30, 2010, excluding tenant reimbursements, divided by average square feet under lease for the 12 months ended September 30, 2010.

(4)

Blind Decker Productions is obligated to maintain their lease if Dexter is renewed for another season. The Sixth Amendment to Lease, dated 12/28/09, extended the term through 12/31/13. The tenant has a termination option, which it may exercise by giving 90-day’s notice and by paying the equivalent of seven months of rent.

Sunset Gower Percent Leased and Base Rent

The following table sets forth the percentage leased, annual base rent per leased square foot and annual net effective base rent per leased square foot for Sunset Gower as of the dates indicated below:


Date ⁽¹⁾	Percent Leased ⁽²⁾			Annual Base Rent Per Leased Square Foot ⁽³⁾		Annual Net Effective Base Rent Per Leased Square Foot ⁽⁴⁾
September 30, 2010		67.9	%	$	30.45	$	30.45
December 31, 2009		68.2			29.83		29.83
December 31, 2008		74.2			27.94		27.94

(1)	Because we did not own this property prior to 2007, we are unable to show data for full years prior to 2008.

(2)

Percent leased is the average percent leased for the 12 month period ended as of each of the respective measurement dates indicated above. As a result of the short-term nature of the leases into which we enter at our media and entertainment properties, and because entertainment industry tenants generally do not shoot on weekends due to higher costs, we believe stabilized occupancy rates at our media and entertainment properties are lower than those rates achievable at our traditional office assets, where tenants enter into longer-term lease arrangements. We estimate that the full service gross equivalent annual base rent per leased square foot as of September 30, 2010 is $30.55.

(3)

Annual base rent per leased square foot is calculated as actual base rent, excluding tenant reimbursements, for the 12 month period ended as of each of the respective measurement dates indicated above divided by average square feet under lease for the 12 month period ended as of each of the respective measurement dates indicated above.

(4)

Annual net effective base rent per leased square foot represents (i) actual base rent, excluding tenant reimbursements, for the 12 month period ended as of each of the respective measurement dates indicated above, calculated on a straight-line basis to amortize free rent periods and abatements, but without regard to tenant improvement allowances and leasing commissions, divided by (ii) the average square feet under lease for the 12 month period ended as of each of the respective measurement dates indicated above.

106

Sunset Gower Lease Expirations

The following table sets forth the lease expirations for leases in place at Sunset Gower as of September 30, 2010, plus available space, for each of the ten full calendar years beginning January 1, 2010. Unless otherwise stated in the footnotes, the information set forth in the table assumes that tenants exercise no renewal options and all early termination rights. As of September 30, 2010, the weighted average remaining lease term for this property was less than one year.


Year of Lease Expiration	Number of Leases Expiring		Square Footage of Expiring Leases		Percentage of Property Square Feet			Annualized Base Rent ⁽¹⁾		Percentage of Property Annualized Base Rent			Annualized Base Rent Per Leased Square Foot
Vacant		—		133,456		24.5	%	$	—		—	%	$	—
2010		50		226,015		41.6			6,895,218		55.8			30.51
2011		15		117,587		32.7			5,253,910		42.5			29.58
2012		—		—		—			—		—			—
2013		—		—		—			—		—			—
2014		—		—		—			—		—			—
2015		—		—		—			—		—			—
2016		1		6,650		1.2			202,476		1.6			30.45
2017		—		—		—			—		—			—
2018		—		—		—			—		—			—
2019		—		—		—			—		—			—
Thereafter		—		—		—			—		—			—

Total/Weighted Average:		66		543,709		100.0	%	$	12,351,604		100.0	%	$	30.11

(1)	Annualized base rent is calculated by multiplying (i) base rental payments (defined as cash base rents (before abatements)) for the month ended September 30, 2010, by (ii) 12. Annualized base rent excludes tenant reimbursements.

Sunset Gower has an ongoing capital improvement program. Our capital expenditure budget at Sunset Gower for 2010 is $1.0 million. This amount reflects improvements largely consisting of deferred maintenance items.

Sunset Gower, together with the Technicolor Building, is included in the portfolio of properties that secure our secured revolving credit facility. For more information regarding our secured revolving credit facility, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Consolidated Indebtedness—Secured Revolving Credit Facility.”

The current real estate tax rate for the Sunset Gower property (including the Technicolor Building) is $12.6986 per $1,000 of assessed value. The total annual tax for Sunset Gower (including the Technicolor Building) at this rate for the tax year ending June 30, 2011 is $2,785,694 (at a taxable assessed value of $219,370,291). In addition, there was $144,098 in various direct assessments imposed on Sunset Gower (including the Technicolor Building) by the City of Los Angeles and County of Los Angeles for the 2010 tax year. We expect a downward reassessment of this property as a result of the formation transactions.

Sunset Bronson, Hollywood, California

Sunset Bronson is a 10.6 acre media and entertainment property located in the heart of Hollywood, one block west of the Hollywood (101) Freeway and in close proximity to the Sunset Gower property. The property encompasses a full city block, bordered by Sunset Boulevard to the north, Bronson Avenue to the west, Van Ness Avenue to the east and Fernwood Avenue to the south. The property, which was built in phases from 1924 through 1981, formerly served as Warner Brothers Studios’ headquarters and has been continuously operated as a media and entertainment property since the 1920s. The property includes a Historical-Cultural Monument

107

designation for the Site of the Filming of the First Talking Film ( The Jazz Singer ) that is specific to the building structure that fronts Sunset Boulevard. Similar to nearby Sunset Gower, Sunset Bronson is a multi-use property with a full complement of production, post-production and support facilities that enable its media and entertainment focused tenants to conduct their business in a collaborative and efficient setting. In contrast to Sunset Gower, which typically serves single camera television and motion picture productions, Sunset Bronson caters to multi-camera television productions, such as game shows, talk shows or courtroom shows that record in video and require a control room to manage and edit the productions’ multiple cameras. Excluding the KTLA portion of the property, which is described below, Sunset Bronson consists of approximately 86,108 square feet of office and support space and nine sound stage facilities with approximately 137,109 square feet, along with 455 parking spaces. The property has three digital control rooms, one of which has high-definition technology, which allow tenants to edit productions filmed with high-definition cameras. For the 12 months ended September 30, 2010, Sunset Bronson was approximately 71.0 % leased.

Sunset Bronson also includes the KTLA facility, which is a multi-use office, broadcasting and production facility located on the Sunset Bronson property described above. The KTLA facility is 100% leased by KTLA Channel 5, one of the largest independent television stations in Los Angeles and has served as KTLA’s only broadcast facility and its primary office and production location for over 50 years. In connection with the acquisition of the Sunset Bronson property, KTLA, Inc., a subsidiary of Tribune Company, entered into a five-year lease for approximately 90,506 square feet, which includes 83,531 square feet of office and support space and 6,975 square feet encompassing two sound stages. At closing, our predecessor received a prepayment of $16.3 million from KTLA in prepayment of its rents for the initial five-year term of its lease. On December 8, 2008, Tribune Company and several of its affiliates, including KTLA, Inc., filed voluntary petitions for relief under Chapter 11 of the United States Bankruptcy Code. On June 25, 2009, KTLA assumed its lease for the KTLA facility and cured all outstanding pre-petition amounts due us.

We have entered into an amendment to the KTLA lease that extends the lease term through January 31, 2016. Net rents will be approximately $2,707,940 from February 1, 2013 through January 31, 2014, $2,789,178 from February 1, 2014 through January 31, 2015 and $2,872,853 from February 1, 2015 through January 31, 2016.

Leases at Sunset Bronson (other than the KTLA lease) are typically for one year or less. However, historically, many media and entertainment property tenants have exercised renewal options such that the actual tenancy of many of these tenants may be for multiple years. For example, productions such as Judge Judy , Judge Joe Brown , Family Feud and Hannah Montana have been tenants at our Sunset Bronson media and entertainment property for between three and 12 years. Additionally, occupancy for sound stage space and office and support space tend to parallel one another, as a majority of stage users also require office and support space.

In addition to Sunset Bronson’s existing facilities, the current zoning designation for Sunset Bronson, M1-1—Limited Industrial, City of Los Angeles, permits a FAR of 1.5x, which implies a maximum allowable density of 689,565 square feet or an incremental 391,836 square feet above the existing 297,729 total FAR, including the KTLA portion of the property.

108

Sunset Bronson Primary Tenants

The following table summarizes information regarding the primary tenants of Sunset Bronson as of September 30, 2010:


Tenant	Principal Nature of Business		Lease Expiration		Renewal Options		Total Leased Square Feet ⁽¹⁾		Percentage of Property Square Feet	Annual Base Rent ⁽²⁾		Annual Base Rent Per Leased Square Foot ⁽³⁾		Percentage of Property Annual Base Rent
KTLA		Television/ Entertainment		12/31/16		—		90,506	28.8%	$	3,256,382	$	35.98		36.1	%

Total/Weighted Average:								90,506	28.8%	$	3,256,382	$	35.98		36.1	%

(1)	Reflects average square feet under lease to such tenant during the period of its tenancy.

(2)

Annual base rent reflects actual base rent for the 12 months ended September 30, 2010, excluding tenant reimbursements. As of February 1, 2013, annualized base rent will be $2,707,940 through lease expiration, and will be subject to abatements of $676,985, $697,294, and $718,213 for 2013, 2014 and 2015, respectively.

(3)	Annual base rent per leased square foot is calculated as actual base rent for the 12 months ended September 30, 2010, excluding tenant reimbursements, divided by average square feet under lease for the 12 months ended September 30, 2010.

Sunset Bronson Percent Leased and Base Rent

The following table sets forth the percentage leased, annual base rent per leased square foot and annual net effective base rent per leased square foot for the Sunset Bronson property as of the dates indicated below:


Date ⁽¹⁾	Percent Leased ^(2 )			Annual Base Rent Per Leased Square Foot ⁽³⁾		Annual Net Effective Base Rent Per Leased Square Foot ⁽⁴⁾
September 30, 2010		71.0	%	$	40.48	$	38.12
December 31, 2009		68.5			40.12		38.70

(1)	Because we did not own this property prior to 2008, we are unable to show data for full years prior to 2009.

(2)

Percent leased is the average percent leased for the three or 12-month period ended as of each of the respective measurement dates indicated above. As a result of the short-term nature of the leases into which we enter at our media and entertainment properties, and because entertainment industry tenants generally do not shoot on weekends due to higher costs, we believe stabilized occupancy rates at our media and entertainment properties are lower than those rates achievable at our traditional office assets, where tenants enter into longer-term lease arrangements.

(3)

Annual base rent per leased square foot is calculated as actual base rent, excluding tenant reimbursements, for the 12-month period ended as of each of the respective measurement dates indicated above divided by average square feet under lease for the 12-month period ended as of each of the respective measurement dates indicated above. We estimate that the full service gross equivalent annual base rent per leased square foot as of September 30, 2010 is $46.66.

(4)

Annual net effective base rent per leased square foot represents (i) actual base rent, excluding tenant reimbursements, for the 12-month period ended as of each of the respective measurement dates indicated above, calculated on a straight-line basis to amortize free rent periods and abatements, but without regard to tenant improvement allowances and leasing commissions, divided by (ii) the average square feet under lease for the 12-month period ended as of each of the respective measurement dates indicated above.

109

Sunset Bronson Lease Expirations

The following table sets forth the lease expirations for leases in place at Sunset Bronson as of September 30, 2010, plus available space, for each of the ten full calendar years beginning January 1, 2010. Unless otherwise stated in the footnotes, the information set forth in the table assumes that tenants exercise no renewal options and all early termination rights. As of September 30, 2010, the weighted average remaining lease term for this property was 27.3 months without giving effect to uncommenced leases.


Year of Lease Expiration	Number of Leases Expiring		Square Footage of Expiring Leases		Percentage of Property Square Feet			Annualized Base Rent ⁽¹⁾		Percentage of Property Annualized Base Rent			Annualized Base Rent Per Leased Square Foot
Vacant		—		78,758		25.1	%	$	—		—	%	$	—
2010		5		38,262		12.2			871,143		9.6			22.77
2011		5		106,197		33.9			4,903,833		54.3			46.18
2012		—		—		—			—		—			—
2013		—		—		—			—		—			—
2014		—		—		—			—		—			—
2015		—		—		—			—		—			—
2016		1		90,506		28.8			3,256,498		36.1			35.98
2017		—		—		—			—		—			—
2018		—		—		—			—		—			—
2019		—		—		—			—		—			—
Thereafter		—		—		—			—		—			—

Total/Weighted Average:		11		313,723		100.0	%	$	9,031,474		100.0	%	$	38.44

(1)	Annualized base rent is calculated by multiplying (i) base rental payments (defined as cash base rents (before abatements)) for the month ended September 30, 2010, by (ii) 12. Annualized base rent excludes tenant reimbursements.

Sunset Bronson has an ongoing capital improvement program. Our capital expenditure budget at Sunset Bronson for 2010 is $450,000. This amount reflects improvements largely consisting of deferred maintenance items.

Sunset Bronson is subject to a $37.0 million mortgage loan, as described in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Consolidated Indebtedness—Description of Certain Debt—Mortgage Loan Secured by Sunset Bronson.”

The current real estate tax rate for Sunset Bronson is $12.6986 per $1,000 of assessed value. The total annual tax for Sunset Bronson at this rate for the tax year ending June 30, 2010 is $1,390,367 (at a taxable assessed value of $109,910,126). In addition, various direct assessments in the amount of $133,444 were imposed on Sunset Bronson by the City of Los Angeles and County of Los Angeles for the 2009 tax year. We expect a downward reassessment of this property as a result of the formation transactions.

Sunset Bronson Lot A

In connection with our acquisition of Sunset Bronson in 2008, we acquired a 67,381 square foot undeveloped lot located on the northwest corner of Sunset Boulevard and Bronson Avenue. The lot is located two blocks west of the I-101 Freeway, in between the Sunset Gower and Sunset Bronson properties. The site is currently used as a surface parking lot and can be developed to include up to 60,855 square feet of retail and office space based on current zoning, with the opportunity to add additional developable square footage through certain municipal land entitlement approvals. We estimate that with further entitlements, we could increase the developable square footage to approximately 273,913 square feet. The lot also includes a signage take down

110

credit that allows for a 2,496 square foot supergraphic sign to be placed on the property, conditioned upon approval by the Los Angeles Department of Building and Safety. While we are holding this property for its development potential, we do not currently have any plans for its development.

Depreciation

The following table sets forth for each property in our portfolio and component thereof upon which depreciation is taken, the (i) federal tax basis as of September 30, 2010, (ii) rate, (iii) method, and (iv) life claimed with respect to such property or component thereof for purposes of depreciation.

Property

Federal
Tax Basis

Rate

Method ⁽¹⁾

Life
Claimed

City Plaza

49,789,873

Various

Straight-line

39/15 years

First Financial

66,073,718

Various

Straight-line

39/15 years

KTLA

31,869,869

Various

Straight-line

39/15 years

Del Amo Office

26,777,244

Various

Straight-line

39/15 years

875 Howard Street

43,717,949

Various

Straight-line

39/15 years

Sunset Bronson

34,167,843

Various

Straight-line

39/15 years

Sunset Gower

117,382,035

Various

Straight-line

39/15 years

Sunset Bronson – Lot A

53,061,102

Various

Straight-line

—

Technicolor Building

53,061,102

Various

Straight-line

39/15 years

Tierrasanta

15,599,359

Various

Straight-line

39/15 years

9300 Wilshire Boulevard

15,057,743

Various

Straight-line

39/15 years

10950 Washington

46,000,000

Various

Straight-line

39/15 years

222 Kearny Street

35,154,108

Various

Straight-line

39/15 years

(1)	Unless otherwise noted, depreciation method and life claimed for each property and component thereof is determined by reference to the IRS-mandated method for depreciating assets placed into service after 1986, known as the Modified Accelerated Cost Recovery System.

In addition, we have an aggregate of approximately $7,838,430 in additional tax basis of depreciable furniture, fixtures and equipment associated with the properties in our portfolio as of December 31, 2009. Depreciation on this furniture, fixtures and equipment is computed on the straight-line and double declining balance methods over the claimed life of such property, which is either five or seven years.

Regulation

General

Our properties are subject to various covenants, laws, ordinances and regulations, including regulations relating to common areas and fire and safety requirements. We believe that each of the properties in our portfolio has the necessary permits and approvals to operate its business.

Americans With Disabilities Act

Our properties must comply with Title III of the ADA to the extent that such properties are “public accommodations” as defined by the ADA. The ADA may require removal of structural barriers to access by persons with disabilities in certain public areas of our properties where such removal is readily achievable. The company has developed and undertaken a continuous capital improvement program at certain properties in the past. These capital improvement programs will continue to progress after the offering and certain ADA upgrades will continue to be integrated into the planned improvements, specifically at the media and entertainment properties where the company is able to utilize in-house construction crews to minimize costs for required ADA related improvements. However, some of our properties may currently be in noncompliance with the ADA. Such

111

noncompliance could result in the incurrence of additional costs to attain compliance, the imposition of fines or an award of damages to private litigants. The obligation to make readily achievable accommodations is an ongoing one, and we will continue to assess our properties and to make alterations as appropriate in this respect.

Environmental Matters

Some of our properties contain, have contained, or are adjacent to or near other properties that have contained or currently contain storage tanks for the storage of petroleum products or other hazardous or toxic substances. Similarly, some of our properties were used in the past for commercial or industrial purposes, or are currently used for commercial purposes, that involve or involved the use of petroleum products or other hazardous or toxic substances, or are adjacent to or near properties that have been or are used for similar commercial or industrial purposes. As a result, some of our properties have been or may be impacted by contamination arising from the releases of such hazardous substances or petroleum products. Where we have deemed appropriate, we have taken steps to address identified contamination or mitigate risks associated with such contamination; however, we are unable to ensure that further actions will not be necessary. As a result of the foregoing, we could potentially incur material liabilities.

Independent environmental consultants have conducted Phase I Environmental Site Assessments at all of the properties in our portfolio using the American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) Practice E 1527-05. A Phase I Environmental Site Assessment is a report prepared for real estate holdings that identifies potential or existing environmental contamination liabilities. Site assessments are intended to discover and evaluate information regarding the environmental condition of the surveyed property and surrounding properties. These assessments do not generally include soil samplings, subsurface investigations or an asbestos survey. None of the recent site assessments identified any known past or present contamination that we believe would have a material adverse effect on our business, assets or operations. However, the assessments are limited in scope and may have failed to identify all environmental conditions or concern. A prior owner or operator of a property or historic operations at our properties may have created a material environmental condition that is not known to us or the independent consultants preparing the site assessments. Material environmental conditions may have arisen after the review was completed or may arise in the future, and future laws, ordinances or regulations may impose material additional environmental liability.

Environmental laws also govern the presence, maintenance and removal of asbestos- and lead-containing building materials, or ACBM, and may impose fines and penalties for failure to comply with these requirements or expose us to third party liability (e.g., liability for personal injury associated with exposure to asbestos). Such laws require that owners or operators of buildings containing ACBM (and employers in such buildings) properly manage and maintain the asbestos and lead, adequately notify or train those who may come into contact with asbestos or lead, and undertake special precautions, including removal or other abatement, if

112

asbestos or lead would be disturbed during renovation or demolition of a building. Some of our properties contain ACBM and we could be liable for such damages, fines or penalties.

In addition, the properties in our portfolio also are subject to various federal, state, and local environmental and health and safety requirements, such as state and local fire requirements. Moreover, some of our tenants routinely handle and use hazardous or regulated substances and wastes as part of their operations at our properties, which are subject to regulation. Such environmental and health and safety laws and regulations could subject us or our tenants to liability resulting from these activities. Environmental liabilities could affect a tenant’s ability to make rental payments to us. In addition, changes in laws could increase the potential liability for noncompliance. We sometimes require our tenants to comply with environmental and health and safety laws and regulations and to indemnify us for any related liabilities. But in the event of the bankruptcy or inability of any of our tenants to satisfy such obligations, we may be required to satisfy such obligations. In addition, we may be held directly liable for any such damages or claims regardless of whether we knew of, or were responsible for, the presence or disposal of hazardous or toxic substances or waste and irrespective of tenant lease provisions. The costs associated with such liability could be substantial and could have a material adverse effect on us.

Insurance

We carry commercial property (including earthquake), liability and terrorism coverage on all the properties in our portfolio under a blanket insurance policy, in addition to other coverages, such as trademark, pollution and other environmental coverage, that may be appropriate for specific properties. We believe the policy specifications and insured limits are appropriate and adequate given the relative risk of loss, the cost of the coverage and industry practice; however, our insurance coverage may not be sufficient to fully cover our losses. We do not carry insurance for certain losses, including, but not limited to, losses caused by riots or war. Some of our policies, like those covering losses due to terrorism, earthquakes and floods, are insured subject to limitations involving substantial self insurance portions and significant deductibles and co-payments for such events. In addition, the properties in our portfolio are located in California, an area subject to an increased risk of earthquakes. While we carry earthquake insurance on our properties, the amount of our earthquake insurance coverage may not be sufficient to fully cover losses from earthquakes. In addition, we may reduce or discontinue earthquake, terrorism or other insurance on some or all of our properties in the future if the cost of premiums for any of these policies exceeds, in our judgment, the value of the coverage discounted for the risk of loss. In the event that we experience a substantial or comprehensive loss of one of our properties, we may not be able to rebuild certain of our properties due to current zoning and land use regulations. In addition, our title insurance policies may not insure for the current aggregate market value of our portfolio, and we do not intend to increase our title insurance coverage as the market value of our portfolio increases. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Properties and Our Business—Potential losses, including from adverse weather conditions, natural disaster and title claims, may not be covered by insurance.”

113

Competition

We compete with a number of developers, owners and operators of office and commercial real estate, many of which own properties similar to ours in the same markets in which our properties are located and some of which have greater financial resources than we do. In operating and managing our portfolio, we compete for tenants based on a number of factors, including location, rental rates, security, flexibility and expertise to design space to meet prospective tenants’ needs and the manner in which the property is operated, maintained and marketed. As leases at our properties expire, we may encounter significant competition to renew or re-let space in light of the large number of competing properties within the markets in which we operate. As a result, we may be required to provide rent concessions or abatements, incur charges for tenant improvements and other inducements, including early termination rights or below-market renewal options, or we may not be able to timely lease vacant space. In that case, our financial condition, results of operations, cash flow, per share trading price of our series B preferred stock and ability to satisfy our debt service obligations and to pay dividends to you may be adversely affected.

We also face competition when pursuing acquisition and disposition opportunities. Our competitors may be able to pay higher property acquisition prices, may have private access to opportunities not available to us and otherwise be in a better position to acquire a property. Competition may also have the effect of reducing the number of suitable acquisition opportunities available to us, increase the price required to consummate an acquisition opportunity and generally reduce the demand for commercial office space in our markets. Likewise, competition with sellers of similar properties to locate suitable purchasers may result in us receiving lower proceeds from a sale or in us not being able to dispose of a property at a time of our choosing due to the lack of an acceptable return.

Employees

We currently employ 65 people. None of our employees are represented by a labor union.

Principal Executive Offices

Our headquarters is located at 11601 Wilshire Blvd., Suite 1600, Los Angeles, California. We believe that our current facilities are adequate for our present and future operations; however, based on the anticipated growth of our company, we may add regional offices or relocate our headquarters, depending upon our future operational needs.

Legal Proceedings

From time to time, we are party to various lawsuits, claims and other legal proceedings that arise in the ordinary course of our business. We are not currently a party, as plaintiff or defendant, to any legal proceedings that we believe to be material or which, individually or in the aggregate, would be expected to have a material effect on our business, financial condition or results of operation if determined adversely to us.

114

MANAGEMENT

Our Directors and Executive Officers

Our board of directors consists of nine directors, a majority of whom are independent within the meaning of the listing standards of the NYSE. Each of our directors will serve until the next annual meeting of our stockholders and until his or her successor is duly elected and qualifies. See “Material Provisions of Maryland Law and of Our Charter and Bylaws—Our Board of Directors.” We expect the first annual meeting of our stockholders after this offering will be held in 2011. Subject to rights pursuant to any employment agreements, officers serve at the pleasure of our board of directors.

The following table sets forth certain information concerning our directors and executive officers:


Name	Age	Position
Victor J. Coleman*	49	Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board of Directors
Howard S. Stern*	48	President, Secretary and Director
Christopher Barton*	46	Executive Vice President, Operations and Development
Mark T. Lammas*	44	Chief Financial Officer
Dale Shimoda*	43	Executive Vice President, Finance
Harout Diramerian	35	Chief Accounting Officer
Kay L. Tidwell	33	Executive Vice President, Legal Affairs
Alexander Vouvalides	32	Vice President, Asset Management
Richard B. Fried	42	Director
Theodore R. Antenucci†	46	Director
Mark Burnett†	50	Director
Jonathan M. Glaser†	48	Director
Mark D. Linehan†	48	Director
Robert M. Moran, Jr.†	48	Director
Barry A. Porter†	53	Director

*	Denotes our named executive officers.

†	Independent within the meaning of the NYSE listing standards.

Biographical Summaries of Directors, Executive Officers and Certain Other Officers

The following are biographical summaries of the experience of our directors, executive officers and certain other officers.

Victor J. Coleman serves as Chief Executive Officer and as Chairman of our board of directors. Prior to the formation of our company, Mr. Coleman founded and served as a managing partner of our predecessor, Hudson Capital, LLC, a private real estate investment company based in Los Angeles, California. In 1990, Mr. Coleman co-founded and led Arden Realty, Inc. as its President and Chief Operating Officer and as a director, taking that company public on the NYSE in 1996 and selling it to GE Real Estate, a division of General Electric Capital Corporation, in 2006. Prior to that sale, Mr. Coleman was primarily responsible for all facets of Arden Realty, Inc.’s strategic planning and growth, as well as management of that company’s team of top real estate professionals. Mr. Coleman is an active community leader, has been the recipient of the Humanitarian Award for the National Conference of Christians and Jews, and is on the Founding Board of Directors for the Ziman Center for Real Estate (from 2004 to the present) at the Anderson School, UCLA, and the Boards of Fisher Center for Real Estate and Urban Economics, Los Angeles Sports & Entertainment Commission, the Archer School (from 2007 to the present) and the Bel Air Chapter of YPO. Mr. Coleman’s previous experience as a director also includes service on the board of other public companies such as Douglas Emmett, Inc. (from 2006 to 2009) and People’s Choice (2003 to 2006). He holds a Master of Business Administration degree from

115

Golden Gate University and a Bachelor of Arts in History from the University of California, Berkeley. Mr. Coleman was selected by our board of directors to serve as a director based on his deep knowledge of our company and his experience in the real estate investment industry.

Howard S. Stern serves as President, Secretary and as a director on our board of directors. Prior to the formation of our company, Mr. Stern served as a managing partner of our predecessor, Hudson Capital, LLC, where he acted as President of the Sunset Gower and Sunset Bronson media and entertainment properties in Hollywood, and oversaw the daily operations of 23 production sound stages and over approximately 550,000 square feet of office. Before joining Hudson Capital, LLC, Mr. Stern served as Senior Vice President and Chief Investment Officer for Arden Realty, Inc. from 2003 until its sale in 2006, where he was responsible for acquisition, disposition, development, structured finance and new investment activities. In his early tenure with Arden Realty, Inc., which began in 2001, he first served as Vice President of Strategic Planning, then as First Vice President of Operations and Leasing. Before his tenure at Arden Realty, Inc., Mr. Stern spent five years as Vice President of the Archon Group, a subsidiary of Goldman, Sachs & Co., where he oversaw all Western Region mezzanine financing and real estate management activities. Mr. Stern is a graduate of the University of California, Berkeley with a Bachelor of Arts degree in Political Science and Economics, and has a Master of Business Administration degree from the University of Southern California. Mr. Stern was selected by our board of directors to serve as a director based on his deep knowledge of our company and his experience in the real estate investment industry.

Christopher Barton serves as Executive Vice President, Operations and Development. Prior to the formation of our company, Mr. Barton served as Vice President of Construction & Development of our predecessor, Hudson Capital, LLC, where he was responsible for operations and development, including establishing and monitoring property budgets, managing property staff and administering vendor contracts. He also managed the development and construction of the Technicolor Building and renovation activity at the Sunset Gower and Sunset Bronson properties. With 20 years of experience in development and construction, encompassing mixed use, office, industrial, and residential projects, Mr. Barton has developed over 2.5 million square feet of commercial property, from conceptual site plan analysis and entitlements through completion. Prior to joining Hudson Capital, LLC in November 2006, Mr. Barton served as First Vice President for Arden Realty, Inc., from January 1997, where he was responsible for conceptual development, land entitlements, financial analysis and construction management for all real estate developments, including the Howard Hughes Center project, a planned 2.7 million square foot mixed-use development in Los Angeles, California. Before his tenure at Arden Realty, Inc., Mr. Barton was Project Manager at Beers-Skanska Construction Company where he managed large scale construction projects in the southeast United States, including the Celebration Place office building complex for Walt Disney Company in Orlando, Florida. He currently serves on the Board of Directors of Hollywood Freeway Central Park. Mr. Barton holds a Bachelor of Science degree from Purdue University and Master of Business Administration degree in both Real Estate and Finance from the University of Georgia.

Mark T. Lammas serves as Chief Financial Officer. Prior to the formation of our company, Mr. Lammas was a consultant to our predecessor, Hudson Capital, LLC, from September 2009. Before that time, Mr. Lammas was a Senior Vice President (from 1998 to 2005), then Executive Vice President (from 2006 to 2009) of Maguire Properties, Inc. where he principally oversaw finance and other transactional matters, since first joining that company as its General Counsel in 1998, then assuming other senior executive responsibilities after Maguire Properties went public on the NYSE in 2003. During his tenure, Mr. Lammas directed that company’s major capital market transactions, including corporate and asset financings and common and preferred equity offerings, acted as its principal liaison with institutional partners, and was responsible for compliance with corporate financial covenants and the accuracy of all financial reports and public disclosures. Prior to joining Maguire Properties in 1998, Mr. Lammas was an attorney with Cox, Castle & Nicholson LLP, where he specialized in representing developers, institutional investors and pension funds in their acquisition, development, financing, investing, and entity structuring and restructuring activities. Mr. Lammas is a graduate of the Boalt Hall School of Law (University of California, Berkeley). He obtained his Bachelor of Arts degree from the University of California, Berkeley in Political Economies of Industrial Societies, graduating magna cum laude and Phi Beta Kappa.

116

Dale Shimoda serves as Executive Vice President, Finance. Prior to the formation of our company, Mr. Shimoda was a consultant to our predecessor, Hudson Capital, LLC, on various financial and operational matters, primarily related to its media and entertainment properties at Sunset Gower and Sunset Bronson. Prior to his engagement with Hudson Capital, LLC, Mr. Shimoda was Vice President of Acquisitions at Arden Realty, Inc., where he underwrote and performed due diligence on most of that company’s acquisitions. Mr. Shimoda has also worked in capital transactions at the Yarmouth Group, a New York-based pension fund advisor owned by Lend Lease, and as a management consultant at Ernst & Young and Robert Charles Lesser & Co. Mr. Shimoda is a graduate of the University of California, Berkeley, Haas School of Business.

Harout Diramerian joined our company in July of 2010 and serves as Chief Accounting Officer. Prior joining us, Mr. Diramerian was Vice President of Finance and Analysis at Thomas Properties Group, Inc., or TPG, where he was responsible for corporate level earnings and cash flow projections, net asset valuations, and corporate finance forecasting and analysis. Mr. Diramerian was instrumentally involved in all equity offerings at TPG, including the initial public offering, secondary offering, private placements and an at-the-market equity offering. When he started at TPG in 2003, his primary focus was managing the joint venture relationships and leading the related financial reporting efforts. In addition, Mr. Diramerian was also involved with leading the budgeting and forecasting processes as well as tracking and analyzing property performance. Prior to joining TPG, Mr. Diramerian spent a total of eight years in real estate practice groups, first at Nanas, Stern, Biers, Neinstein and Co. LLP, then at Arthur Andersen LLP, and lastly at KPMG LLP, where he was a manager. Mr. Diramerian is a graduate of the University of California, Santa Barbara, and holds a Bachelor of Arts degree in business economics with an emphasis in accounting.

Kay L. Tidwell joined our company in November of 2010 and serves as Executive Vice President, Legal Affairs. Prior to joining us, Ms. Tidwell was an attorney with the global law firm of Latham & Watkins LLP, where she began her legal career in 2002, and where she advised on a wide variety of corporate and securities matters, including our initial public offering. From 2006 to 2008, Ms. Tidwell served as the U.S. associate in the German offices of Latham & Watkins. In 2004, Ms. Tidwell was awarded the Robert Bosch Foundation Fellowship, through which she worked in Germany in the legal department of Deutsche Bank and served as a US legal advisor to the German Federal Ministry of Justice. Ms. Tidwell holds a Bachelor of Arts degree in English, magna cum laude , from Yale College and a Juris Doctor degree from Yale Law School.

Alexander Vouvalides serves as Vice President, Asset Management. Prior to the formation of our company, Alexander Vouvalides joined our predecessor, Hudson Capital, LLC, in 2009 as an Associate focused on acquisitions and investments, primarily responsible for acquisition analyses, financial due diligence and asset management assignments. Before joining Hudson Capital, LLC, he was an Associate in the Real Estate Finance & Securitization Group at Credit Suisse working in both the firm’s New York and Los Angeles offices, where he underwrote and closed major acquisition and recapitalization loans across various asset types including office, hotel, retail, land and construction. Prior to that, Mr. Vouvalides worked as a Corporate Finance Analyst in the Technology, Media & Telecommunications group at JPMorgan Chase & Co. in New York. Mr. Vouvalides graduated from Emory University with a Bachelor of Arts degree in Political Science.

Richard B. Fried serves as a member of our board of directors. His selection as a member of our board was made in connection with the negotiation of our formation transactions. Mr. Fried is currently a Managing Member and co-head of the real estate group at Farallon Capital Management, L.L.C., an investment management company that he has been with since 1995. Mr. Fried also currently serves as a Board Member of One California Bank, a position he has held since the bank’s inception in 2007. Previously, Mr. Fried was a Vice President in acquisitions for Security Capital Industrial Trust (now called ProLogis), a real estate investment trust specializing in industrial properties. Mr. Fried has also worked as an associate in capital markets at JMB Institutional Realty Corporation. Mr. Fried graduated cum laude from the University of Pennsylvania with a Bachelor of Science degree in Economics and a Bachelor of Arts degree in History. Our board of directors determined that Mr. Fried should serve as a director based on an agreement made with Farallon in connection with the negotiation of the formation transactions.

117

Theodore R. Antenucci serves as a member of our board of directors. Mr. Antenucci is the President and Chief Investment Officer of ProLogis and is also a member of the company’s Executive Committee. ProLogis is a leading global provider of distribution facilities with over $32 billion in real estate assets under management. Mr. Antenucci oversees all major transactions and provides oversight and direction to the senior management teams. Mr. Antenucci also serves on the Board of Directors for ProLogis European Properties, a public fund trading on the Euronext stock exchange in Amsterdam. Before joining ProLogis in September 2005, Mr. Antenucci served as President of Catellus Commercial Development Commercial, and was responsible for all development, construction and acquisition activities. Prior to that, he served as Executive Vice President of Catellus Commercial Group, where he managed the company’s industrial development activities throughout the western United States. Prior to joining Catellus in 1995, Mr. Antenucci was Vice President of real estate for Omnitrax, one of the largest short line operators in the United States. Additionally, Mr. Antenucci has served on the Board of Directors of Pittman Development Group since April 4, 2004. Mr. Antenucci earned a Bachelor of Arts degree in Business Economics from the University of California, Santa Barbara. Mr. Antenucci was selected by our board based on his experience as an executive and board member of a REIT and his extensive real estate and development expertise in the Southern California market. Mr. Antenucci is a member of our board’s audit committee.

Mark Burnett serves as a member of our board of directors. Since the 1990s, Mr. Burnett has created and led several successful production companies and has produced numerous hit television series including Survivor , Apprentice , Are You Smarter than a 5th Grader? and Shark Tank . He has extensive experience in the creation and development of unscripted series in the U.S. and internationally. Mr. Burnett’s series reach a wide international audience, and he is a leader in the business of integrating brands and products into series content. In addition, Mr. Burnett has served two elected terms on the Board of the British Academy of Film and Television. Our board of directors determined that Mr. Burnett should serve on the board based on his familiarity with the entertainment and production business. Mr. Burnett is a member of our board’s nominating and corporate governance committee.

Jonathan M. Glaser serves as a member of our board of directors. Mr. Glaser has been Managing Member of JMG Capital Management LLC since he founded the company in 1992. JMG Capital Management LLC is the General Partner of JMG Capital Partners, L.P., an investment limited partnership that has been a leader in various capital market strategies, private placements and additional financing strategies. Prior to founding JMG, Mr. Glaser was a member floor trader on both the American Stock Exchange and Pacific Stock Exchange. Mr. Glaser received a Juris Doctor degree from the Boalt Hall School of Law at the University of California, Berkeley, as well as a Bachelor of Arts degree from the University of California, Berkeley. Our board of directors has determined that Mr. Glaser should serve on our board based on his capital markets expertise, as well as his extensive experience in portfolio management, financial oversight and directorship service. Mr. Glaser is the chair of our board’s compensation committee and is a member of our board’s audit committee.

Mark D. Linehan serves as a member of our board of directors. Mr. Linehan has served as President and Chief Executive Officer of Wynmark Company since he founded the company in 1993. Wynmark Company is a private real estate investment and development company with interests in properties in California, Nevada, Oregon and Montana. Prior to founding Wynmark Company, Mr. Linehan was a Senior Vice President with the Trammell Crow Company in Los Angeles, California. Before that, Mr. Linehan was with Kenneth Leventhal & Co. (now Ernst & Young LLP), a Los Angeles-based public accounting firm. In addition, Mr. Linehan is actively involved with the community through his service on the board of the UC Santa Barbara Foundation, the National Cowboy and Western Heritage Museum, and the Goleta Valley Hospital, as well as his previous board memberships with the Signet Corporation and the Camino Real Park Foundation. Mr. Linehan received a Bachelor of Arts degree in Business Economics from the University of California, Santa Barbara and is a Certified Public Accountant. Mr. Linehan was selected by our board based on his extensive experience in real estate investment and development as well as his expertise in accounting matters. Mr. Linehan is the chair of our board’s audit committee and is a member of our board’s compensation committee.

118

Robert M. Moran, Jr. serves as a member of our board of directors. Mr. Moran co-founded and co-owns FJM Investments LLC, a private real estate investment company that owns interest in properties in the western United States and British Columbia, Canada. Previously, Mr. Moran developed his extensive experience in real estate investment activities at Westridge Investments, LLC and as Chief Investment Officer of Cornerstone Properties, Inc. He also served as a founding partner at William Wilson & Associates, as well as the Director of Acquisitions in four real estate opportunity funds resulting in the $1.2 billion sale to Cornerstone Properties, Inc. In addition, Mr. Moran has significant experience in real estate lending, having worked at Travelers Insurance, Wells Fargo Bank, Manufacturers Hanover and Chemical Bank. Mr. Moran received his Bachelor of Arts in Economics from Stanford University. Our board of directors has determined that Mr. Moran should serve as a director on our board based on his familiarity with the Northern California real estate market and his experience with REITs and public companies. Mr. Moran is the chair of our board’s nominating and corporate governance committee.

Barry A. Porter serves as a member of our board of directors. Mr. Porter co-founded Clarity Partners L.P. in 2000 and has served as a Managing General Partner of the partnership since then. Clarity Partners L.P. is a private equity firm focused exclusively on investments in media, communications and business services. In 2007 Mr. Porter co-founded Clarity China L.P., a private equity firm specializing in investments in growth companies in the Greater China region. He serves on the Investment Committee of that partnership, which has also invested in real estate in China. Mr. Porter serves on the board of BASE Entertainment, one of the top live entertainment businesses in Las Vegas, and will also serve on the Board of Impredia, the leading Hispanic news and information company in the United States and on the Board of Naylor Publishing, a publishing company focused on the North American trade association market. Prior to co-founding Clarity Partners, Mr. Porter held senior executive positions at Global Crossing, a company he co-founded in 1997 that was involved in the international fiber optic telecommunications business. Before that, Mr. Porter was a Managing Director at Pacific Capital Group, a firm he joined after serving as a Senior Managing Director in the investment banking group of Bear Stearns. In addition, Mr. Porter has worked as an attorney at the Los Angeles firm of Wyman, Bautzer, Rothman, Kuchel and Silbert. He received his Juris Doctor and Master of Business Administration degrees from the University of California, Berkeley, and graduated from the Wharton School of Business, where he earned a Bachelor of Science degree with dual majors in Finance and Political Science. Mr. Porter was selected by our board of directors to serve as a director based on his expertise in public companies, capital markets, and his accounting and financial background. Mr. Porter is a member of our board’s compensation committee and our board’s nominating and corporate governance committee.

Corporate Governance Profile

We have structured our corporate governance in a manner we believe closely aligns our interests with those of our stockholders. Notable features of our corporate governance structure include the following:

•

our board of directors is not staggered, with each of our directors subject to re-election annually;

•

of the nine persons who serve on our board of directors, our board of directors has determined that 6, or 66.7%, of our directors satisfy the listing standards for independence of the NYSE and Rule 10A-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act;

•

at least one of our directors qualifies as an “audit committee financial expert” as defined by the SEC;

•

we have opted out of the control share acquisition statute in the MGCL and have exempted from the business combination provisions of the MGCL any business combination that is first approved by our disinterested directors; and

•

we do not have a stockholder rights plan.

Our directors stay informed about our business by attending meetings of our board of directors and its committees and through supplemental reports and communications. Our independent directors meet regularly in executive sessions without the presence of our corporate officers or non-independent directors.

119

Role of the Board in Risk Oversight

One of the key functions of our board of directors is informed oversight of our risk management process. Our board of directors administers this oversight function directly, with support from its three standing committees, the audit committee, the nominating and corporate governance committee and the compensation committee, each of which addresses risks specific to their respective areas of oversight. In particular, our audit committee has the responsibility to consider and discuss our major financial risk exposures and the steps our management has taken to monitor and control these exposures, including guidelines and policies to govern the process by which risk assessment and management is undertaken. The audit committee also monitors compliance with legal and regulatory requirements, in addition to oversight of the performance of our internal audit function. Our nominating and corporate governance committee monitors the effectiveness of our corporate governance guidelines, including whether they are successful in preventing illegal or improper liability-creating conduct. Our compensation committee assesses and monitors whether any of our compensation policies and programs has the potential to encourage excessive risk-taking.

Board Committees

Our board of directors has established three standing committees: an audit committee, a compensation committee and a nominating and corporate governance committee. The principal functions of each committee are briefly described below. We comply with the listing requirements and other rules and regulations of the NYSE, as amended or modified from time to time, with respect to each of these committees and each of these committees is comprised exclusively of independent directors. Additionally, our board of directors may from time to time establish certain other committees to facilitate the management of our company.

Audit Committee

Our audit committee consists of three of our independent directors. We have determined that the chairman of our audit committee qualifies as an “audit committee financial expert” as that term is defined by the applicable SEC regulations and NYSE corporate governance listing standards. Our board of directors has determined that each of the audit committee members is “financially literate” as that term is defined by the NYSE corporate governance listing standards. We have adopted an audit committee charter, which details the principal functions of the audit committee, including oversight related to:

•

our accounting and financial reporting processes;

•

the integrity of our consolidated financial statements and financial reporting process;

•

our systems of disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting;

•

our compliance with financial, legal and regulatory requirements;

•

the evaluation of the qualifications, independence and performance of our independent registered public accounting firm;

•

the performance of our internal audit function; and

•

our overall risk profile.

The audit committee is also responsible for engaging an independent registered public accounting firm, reviewing with the independent registered public accounting firm the plans and results of the audit engagement, approving professional services provided by the independent registered public accounting firm, including all audit and non-audit services, reviewing the independence of the independent registered public accounting firm,

120

considering the range of audit and non-audit fees and reviewing the adequacy of our internal accounting controls. The audit committee also prepares the audit committee report required by SEC regulations to be included in our annual proxy statement. Mr. Linehan is chair and Messrs. Antenucci and Glaser are members of the audit committee.

Compensation Committee

Our compensation committee consists of three of our independent directors. We adopted a compensation committee charter, which details the principal functions of the compensation committee, including:

•

reviewing and approving on an annual basis the corporate goals and objectives relevant to our chief executive officer’s compensation, evaluating our chief executive officer’s performance in light of such goals and objectives and determining and approving the remuneration of our chief executive officer based on such evaluation;

•

reviewing and approving the compensation of all of our other officers;

•

reviewing our executive compensation policies and plans;

•

implementing and administering our incentive compensation equity-based remuneration plans;

•

assisting management in complying with our proxy statement and annual report disclosure requirements;

•

producing a report on executive compensation to be included in our annual proxy statement; and

•

reviewing, evaluating and recommending changes, if appropriate, to the remuneration for directors.

Mr. Glaser is chair and Messrs. Linehan and Porter are members of the compensation committee.

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

Our nominating and corporate governance committee consists of three of our independent directors. We adopted a nominating and corporate governance committee charter, which details the principal functions of the nominating and corporate governance committee, including:

•

identifying and recommending to the full board of directors qualified candidates for election as directors and recommending nominees for election as directors at the annual meeting of stockholders;

•

developing and recommending to the board of directors corporate governance guidelines and implementing and monitoring such guidelines;

•

reviewing and making recommendations on matters involving the general operation of the board of directors, including board size and composition, and committee composition and structure;

•

recommending to the board of directors nominees for each committee of the board of directors;

•

annually facilitating the assessment of the board of directors’ performance as a whole and of the individual directors, as required by applicable law, regulations and the NYSE corporate governance listing standards; and

•

overseeing the board of directors’ evaluation of the performance of management.

121

Mr. Moran is chair and Messrs. Burnett and Porter are members of the nominating and corporate governance committee.

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

Our board of directors established a code of business conduct and ethics that applies to our officers, directors and employees. Among other matters, our code of business conduct and ethics is designed to deter wrongdoing and to promote:

•

honest and ethical conduct, including the ethical handling of actual or apparent conflicts of interest between personal and professional relationships;

•

full, fair, accurate, timely and understandable disclosure in our SEC reports and other public communications;

•

compliance with applicable governmental laws, rules and regulations;

•

prompt internal reporting of violations of the code to appropriate persons identified in the code; and

•

accountability for adherence to the code of business conduct and ethics.

Any waiver of the code of business conduct and ethics for our executive officers or directors must be approved by a majority of our independent directors, and any such waiver shall be promptly disclosed as required by law or NYSE regulations.

Limitation of Liability and Indemnification

We have entered into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and executive officers that obligate us to indemnify them to the maximum extent permitted by Maryland law as discussed under “Material Provisions of Maryland Law and of Our Charter and Bylaws—Indemnification and Limitation of Directors’ and Officers’ Liability.” The indemnification agreements provide that, if a director or executive officer is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any proceeding by reason of his or her status as a director, officer, employee or agent of our company or as a director, trustee, officer, partner, manager, managing member, fiduciary, employee or agent of any other foreign or domestic corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise that he or she is or was serving in such capacity at our request, we must indemnify the director or executive officer for all expenses and liabilities actually and reasonably incurred by him or her, or on his or her behalf, to the maximum extent permitted under Maryland law, including in any proceeding brought by the director or executive officer to enforce his or her rights under the indemnification agreement, to the extent provided by the agreement. The indemnification agreements also require us to advance reasonable expenses incurred by the indemnitee within ten days of the receipt by us of a statement from the indemnitee requesting the advance, provided the statement evidences the expenses and is accompanied by:

•

a written affirmation of the indemnitee’s good faith belief that he or she has met the standard of conduct necessary for indemnification; and

•

a written unsecured undertaking to reimburse us if a court of competent jurisdiction determines that the director or executive officer is not entitled to indemnification.

The indemnification agreements also provide for procedures for the determination of entitlement to indemnification, including requiring such determination be made by independent counsel after a change of control of us.

122

Our charter permits us, and our bylaws obligate us, to the maximum extent permitted by Maryland law, to indemnify and to pay or reimburse reasonable expenses in advance of final disposition of a proceeding to (1) any of our present or former directors or officers who is made or threatened to be made a party to the proceeding by reason of his service in that capacity or (2) any individual who, while serving as our director or officer and at our request, serves or has served as a director, officer, partner, member, manager or trustee of another corporation, real estate investment trust, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or any other enterprise and who is made or threatened to be made a party to the proceeding by reason of his service in that capacity, as discussed under “Material Provisions of Maryland Law and of Our Charter and Bylaws—Indemnification and Limitation of Directors’ and Officers’ Liability.”

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act, may be permitted to directors, officers or persons controlling our company pursuant to the foregoing provisions, we have been informed that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.

In addition, our directors and officers may be entitled to indemnification pursuant to the terms of the partnership agreement of our operating partnership. See “Description of the Partnership Agreement of Hudson Pacific Properties, L.P.—Exculpation and Indemnification.”

123

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

Compensation Discussion and Analysis

During 2009, because we did not conduct business, no compensation was paid to any of our named executive officers and, accordingly, no compensation policies or objectives governed our named executive officer compensation. Since the completion of our initial public offering, our compensation committee has been working with our compensation consultant to implement compensation policies based on the following factors: (i) our need to retain our named executive officers’ services over the long term, (ii) our desire to align the interests of our named executive officers with those of our stockholders and incentivize them over the near, medium and long term, and (iii) our need to reward our named executive officers for exceptional performance. In addition, our compensation committee continues to consider additional factors that may be appropriate for inclusion in our long-term compensation philosophy. Our “named executive officers” during 2010 are expected to be Victor J. Coleman, Chief Executive Officer; Howard S. Stern, President; Mark T. Lammas, Chief Financial Officer; Christopher Barton, Executive Vice President, Operations and Development; and Dale Shimoda, Executive Vice President, Finance.

Our compensation strategy currently focuses on providing a total compensation package intended to attract and retain high-caliber executive officers and employees, and also to align employee contributions with our corporate objectives and stockholder interests. We continue to develop a competitive total compensation package and will share our success with our named executive officers, as well as our other employees, when our objectives are met.

The following is a non-exhaustive list of items under consideration by our compensation committee as it continues to formulate our compensation philosophy and apply that philosophy to the implementation of our overall compensation program for named executive officers and other employees:

•

goals of the compensation program;

•

role of our compensation committee;

•

engagement and role(s) of an external compensation consultant and other advisors;

•

involvement of management in compensation decisions;

•

components of compensation, including equity, cash, incentive, fixed, short-, medium- and long-term compensation, and the interaction of these various components with one another;

•

equity grant guidelines with regard to timing, type, vesting and other terms and conditions of equity grants;

•

stock ownership guidelines and their role in aligning the interests of named executive officers with our stockholders;

•

severance and change of control protections;

•

perquisites, enhanced benefits and insurance;

•

deferred compensation and other tax-efficient compensation programs;

•

retirement and other savings programs;

124

•

peer compensation, benchmarking and survey data; and

•

risk mitigation and related protective and remedial measures.

Elements of Executive Officer Compensation

Set forth below is an overview of the current components of our named executive officer compensation program, including annual cash compensation, equity awards and health and retirement benefits.

Base Salaries

Our named executive officers earn annualized base salaries that are commensurate with their positions and are expected to provide a steady source of income sufficient to permit these officers to focus their time and attention on their work duties and responsibilities. The expected amounts of 2010 annual base salaries for our named executive officers are set forth in the Summary Compensation Table below, but may be adjusted by our compensation committee.

Cash Bonuses

Our named executive officers are eligible to earn discretionary annual cash bonuses for 2010 based on the attainment of specified performance objectives established by our compensation committee. Eligibility to receive these cash bonuses is expected to incentivize our named executive officers to strive to attain company and/or individual performance goals that further our interests and the interests of our stockholders. The applicable terms and conditions of the cash bonuses will be determined by our compensation committee.

Equity Awards

We made grants of restricted common stock to certain of our employees, including our named executive officers, upon completion of our initial public offering. Each named executive officer was entitled, under the terms of an applicable employment agreement, to an initial grant of shares of restricted stock. The aggregated denominated dollar value of all such awards was approximately $3.81 million. These restricted stock awards will vest in three equal, annual installments on each of the first three anniversaries of June 29, 2010, the date of the completion of our initial public offering, subject to the executive’s continued employment.

The amounts and types of future awards will be in our compensation committee’s discretion, and have not yet been determined. Equity award grants are expected to incentivize and reward increases in long-term stockholder value and to align the interests of our named executive officers with the interests of our stockholders, and to encourage the retention of our named executive officers.

Retirement Savings

We expect to establish and maintain a retirement savings plan under section 401(k) of the Code to cover our eligible employees. The Code allows eligible employees to defer a portion of their compensation, within prescribed limits, which may be on a pre-tax basis through contributions to the 401(k) plan. We may match a portion of our employees’ annual contributions, within prescribed limits.

Employee Benefits

Our full-time employees, including our named executive officers, are eligible to participate in health and welfare benefit plans, which provide medical, dental, prescription and other health and related benefits.

125

Additional Compensation Components

In the future, as we further formulate and implement our compensation program, we may provide different and/or additional compensation components, benefits and/or perquisites to our named executive officers, to ensure that we provide a balanced and comprehensive compensation structure. We believe that it is important to maintain flexibility to adapt our compensation structure at this time to properly attract, motivate and retain the top executive talent for which we compete.

Employment Agreements

We have entered into employment agreements with our named executive officers, effective as of June 29, 2010, that provide for the components of compensation described above, in addition to various severance and change in control benefits and other terms and conditions of employment. We believe that the protections contained in these employment agreements will help to ensure the day-to-day stability necessary to our executives to enable them to properly focus their attention on their duties and responsibilities with the company and will provide security with regard to some of the most uncertain events relating to continued employment, thereby limiting concern and uncertainty and promoting productivity. For a description of the material terms of these employment agreements, see “—Narrative Disclosure to Summary Compensation Table” and “—Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control” below.

Equity Incentive Plan

Prior to our initial public offering, our board adopted, and our initial shareholder approved, the Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc. and Hudson Pacific Properties, L.P. 2010 Incentive Award Plan, which we refer to as the 2010 Plan, under which we have granted, and expect to grant, cash and equity incentive awards to eligible service providers in order to attract, motivate and retain the talent for which we compete. The material terms of the 2010 Plan are summarized below.

Eligibility and Administration

Employees, consultants and directors of us, our operating partnership and our respective subsidiaries are eligible to receive awards under the 2010 Plan. The 2010 Plan is administered by our compensation committee, which may delegate its duties and responsibilities to subcommittees of our directors and/or officers, subject to certain limitations that may be imposed under Code Section 162(m), Section 16 of the Exchange Act and/or stock exchange rules, as applicable. Our board of directors administers the 2010 Plan with respect to awards to non-employee directors. The plan administrator has the authority to make all determinations and interpretations under, prescribe all forms for use with, and adopt rules for the administration of, the 2010 Plan, subject to its express terms and conditions. The plan administrator also sets the terms and conditions of all awards under the 2010 Plan, including any vesting and vesting acceleration conditions.

Limitation on Awards and Shares Available

The aggregate number of shares of our common stock that are available for issuance under awards granted pursuant to the 2010 Plan is 1,650,000, which shares may be treasury shares, authorized but unissued shares, or shares purchased in the open market. If an award under the 2010 Plan is forfeited, expires or is settled for cash, then any shares subject to such award may, to the extent of such forfeiture, expiration or cash settlement, be used again for new grants under the 2010 Plan. However, the following shares may not be used again for grant under the 2010 Plan: (i) shares tendered or withheld to satisfy grant or exercise price or tax withholding obligations associated with an award, (ii) shares subject to a stock appreciation right, or SAR, that are not issued in connection with the stock settlement of the SAR on its exercise, and (iii) shares purchased on the open market with the cash proceeds from the exercise of options.

126

Awards granted under the 2010 Plan upon the assumption of, or in substitution for, awards authorized or outstanding under a qualifying equity plan maintained by an entity with which we enter into a merger or similar corporate transaction will not reduce the shares authorized for grant under the 2010 Plan. Excluding grants in connection with our initial public offering, and after the expiration of the existing transition period under Code Section 162(m), the maximum number of shares of our common stock that may be subject to one or more awards granted to any one participant pursuant to the 2010 Plan during any calendar year is 1,500,000 and the maximum amount that may be paid in cash pursuant to the 2010 Plan to any one participant during any calendar year period is ten million dollars ($10,000,000).

Awards

The 2010 Plan provides for the grant of stock options, including incentive stock options, or ISOs, and nonqualified stock options, or NSOs, restricted stock, dividend equivalents, stock payments, restricted stock units, or RSUs, performance shares, other incentive awards, profits interest units, SARs and cash awards. Except for the compensation program for our non-employee directors (described in “Director Compensation”, below), grants of awards under the 2010 Plan are generally discretionary and, accordingly, no determination has been made as to the types or amounts of future awards that will be granted to specific individuals pursuant to the 2010 Plan. Certain awards under the 2010 Plan may constitute or provide for a deferral of compensation, subject to Code Section 409A, which may impose additional requirements on the terms and conditions of such awards. All awards will be set forth in award agreements, which will detail all terms and conditions of the awards, including any applicable vesting and payment terms. Awards other than cash awards will generally be settled in shares of our common stock, but the plan administrator may provide for cash settlement of any award. A brief description of each award type follows.

•

Stock Options . Stock options provide for the purchase of shares of our common stock in the future at an exercise price set on the grant date. ISOs, by contrast to NSOs, may provide tax deferral beyond exercise and favorable capital gains tax treatment to their holders if certain holding period and other tax Code requirements are satisfied. The exercise price of a stock option may not be less than 100% of the fair market value of the underlying share on the date of grant (or 110% in the case of ISOs granted to certain significant shareholders), except with respect to certain substitute options granted in connection with a corporate transaction. The term of a stock option may not be longer than ten years (or five years in the case of ISOs granted to certain significant shareholders). Vesting conditions determined by the plan administrator may apply to stock options and may include continued service, performance and/or other conditions.

•

Stock Appreciation Rights. SARs entitle their holder, upon exercise, to receive from us an amount equal to the appreciation of the shares subject to the award between the grant date and the exercise date. The exercise price of a SAR may not be less than 100% of the fair market value of the underlying share on the date of grant (except with respect to certain substitute SARs granted in connection with a corporate transaction) and the term of a SAR may not be longer than ten years. Vesting conditions determined by the plan administrator may apply to SARs and may include continued service, performance and/or other conditions.

•

Restricted Stock, RSUs and Performance Shares . Restricted stock is an award of nontransferable shares of our common stock that remain forfeitable unless and until specified conditions are met, and which may be subject to a purchase price. RSUs are contractual promises to deliver shares of our common stock in the future, which may also remain forfeitable unless and until specified conditions are met. Delivery of the shares underlying these awards may be deferred under the terms of the award or at the election of the participant, if the plan administrator permits such a deferral. Performance shares are contractual rights to receive a range of shares of our common stock in the future based on the attainment of specified performance goals, in addition to other conditions which

127

may apply to these awards. Conditions applicable to restricted stock, RSUs and performance shares may be based on continuing service with us or our affiliates, the attainment of performance goals and/or such other conditions as the plan administrator may determine.

•

Stock Payments, Other Incentive Awards, Profits Interest Units and Cash Awards . Stock payments are awards of fully vested shares of our common stock that may, but need not, be made in lieu of base salary, bonus, fees or other cash compensation otherwise payable to any individual who is eligible to receive awards. Other incentive awards are awards other than those enumerated in this summary that are denominated in, linked to or derived from shares of our common stock or value metrics related to our shares, and may remain forfeitable unless and until specified conditions are met. Profits interest units are awards of units of our operating partnership intended to constitute “profits interests” within the meaning of the relevant Revenue Procedure guidance, which may be convertible into shares of our common stock. Cash awards are cash incentive bonuses subject to performance goals.

•

Dividend Equivalents . Dividend equivalents represent the right to receive the equivalent value of dividends paid on shares of our common stock and may be granted alone or in tandem with awards other than stock options or SARs. Dividend equivalents are credited as of dividend payments dates during the period between the date an award is granted and the date such award vests, is exercised, is distributed or expires, as determined by the plan administrator.

Performance Awards

Performance awards include any of the awards that are granted subject to vesting and/or payment based on the attainment of specified performance goals. The plan administrator will determine whether performance awards are intended to constitute “qualified performance-based compensation,” or QPBC, within the meaning of Code Section 162(m), in which case the applicable performance criteria will be selected from the list below in accordance with the requirements of Code Section 162(m).

Code Section 162(m) imposes a $1,000,000 cap on the compensation deduction that we may take in respect of compensation paid to our “covered employees” (which should include our chief executive officer and our next three most highly compensated employees other than our chief financial officer), but excludes from the calculation of amounts subject to this limitation any amounts that constitute QPBC. We do not expect Code Section 162(m) to apply to awards under the 2010 Plan until the earliest to occur of our annual shareholders’ meeting in 2014, a material modification of the 2010 Plan or exhaustion of the share supply under the 2010 Plan. However, QPBC performance criteria may be used with respect to performance awards that are not intended to constitute QPBC.

In order to constitute QPBC under Code Section 162(m), in addition to certain other requirements, the relevant amounts must be payable only upon the attainment of pre-established, objective performance goals set by our compensation committee and linked to stockholder-approved performance criteria. For purposes of the 2010 Plan, one or more of the following performance criteria will be used in setting performance goals applicable to QPBC, and may be used in setting performance goals applicable to other performance awards: (i) net earnings (either before or after one or more of the following: (A) interest, (B) taxes, (C) depreciation and (D) amortization); (ii) gross or net sales or revenue; (iii) net income (either before or after taxes); (iv) adjusted net income; (v) operating earnings or profit; (vi) cash flow (including, but not limited to, operating cash flow and free cash flow); (vii) return on assets; (viii) return on capital; (ix) return on stockholders’ equity; (x) total stockholder return; (xi) return on sales; (xii) gross or net profit or operating margin; (xiii) costs; (xiv) funds from operations; (xv) expenses; (xvi) working capital; (xvii) earnings per share; (xviii) adjusted earnings per share; (xix) price per share of common stock; (xx) regulatory body approval for commercialization of a product; (xxi) implementation or completion of critical projects; (xxii) market share; and (xxiii) economic value, any of which may be measured either in absolute terms or as compared to any incremental increase or decrease or as

128

compared to results of a peer group or to market performance indicators or indices. The 2010 Plan also permits the plan administrator to provide for objectively determinable adjustments to the applicable performance criteria in setting performance goals for QPBC awards.

Certain Transactions

The plan administrator has broad discretion to equitably adjust the provisions of the 2010 Plan, as well as the terms and conditions of existing and future awards, to prevent the dilution or enlargement of intended benefits and facilitate necessary or desirable changes in the event of certain transactions and events affecting our common stock, such as stock dividends, stock splits, mergers, acquisitions, consolidations and other corporate transactions. In addition, in the event of certain non-reciprocal transactions with our shareholders known as “equity restructurings,” the plan administrator will make equitable adjustments to the 2010 Plan and outstanding awards. In the event of a change in control of our company (as defined in the 2010 Plan), the surviving entity must assume outstanding awards or substitute economically equivalent awards for such outstanding awards; however, if the surviving entity refuses to assume or substitute for all or some outstanding awards, then all such awards will vest in full and be deemed exercised (as applicable) upon the transaction. Individual award agreements may provide for additional accelerated vesting and payment provisions.

Foreign Participants, Transferability and Participant Payments

The plan administrator may modify award terms, establish subplans and/or adjust other terms and conditions of awards, subject to the share limits described above, in order to facilitate grants of awards subject to the laws and/or stock exchange rules of countries outside of the United States. With limited exceptions for estate planning, domestic relations orders, certain beneficiary designations and the laws of descent and distribution, awards under the 2010 Plan are generally non-transferable prior to vesting and are exercisable only by the participant. With regard to tax withholding, exercise price and purchase price obligations arising in connection with awards under the 2010 Plan, the plan administrator may, in its discretion, accept cash or check, shares of our common stock that meet specified conditions, a “market sell order” or such other consideration as it deems suitable.

Plan Amendment and Termination

Our board of directors may amend or terminate the 2010 Plan at any time; however, except in connection with certain changes in our capital structure, stockholder approval will be required for any amendment that increases the number of shares available under the 2010 Plan, “reprices” any stock option or SAR or cancels any stock option or SAR in exchange for cash or another award when the option or SAR price per share exceeds the fair market value of the underlying shares. No award may be granted pursuant to the 2010 Plan after the tenth anniversary of the date on which we adopt the 2010 Plan.

Tax Considerations

Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code

Section 162(m) disallows a tax deduction for any publicly held corporation for individual compensation exceeding $1.0 million in any taxable year for our chief executive officer and each of the other named executive officers (other than our chief financial officer), unless compensation is performance based. We expect that our compensation committee will adhere to the principle that, where reasonably practicable, we will seek to qualify the variable compensation paid to our named executive officers for an exemption from the deductibility limitations of Section 162(m). As such, in approving the amount and form of compensation for our named executive officers in the future, our compensation committee will consider all elements of the cost to our company of providing such compensation, including the potential impact of Section 162(m). However, our compensation committee may, in its judgment, authorize compensation payments that do not comply with the exemptions in Section 162(m) when it believes that such payments are appropriate to attract and retain executive talent.

129

Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code

Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code requires that “nonqualified deferred compensation” be deferred and paid under plans or arrangements that satisfy the requirements of the statute with respect to the timing of deferral elections, timing of payments and certain other matters. Failure to satisfy these requirements can expose employees and other service providers to accelerated income tax liabilities, penalty taxes and interest on their vested compensation under such plans. Accordingly, as a general matter, it is our intention to design and administer our compensation and benefits plans and arrangements for all of our employees and other service providers, including our named executive officers, so that they are either exempt from, or satisfy the requirements of, Section 409A.

Section 280G of the Internal Revenue Code

Section 280G of the Internal Revenue Code disallows a tax deduction with respect to excess parachute payments to certain executives of companies which undergo a change in control. In addition, Section 4999 of the Internal Revenue Code imposes a 20% penalty on the individual receiving the excess payment.

Parachute payments are compensation that is linked to or triggered by a change in control and may include, but are not limited to, bonus payments, severance payments, certain fringe benefits, and payments and acceleration of vesting from long-term incentive plans including stock options and other equity-based compensation. Excess parachute payments are parachute payments that exceed a threshold determined under Section 280G based on the executive’s prior compensation. In approving the compensation arrangements for our named executive officers in the future, our compensation committee will consider all elements of the cost to our company of providing such compensation, including the potential impact of Section 280G. However, our compensation committee may, in its judgment, authorize compensation arrangements that could give rise to loss of deductibility under Section 280G and the imposition of excise taxes under Section 4999 when it believes that such arrangements are appropriate to attract and retain executive talent.

Accounting Standards

ASC Topic 718, Compensation—Stock Compensation (referred to as ASC Topic 718 and formerly known as FASB 123R), requires us to recognize an expense for the fair value of equity-based compensation awards. Grants of stock options, restricted stock, restricted stock units and performance units under our equity incentive award plans will be accounted for under ASC Topic 718. Our compensation committee will regularly consider the accounting implications of significant compensation decisions, especially in connection with decisions that relate to our equity incentive award plans and programs. As accounting standards change, we may revise certain programs to appropriately align accounting expenses of our equity awards with our overall executive compensation philosophy and objectives.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

None of our executive officers serves as a member of a board of directors or compensation committee, or other committee serving an equivalent function, of any other entity that has one or more of its executive officers serving as a member of our board of directors or compensation committee.

130

Compensation Tables

Summary Compensation Table

We did not conduct business in 2009 and, accordingly, we did not pay any compensation to our named executive officers during or in respect of that year. Because we have no 2009 compensation to report, we are including below a Summary Compensation Table setting forth certain compensation that we have paid or expect to pay to our named executive officers during 2010 in order to provide some understanding of our expected compensation levels. While the table below accurately reflects our current expectations with respect to 2010 named executive officer compensation, actual 2010 compensation for these officers may be increased or decreased, including through the use of compensation components not currently contemplated or described herein. We expect to disclose actual 2010 compensation for our named executive officers in 2011, to the extent required by applicable SEC disclosure rules.


Name and Principal Position	Year		Salary ⁽¹⁾		Bonus			Stock Awards ⁽³⁾		Option Awards		Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation		Change in Pension Value and Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Earnings		All Other Compensation		Total
Victor J. Coleman		2010	$	500,000		⁽²	⁾	$	2,000,000		—		—		—		—	$	2,500,000
Chief Executive Officer

Howard S. Stern		2010		400,000		⁽²	⁾		910,000		—		—		—		—		1,310,000
President

Mark T. Lammas		2010		300,000		⁽²	⁾		300,000		—		—		—		—		600,000
Chief Financial Officer

Christopher Barton		2010		300,000		⁽²	⁾		300,000		—		—		—		—		600,000
Executive Vice President, Operations and Development

Dale Shimoda		2010		300,000		⁽²	⁾		300,000		—		—		—		—		600,000
Executive Vice President, Finance

(1)	Each of our named executive officers will receive a pro-rata portion of his 2010 base salary for the period from the completion of our initial public offering through December 31, 2010.

(2)	Any bonus awards to our named executive officers will be determined in the sole discretion of our compensation committee contingent upon such factors as the compensation committee may deem appropriate.

(3)

Amounts reflect the full grant-date fair value of restricted stock awards granted to each of our named executive officers upon the completion of our initial public offering in June 2010, computed in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification Topic 781, Compensation—Stock Compensation . We recognize compensation expense for these shares on a straight-line basis over the vesting period based on the fair value of the award on the date of grant. None of the restricted shares were vested at September 30, 2010.

Narrative Disclosure to Summary Compensation Table

We have entered into employment agreements with each of our named executive officers, effective as of the date of the closing of our initial public offering on June 29, 2010. The following is a summary of the material terms of the agreements.

Under the employment agreements, Messrs. Coleman, Stern, Lammas, Barton and Shimoda serve as the company’s Chief Executive Officer, President, Chief Financial Officer, Executive Vice President—Operations and Development and Executive Vice President—Finance, respectively. Messrs. Coleman and Stern report directly to the board, while the other executives report to our Chief Executive Officer. The initial term of the

131

employment agreements will end on June 29, 2013. On that date, the term of the employment agreements will automatically be extended for one year, unless earlier terminated. In the event that we experience a “change in control” (as defined in the 2010 Plan) during the one-year extension period, the term of the employment agreements will instead continue through the first anniversary of the consummation of the change in control. Pursuant to Messrs. Coleman and Stern’s employment agreements, during the terms of their employment, we will nominate each for election as a director.

Under the employment agreements, the executives receive initial annual base salaries in the amounts reflected in the “Compensation Tables—Summary Compensation Table” above, which are subject to increase at the discretion of our compensation committee. In addition, the executives will each be eligible to receive an annual discretionary cash performance bonus, the amount of which will be determined based on the attainment of performance criteria established by our compensation committee. In connection with entering into the employment agreements, Messrs. Coleman, Stern, Lammas, Barton and Shimoda were each granted a “founders” award of restricted shares of our common stock, with the number of shares determined by dividing $2,000,000, $910,000, $300,000, $300,000 and $300,000, respectively, by the initial public offering price per share of our common stock, or 117,647 shares, 53,529 shares, 17,647 shares, 17,647 shares and 17,647 shares, respectively. These restricted stock awards will vest in three equal, annual installments on each of the first three anniversaries of June 29, 2010, the date of our initial public offering, subject to the executive’s continued employment. In addition, the executives are eligible to participate in customary health, welfare and fringe benefit plans, and will accrue up to four weeks of paid vacation per year.

If an executive’s employment is terminated by the company without “cause” or by the executive for “good reason” (each, as defined in the employment agreements), because the company elects not to renew the initial term of the employment agreement or by reason of the executive’s death or disability, the executive will be entitled to certain payments and benefits, as described under “—Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control” below. The employment agreements also contain customary confidentiality and non-solicitation provisions.

Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control

As discussed above, we have entered into employment agreements with each of our named executive officers. Under the employment agreements, if an executive’s employment is terminated by the company without “cause” or by the executive for “good reason” (each, as defined in the employment agreements) then, in addition to accrued amounts and any earned but unpaid bonuses, the executive will be entitled to receive the following:

•

A lump-sum payment in an amount equal to two (or, with respect to Messrs. Coleman and Stern, three) times the sum of (i) the executive’s annual base salary then in effect, (ii) the highest annual bonus earned by the executive during the employment term (or, in the event of a termination prior to the end of the completion of the company’s first full fiscal year, an amount as determined by our compensation committee in its sole discretion, but in no event less than the executive’s base salary in effect on the termination date) and (iii) the highest value of any annual equity award(s) made to the executive during the employment term (not including the initial grant of restricted stock described above or any award(s) granted pursuant to a multi-year or long-term performance program, initial hiring or retention award or similar non-reoccurring award);

•

accelerated vesting of all outstanding equity awards held by the executive as of the termination date; and

•

company-subsidized continuation healthcare coverage for up to 18 months after the termination date.

In the event that an executive’s employment is terminated because the company elects not to renew the initial term of the employment agreement, then the executive will be entitled to receive the same payments and benefits described above for a termination without cause or for good reason, except that the amount of the cash

132

severance will be multiplied by one rather than two (or, with respect to Messrs. Coleman and Stern, two rather than three). However, if such a non-renewal termination occurs upon or within 12 months after a change in control of the company, the executive will be entitled to receive the same payments and benefits described above for a termination without cause or for good reason (without reduction of the cash severance multiplier). The executive’s right to receive the severance payments and benefits described above is subject to his delivery of an effective general release of claims in favor of the company.

Under the employment agreements, upon a change in control of the company, the executives will be entitled to accelerated vesting of the executive’s initial restricted stock grant such that the restricted stock will become fully vested and nonforfeitable.

Upon a termination of employment by reason of death or disability, the executive or his/her estate will be entitled to accelerated vesting of all outstanding equity awards held by the executive as of the termination date, in addition to accrued amounts and earned but unpaid bonuses.

133

The following table sets forth, to the extent determinable, the value of the payments and benefits that would be provided to our named executive officers upon the occurrence of a qualifying termination of employment or change in control, in each case, occurring as of the effective time of this offering. Amounts shown do not include (i) accrued but unpaid salary through the date of termination, or (ii) other benefits earned or accrued by the named executive officer during his employment that are available to all salaried employees, such as accrued vacation. The amounts set forth in the table below take into account only obligations expected to exist as of the effective time of this offering. We may implement additional termination and/or change in control plans, programs or agreements subsequent to the effective time of the offering. We expect to disclose, in 2011, potential payments to our named executive officers upon a termination of employment or a change in control based on all plans, programs and agreements in effect as of December 31, 2010, to the extent required by applicable SEC disclosure rules.


Name	Benefit	Company Non- Renewal ⁽¹⁾ ($)		Death or Disability ($)		Change in Control ($)		Company Non- Renewal After Change in Control or Termination without Cause or for Good Reason at any time ($)
Victor J. Coleman
	Cash Severance ⁽²⁾	$	2,000,000		—		—	$	3,000,000
	Continued Health Benefits ⁽³⁾		—		—		—		—
	Equity Acceleration ⁽⁴⁾	$	2,000,000	$	2,000,000	$	2,000,000	$	2,000,000
	Total ⁽⁵⁾	$	4,000,000	$	2,000,000	$	2,000,000	$	5,000,000
Howard S. Stern
	Cash Severance ⁽²⁾	$	1,600,000		—		—	$	2,400,000
	Continued Health Benefits ⁽³⁾		—		—		—		—
	Equity Acceleration ⁽⁴⁾	$	910,000	$	910,000	$	910,000	$	910,000
	Total ⁽⁵⁾	$	2,510,000	$	910,000	$	910,000	$	3,310,000
Mark T. Lammas
	Cash Severance ⁽²⁾	$	600,000		—		—	$	1,200,000
	Continued Health Benefits ⁽³⁾		—		—		—		—
	Equity Acceleration ⁽⁴⁾	$	300,000	$	300,000	$	300,000	$	300,000
	Total ⁽⁵⁾	$	900,000	$	300,000	$	300,000	$	1,500,000
Christopher Barton
	Cash Severance ⁽²⁾	$	600,000		—		—	$	1,200,000
	Continued Health Benefits ⁽³⁾		—		—		—		—
	Equity Acceleration ⁽⁴⁾	$	300,000	$	300,000	$	300,000	$	300,000
	Total ⁽⁵⁾	$	900,000	$	300,000	$	300,000	$	1,500,000
Dale Shimoda
	Cash Severance ⁽²⁾	$	600,000		—		—	$	1,200,000
	Continued Health Benefits ⁽³⁾		—		—		—		—
	Equity Acceleration ⁽⁴⁾	$	300,000	$	300,000	$	300,000	$	300,000
	Total ⁽⁵⁾	$	900,000	$	300,000	$	300,000	$	1,500,000

(1)	This column describes the payments and benefits that become payable if the company elects not to renew the initial term of the agreement prior to the occurrence of a change in control.

(2)	Cash severance was calculated by multiplying the applicable severance multiple (described above) by the sum of the executive’s expected 2010 base salary and minimum bonus severance multiplier ( i.e. , current expected base salary) since

134

no actual bonuses have been earned to date. No portion of any executive’s compensation is expected to consist of annual equity awards during 2010 (as opposed to initial grants associated with this offering, which are excluded from the severance calculation) and, accordingly, no value is included in cash severance for such awards.

(3)	Executives will be entitled to continued health insurance coverage under COBRA for 18 months. We have not yet implemented the benefit plans pursuant to which these benefits will be made available and, accordingly, it is not currently possible to estimate the expected value of these benefits.

(4)	The value of accelerated restricted stock was calculated by multiplying (x) the number of shares subject to acceleration by (y) the fair market value of a share of our common stock on the date of our initial public offering.

(5)

Totals do not include the value of the continuation healthcare benefits (where applicable), which value cannot be determined at this time. If any payments described in this table would otherwise be subject to an excise tax under Section 4999 of the Code by reason of the “golden parachute” rules contained in Section 280G of the Code, such payments will be reduced if and to the extent that doing so will result in net after-tax payments and benefits for the executive that are more favorable than the net after-tax payments and benefits payable to the executive in the absence of such a reduction after the imposition of the excise tax.

Director Compensation

We have approved and implemented a compensation program for our non-employee directors that consists of annual retainer fees and long-term equity awards. Each non-employee director is expected to receive an annual base fee for his or her services of $100,000, payable in quarterly installments in conjunction with quarterly meetings of the board of directors. The annual retainer is payable 50% in cash and 50% in the form of restricted stock, with directors being permitted to elect to receive the cash portion of the annual retainer in the form of fully vested shares of our common stock. In addition, each non-employee director who serves as the chair of the audit, compensation or nominating and corporate governance committees is entitled to receive an additional annual cash retainer of $15,000, $10,000 or $7,500, respectively. Directors are permitted to elect to receive up to 100% of such additional annual retainers in the form of fully vested shares as well. Participating directors are able to elect to receive fully vested shares in lieu of cash fees currently, and will be able to elect to receive fully vested shares in lieu of cash fees either currently or on a deferred basis for fees paid with respect to services performed from and after January 1, 2011. We reimburse each of our directors for his or her travel expenses incurred in connection with his or her attendance at full board of directors and committee meetings. Concurrently with the closing of our initial public offering, we granted a number of restricted shares of our common stock determined by dividing $100,000 by the initial public offering price (5,882 shares each) to each of our non-employee director nominees pursuant to our 2010 Plan. These awards of restricted stock, along with awards of restricted stock granted as part of the annual retainer (other than vested shares or vested deferred shares received at a director’s election in lieu of the cash component of the annual retainer), vest ratably as to one-third of the shares subject to each grant on each of the first three anniversaries of the applicable grant, subject to the director’s continued service on our board of directors.

135

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

Private Placement

Concurrently with the completion of our initial public offering, Mr. Coleman purchased $2.0 million in shares of common stock and the Farallon Funds purchased $18.0 million in shares of common stock, in each case at a price per share equal to the initial public offering price of $17.00 and without payment by us of any underwriting discount or commission. The proceeds were contributed to our operating partnership in exchange for common units.

Contribution Agreements

Hudson Contribution Agreement

In connection with the consummation of our initial public offering, Mr. Coleman and Mr. Stern entered into a contribution agreement, or the Hudson contribution agreement, with us and our operating partnership pursuant to which Messrs. Coleman and Stern contributed their direct or indirect interests in a portfolio of properties and a property management business to our operating partnership in exchange for common units. Under the Hudson contribution agreement, Mr. Coleman received 402,907 common units and Mr. Stern received 216,949 common units. The aggregate value of the common units issued to Messrs. Coleman and Stern was $6.8 million and $3.7 million, respectively.

Pursuant to the Hudson contribution agreement, we assumed or succeeded to all of the contributors’ rights, obligations and responsibilities with respect to the properties and the property entities contributed. The Hudson contribution agreement contains representations and warranties by Messrs. Coleman and Stern to our operating partnership with respect to the condition and operations of the properties and interests contributed to us and certain other matters. With some exceptions, Messrs. Coleman and Stern agreed to severally indemnify us and our operating partnership for breach of these representations and warranties under claims brought within one year of the closing of our initial public offering, subject to a deductible equal to 1% of the aggregate total consideration received by them under the contribution agreement, and up to a maximum of 10% of their aggregate total consideration under the contribution agreement or, in the case of claims relating to a specific property, 10% of their aggregate total consideration allocable to that property under the contribution agreement. As described below under “—Representation, Warranty and Indemnity Agreement,” the Farallon Funds agreed to severally indemnify us and our operating partnership for breach of the property and certain entity representations and warranties made by Messrs. Coleman and Stern in the Hudson contribution agreement. Messrs. Coleman and Stern pledged common units to our operating partnership with a value, based on the initial public offering price of $17.00 per share of our common stock, equal to 10% of their aggregate total consideration under the contribution agreement, in order to secure their indemnity obligations, and except in limited circumstances, these units will be the sole recourse of our operating partnership against Messrs. Coleman and Stern in the case of a breach of a representation or warranty or other claim for indemnification. The Hudson contribution agreement also provides that our operating partnership will use commercially reasonable efforts to make up to $3.0 million of debt available to Messrs. Coleman and Stern, in the aggregate, to guarantee, which may assist them in deferring taxes in connection with their contributions.

The contribution of properties under the Hudson contribution agreement was subject to customary commercial real estate prorations, whereby the buyer and seller apportion rents, taxes, utilities, escrowed or restricted funds and other operating expenses.

Farallon Contribution Agreement

In connection with the consummation of our initial public offering, affiliates of the Farallon Funds entered into a contribution agreement, or the Farallon contribution agreement, with us and our operating partnership pursuant to which such affiliates contributed their direct or indirect interests in a portfolio of

136

properties and approximately $14.8 million in cash (subject to adjustments based on credits to affiliates of the Farallon Funds for payments made prior to closing) for prepaid rents, outstanding tenant improvement costs and outstanding infrastructure costs in exchange for common units and shares of our common stock. Under the Farallon contribution agreement, the Farallon Funds received 1,806,731 common units and 6,026,007 shares of common stock. The aggregate value of the common units and common stock issued to the Farallon Funds was $133.2 million.

Pursuant to the Farallon contribution agreement, we assumed or succeeded to all of the contributors’ rights, obligations and responsibilities with respect to the properties and the property entities contributed. The Farallon contribution agreement contains representations and warranties by the Farallon Funds to our operating partnership with respect to the interests to be contributed to us and certain other matters. As described below under “—Representation, Warranty and Indemnity Agreement,” the Farallon Funds agreed to severally indemnify us and our operating partnership for breach of the representations and warranties made by the contributors in the Farallon contribution agreement.

In addition, pursuant to the Farallon contribution agreement, our board of directors granted to the Farallon excepted holders an exemption from the ownership limits, subject to various conditions and limitations. See “Description of Stock—Restrictions on Ownership and Transfer.”

The contribution of properties under the Farallon contribution agreement was subject to customary commercial real estate prorations, whereby the buyer and seller apportion rents, taxes, utilities, escrowed or restricted funds and other operating expenses as of the closing. In addition, prior to the consummation of our initial public offering and the formation transactions, cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash relating to the Sunset Gower property, the Technicolor Building, the Sunset Bronson property and the City Plaza property were distributed to their owners, including the Farallon Funds.

875 Howard Street Contribution Agreement

In connection with the consummation of our initial public offering, the third party that owned interests in the 875 Howard Street property entered into a contribution agreement, or the 875 Howard Street contribution agreement, with us and our operating partnership pursuant to which the third party contributed its indirect interests in that property to the operating partnership in exchange for 24,030 shares of common stock and 6,787 common units with an aggregate value of approximately $0.5 million that were issued directly to certain nominees of the Farallon Funds. Pursuant to the 875 Howard Street contribution agreement, we assumed or succeed to all of the contributors’ rights, obligations and responsibilities with respect to the property and the property entities contributed. The 875 Howard Street contribution agreement contains representations and warranties by the contributor to our operating partnership with respect to the condition and operations of the property and interests to be contributed to us and certain other matters. As described below under “—Representation, Warranty and Indemnity Agreement,” the Farallon Funds have agreed to severally indemnify us and our operating partnership for breach of the representations and warranties made by in the 875 Howard Street contribution agreement by the contributor. The contribution of property under the 875 Howard Street contribution agreement was subject to customary commercial real estate prorations, whereby the buyer and seller apportion rents, taxes, utilities, escrowed or restricted funds and other operating expenses as of the closing.

Reimbursement of Costs Related to Our Initial Public Offering

In connection with our initial public offering and the formation transactions, Hudson Capital, LLC, the Farallon Funds, and certain other contributors advanced or incurred an aggregate of approximately $2.6 million in organizational and other similar expenses. These funds were advanced or incurred with the understanding that they would be repaid out of the proceeds of the completed public offering. Accordingly, upon consummation of our initial public offering, we repaid approximately $0.6 million of such advances to Hudson Capital, LLC and approximately $1.7 million of such advances to the Farallon Funds. The remaining approximately $0.3 million of

137

such advances were repaid to unaffiliated third parties. We are in the process of completing reconciliations of property prorations and costs advanced or incurred by the contributors in connection with our initial public offering and formation transactions.

Management Contracts

Prior to our initial public offering and related formation transactions, the media and entertainment properties (Sunset Gower and Sunset Bronson) owned by our predecessor were managed by Hudson Studios Management, LLC, and our City Plaza property was managed by Hudson OP Management, LLC, both of which were affiliates of our predecessor.

Upon our predecessor’s acquisition of the Sunset Gower property, the Sunset Gower property-owning subsidiary entered into a five-year management agreement with Hudson Studios Management, LLC, an affiliate of our predecessor, to pay a monthly management fee equal to $54,000 for the first 24 months of the term and $42,000 for the remaining 36 months. For the nine months ended September 30, 2010 and 2009, management fees of approximately $250,000 and $325,000, respectively, had been incurred. In addition, Hudson Studios Management, LLC was entitled to a construction management fee of $300,000 plus 5% of the costs of labor and materials in association with other future developments. As of September 30, 2010 and December 31, 2009, $300,000 of construction management fees had been capitalized to construction in progress.

Upon our predecessor’s acquisition of the Sunset Bronson property, the Sunset Bronson property-owning subsidiary entered into an agreement with Hudson Studios Management, LLC to pay a management fee equal to $33,000 per month through December 31, 2009 and $25,000 per month thereafter for the remaining five-year term. For the nine months ended September 30, 2010 and 2009, approximately $150,000 and $200,000, respectively, of management fees had been incurred.

Upon our acquisition of the City Plaza property, the City Plaza property-owning subsidiary entered into an agreement with Hudson OP Management, LLC to pay a management fee equal to $10,000 per month. For the nine months ended September 30, 2010 and 2009, approximately $60,000 of management fees had been incurred.

Representation, Warranty and Indemnity Agreements

In connection with the formation transactions, we entered into representation, warranty and indemnity agreements with the Farallon Funds, pursuant to which they each made limited representations and warranties to us and our operating partnership regarding their investment intent with respect to the equity securities received by them as nominees, and certain other matters. The Farallon Funds also agreed to indemnify us and our operating partnership for breaches of such representations and warranties, in addition to the representations and warranties made by their affiliates that are the contributors in the Farallon contribution agreement, the representations and warranties in the 875 Howard Street contribution agreement made by the third party that owns interests in such property, and certain representations and warranties of Messrs. Coleman and Stern in the Hudson contribution agreement. Such indemnification is limited to claims made by June 29, 2011 and is subject to a deductible equal to 1% of the aggregate total consideration received by the Farallon Funds under the Farallon contribution agreement, and to a maximum, in the case of each Farallon Fund, of 10% of that Farallon Fund’s aggregate total consideration under the Farallon and 875 Howard Street contribution agreements or, in the case of claims relating to a specific property, 10% of that Farallon Fund’s aggregate total consideration allocable to that property under the Farallon and 875 Howard Street contribution agreements. The Farallon Funds pledged common units and common stock to our operating partnership with a value, based on the initial public offering price of $17.00 per share of our common stock, equal to 10% of their aggregate total consideration under the contribution agreement, in order to secure their indemnity obligations, and except in limited circumstances, these units and shares will be the sole recourse of our operating partnership in the case of a breach of a representation or warranty or other claim for indemnification under the Farallon and 875 Howard Street contribution agreements, and, together with our recourse against Messrs. Coleman and Stern under the Hudson contribution

138

agreement in the case of a breach of a representation or warranty or other claim for indemnification under that agreement, will constitute our operating partnership’s sole recourse for claims of indemnification under the contribution agreements.

Pursuant to a separate agreement between Messrs. Coleman and Stern, on the one hand, and the Farallon Funds, on the other, Messrs. Coleman and Stern agreed to indemnify the Farallon Funds for certain losses incurred by the Farallon Funds for claims arising under the Hudson contribution agreement, subject to a maximum equal to the aggregate total consideration received by Messrs. Coleman and Stern in respect of their indirect interests in the property entities that own each of the Sunset Gower property, the Technicolor Building, the Sunset Bronson property and the City Plaza property.

Partnership Agreement

In connection with the closing of the formation transactions and our initial public offering, we entered into an amended and restated partnership agreement with the various limited partners of our operating partnership, including the Farallon Funds. Pursuant to the partnership agreement, persons holding common units as a result of the formation transactions have rights, beginning August 29, 2011, to cause our operating partnership to redeem their common units for cash equal to the then-current market value of one share of common stock, or, at our election, to exchange their common units for shares of our common stock on a one-for-one basis, subject to adjustment in certain circumstances described in the partnership agreement. The partnership agreement also provides for redemption, conversion, exchange and other rights with respect to our operating partnership’s series A preferred units. See “Description of the Partnership Agreement of Hudson Pacific Properties, L.P.—Material Terms of Our Series A Preferred Units.”

Del Amo Purchase Agreement

In connection with our acquisition of a 100% ownership interest in the Del Amo Office property ground subleasehold interest and improvements, the Farallon Funds received $4.3 million (before prorations) in cash in their capacity as indirect owners of the limited partners of the entity that owned the Del Amo Office property ground subleasehold interest and improvements.

Registration Rights

We also entered into a registration rights agreement with the various persons that received shares of our common stock and/or common units in the formation transactions or pursuant to the private placement, including the Farallon Funds, the Morgan Stanley Investment Partnership and certain of our executive officers. Under the registration rights agreement, subject to certain limitations, commencing not later than August 29, 2011, we will file one or more registration statements covering the resale of the shares of our common stock issued in the formation transactions and the private placement, and the resale of the shares of our common stock issued or issuable, at our option, in exchange for operating partnership units issued in the formation transactions. We may, at our option, satisfy our obligation to prepare and file a resale registration statement by filing a registration statement registering the issuance by us of shares of our common stock registered under the Securities Act to the holders of units upon redemption of such units and, to the extent such shares constitute restricted securities, their resale. Commencing on December 26, 2010, the Farallon Funds have the right, on one occasion, to require us to register shares of our common stock issued in the formation transactions and the private placement for resale in an underwritten offering registered pursuant to the Securities Act; provided, such registration shall be limited to a number of shares of common stock representing up to 25% of the aggregate number of shares of our common stock and common units issued to the Farallon Funds and their affiliates in the formation transactions and the private placement. Commencing upon our filing of a resale registration statement not later than August 29, 2011, under certain circumstances, we are also required to undertake an underwritten offering upon the written request of holders of at least 10% in the aggregate of the securities originally issued in the formation transactions, provided that we are not obligated to effect more than two such underwritten offerings in addition to the demand registration.

139

Acquisition of Certain Properties by Hudson Capital and the Farallon Funds Prior to the Formation Transactions

Through various transactions during the two years prior to our initial public offering and the formation transactions, Hudson Capital, LLC and affiliates of the Farallon Funds acquired the City Plaza property for an aggregate net purchase price paid of $53.3 million (before closing costs and prorations), after acquiring the mortgage on the property for $69.3 million and receiving a $1.3 million loan paydown from the original borrower along with a transfer of $14.7 million from existing loan reserves.

Employment Agreements

We have entered into employment agreements with our executive officers, effective June 29, 2010. The material terms of the employment agreements with our named executive officers are described under “Executive Compensation—Narrative Disclosure to Summary Compensation Table” and “Executive Compensation—Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control.”

Indemnification of Officers and Directors

We have entered into indemnification agreements with each of our executive officers and directors as described in “Management—Limitation of Liability and Indemnification.”

140

POLICIES WITH RESPECT TO CERTAIN ACTIVITIES

The following is a discussion of certain of our investment, financing and other policies. These policies have been determined by our board of directors and, in general, may be amended or revised from time to time by our board of directors without a vote of our stockholders.

Investment Policies

Investments in Real Estate or Interests in Real Estate

We conduct all of our investment activities through our operating partnership and its subsidiaries. Our investment objectives are to maximize the cash flow of our properties, acquire properties with cash flow growth potential, provide quarterly cash distributions and achieve long-term capital appreciation for our stockholders through increases in the value of our company. We have not established a specific policy regarding the relative priority of these investment objectives. For a discussion of our properties and our acquisition and other strategic objectives, see “Business and Properties.”

We expect to pursue our investment objectives primarily through the ownership by our operating partnership of our existing properties and other acquired properties and assets. We currently intend to invest primarily in office and media and entertainment properties. While we may diversify in terms of property locations, size and market, we do not have any limit on the amount or percentage of our assets that may be invested in any one property or any one geographic area. We intend to engage in such future investment activities in a manner that is consistent with the maintenance of our status as a REIT for federal income tax purposes. In addition, we may purchase or lease income-producing office or other types of properties for long-term investment, expand and improve the properties we presently own or other acquired properties, or sell such properties, in whole or in part, when circumstances warrant.

We may also participate with third parties in property ownership, through joint ventures or other types of co-ownership. These types of investments may permit us to own interests in larger assets without unduly restricting our diversification and, therefore, provide us with flexibility in structuring our portfolio. We will not, however, enter into a joint venture or other partnership arrangement to make an investment that would not otherwise meet our investment policies.

Equity investments in acquired properties may be subject to existing mortgage financing and other indebtedness or to new indebtedness which may be incurred in connection with acquiring or refinancing these properties. Debt service on such financing or indebtedness will have a priority over any dividends with respect to our series B preferred stock or our common stock. We will limit our investment in any securities so that we do not fall within the definition of an “investment company” under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, or the 1940 Act.

Investments in Real Estate Mortgages

While our portfolio consists of, and our business objectives emphasize, equity investments in office and media and entertainment properties, we may, at the discretion of our board of directors and without a vote of our stockholders, invest in mortgages and other types of real estate interests in a manner that is consistent with our qualification as a REIT. We do not presently intend to invest in mortgages or deeds of trust, but may invest in participating or convertible mortgages if we conclude that we may benefit from the gross revenues or any appreciation in value of the property. If we choose to invest in mortgages, we would expect to invest in mortgages secured by office or media and entertainment-related properties. However, there is no restriction on the proportion of our assets that may be invested in a type of mortgage or any single mortgage or type of mortgage loan. Investments in real estate mortgages run the risk that one or more borrowers may default under the mortgages and that the collateral securing those mortgages may not be sufficient to enable us to recoup our full investment. We will limit our investment in any securities so that we do not fall within the definition of an “investment company” under the 1940 Act.

141

Securities of or Interests in Persons Primarily Engaged in Real Estate Activities and Other Issuers

Subject to the percentage of ownership limitations and the income and asset tests necessary for REIT qualification, we may in the future invest in securities of other REITs, other entities engaged in real estate activities or securities of other issuers where such investment would be consistent with our investment objectives. We may invest in the debt or equity securities of such entities, including for the purpose of exercising control over such entities. We currently intend to invest primarily in entities that own office and media and entertainment properties. We have no current plans to invest in entities that are not engaged in real estate activities. While we may attempt to diversify our investments with respect to the office and media and entertainment properties owned by such entities, in terms of property locations, size and market, we do not have any limit on the amount or percentage of our assets that may be invested in any one entity, property or geographic area. Our investment objectives are to maximize cash flow of our investments, acquire investments with growth potential and provide cash distributions and long-term capital appreciation to our stockholders through increases in the value of our company. We have not established a specific policy regarding the relative priority of these investment objectives. We will limit our investment in such securities so that we will not fall within the definition of an “investment company” under the 1940 Act.

Investments in Other Securities

Other than as described above, we do not intend to invest in any additional securities such as bonds, preferred stocks or common stock.

Dispositions

We do not currently intend to dispose of any of our properties, although we reserve the right to do so if, based upon management’s periodic review of our portfolio, our board of directors determines that such action would be in our best interest and consistent with our qualification as a REIT.

Financings and Leverage Policy

We anticipate using a number of different sources to finance our acquisitions and operations, including cash flows from operations, asset sales, seller financing, issuance of debt securities, private financings (such as additional bank credit facilities, which may or may not be secured by our assets), property-level mortgage debt, common or preferred equity issuances or any combination of these sources, to the extent available to us, or other sources that may become available from time to time. Any debt that we incur may be recourse or non-recourse and may be secured or unsecured. We also may take advantage of joint venture or other partnering opportunities as such opportunities arise in order to acquire properties that would otherwise be unavailable to us. We may use the proceeds of our borrowings to acquire assets, to refinance existing debt or for general corporate purposes.

Although we are not required to maintain any particular leverage ratio, we intend, when appropriate, to employ prudent amounts of leverage and to use debt as a means of providing additional funds for the acquisition of assets, to refinance existing debt or for general corporate purposes. We expect to use leverage conservatively, assessing the appropriateness of new equity or debt capital based on market conditions, including prudent assumptions regarding future cash flow, the creditworthiness of tenants and future rental rates, with the ultimate objective of becoming an issuer of investment grade debt. Our charter and bylaws do not limit the amount of debt that we may incur. Although our board of directors has not adopted a policy limiting the total amount of debt that we may incur, we intend upon full deployment of the net proceeds of this offering and utilization of our secured revolving credit facility to target a ratio of debt to total assets of 40-45% based on the cost of our assets. We intend to target a limit on our floating rate debt of no more than 20% of outstanding debt through fixed rate borrowing or interest rate hedges.

Our board of directors will consider a number of factors in evaluating the amount of debt that we may incur. Our board of directors may from time to time modify its views regarding the appropriate amount of debt

142

financing in light of then-current economic conditions, relative costs of debt and equity capital, market values of our properties, general conditions in the market for debt and equity securities, fluctuations in the market price of our common and series B preferred stock, growth and acquisition opportunities and other factors. Our decision to use leverage in the future to finance our assets will be at our discretion and will not be subject to the approval of our stockholders.

Lending Policies

We have not made any loans to third parties, although we do not have a policy limiting our ability to make loans to other persons. We may consider offering purchase money financing in connection with the sale of properties where the provision of that financing will increase the value to be received by us for the property sold. We also may make loans to joint ventures in which we participate. However, we do not intend to engage in significant lending activities. Any loan we make will be consistent with maintaining our qualification as a REIT.

Equity Capital Policies

To the extent that our board of directors determines to obtain additional capital, we may issue debt or equity securities, including additional units and senior securities, retain earnings (subject to provisions in the Code requiring distributions of income to maintain REIT qualification) or pursue a combination of these methods. As long as our operating partnership is in existence, the proceeds of all equity capital raised by us generally will be contributed to our operating partnership in exchange for additional interests in our operating partnership, which will dilute the ownership interests of the limited partners in our operating partnership.

Existing stockholders will have no preemptive right to common or preferred stock or units issued in any securities offering by us, and any such offering might cause a dilution of a stockholder’s investment in us. Although we have no current plans to do so, we may in the future issue shares of common stock or units in connection with acquisitions of property.

We may, under certain circumstances, purchase shares of our common stock or other securities in the open market or in private transactions with our stockholders, provided that those purchases are approved by our board of directors. Our board of directors has no present intention of causing us to repurchase any shares of our common stock or other securities, and any such action would only be taken in conformity with applicable federal and state laws and the applicable requirements for qualification as a REIT.

Conflict of Interest Policies

Overview. Conflicts of interest could arise in the future as a result of the relationships between us and our affiliates, on the one hand, and our operating partnership or any partner thereof, on the other. Our directors and officers have duties to our company under applicable Maryland law in connection with their management of our company. At the same time, we, as the general partner of our operating partnership, have fiduciary duties and obligations to our operating partnership and its limited partners under Maryland law in connection with the management of our operating partnership. Our fiduciary duties and obligations as general partner to our operating partnership and its partners may come into conflict with the duties of our directors and officers to our company.

Under Maryland law, the general partner of a Maryland limited partnership has fiduciary duties of loyalty and care to the partnership and its partners and an obligation to discharge its duties and exercise its rights as general partner under the partnership agreement or Maryland law consistently with the obligation of good faith and fair dealing. The duty of loyalty requires a general partner of a Maryland general partnership to account to the partnership and hold as trustee for it any property, profit, or benefit derived by the general partner in the conduct of the partnership business or derived from a use by the general partner of partnership property, including the appropriation of a partnership opportunity, to refrain from dealing with the partnership in the conduct or winding up of the partnership business as or on behalf of a party having an interest adverse to the

143

partnership and to refrain from competing with the partnership in the conduct of the partnership business, although the partnership agreement may identify specific types or categories of activities that do not violate the duty of loyalty. Our operating partnership agreement provides that we, in our capacity as general partner of our operating partnership, are under no obligation not to give priority to our separate interests or those of our stockholders. The partnership agreement also provides that any action or failure to act by us or our directors that gives priority to the separate interests of our company or our stockholders and does not result in a violation of the contract rights of the limited partners of our operating partnership does not violate the duty of loyalty that we owe in our capacity as the general partner of our operating partnership to the operating partnership or its partners. The duty of care requires a general partner to refrain from engaging in grossly negligent or reckless conduct, intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, and this duty may not be unreasonably reduced by the partnership agreement.

The partnership agreement provides that neither we, as the general partner of the operating partnership, nor any of our directors or officers, will be liable or accountable in damages or otherwise to our operating partnership, the limited partners or assignees for losses sustained, liabilities incurred or benefits not derived as a result of errors in judgment, mistakes of fact or law or for any act or omission if we, or such director or officer, acted in good faith. The partnership agreement also provides that we will not be liable to the operating partnership or any partner for monetary damages for losses sustained, liabilities incurred or benefits not derived by the operating partnership or any limited partner, except for liability for our intentional harm or gross negligence. In addition, the partnership agreement provides that our operating partnership must indemnify us, each of our directors, officers and employees, and any other person designated by us, against any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities (whether joint or several), expenses (including, without limitation, attorneys’ fees and other legal fees and expenses), judgments, fines, settlements and other amounts arising from any and all claims, demands, actions, suits or proceedings, civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, that relate to the operations of the operating partnership, except (1) if the act or omission of such person was material to the matter giving rise to the action and either was committed in bad faith or was the result of active and deliberate dishonesty, (2) for any transaction for which such person received an improper personal benefit in money, property or services or otherwise, in violation or breach of any provision of the partnership agreement, or (3) in the case of a criminal proceeding, if the person had reasonable cause to believe the act or omission was unlawful.

No reported decision of a Maryland appellate court has interpreted provisions similar to the provisions of the partnership agreement of our operating partnership that modify or reduce the fiduciary duties and obligations of a general partner or reduce or eliminate our liability for money damages to the operating partnership and its partners, and we have not obtained an opinion of counsel as to the enforceability of the provisions set forth in the partnership agreement that purport to modify or reduce our fiduciary duties that would be in effect were it not for the partnership agreement.

Policies Applicable to All Directors and Officers. Our governing instruments do not restrict any of our directors, officers, stockholders or affiliates from having a pecuniary interest in an investment or transaction in which we have an interest or from conducting, for their own account, business activities of the type we conduct. However, we have adopted policies that are designed to eliminate or minimize potential conflicts of interest, including a policy for the review, approval or ratification of any related person transaction, which is any transaction or series of transactions in which we or any of our subsidiaries is or are to be a participant, the amount involved exceeds $120,000, and a “related person” (as defined under SEC rules) has a direct or indirect material interest. This policy provides that the audit committee of our board of directors will review the relevant facts and circumstances of each related person transaction, including whether the transaction is on terms comparable to those that could be obtained in arm’s length dealings with an unrelated third party. Based on its consideration of all of the relevant facts and circumstances, the audit committee will decide whether or not to approve such transaction and will generally approve only those transactions that do not create a conflict of interest. If we become aware of an existing related person transaction that has not been pre-approved under this policy, the transaction will be referred to the audit committee, which will evaluate all options available, including ratification, revision or termination of such transaction. This policy also requires any director who may be

144

interested in a related person transaction to recuse himself or herself from any consideration of such related person transaction. We also adopted a code of business conduct and ethics, which provides that all of our directors, officers and employees are prohibited from taking for themselves opportunities that are discovered through the use of corporate property, information or position without our consent. See “Management—Code of Business Conduct and Ethics.” However, we cannot assure you that these policies or provisions of law will always be successful in eliminating the influence of such conflicts, and if they are not successful, decisions could be made that might fail to reflect fully the interests of all stockholders.

Interested Director and Officer Transactions

Pursuant to the MGCL, a contract or other transaction between us and a director or between us and any other corporation or other entity in which any of our directors is a director or has a material financial interest is not void or voidable solely on the grounds of such common directorship or interest, the presence of such director at the meeting at which the contract or transaction is authorized, approved or ratified or the counting of the director’s vote in favor thereof, provided that:

•

the fact of the common directorship or interest is disclosed or known to our board of directors or a committee of our board, and our board or such committee authorizes, approves or ratifies the transaction or contract by the affirmative vote of a majority of disinterested directors, even if the disinterested directors constitute less than a quorum;

•

the fact of the common directorship or interest is disclosed or known to our stockholders entitled to vote thereon, and the transaction or contract is authorized, approved or ratified by a majority of the votes cast by the stockholders entitled to vote other than the votes of shares owned of record or beneficially by the interested director or corporation, firm or other entity; or

•

the transaction or contract is fair and reasonable to us at the time it is authorized, ratified or approved.

Furthermore, under Maryland law (where our operating partnership is formed), we, as general partner, have fiduciary duties and obligations to our operating partnership and its partners and, consequently, such transactions also are subject to the fiduciary duties of care and loyalty and the obligation of good faith and fair dealing that we, as general partner, owe to the operating partnership and its limited partners (to the extent such duties have not been modified or reduced pursuant to the terms of the partnership agreement). We have adopted a policy which requires that all contracts and transactions between us, our operating partnership or any of our subsidiaries, on the one hand, and any of our directors or executive officers or any entity in which such director or executive officer is a director or has a material financial interest, on the other hand, must be approved by the affirmative vote of a majority of the disinterested directors even if less than a quorum. Where appropriate, in the judgment of the disinterested directors, our board of directors may obtain a fairness opinion or engage independent counsel to represent the interests of non-affiliated security holders, although our board of directors will have no obligation to do so.

Policies With Respect To Other Activities

We have authority to offer common stock, preferred stock or options to purchase stock, or units convertible into common stock, in exchange for property and to repurchase or otherwise acquire our common stock or other securities in the open market or otherwise, and we may engage in such activities in the future. As described in “Description of the Partnership Agreement of Hudson Pacific Properties, L.P.,” we expect, but are not obligated, to issue common stock to holders of units upon exercise of their redemption rights. Except in connection with our initial public offering, private placement and formation transactions, and grants of equity compensation to our directors, officers and employees, we have not issued common stock, units or any other securities in exchange for property or any other purpose, and our board of directors has no present intention of

145

causing us to repurchase any common stock. Subject to the rights of holders of series B preferred stock to approve the classification or issuance of shares of any class or series ranking senior to the series B preferred stock, our board of directors has the authority, without further stockholder approval, to amend our charter to increase the number of authorized shares of common stock or preferred stock and to authorize us to issue additional shares of common stock or preferred stock, in one or more series, including senior securities, in any manner, and on the terms and for the consideration, it deems appropriate. See “Description of Series B Preferred Stock” and “Description of Stock.” We have not engaged in trading, underwriting or agency distribution or sale of securities of other issuers other than our operating partnership and do not intend to do so. At all times, we intend to make investments in such a manner as to qualify as a REIT, unless because of circumstances or changes in the Code, or the Treasury Regulations, our board of directors determines that it is no longer in our best interests to qualify as a REIT. In addition, we intend to make investments in such a way that we will not be treated as an investment company under the 1940 Act.

Reporting Policies

We intend to make available to our stockholders our annual reports, including our audited financial statements. We are subject to the information reporting requirements of the Exchange Act. Pursuant to those requirements, we are required to file annual and periodic reports, proxy statements and other information, including audited financial statements, with the SEC.

146

STRUCTURE OF OUR COMPANY

Our Operating Entities

Our Operating Partnership

Our operating partnership, directly or indirectly through its wholly owned subsidiaries, holds substantially all of our assets and conducts substantially all of our operations. We will contribute the net proceeds from the sale of series B preferred stock in this offering to our operating partnership in exchange for series B preferred units in our operating partnership, which will have rights as to distributions and upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up that are substantially similar to those of the series B preferred stock. Our interest in our operating partnership’s series B preferred units will entitle us to share in cash distributions from our operating partnership before distributions are made with respect to our operating partnership’s common units, up to an amount per series B preferred unit equal to the dividend preference on a share of series B preferred stock. Subject to the preferred rights of holders of series A preferred units, our preferential rights as the holder of series B preferred units and any other class or series of units that our operating partnership may issue in the future, our interest in our operating partnership entitles us to share in cash distributions from, and allocations of profits and losses of, our operating partnership in proportion to our percentage ownership of common units. As the sole general partner of our operating partnership, we generally have the exclusive power under the partnership agreement to manage and conduct its business, subject to limited approval and voting rights of the limited partners described more fully below in “Description of the Partnership Agreement of Hudson Pacific Properties, L.P.” Our board of directors manages the business and affairs of our company by directing the business and affairs of our operating partnership.

Beginning on or after August 29, 2011, limited partners of our operating partnership and certain qualifying assignees of limited partners will have the right to require our operating partnership to redeem part or all of their outstanding common units for cash, or, at our election, shares of our common stock, based upon the fair market value of an equivalent number of shares of our common stock at the time of the redemption, subject to the restrictions on ownership and transfer of our stock set forth in our charter and described under the section entitled “Description of Stock—Restrictions on Ownership and Transfer.” Beginning on or after June 29, 2013, the limited partners of our operating partnership holding series A preferred units and certain qualifying assignees of such limited partners will also have the right to either (i) convert up to approximately $12.5 million in aggregate liquidation preference of their outstanding series A preferred units into common units with an equivalent value (valuing each common unit to be received at the fair market value of a share of our common stock at the time of conversion), or (ii) require our operating partnership to redeem such series A preferred units or, at our option, exchange them for registered shares of our common stock with a value equal to the redemption price (valuing each share of common stock to be received at the fair market value of such share at the time of redemption), subject to the applicable restrictions on ownership and transfer of our stock set forth in our charter. With each redemption of common units or series A preferred units, we will increase our percentage ownership interest in our operating partnership and our share of our operating partnership’s cash distributions and profits and losses. See “Description of the Partnership Agreement of Hudson Pacific Properties, L.P.”

Our Services Company

As part of our formation transactions, we formed Hudson Pacific Services, Inc., or our services company, a Maryland corporation that is wholly owned by our operating partnership. We have elected, together with our services company, to treat our services company as a taxable REIT subsidiary for federal income tax purposes, and we may form additional taxable REIT subsidiaries in the future. Our services company generally may provide both customary and non-customary services to our tenants and engage in other activities that we may not engage in directly without adversely affecting our qualification as a REIT. Our services company and its wholly owned subsidiaries provide a number of services to certain tenants at our media and entertainment properties and, from time to time, one or more taxable REIT subsidiaries may provide services to our tenants at

147

these and other properties. See “Federal Income Tax Considerations—Taxation of Our Company—Income Tests.” In addition, our operating partnership has contributed some or all of its interests in certain wholly owned subsidiaries or their assets to our services company. We currently lease space to wholly owned subsidiaries of our services company at our media and entertainment properties and may, from time to time, enter into additional leases with one or more taxable REIT subsidiaries. Any income earned by our taxable REIT subsidiaries will not be included in our taxable income for purposes of the 75% or 95% gross income tests, except to the extent such income is distributed to us as a dividend, in which case such dividend income will qualify under the 95%, but not the 75%, gross income test. See “Federal Income Tax Considerations—Taxation of Our Company—Income Tests.” Because a taxable REIT subsidiary is subject to federal income tax, and state and local income tax (where applicable), as a regular C corporation, the income earned by our taxable REIT subsidiaries generally will be subject to an additional level of tax as compared to the income earned by our other subsidiaries.

148

The following diagram depicts our ownership structure and the ownership structure of our operating partnership upon completion of this offering and the acquisition of 10950 Washington.

LOGO

(1)	Reflects shares of our common stock acquired by the Farallon Funds in the private placement and formation transactions.

(2)	Reflects shares of our common stock acquired by Victor J. Coleman in the private placement and shares of restricted stock granted to Victor J. Coleman, other members of management and directors concurrently with the completion of our initial public offering.

(3)	Reflects an aggregate of approximately $12.5 million in liquidation preference of series A preferred units, which were issued in connection with our initial public offering and formation transactions that may be converted into common units commencing June 29, 2013.

(4)	Our acquisition of this property is subject to closing conditions. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Properties and Our Business—The purchase of the 10950 Washington property is subject to closing conditions that could delay or prevent the acquisition of the property.”

149

DESCRIPTION OF THE PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT OF HUDSON PACIFIC PROPERTIES, L.P.

We have summarized the material terms and provisions of the Second Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of Hudson Pacific Properties, L.P., which we refer to as the “partnership agreement.” This summary is not complete. For more detail, you should refer to the partnership agreement itself, a copy of which is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus is part. For purposes of this section, references to “we,” “our,” “us,” “our company” and the “general partner” refer to Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc. in our capacity as the general partner of our operating partnership.

General

All of our assets are held by, and substantially all of our operations are conducted through, our operating partnership, either directly or through subsidiaries. We will amend and restate the partnership agreement in connection with the consummation of the offering of series B preferred stock to reflect the issuance and terms of the series B preferred units, and the provisions of the partnership agreement described below will be in effect from and after the consummation of this offering. We are the general partner of the operating partnership and we own 89.5% of the outstanding common units in the operating partnership.

Certain persons who contributed interests in properties and/or other assets pursuant to the formation transactions received common units or series A preferred units in our operating partnership. Holders of common units in the operating partnership are generally entitled to share in cash distributions from, and in the profits and losses of, the operating partnership in proportion to their respective percentage interests of common units in the operating partnership if and to the extent authorized by us and subject to the preferential rights of holders of outstanding preferred units, including series A preferred units and series B preferred units. Holders of series A preferred units rank senior to any other partnership interest and are entitled to receive preferential cash distributions, a liquidation preference in the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the operating partnership (but only to the extent consistent with a liquidation in accordance with positive capital account balances), as well as certain conversion and redemption rights as described below in “—Material Terms of Our Series A Preferred Units.” Series B preferred units will rank junior to the series A preferred units and senior to the common units of our operating partnership and, subject to the rights of holders of series A preferred units, will have rights as to distributions and upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up that are substantially similar to those of the series B preferred stock described in “Description of Series B Preferred Stock.” The units in the operating partnership are not listed on any exchange or quoted on any national market system.

Provisions in the partnership agreement could discourage third parties from making proposals involving an unsolicited acquisition of us or change of our control, although some stockholders might consider such proposals, if made, desirable. These provisions also make it more difficult for third parties to alter the management structure of the operating partnership without the concurrence of our board of directors. These provisions include, among others:

•

redemption rights of qualifying parties;

•

transfer restrictions on units, including our common units;

•

our ability, as general partner, in some cases, to amend the partnership agreement and to cause the partnership to issue preferred units with terms that we, in our capacity as the general partner of our operating partnership, may determine, without the consent of the limited partners;

•

the right of the limited partners to consent to transfers of the general partnership interest and mergers under specified circumstances; and

150

•

Purposes, Business and Management

The purpose of the operating partnership includes the conduct of any business, enterprise or activity permitted by or under the Maryland Revised Uniform Limited Partnership Act. The operating partnership may enter into partnerships, joint ventures or similar arrangements and may own interests in any other entity. However, the operating partnership may not, without our consent, take, or refrain from taking, any action that, in our judgment, in our sole and absolute discretion:

•

could adversely affect our ability to continue to qualify as a REIT;

•

could subject us to any taxes under Code Section 857 or Code Section 4981 or any other related or successor provision under the Code; or

•

could violate any law or regulation of any governmental body or agency having jurisdiction over us, our securities or the operating partnership.

In general, our board of directors manages the business and affairs of the operating partnership by directing our business and affairs, in our capacity as the general partner of the operating partnership.

Except as otherwise expressly provided in the partnership agreement, all management powers over the business and affairs of the operating partnership are exclusively vested in us, in our capacity as the general partner of the operating partnership. No limited partner or any other person to whom one or more partnership units has been transferred may, in its capacity as a limited partner or assignee, participate in or exercise control or management power over the business and affairs of the operating partnership. The general partner may not be removed by the partners with or without cause, except with the general partner’s consent. In addition to the powers granted to the general partner under applicable law or that are granted to the general partner under any other provision of the partnership agreement, the general partner, subject to the other provisions of the partnership agreement (including the restrictions on the general partner’s authority described below), has the full and exclusive power and authority to do all things deemed necessary or desirable by the general partner to conduct the business of the operating partnership, to exercise or direct the exercise of all powers of the operating partnership and to effectuate the purposes of the operating partnership. The operating partnership may incur debt or enter into credit, guarantee, financing or refinancing arrangements for any purpose, including, without limitation, in connection with any acquisition of properties, upon such terms as the general partner determines to be appropriate. Except in connection with certain transactions involving the general partner discussed in “—Restrictions on Mergers, Sales, Transfers and Other Significant Transactions of the General Partner” and “—Material Terms of Series A Preferred Units—Voting and Consent Rights,” the general partner may authorize the operating partnership to dispose of any, all or substantially all of the assets (including the goodwill) of the operating partnership or merge, consolidate, reorganize or otherwise combine with or into another entity. With limited exceptions, the general partner is authorized to execute, deliver and perform agreements and transactions on behalf of the operating partnership without any further act, approval or vote of the limited partners.

Restrictions on General Partner’s Authority

The general partner may not take any action in contravention of the partnership agreement. The general partner may not, without the prior consent of a majority in interest of the partners (including us), undertake any actions on behalf of the operating partnership, or enter into any transaction, that would have the effect of amending, modifying or terminating the partnership agreement, except as provided in the partnership agreement. For a description of the provisions of the partnership agreement permitting the general partner to amend the

151

partnership agreement without the consent of the limited partners see “—Amendment of the Partnership Agreement—Amendment by the General Partner without the Consent of the Limited Partners.” The general partner may not, without the prior consent of a majority in interest of the limited partners holding common units (excluding us and any limited partner a majority of whose equity is owned, directly or indirectly, by us), transfer all or any portion of its interest in the operating partnership, withdraw as the general partner of the operating partnership or admit into the operating partnership any successor general partners, subject to the exceptions discussed in “—Transfers and Withdrawals—Restrictions on Transfers by General Partner.”

In addition, the general partner may not amend the partnership agreement or take any action on behalf of the operating partnership, without the prior consent of each partner adversely affected by such amendment or action, if such amendment or action would:

•

convert a limited partner into a general partner;

•

modify the limited liability of a limited partner;

•

alter the rights of any limited partner to receive the distributions to which such partner is entitled, or alter the allocations specified in the partnership agreement, except in connection with the creation and issuance of any class or series of units, to the extent permitted by the partnership agreement;

•

alter or modify the redemption rights or conversion rights of limited partners and certain qualifying assignees or the related definitions;

•

alter the restrictions on the general partner’s ability to transfer all or any portion of its interest in the operating partnership or voluntarily withdraw as the general partner;

•

enter into any contract, mortgage, loan or other agreement that expressly prohibits or restricts, or has the effect of prohibiting or restricting, the general partner or the operating partnership from performing its obligations in connection with the redemption of units or any limited partner from exercising its redemption or conversion rights under the partnership agreement;

•

remove, alter or amend certain provisions of the partnership agreement related to the requirements for us to qualify as a REIT or permitting us to avoid paying tax under Code Sections 857 or 4981;

•

reduce any limited partners’ rights to indemnification;

•

create any liability of the limited partners not already provided in the partnership agreement; or

•

amend the provisions of the partnership agreement requiring the consent of each affected partner before taking any of the actions described above.

Additional Limited Partners

Subject to the rights of limited partners holding series A preferred units, the general partner may cause the operating partnership to issue additional units from time to time, on terms and conditions and for such capital contributions as may be established by the general partner in its sole and absolute discretion. The net capital contribution need not be equal for all limited partners. No person may be admitted as an additional limited partner without the general partner’s consent, which consent may be given or withheld in its sole and absolute discretion.

152

No action or consent by the limited partners is required in connection with the admission of any additional limited partner. The general partner is expressly authorized to cause the operating partnership to issue additional units:

•

upon the conversion, redemption or exchange of any debt, units or other securities issued by the operating partnership;

•

for less than fair market value, so long as the general partner concludes in good faith that such issuance is in the best interests of the general partner and the operating partnership; and

•

in connection with any merger of any other entity into the operating partnership.

Subject to the rights of the limited partners holding series A preferred units, any additional units may be issued in one or more classes, or one or more series of any of such classes, with such designations, preferences, conversion or other rights, voting powers or rights, restrictions, limitations as to distributions, qualifications or terms or conditions of redemption (including, without limitation, terms that may be senior or otherwise entitled to preference over existing units) as the general partner shall determine, in its sole and absolute discretion without the approval of any limited partner or any other person. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the general partner has authority to specify:

•

the allocations of items of partnership income, gain, loss, deduction and credit to each such class or series of units;

•

the right of each such class or series of units to share in distributions;

•

the rights of each such class or series of units upon dissolution and liquidation of the operating partnership;

•

the voting rights, if any, of each such class or series of units; and

•

the conversion, redemption or exchange rights applicable to each such class or series of units.

In connection with this offering, our operating partnership will issue to us an equivalent number of series B preferred units that, subject to the rights of holders of series A preferred units, will have rights as to distributions and upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up that are substantially similar to those of the series B preferred stock described in “Description of Series B Preferred Stock.”

Ability to Engage in Other Businesses; Conflicts of Interest

We may not conduct any business other than in connection with the ownership, acquisition and disposition of partnership interests, the management of the business of the operating partnership, our operation as a reporting company with a class or classes of securities registered under the Exchange Act, our operations as a REIT, the offering, sale, syndication, private placement or public offering of stock, bonds, securities or other interests related to the partnership or its assets or activities or our activities in our capacity as general partner, financing or refinancing of any type related to the operating partnership or its assets or activities, and such activities as are incidental to those activities discussed above. We may, however, in our sole and absolute discretion, from time to time hold or acquire assets in our own name or otherwise other than through the operating partnership so long as we take commercially reasonable measures to ensure that the economic benefits and burdens of such property are otherwise vested in the operating partnership.

153

Distributions

We are required to cause the operating partnership to distribute quarterly, or on a more or less frequent basis as we may determine, all, or such portion as we may in our sole and absolute discretion determine, of the available cash (as such term is defined in the partnership agreement) generated by the operating partnership during such quarter to us and the limited partners:

•

first, with respect to the series A preferred units and any other units that are entitled to any preference in distribution, in accordance with the rights of such class or classes of units, and, within such class or classes, among the holders of such units, pro rata in proportion to their respective percentage interests;

•

second, with respect to the series B preferred units and any other units ranking on parity with the series B preferred units as to distributions, in accordance with the rights of holders of such units, as applicable, and, within such class, among the holders of such units, pro rata in proportion to their respective percentage interests; and

•

third, with respect to any units that are not entitled to any preference in distribution, including common units, in accordance with the rights of holders of such units, as applicable, and, within such class, among the holders of such units, pro rata in proportion to their respective percentage interests.

Distributions payable with respect to any units that were not outstanding during the entire quarterly period in respect of which a distribution is made, other than units issued to us in connection with the issuance of shares of our common stock or series B preferred stock, will be prorated based on the portion of the period that such units were outstanding.

Allocations

Net income or net loss of our operating partnership will generally be allocated to us, as the general partner, and to the limited partners in accordance with the partners’ respective interests in the operating partnership. Allocations of net income will be made, first, to holders of series A preferred units to the extent of the accrued preferred return on such units and then to us to the extent of the accrued preferred return on our series B preferred units. Any remaining net income will be allocated to holders of common units. Allocations to holders of common units will generally be made proportionately to all such holders in respect of such units. However, in some cases gain or loss may be disproportionately allocated to partners who have contributed appreciated property or guaranteed debt of our operating partnership. The allocations described above are subject to special rules relating to depreciation deductions and to compliance with the provisions of Sections 704(b) and 704(c) of the Code and the associated Treasury Regulations. See “Federal Income Tax Considerations—Taxation of Our Company—Tax Aspects of Our Operating Partnership, the Subsidiary Partnerships and the Limited Liability Companies.”

Reimbursement of Expenses; Transactions with Our Affiliates and Us

We are not entitled to receive any compensation for our services as the general partner of our operating partnership. Through our interest in our operating partnership, we have the same right to distributions as other holders of common units. In addition, the operating partnership is required to reimburse us for all amounts expended by us in connection with the operating partnership’s business, including expenses relating to the ownership of interests in and management and operation of, or for the benefit of, the operating partnership, compensation of our officers and employees and officers and employees of the operating partnership, including payments under future compensation plans that may provide for stock units, or phantom stock, pursuant to which our employees or employees of the operating partnership will receive payments based upon dividends on or the value of our common stock, director or manager fees and expenses and all costs and expenses that we incur in

154

connection with our being a public company, including costs of filings with the SEC, reports and other distributions to our stockholders. The operating partnership is required to reimburse us for all expenses incurred by us relating to any offering of stock, including any underwriting discounts or commissions in such case based on the percentage of the net proceeds from such issuance contributed to or otherwise made available to the operating partnership. Any reimbursement will be reduced by the amount of any interest that we earn on funds we hold on behalf of the operating partnership.

Except as expressly permitted by the partnership agreement, we and our affiliates may not engage in any transactions with the operating partnership except on terms we determine in good faith to be fair and reasonable.

Our Liability and that of the Limited Partners

We, as general partner of the operating partnership, are ultimately liable for all general recourse obligations of the operating partnership to the extent not paid by the operating partnership. We are not liable for the nonrecourse obligations of the operating partnership.

Except as may be provided in the terms of any class or series of units, the limited partners are not required to make additional contributions to the operating partnership. Assuming that a limited partner does not take part in the control of the business of the operating partnership, the liability of the limited partner for obligations of the operating partnership under the partnership agreement and the Maryland Revised Uniform Limited Partnership Act is generally limited to the loss of the limited partner’s investment in the operating partnership represented by such limited partner’s units.

Exculpation and Indemnification

The partnership agreement generally provides that we, as general partner, and any of our respective directors or officers will incur no liability to the operating partnership, or any limited partner or assignee, for losses sustained or liabilities incurred or benefits not derived as a result of errors in judgment, mistakes of fact or law or any acts or omissions if we or such officer or director acted in good faith. The partnership agreement also provides that we will not be liable to the operating partnership or any partner for monetary damages for losses sustained, liabilities incurred or benefits not derived by the operating partnership or any limited partner, except for liability for our intentional harm or gross negligence. In addition, we, as general partner, are not responsible to the partnership for any misconduct or negligence on the part of our employees or agents, provided we appointed such employees or agents in good faith. We, as general partner, may consult with legal counsel, accountants, appraisers, management consultants, investment bankers and other consultants and advisors, and any action we take or omit to take in reliance upon the opinion of such persons, as to matters which we, as general partner, reasonably believe to be within their professional or expert competence, will be conclusively presumed to have been done or omitted in good faith and in accordance with such opinion.

The partnership agreement also provides for the indemnification of us, as general partner, and our directors, officers and employees, officers and employees of the operating partnership and such other persons as we, as general partner, may from time to time designate from and against any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities, joint or several, expenses, judgments, fines, settlements and other amounts arising from any and all claims, demands, actions, suits or proceedings that relate to the operations of the operating partnership, provided that such person will not be indemnified for (i) any act or omission of such person that was material to the matter giving rise to the action and either was committed in bad faith or was the result of active and deliberate dishonesty, (ii) in the case of any criminal proceeding, any act or omission that such person had reason to believe was unlawful, or (iii) any transaction for which such person actually received an improper personal benefit in money, property or services or otherwise, in violation or breach of any provision of the partnership agreement. The operating partnership must also pay or reimburse the reasonable expenses of any such person upon its receipt of a written affirmation of the person’s good faith belief that the standard of conduct necessary for indemnification has been met and a written undertaking to repay any amounts paid or advanced if it is ultimately

155

determined that the person did not meet the standard of conduct for indemnification. The operating partnership will not indemnify or advance funds to any person with respect to any action initiated by the person seeking indemnification (other than an action to enforce such person’s right to indemnification under the partnership agreement) without our approval or if the person is found to be liable to the operating partnership on any portion of any claim in the action.

The partnership agreement also provides for the indemnification of each of the limited partners of our operating partnership, their affiliates and each of their respective directors, officers, stockholders and any other individual acting on its or their behalf, from and against any costs incurred by such person resulting from any litigation or other proceeding in which any limited partner is named as a defendant or any claim threatened or asserted against any limited partner that relates to the operations of the operating partnership or any obligation assumed by the operating partnership, unless such costs are the result of intentional harm or gross negligence on the part of, or a breach of partnership agreement by, such limited partner.

Sales of Partnership Assets; Mergers; Consolidations

Under the partnership agreement, the general partner generally has the authority to cause the operating partnership to sell all or substantially all of the assets of the operating partnership or to merge, consolidate or otherwise combine its assets with another entity, without the consent or approval of any limited partner, subject to certain limitations described below. However, in connection with the acquisition of properties from persons to whom the general partner issued units as part of the purchase price, in order to preserve such persons’ tax deferral, the general partner may contractually agree, in general, not to sell or otherwise transfer the properties for a specified period of time, or in some instances, not to sell or otherwise transfer the properties without compensating the sellers of the properties for their loss of the tax deferral.

Redemption Rights of Limited Partners

After fourteen months of becoming a holder of common units, each limited partner and some assignees have the right, subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the partnership agreement, to require the operating partnership to redeem all or a portion of the common units held by such party in exchange for a cash amount per common unit equal to the value of one share of our common stock, as determined in accordance with, and subject to adjustment as provided in, the partnership agreement. The operating partnership’s obligation to effect a redemption, however, will not arise or be binding against the operating partnership unless and until we, as general partner, decline or fail to exercise our prior and independent right to acquire such common units in exchange for common stock.

On or before the close of business on the fifth business day after a limited partner gives us a notice of redemption with respect to common units, we may, in our sole and absolute discretion but subject to the restrictions on ownership and transfer of our stock discussed in “Description of Stock—Restrictions on Ownership and Transfer,” acquire some or all of the tendered common units from the tendering party in exchange for shares of common stock, based on an exchange ratio of one share of common stock for each common unit, subject to adjustment as provided in the partnership agreement. The partnership agreement does not obligate us to register, qualify or list any common stock issued in exchange for common units with the SEC, with any state securities commissioner, department or agency, or with any stock exchange. Common stock issued in exchange for common units pursuant to the partnership agreement may contain legends regarding restrictions under the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws as we in good faith determine to be necessary or advisable in order to ensure compliance with securities laws.

Our operating partnership will be required to redeem series B preferred units from us in connection with any redemption by us of shares of series B preferred stock. See “Description of Series B Preferred Stock–Optional Redemption” and “Description of Series B Preferred Stock—Special Optional Redemption.”

156

The partnership agreement also provides redemption rights with respect to our series A preferred units as described below in “—Material Terms of Our Series A Preferred Units.”

Transfers and Withdrawals

The partnership agreement restricts the transferability of units. Any transfer or purported transfer of a unit not made in accordance with the partnership agreement will be void.

Restrictions on Transfer by Limited Partners

Until the expiration of 14 months from the date on which a limited partner first acquired units, such limited partner generally may not, without our consent, directly or indirectly transfer all or any portion of its units to any transferee, except for certain permitted transfers to certain affiliates, family members and charities, transfers by a person who was a limited partner upon the completion of our initial public offering to its shareholders, members, partners or beneficiaries and certain pledges of units to lending institutions in connection with bona fide loans.

After the expiration of 14 months from the date on which a limited partner first acquired units, in addition to the permitted transfers described above, such limited partner has the right to transfer all or any portion of its units to any person that is an “accredited investor,” subject to the satisfaction of conditions specified in the partnership agreement, including minimum transfer requirements and our right of first refusal. For purposes of this transfer restriction, “accredited investor” has the meaning set forth in Rule 501 promulgated under the Securities Act. It is a condition to any transfer that the transferee assumes by operation of law or express agreement all of the obligations of the transferor limited partner under the partnership agreement with respect to such units, and no such transfer will relieve the transferor limited partner of its obligations under the partnership agreement without our approval, in our sole and absolute discretion. This transfer restriction does not apply to a statutory merger or consolidation pursuant to which all obligations and liabilities of the limited partner are assumed by a successor corporation by operation of law.

In connection with any transfer of units other than a permitted transfer, we will have the right to require an opinion of counsel reasonably satisfactory to us to the effect that the proposed transfer may be effected without registration under the Securities Act, and will not otherwise violate any federal or state securities laws or regulations applicable to the operating partnership or the partnership interests or units transferred.

No transfer by a limited partner of its units, including in connection with any redemption or any acquisition of partnership interests or units by us or by the operating partnership, may be made to any person without our consent if:

•

it could result in the operating partnership being treated as an association taxable as a corporation for federal income tax purposes;

•

it could result in a termination of the partnership under Code Section 708;

•

it could be treated as effectuated through an “established securities market” or a “secondary market (or the substantial equivalent thereof)” within the meaning of Code Section 7704 and the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder; or

•

it could result in the operating partnership being unable to qualify for one or more of the “safe harbors” set forth in Treasury Regulations Section 1.7704-1 (or such other guidance subsequently published by the IRS setting forth safe harbors under which interests will not be treated as “readily tradable on a secondary market (or the substantial equivalent thereof)” within the meaning of Section 7704 of the Code).

157

In addition, except in the case of permitted transfers, we have a right of first refusal with respect to any proposed transfers by other limited partners, exercisable within ten business days of notice of the transfer and a description of the proposed consideration to be paid for the operating partnership units.

Admission of Substituted Limited Partners

No limited partner will have the right to substitute a transferee as a limited partner in its place. A transferee of the interest of a limited partner may be admitted as a substituted limited partner only with our consent, which consent may be given or withheld in our sole and absolute discretion. If we in our sole and absolute discretion, do not consent to the admission of any permitted transferee as a substituted limited partner, such transferee will be considered an assignee for purposes of the partnership agreement. An assignee will be entitled to all the rights of an assignee of a limited partnership interest under the partnership agreement and the Maryland Revised Uniform Limited Partnership Act, including the right to receive distributions from the operating partnership and the share of net income, net losses and other items of income, gain, loss, deduction and credit of the operating partnership attributable to the units assigned to such transferee and the rights to transfer and redemption of the units provided in the partnership agreement, but will not be deemed to be a limited partner for any other purpose under the partnership agreement or the Maryland Revised Uniform Limited Partnership Act, and will not be entitled to effect a consent or vote with respect to such units on any matter presented to the limited partners for approval. The right to consent or vote, to the extent provided in the partnership agreement or under the Maryland Revised Uniform Limited Partnership Act, will fully remain with the transferor limited partner.

Restrictions on Transfers by General Partner

We, as general partner, may not transfer any of our units or other partnership interest, whether by sale, disposition, statutory merger or consolidation, liquidation or otherwise, unless:

•

we transfer our units in a merger, consolidation or other combination of our assets with another entity, a sale of all or substantially all of our assets or a reclassification, recapitalization or change in any outstanding shares of the our stock described below in “—Restrictions on Mergers, Sales, Transfers and Other Significant Transactions of the General Partner” or we receive the prior consent of a majority in interest of the limited partners holding common units (excluding us and any limited partner whose equity is owned, directly or indirectly, by us);

•

the transferee is admitted as a general partner pursuant to the terms of the partnership agreement;

•

the transferee assumes, by operation of law or express agreement, all of the obligations of the general partner under the partnership agreement with respect to such transferred partnership interest; and

•

the transferee has executed such instruments as may be necessary to effectuate such admission and to confirm the agreement of such transferee to be bound by all the terms and provisions of the partnership agreement with respect to the partnership interest so acquired and the admission of such transferee as the general partner.

Restrictions on Transfers by Any Partner

Units and other partnership interests may be transferred only on the first day of a fiscal quarter unless we otherwise agree. No partner may transfer any units, including in connection with any redemption or acquisition of partnership interests or units by us or by the operating partnership, if:

•

the proposed transferee lacks the legal right, power or capacity to own the interest or units to be transferred;

158

•

the proposed transfer would violate applicable law;

•

the proposed transfer is of any component portion of a partnership interest, such as a partner’s capital account or rights to distributions, separate and apart from all other components of the partner’s interest in the partnership, unless we consent, which we may give or withhold in our sole and absolute discretion;

•

the proposed transfer could cause us or any of our affiliates to fail to comply with the requirements under the Code for qualifying as a REIT or “qualified REIT subsidiary” (within the meaning of Code Section 856(i)(2));

•

the proposed transfer could, based on the advice of counsel to us or the operating partnership, cause a termination of the operating partnership for federal or state income tax purposes (other than as a result of the redemption (or acquisition by us) of all units held by all limited partners or with our consent, which we may give or withhold in our sole and absolute discretion);

•

the proposed transfer could, based on the advice of legal counsel to the operating partnership, cause the operating partnership to cease to be classified as a partnership for federal income tax purposes (other than as a result of the redemption (or acquisition by us) of all units held by all limited partners);

•

the proposed transfer would cause the operating partnership to become, with respect to any employee benefit plan subject to Title I of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, or ERISA, a “party-in-interest” (as defined in ERISA Section 3(14)) or a “disqualified person” (as defined in Code Section 4975(c));

•

the proposed transfer could, based on the advice of counsel to us or the operating partnership, cause any portion of the assets of the operating partnership to constitute assets of any employee benefit plan pursuant to United States Department of Labor Regulations Section 2510.3-101;

•

the proposed transfer requires the registration of such partnership interest or units under any applicable Federal or state securities laws;

•

the proposed transfer (1) could be treated as effectuated through an “established securities market” or a “secondary market” (or the substantial equivalent thereof) within the meaning of Section 7704 of the Code and the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, (2) could cause the operating partnership to become a “publicly traded partnership,” as such term is defined in Sections 469(k)(2) or 7704(b) of the Code, (3) could cause the operating partnership to have more than 100 partners or cause the partnership interest initially issued to such partner to be held by more than three partners, including, for these purposes, certain persons indirectly owning an interest in the operating partnership through an entity treated as a partnership or S corporation or disregarded entity for federal income tax purposes, or (4) could cause the operating partnership to fail one or more of the “safe harbors” set forth in Treasury Regulations Section 1.7704-1, except, in any case, with our consent, which we may give or withhold in our sole and absolute discretion;

•

the proposed transfer would cause the operating partnership (as opposed to us) to become a reporting company under the Exchange Act; or

•

the proposed transfer would subject the operating partnership to regulation under the Investment Company Act of 1940, the Investment Advisors Act of 1940 or ERISA, each as amended.

159

Withdrawal of Partners

We may not voluntarily withdraw as a general partner of the operating partnership without the consent of a majority in interest of the limited partners holding common units (excluding us and any limited partner 50% or more of whose equity is owned, directly or indirectly, by us) other than upon the transfer of our entire interest in the operating partnership and the admission of our successor as a general partner of the operating partnership. A limited partner of the operating partnership may withdraw from the operating partnership only as a result of a transfer of the limited partner’s entire interest in the operating partnership units in accordance with the partnership agreement and the admission of the limited partner’s successor as a limited partner of the operating partnership or as a result of the redemption or acquisition by us of the limited partner’s entire interest in the operating partnership.

Restrictions on Mergers, Sales, Transfers and Other Significant Transactions of the General Partner

We may not merge, consolidate or otherwise combine our assets with another entity, or sell all or substantially all of our assets not in the ordinary course of our business, or reclassify, recapitalize or change the terms of our outstanding common equity interests (other than in connection with a stock split, reverse stock split, stock dividend, change in par value, increase in authorized shares, designation or issuance of new classes of equity securities or any event that does not require the approval of our stockholders), unless:

•

such event has been approved by the consent of a majority in interest of the partners, including us, and all limited partners holding common units will receive, or will have the right to elect to receive, for each common unit, consideration that is equivalent to the greatest amount of cash, securities or other property received by a holder of one share of our common stock; and, if such event occurs in connection with a purchase, tender or exchange offer, each holder of common units has the right to receive, or elect to receive, the greatest amount of cash, securities or other property that such holder of units would have received had it exercised its right to redemption pursuant to the partnership agreement and received shares of our common stock in exchange for its units immediately before the expiration of the purchase, tender or exchange offer and had accepted the purchase, tender or exchange offer; or

•

substantially all of the assets of our operating partnership are to be owned by a surviving entity in which our limited partners holding common units will hold a percentage interest based on the relative fair market value of the net assets of the operating partnership and the other net assets of such entity, which interest will be on terms that are at least as favorable as the terms of the common units and will include a right to redeem interests in such entity for the consideration described in the preceding bullet, cash on similar terms as those with respect to the common units or, if common equity securities of the person controlling the surviving entity are publicly traded, such common equity securities.

Amendment of the Partnership Agreement

Amendments to the partnership agreement may be proposed only by the general partner or by limited partners holding 25% or more of the partnership interests held by limited partners. Following such proposal, the general partner must submit to the partners entitled to vote thereon any proposed amendment that, pursuant to the terms of the partnership agreement, requires the consent, approval or vote of such partners. The general partner may seek the written consent of the partners entitled to vote on the proposed amendment or call a meeting of the partners to vote on the proposed amendment and to transact any other business that it may deem appropriate. If the general partner seeks the written consent of the partners entitled to vote on a proposed amendment, the general partner may require a response within a reasonable specified time, but not less than fifteen days, and failure to respond in such time period shall constitute a partner’s consent consistent with the general partner’s recommendation, if any, with respect to the proposed amendment.

160

Amendment by the General Partner without the Consent of the Limited Partners

The general partner has the power, without the consent of the limited partners, to amend the partnership agreement as may be required to facilitate or implement any of the following purposes:

•

to add to its obligations as general partner or surrender any right or power granted to it or any of its affiliates for the benefit of the limited partners;

•

to reflect the admission, substitution or withdrawal of partners, the transfer of any partnership interest or the termination of the operating partnership in accordance with the partnership agreement;

•

to reflect a change that is of an inconsequential nature or does not adversely affect the limited partners in any material respect, or to cure any ambiguity, correct or supplement any provision in the partnership agreement not inconsistent with law or with other provisions of the partnership agreement, or make other changes with respect to matters arising under the partnership agreement that will not be inconsistent with law or with the provisions of the partnership agreement;

•

subject to certain rights of limited partners holding series A preferred units, to set forth or amend the designations, preferences, conversion or other rights, voting powers, restrictions, limitations as to distributions, qualifications or terms or conditions of redemption of the holders of any additional partnership interests issued pursuant to the partnership agreement;

•

to reflect the termination of the series A preferred units if and from the time that all of the series A preferred units shall no longer be, or be deemed to be, outstanding for any purpose;

•

to satisfy any requirements, conditions or guidelines contained in any order, directive, opinion, ruling or regulation of a federal or state agency or contained in federal or state law;

•

to reflect such changes as are reasonably necessary for the general partner to maintain its status as a REIT or to reflect the transfer of all or any part of a partnership interest among the general partner and any entity treated as a disregarded entity with respect to the general partner for federal income tax purposes;

•

to modify the manner in which items of net income or net loss are allocated or the manner in which capital accounts are adjusted, computed, or maintained (but in each case only to the extent provided by the partnership agreement); and

•

to reflect the issuance of additional partnership interests permitted under the partnership agreement.

Amendment With the Consent of the Limited Partners

Except as discussed above and under “—Material Terms of Our Series A Preferred Units—Voting and Consent Rights,” the general partner may amend the partnership agreement only with the consent of the partners, including the general partner.

Procedures for Actions and Consents of Partners

Meetings of the partners may be called by the general partner at any time in its own discretion, and must be called by the general partner upon the written request of limited partners holding 25% or more of the partnership interests held by limited partners. Notice of any such meeting must be given to all partners entitled to act at the meeting not less than seven days nor more than 60 days prior to the date of such meeting. Partners may

161

vote in person or by proxy at such meeting. Each meeting of partners will be conducted by the general partner or such other person as it may appoint pursuant to such rules for the conduct of the meeting as it or such other person deems appropriate in its sole and absolute discretion. Whenever the vote or consent of partners is permitted or required under the partnership agreement, such vote or consent may be given at a meeting of partners or may be given by written consent. Any action required or permitted to be taken at a meeting of the partners may be taken without a meeting if a written consent is signed by partners holding a majority in interest of the outstanding partnership interests, including the general partner (or such other percentage as is expressly required by the partnership agreement for the action in question). The series B preferred units do not carry any voting rights, and our ownership of series B preferred units will not increase our voting power on any matter that requires approval by partners holding a majority (or other percentage) in interest of the outstanding partnership interests.

Dissolution

The operating partnership will dissolve, and its affairs will be wound up, upon the first to occur of any of the following:

•

the removal of the last remaining general partner in accordance with the partnership agreement, the withdrawal of the last remaining general partner in violation of the partnership agreement, the death, adjudication of incompetency, dissolution or other termination of the legal existence of the last remaining general partner or the occurrence of certain events relating to the bankruptcy or insolvency of the last remaining general partner unless, within ninety days after the withdrawal, a majority in interest of the limited partners remaining agree in writing, in their sole and absolute discretion, to continue the business of the operating partnership and to the appointment, effective as of the date of such withdrawal, of a successor general partner;

•

an election to dissolve the operating partnership made by the general partner in its sole and absolute discretion, with or without the consent of the partners;

•

the entry of a decree of judicial dissolution of the operating partnership pursuant to the provisions of the Maryland Revised Uniform Limited Partnership Act;

•

the occurrence of any sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the operating partnership not in the ordinary course of its business or a related series of transactions that, taken together, result in the sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the operating partnership not in the ordinary course of its business; or

•

the redemption, or acquisition by us or the partnership, of all partnership interests other than partnership interests held by us.

Upon dissolution of the operating partnership, or, in the event that there is no remaining general partner, a liquidator will proceed to liquidate the assets of the operating partnership and apply the proceeds from such liquidation in the order of priority set forth in the partnership agreement.

Tax Matters

Pursuant to the partnership agreement, we, as the general partner, are the tax matters partner of our operating partnership, and in such capacity, have the authority to handle tax audits on behalf of the operating partnership. In addition, as the general partner, we have the authority to arrange for the preparation and filing of the operating partnership’s tax returns and to make tax elections under the Code on behalf of the operating partnership.

162

Material Terms of Our Series A Preferred Units

The following is a discussion of certain of the rights, privileges and preferences of the series A preferred units.

Liquidation Preference

In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the operating partnership, holders of series A preferred units will be entitled to receive and be paid in cash an amount equal to $25.00 per preferred unit plus any accrued and unpaid distributions before any distribution or payment may be made with respect to any other series or class of partnership interest ranking junior to the series A preferred units (but only to the extent consistent with a liquidation in accordance with positive capital account balances).

Distributions

Holders of series A preferred units are entitled to receive, when, as and if declared by the operating partnership, out of available cash, cumulative preferential cash distributions in an amount equal to 6.25% per annum of the $25.00 liquidation preference per unit from the date of issuance of such unit, payable quarterly in arrears on or before the last calendar day of March, June, September and December of each year, commencing on the first of such dates to occur after the completion of our initial public offering. Distributions that are due but unpaid will accumulate and compound quarterly. If any such preferential distribution payments for any past quarterly period are in arrears, no distributions may be authorized or paid on any other series or class of partnership interest ranking junior to the series A preferred units, nor shall any other series or class of partnership interests ranking junior to the series A preferred units be redeemed, purchased or acquired by the operating partnership or us, except for:

•

a redemption of common units from us in connection with a redemption or repurchase by us of common stock for cash pursuant to the restrictions on ownership and transfer of our stock described in “Description of Stock—Restrictions on Ownership and Transfer” or a redemption of preferred units from us in connection with a redemption or repurchase by us of outstanding preferred stock for cash;

•

the acquisition by us of common units tendered for redemption with shares of our common stock; or

•

the conversion into or exchange for shares of our common stock or units ranking junior to the series A preferred units with no cash distributed.

Redemption Rights

Beginning on June 29, 2013, each limited partner holding series A preferred units and certain assignees will have the right, subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the partnership agreement, to require the operating partnership to redeem all or a portion of their series A preferred units in exchange for a cash redemption price equal to $25.00 per unit plus any accrued distributions that have not been paid on or prior to the redemption date. The operating partnership’s obligation to effect a redemption, however, will not arise or be binding against the operating partnership unless and until we, as general partner, decline or fail to exercise our prior and independent right to acquire such preferred units in exchange for shares of our common stock that are issued under an effective registration statement under the Securities Act.

Any notice of redemption must be delivered at least 30 business days prior to the last day of the calendar quarter in which the redemption right is being exercised. On or before the close of business on the tenth business day after such a notice of redemption is received, we may, in our sole and absolute discretion but subject to the

163

restrictions on ownership and transfer of our stock discussed in “Description of Stock—Restrictions on Ownership and Transfer,” acquire some or all of the tendered series A preferred units in exchange for a number of registered shares of our common stock per unit with a value equal to the redemption price per unit, such value to be based on the 10-day trailing average closing price of our common stock calculated as of the business day immediately prior to the date of redemption.

Conversion Rights

Beginning on June 29, 2013, each limited partner holding series A preferred units and certain assignees will have the right, subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the partnership agreement, to convert all or any portion of its series A preferred units into a number of common units with a value equal to the aggregate redemption price of the series A preferred units tendered for conversion, the value of such common units to be based on the 10-day trailing average closing price of our common stock calculated as of the business day immediately prior to the date of redemption. Any such conversion of series A preferred units will be deemed to have been made at the close of business on the date that we, as general partner, receive notice of conversion.

In the event of a recapitalization, reclassification or change of outstanding common units (other than a subdivision or combination of outstanding common units), a merger, sale or other business combination of our operating partnership, a sale, conveyance or lease to another or entity of all or substantially all of the operating partnership’s property and assets (other than to one or more of our subsidiaries) or an exchange of substantially all of the outstanding common units for securities of another entity, in each case in which holders of common units are entitled to receive securities, other property or assets with respect to or in exchange for their common units, qualifying holders of series A preferred units will thereafter be entitled to convert their series A preferred units into the kind and amount of securities or other consideration that such holder would have owned or been entitled to receive upon such a business combination if such holder had converted its series A preferred units into common units immediately before the business combination.

Voting and Consent Rights

Generally, the series A preferred units are entitled to limited voting rights and in most cases vote on an as-converted basis with the holders of common units on any matter on which all limited partners are entitled to vote. However, so long as any series A preferred units remain outstanding, the consent of the limited partners holding a majority in interest of series A preferred units other than any limited partner 50% or more of whose equity is owned, directly or indirectly, by us will be required to:

•

authorize, designate or issue any class or series of partnership interests ranking pari passu with or senior to the series A preferred units with respect to payment of dividends or the distribution of assets upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the operating partnership;

•

increase the authorized or issued amount of series A preferred units; or

•

amend, alter or repeal the terms of the series A preferred units, whether by merger, consolidation, transfer or conveyance of all or substantially all of the operating partnership’s assets or otherwise, so as to materially and adversely affect any right, preference or privilege of the series A preferred units, except that, so long as the series A preferred units remain outstanding following any such merger, consolidation, transfer or conveyance of all or substantially all of the operating partnership’s assets with the terms thereof materially unchanged, taking into account that, upon the occurrence of such an event, the operating partnership may not be the surviving entity and the surviving entity may not be a limited partnership, the occurrence of such an event will not be deemed to materially and adversely affect the rights, preferences or privileges of the series A preferred units and, in such case, no consent of limited partners holding series A preferred units would be required.

164

•

except as discussed below under “—General Partner Fundamental Change,” effect a “fundamental change,” which is generally defined as a merger, consolidation or other combination of our assets with another entity, a sale of all or substantially all of our assets not in the ordinary course of our business, a reclassification, recapitalization or change in the terms of our outstanding common equity interests (other than in connection with a stock split, reverse stock split, stock dividend, change in par value, increase in authorized shares, designation or issuance of new classes of equity securities or any event that does not require the approval of our stockholders), as a result of which our stock ceases to be publicly traded or common units cease to be exchangeable (at our option) for publicly traded shares of our stock.

General Partner Fundamental Change

Without the approval of limited partners holding a majority in interest of the series A preferred units, we may not engage in a “fundamental change,” unless upon consummation of such a fundamental change transaction the partnership agreement or other organizational documents of any successor to the operating partnership will contain certain provisions requiring our operating partnership or such successor to:

•

make minimum tax distributions to holders of our series A preferred units;

•

continue to own an aggregate of at least 33% of the equity in our operating partnership through the ownership of equity interests which are subordinate to our series A preferred units; and

•

refrain from incurring additional indebtedness if its ratio of total indebtedness to gross asset value exceeds 50%, or allow this leverage ratio to exceed 60%, so long as series A preferred units remain outstanding.

In connection with any fundamental change transaction, the operating partnership has the right to redeem all or any portion of the then outstanding series A preferred units for cash per unit equal to the redemption price.

165

PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

The following table sets forth certain information regarding the beneficial ownership of shares of our common stock and shares of common stock into which units are exchangeable for (i) each person who is the beneficial owner of 5% or more of our outstanding common stock as of the time of this offering, (ii) each of our directors and executive officers, and (iii) all of our directors and executive officers as a group. Each person named in the table has sole voting and investment power with respect to all of the shares of our common stock shown as beneficially owned by such person, except as otherwise set forth in the notes to the table. The extent to which a person will hold shares of common stock as opposed to units is set forth in the footnotes below.

The SEC has defined “beneficial ownership” of a security to mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of voting power and/or investment power over such security. A stockholder is also deemed to be, as of any date, the beneficial owner of all securities that such stockholder has the right to acquire within 60 days after that date through (a) the exercise of any option, warrant or right, (b) the conversion of a security, (c) the power to revoke a trust, discretionary account or similar arrangement, or (d) the automatic termination of a trust, discretionary account or similar arrangement. In computing the number of shares beneficially owned by a person and the percentage ownership of that person, common shares subject to options or other rights (as set forth above) held by that person that are exercisable as of November 18, 2010 or will become exercisable within 60 days thereafter, are deemed outstanding, while such shares are not deemed outstanding for purposes of computing percentage ownership of any other person.

Unless otherwise indicated, the address of each named person is c/o Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc., 11601 Wilshire Blvd., Suite 1600, Los Angeles, California 90025. No shares beneficially owned by any executive officer or director have been pledged as security.


Name of Beneficial Owner	Number of Shares and Common Units Beneficially Owned		Percentage of All Shares ⁽¹⁾			Percentage of All Shares and Common Units ⁽²⁾
Farallon Partners, L.L.C. ⁽³⁾		8,922,379		40.2	%		35.9	%
Cohen & Steers Capital Management, Inc. ⁽⁴⁾		2,423,601		11.0	%		9.8	%
Victor J. Coleman		638,301		2.9	%		2.6	%
Howard S. Stern		270,478		1.2	%		1.1	%
Christopher Barton		17,647		*			*
Mark T. Lammas		17,647		*			*
Dale Shimoda		17,647		*			*
Theodore R. Antenucci		5,882		*			*
Mark Burnett		5,882		*			*
Richard B. Fried ⁽⁵⁾		8,922,379		40.2	%		35.9	%
Jonathan M. Glaser ⁽⁶⁾		30,882		*			*
Mark D. Linehan ⁽⁷⁾		8,382		*			*
Robert M. Moran, Jr.		5,882		*			*
Barry A. Porter ⁽⁸⁾		11,882		*			*
All directors and executive officers as a group (12 persons)		9,952,891		44.8	%		40.1	%

*	Represents less than 1.0%.

(1)

Based on 22,217,096 shares of common stock outstanding as of November 18, 2010. In addition, amounts for individuals assume that all common units held by the person are exchanged for shares of our common stock, and amounts for all directors and executive officers as a group assume all common units held by them are exchanged for shares of our common stock in each case, regardless of when such common units are exchangeable. The total number of shares of our common stock outstanding used in calculating this percentage assumes that none of the common units held by other persons are exchanged for shares of our common stock.

(2)

Based on 22,217,096 shares of our common stock and 2,610,941 common units held by limited partners outstanding as of November 18, 2010, which units may be redeemed for cash or, at our option, exchanged for shares of our common stock as described in “Description of the Partnership Agreement of Hudson Pacific Properties, L.P.” Does not include

166

shares of our common stock that may be issued upon exchange of our series A preferred units issued in the formation transactions or upon exchange of common units into which such series A preferred units may be converted.

(3)

Farallon Partners, L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability company, is the general partner of Farallon Capital Partners, L.P., Farallon Capital Institutional Partners, L.P. and Farallon Capital Institutional Partners III, L.P., and may be deemed to beneficially own the shares owned by each such partnership. As managing members of Farallon Partners, L.L.C, each of Richard B. Fried, Daniel J. Hirsch, Monica R. Landry, Michael G. Linn, Davide Leone, Douglas M. MacMahon, Stephen L. Millham, Rajiv A. Patel, Thomas G. Roberts, Jr., Andrew J. M. Spokes, Thomas F. Steyer and Mark C. Wehrly may be deemed to beneficially own the shares owned by Farallon Capital Partners, L.P., Farallon Capital Institutional Partners, L.P. and Farallon Capital Institutional Partners III, L.P. Farallon Partners, L.L.C. and each of its managing members disclaim any beneficial ownership of such shares. All of the above-mentioned entities and persons disclaim group attribution. Farallon Capital Partners, L.P. and Farallon Capital Institutional Partners, L.P. are California limited partnerships, and Farallon Capital Institutional Partners III, L.P. is a Delaware limited partnership. The address for all of the above-mentioned entities and persons is One Maritime Plaza, Suite 2100, San Francisco, CA 94111.

(4)

Cohen & Steers, Inc., a Delaware corporation, holds a 100% interest in Cohen & Steers Capital Management, Inc., a New York corporation. Cohen & Steers, Inc. and Cohen & Steers Capital Management, Inc. together hold a 100% interest in Cohen & Steers Europe S.A., a Belgium limited company. Cohen & Steers, Inc. may be deemed to beneficially own the shares owned by Cohen & Steers Capital Management, Inc. and Cohen & Steers Europe S.A. The principal address for Cohen & Steers, Inc. and Cohen & Steers Capital Management, Inc. is 280 Park Avenue, 10 ^th Floor, New York, NY 10017. The principal address for Cohen & Steers Europe S.A. is Chausee de la Hulpe 116, 1170 Brussels, Belgium. The information in this footnote is based solely upon a Schedule 13G filed by Cohen & Steers, Inc. on August 10, 2010.

(5)

Mr. Fried is a managing member of Farallon Partners, L.L.C. and may be deemed to have beneficial ownership of the shares of common stock and common units owned by each of the following entities of which Farallon Partners, L.L.C. is the general partner: Farallon Capital Partners, L.P.; Farallon Capital Institutional Partners, L.P.; and Farallon Capital Institutional Partners III, L.P. Mr. Fried disclaims beneficial ownership of all such shares.

(6)	Includes 25,000 shares of our common stock purchased in our initial public offering.

(7)	Includes 2,500 shares of our common stock purchased in our initial public offering.

(8)	Includes 6,000 shares of our common stock purchased in our initial public offering.

167

DESCRIPTION OF SERIES B PREFERRED STOCK

The following description of the material terms and provisions of the series B preferred stock does not purport to be complete and is subject to and qualified in its entirety by reference to applicable Maryland law and to our charter, including the articles supplementary setting forth the terms of the series B preferred stock, a form of which is attached as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, and our bylaws, copies of which are filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part. See “Where You Can Find More Information.”

General

Our charter provides that we may issue up to 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock, $0.01 par value per share. Prior to the completion of this offering, we had not issued any shares of preferred stock.

Subject to the limitations prescribed by Maryland law and our charter and bylaws, our board of directors is authorized to establish the number of shares constituting each class or series of preferred stock and to fix the designations and the preferences, conversion and other rights, voting powers, restrictions, limitations as to dividends and other distributions, qualifications and terms and conditions of redemption of each such class or series.

Prior to the closing of this offering, we will supplement our charter to reflect the reclassification by our board of directors of shares of our preferred stock as shares of % Series B Cumulative Redeemable Preferred Stock and we will execute and file with the State Department of Assessments and Taxation of Maryland articles supplementary setting forth the terms of the series B preferred stock, which we refer to as the series B preferred stock articles supplementary. The terms of the series B preferred stock, as set forth in the series B preferred stock articles supplementary and summarized below, will be in effect from and after the completion of this offering. When issued in accordance with this prospectus, our series B preferred stock will be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable. The holders of series B preferred stock will have no preemptive rights with respect to any shares of our stock or any of our other securities convertible into or carrying rights or options to purchase any shares of our stock.

Our series B preferred stock will not be subject to any sinking fund and we will have no obligation to redeem or retire our series B preferred stock. Unless redeemed by us, our series B preferred stock will have a perpetual term, with no maturity.

The series B preferred stock articles supplementary permit us to “reopen” this series, without the consent of the holders of our series B preferred stock, in order to issue additional shares of series B preferred stock from time to time. Thus, we may in the future issue additional shares of series B preferred stock without your consent. Any additional shares of series B preferred stock will have the same terms as the shares of series B preferred stock being issued in this offering. These additional shares of series B preferred stock will, together with the shares of series B preferred stock being issued in this offering, constitute a single series of securities.

In connection with this offering, we, in accordance with the terms of the partnership agreement of our operating partnership, will contribute the net proceeds of the sale of the series B preferred stock to our operating partnership, and our operating partnership will issue to us % Series B Cumulative Redeemable Preferred Units, or series B preferred units. Our operating partnership will be required to make all required distributions on the series B preferred units prior to any distribution of cash or assets to the holder of any other units or any other equity interests in our operating partnership, except for any other series of partnership interests ranking on parity with such series B preferred units as to dividends or upon voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of our operating partnership, in which case distributions will be made pro rata with the series B preferred units, and except for any series of preferred units ranking senior to the series B preferred units as to dividends, or upon voluntary or involuntary liquidation, including the series A preferred units.

168

Listing

Ranking

Our series B preferred stock will rank, with respect to payment of dividends and rights upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up of our affairs:

•

senior to the Junior Shares (as defined under “—Dividends” below), including shares of our common stock;

•

on parity with any class or series of our capital stock expressly designated as ranking on parity with the series B preferred stock; and

•

junior to any other class or series of our capital stock expressly designated as ranking senior to the series B preferred stock.

The term “capital stock” means shares of our stock of all classes and series and does not include convertible debt securities, which rank senior to the series B preferred stock prior to conversion, none of which are outstanding at this time.

While any shares of series B preferred stock are outstanding, we may not authorize or create any class or series of capital stock that ranks senior to our series B preferred stock with respect to the payment of dividends or amounts upon our liquidation, dissolution or winding up without the affirmative vote of two-thirds of the votes entitled to be cast by holders of outstanding shares of series B preferred stock, voting together as a single class with the holders of all other similarly-affected classes and series of Parity Shares (as defined below) upon which like voting rights have been conferred and with which holders of series B preferred stock are entitled to vote together as a single class on such matters. However, we may create additional classes or series of stock ranking on parity with or junior to the series B preferred stock, amend our charter to increase the authorized number of shares of common stock, preferred stock ranking on parity with or junior to the series B preferred stock, or preferred stock without further designation as to class or series, or issue Junior Shares or shares of one or more classes or series of preferred stock ranking on parity with our series B preferred stock with respect to the payment of dividends and amounts upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up (“Parity Shares”) without the consent of any holder of series B preferred stock. See “—Voting Rights” below for a discussion of the voting rights applicable if we seek to create any class or series of preferred stock senior to our series B preferred stock.

Dividends

Holders of series B preferred stock will be entitled to receive, when, as and if authorized by our board of directors, out of funds legally available for payment, and declared by us, cumulative cash dividends at the rate of % per annum per share of its liquidation preference (equivalent to $ per annum per share of series B preferred stock). However, if following a change of control (as defined below), our series B preferred stock is not listed on the NYSE or quoted on NASDAQ (or listed or quoted on a successor exchange or quotation system), holders of our series B preferred stock will be entitled to receive, when and as authorized by our board of directors and declared by us, out of funds legally available for payment, cumulative cash dividends from, and including, the first date on which both the change of control has occurred and our series B preferred stock is not so listed or quoted at the increased rate of % per annum of its liquidation preference, equivalent to $ per annum per share of series B preferred stock, for as long as our series B preferred stock is not so listed or

169

quoted. The first dividend on our series B preferred stock sold in this offering is payable on December 31, 2010 (in the amount of $ per share).

Dividends on each share of series B preferred stock will be cumulative from the date of original issue and are payable quarterly in arrears on or about the last calendar day of each March, June, September and December, commencing on or about December 31, 2010, at the then applicable annual rate; provided, however, that if any dividend payment date falls on any day other than a business day, as defined in the series B preferred stock articles supplementary, the dividend due on such dividend payment date shall be paid on the first business day immediately following such dividend payment date. Each dividend is payable to holders of record as they appear on our stock records at the close of business on the record date, not exceeding 30 days preceding the payment dates thereof as fixed by our board of directors. Dividends are cumulative from the date of original issue or the most recent dividend payment date to which dividends have been paid, whether or not in any dividend period or periods there shall be funds of ours legally available for the payment of such dividends. Accumulations of dividends on our series B preferred stock will not bear interest and holders of our series B preferred stock will not be entitled to any dividends in excess of full cumulative dividends. Dividends payable on our series B preferred stock for any period greater or less than a full dividend period will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months. Dividends payable on our series B preferred stock for each full dividend period will be computed by dividing the annual dividend rate by four.

No dividend will be declared or paid on any Parity Shares unless full cumulative dividends have been declared and paid or are contemporaneously declared and funds sufficient for payment set aside on our series B preferred stock for all prior dividend periods; provided, however, that if accrued dividends on our series B preferred stock for all prior dividend periods have not been paid in full or a sum sufficient for such payment is not set apart, then any dividend declared on our series B preferred stock for any dividend period and on any Parity Shares will be declared ratably in proportion to accrued and unpaid dividends on our series B preferred stock and such Parity Shares. All dividends paid on our series B preferred stock, including any capital gain dividends, will be credited first to the earliest accrued and unpaid dividend.

Our board of directors will not authorize and we will not (i) declare, pay or set apart funds for the payment of any dividend or other distribution with respect to any Junior Shares (other than in Junior Shares) or (ii) redeem, purchase or otherwise acquire for consideration any Junior Shares through a sinking fund or otherwise (other than a redemption or purchase or other acquisition of shares of our common stock made for purposes of an employee incentive or benefit plan of our company or any subsidiary, a conversion into or exchange for Junior Shares or a purchase or redemption pursuant to the provisions of our charter intended to assist us in qualifying as a REIT), unless all cumulative dividends with respect to our series B preferred stock for all past dividend periods have been paid or funds have been set apart for payment of such dividends.

Our secured revolving credit facility prohibits us from distributing to our stockholders more than 95% of our funds from operations (as defined in our secured revolving credit facility) during any four consecutive fiscal quarters, except as necessary to enable us to qualify as a REIT for federal income tax purposes or to avoid the imposition of income and excise taxes on us. As a result, if we do not generate sufficient funds from operations (as defined in our secured revolving credit facility) during the twelve months preceding any series B preferred stock dividend payment date, we would not be able to pay all or a portion of the accumulated dividends payable to our series B preferred stockholders on such payment date without causing a default under our secured revolving credit facility.

As used herein, (i) the term “dividend” does not include dividends payable solely in Junior Shares on Junior Shares, or in options, warrants or rights to holders of Junior Shares to subscribe for or purchase any Junior Shares, and (ii) the term “Junior Shares” means shares of our common stock or any other class of our capital stock now or hereafter issued and outstanding that ranks junior as to the payment of dividends and amounts upon our liquidation, dissolution and winding up to our series B preferred stock.

170

A “change of control” shall be deemed to have occurred at such time as (i) the date a “person” or “group” (within the meaning of Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act) becomes the ultimate “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange Act, except that a person or group shall be deemed to have beneficial ownership of all shares of voting stock that such person or group has the right to acquire regardless of when such right is first exercisable), directly or indirectly, of voting stock representing more than 50% of the total voting power of our total voting stock; (ii) the date we sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of our assets; or (iii) the date of the consummation of a merger or stock exchange of our company with another entity where (A) our stockholders immediately prior to the merger or stock exchange would not beneficially own, immediately after the merger or stock exchange, shares representing 50% or more of all votes (without consideration of the rights of any class of stock to elect directors by a separate group vote) to which all stockholders of the corporation issuing cash or securities in the merger or stock exchange would be entitled in the election of directors, or where (B) our directors immediately prior to the merger or stock exchange would not immediately after the merger or stock exchange constitute a majority of the board of directors of the corporation issuing cash or securities in the merger or stock exchange. “Voting stock” shall mean stock of any class or kind having the power to vote generally in the election of directors.

Optional Redemption

We may not redeem our series B preferred stock prior to December , 2015, except in certain limited circumstances relating to the restrictions on ownership and transfer of our stock intended to assist us in qualifying as a REIT or at any time our series B preferred stock is not listed on the NYSE or quoted on NASDAQ (or listed or quoted on a successor exchange or quotation system) following a change of control. For further information regarding these exceptions, see “—Special Optional Redemption,” “—Restrictions on Ownership and Transfer” and “Description of Stock—Restrictions on Ownership and Transfer” below. On or after December , 2015, we, at our option upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ written notice, may redeem our series B preferred stock, in whole, at any time, or in part, from time to time, for cash at a redemption price of $25.00 per share, plus all accrued and unpaid dividends (whether or not declared) to, but not including, the date fixed for redemption.

A notice of optional redemption (which may be contingent on the occurrence of a future event) will be mailed, postage prepaid, not less than 30 nor more than 60 days prior to the redemption date, addressed to the holders of record of our series B preferred stock at their addresses as they appear on our stock transfer records. A failure to give such notice or any defect in the notice or in its mailing will not affect the validity of the proceedings for the redemption of any shares of series B preferred stock except as to the holder to whom notice was defective or not given. Each notice will state:

•

the redemption date;

•

the redemption price;

•

the number of shares of series B preferred stock to be redeemed;

•

the place or places where the shares of series B preferred stock are to be surrendered for payment, together with the certificates, if any, representing such shares and any other documents we require in connection with the redemption; and

•

that dividends on the shares to be redeemed will cease to accrue on such redemption date.

If fewer than all the shares of series B preferred stock held by any holder are to be redeemed, the notice mailed to such holder will also specify the number of shares of series B preferred stock to be redeemed from such holder or the method for determining such number. If fewer than all of the outstanding shares of series B preferred stock are to be redeemed, the shares to be redeemed shall be selected by lot or pro rata or by any other equitable method we may choose.

171

Special Optional Redemption

If at any time following a change of control (as defined under “—Dividends” above), our series B preferred stock is not listed on the NYSE or quoted on NASDAQ (or listed or quoted on a successor exchange or quotation system), we will have the option to redeem our series B preferred stock, in whole but not in part, within 90 days after the first date on which both the change of control has occurred and our series B preferred stock is not so listed or quoted, for cash at $25.00 per share plus accrued and unpaid dividends (whether or not declared) to, but not including, the date of redemption.

A notice of special optional redemption will be mailed, postage prepaid, not less than 30 nor more than 60 days prior to the redemption date, addressed to the holders of record of our series B preferred stock at their addresses as they appear on our stock transfer records. A failure to give such notice or any defect in the notice or in its mailing will not affect the validity of the proceedings for the special optional redemption of the shares of series B preferred stock except as to the holder to whom notice was defective or not given. Each notice will state:

•

the redemption date;

•

the redemption price;

•

that dividends on the shares will cease to accrue on such redemption date.

General Provisions Applicable to Redemptions

On the redemption date, we must pay on each share of series B preferred stock to be redeemed any accrued and unpaid dividends to, but not including, the redemption date that have not already been paid, except that in the case of a redemption date falling after a dividend payment record date and prior to the related payment date, the holders of series B preferred stock at the close of business on such record date will be entitled to receive the dividend payable on such shares on the corresponding dividend payment date, notwithstanding the redemption of such shares prior to such dividend payment date. Except as provided for in the preceding sentence, no payment or allowance will be made for unpaid dividends, whether or not in arrears, on any series B preferred stock called for redemption.

If full cumulative dividends on our series B preferred stock for all prior dividend periods have not been paid or declared and set apart for payment, we may not purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire series B preferred stock in part or any Parity Shares other than in exchange for Junior Shares or Parity Shares ; provided, however, that the foregoing shall not prevent the purchase by us of shares held in violation of the restrictions on ownership and transfer of our stock in our charter intended to assist us in qualifying as a REIT. See “—Restrictions on Ownership and Transfer” and “Description of Stock—Restrictions on Ownership and Transfer” below.

On and after the date fixed for redemption, provided that we have made available at the office of the registrar and transfer agent for the series B preferred stock a sufficient amount of cash to effect the redemption, dividends will cease to accrue on the shares of series B preferred stock called for redemption (except that, in the case of a redemption date after a dividend payment record date and prior to the related payment date, holders of series B preferred stock on the dividend payment record date will be entitled on such dividend payment date to receive the dividend payable on such shares on the corresponding dividend payment date), such shares shall no longer be deemed to be outstanding and all rights of the holders of such shares as holders of series B preferred stock shall cease except the right to receive the cash payable upon such redemption, without interest from the date of such redemption.

172

Our secured revolving credit facility prohibits us from redeeming or otherwise repurchasing any shares of our capital stock, including the series B preferred stock during the term of the secured revolving credit facility.

So long as no dividends are in arrears for prior dividend periods, nothing in the series B preferred stock articles supplementary will prevent or restrict our right or ability to purchase, from time to time, either at public or private sale, all or any part of the series B preferred stock at such price or prices as we may determine, subject to the provisions of applicable law, including the repurchase of shares of series B preferred stock in open-market transactions duly authorized by our board of directors.

Liquidation Preference

The holders of series B preferred stock will be entitled to receive in the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of our company, whether voluntary or involuntary, $25.00 per share of series B preferred stock, which we refer to in this prospectus supplement as the “Liquidation Preference,” plus an amount per share of series B preferred stock equal to all dividends (whether or not earned or declared) accrued and unpaid thereon to, but not including, the date of final distribution to such holders.

Until the holders of series B preferred stock have been paid the Liquidation Preference and all accrued and unpaid dividends in full, no payment will be made to any holder of Junior Shares upon the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of our company. If, upon any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of our company, our assets, or proceeds thereof, distributable among the holders of our series B preferred stock are insufficient to pay in full the Liquidation Preference and all accrued and unpaid dividends and the liquidation preference and all accrued and unpaid dividends with respect to any other shares of Parity Shares, then such assets, or the proceeds thereof, will be distributed among the holders of series B preferred stock and any such Parity Shares ratably in accordance with the respective amounts which would be payable on such series B preferred stock and any such Parity Shares if all amounts payable thereon were paid in full. None of (i) a consolidation or merger of our company with one or more entities, (ii) a statutory stock exchange by our company or (iii) a sale or transfer of all or substantially all of our assets will be considered a liquidation, dissolution or winding up, voluntary or involuntary, of our company.

Voting Rights

Except as indicated below, the holders of series B preferred stock will have no voting rights.

If and whenever six quarterly dividends (whether or not consecutive) payable on our series B preferred stock are in arrears, whether or not earned or declared, the number of our directors will be increased automatically by two (unless the number of our directors has previously been so increased pursuant to the terms of any class or series of Parity Shares upon which like voting rights have been conferred and are exercisable (the “Voting Preferred Shares”) and with which the holders of series B preferred stock are entitled to vote together as a single class in the election of such directors) and the holders of series B preferred stock, voting together as a class with the holders of any other class or series of Voting Preferred Shares with which the holders of series B preferred stock are entitled to vote together as a single class in the election of such directors, will have the right to elect two additional directors at an annual meeting of stockholders or a properly called special meeting of the holders of our series B preferred stock and such Voting Preferred Shares and at each subsequent annual meeting of stockholders until all such dividends and dividends for the then current quarterly period on our series B preferred stock have been paid or declared and set aside for payment in full. Whenever all such dividends on our series B preferred stock then outstanding have been paid in full or declared and set apart for payment in full, and full dividends on our series B preferred stock for the then current quarterly dividend period have been paid in full or declared and set apart for payment in full, then the right of the holders of our series B preferred stock to elect two additional directors will cease and, unless Voting Preferred Shares of any class or series for which the right to vote in the election of such directors remains exercisable remain outstanding, the terms of office of the two additional directors will forthwith terminate and the number of directors will be reduced accordingly. However,

173

the right of the holders of our series B preferred stock to elect the additional directors will again vest if and whenever dividends are in arrears for six quarterly periods, as described above. In no event shall the holders of series B preferred stock be entitled pursuant to these voting rights to elect a director that would cause us to fail to satisfy a requirement relating to director independence of any national securities exchange on which any class or series of our stock is listed. In class votes with other Voting Preferred Shares, shares of different classes or series shall vote in proportion to the liquidation preference of the shares.

In addition, the approval of two-thirds of the votes entitled to be cast by the holders of outstanding shares of series B preferred stock, voting together as a single class with holders of all other similarly-affected classes and series of Parity Shares upon which like voting rights have been conferred and with which holders of series B preferred stock are entitled to vote together as a single class on such matters, is required (i) to amend, alter or repeal any provisions of our charter, including the series B preferred stock articles supplementary, whether by merger, consolidation or otherwise, to affect materially and adversely the voting powers, rights or preferences of the series B preferred stock, unless in connection with any such amendment, alteration or repeal, our series B preferred stock remains outstanding without the terms thereof being materially and adversely affected or is converted into or exchanged for preferred equity interests in the surviving entity having preferences, conversion and other rights, voting powers, restrictions, limitations as to dividends, qualifications and terms and conditions of redemption thereof that are substantially similar to those of our series B preferred stock (taking into account that we may not be the surviving entity), or (ii) to authorize, create, or increase the authorized number of shares of any class or series of capital stock having rights senior to our series B preferred stock with respect to the payment of dividends or amounts upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up. However, we may create additional classes and series of Parity Shares and Junior Shares, amend our charter to increase the authorized number of shares of preferred stock without further designation as to class or series, Parity Shares (including our series B preferred stock) and Junior Shares and issue additional series of Parity Shares and Junior Shares without the consent of any holder of series B preferred stock.

So long as any shares of series B preferred stock remain outstanding, the holders of shares of series B preferred stock, voting together as a single class with the holders of all other classes and series of Parity Shares upon which like voting rights have been conferred and with which holders of series B preferred stock are entitled to vote together as a single class, also will have the exclusive right to vote on any amendment to our charter on which holders of our series B preferred stock are entitled to vote and that would alter only the contract rights, as expressly set forth in our charter, of the series B preferred stock and such other class(es) and series of Parity Shares , and the holders of any other class(es) or series of our capital stock will not be entitled to vote on such an amendment.

The voting provisions above will not apply if, at or prior to the time when the act with respect to which the vote would otherwise be required would occur, we have redeemed or called for redemption upon proper procedures all outstanding shares of series B preferred stock.

In any matter in which the series B preferred stock may vote, each share of series B preferred stock shall entitle the holder to cast one vote per $25.00 of liquidation preference (excluding amounts with respect to accumulated and unpaid dividends). As a result, each share of series B preferred stock will entitle the holder to cast one vote.

Information Rights

During any period in which we are not subject to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act and any shares of series B preferred stock are outstanding, we will (i) transmit by mail (or other permissible means under the Exchange Act) to all holders of series B preferred stock, as their names and addresses appear in our record books and without cost to such holders, copies of the annual reports and quarterly reports that we would have been required to file with the SEC pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act if we were subject thereto (other than any exhibits that would have been required) and (ii) promptly, upon request, supply copies of such

174

reports to any prospective holder of series B preferred stock. We will mail (or otherwise provide) the information to the holders of series B preferred stock within 15 days after the respective dates by which a periodic report on Form 10-K or Form 10-Q, as the case may be, in respect of such information would have been required to be filed with the SEC, if we were subject to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act.

Conversion Rights

Our series B preferred stock is not convertible into or exchangeable for any other property or any other securities.

Restrictions on Ownership and Transfer

In order for us to qualify as a REIT under the Code, our stock must be beneficially owned by 100 or more persons during at least 335 days of a taxable year of 12 months (other than the first year for which an election to be a REIT has been made) or during a proportionate part of a shorter taxable year. Also, not more than 50% of the value of the outstanding shares of stock (after taking into account certain options to acquire shares of stock) may be owned, directly, indirectly or through attribution, by five or fewer individuals (for this purpose, the term “individual” includes a supplemental unemployment compensation benefit plan, a private foundation or a portion of a trust permanently set aside or used exclusively for charitable purposes, but generally does not include a qualified pension plan or profit sharing trust) at any time during the last half of a taxable year (other than the first year for which an election to be a REIT has been made).

Our charter contains, and the series B preferred stock articles supplementary will contain, restrictions on the ownership and transfer of shares of our series B preferred stock that are intended to assist us in complying with these requirements and continuing to qualify as a REIT. The relevant sections of the series B preferred stock articles supplementary will provide that, subject to certain exceptions, no person or entity may beneficially own, or be deemed to own by virtue of the applicable constructive ownership provisions of the Code, more than 9.8% (by value or by number of shares, whichever is more restrictive) of the outstanding shares of our series B preferred stock. For a further description of the restrictions on ownership and transfer of all series and classes of our shares of capital stock and of the remedies for a violation of such restrictions, see “Description of Stock—Restrictions on Ownership and Transfer.”

Book-Entry Procedures

The Depository Trust Company, which we refer to herein as DTC, will act as securities depositary for our series B preferred stock. We will issue one or more fully registered global securities certificates in the name of DTC’s nominee, Cede & Co. These certificates will represent the total aggregate number of series B preferred stock. We will deposit these certificates with DTC or a custodian appointed by DTC. We will not issue certificates to you for our series B preferred stock that you purchase, unless DTC’s services are discontinued as described below.

Title to book-entry interests in our series B preferred stock will pass by book-entry registration of the transfer within the records of DTC in accordance with their respective procedures. Book-entry interests in the securities may be transferred within DTC in accordance with procedures established for these purposes by DTC.

Each person owning a beneficial interest in our series B preferred stock must rely on the procedures of DTC and the participant through which such person owns its interest to exercise its rights as a holder of our series B preferred stock.

DTC has advised us that it is a limited-purpose trust company organized under the New York Banking Law, a member of the Federal Reserve System, a “clearing corporation” within the meaning of the New York Uniform Commercial Code and a “clearing agency” registered under the provisions of Section 17A of the

175

Exchange Act. DTC holds securities that its participants, referred to as Direct Participants, deposit with DTC. DTC also facilitates the settlement among Direct Participants of securities transactions, such as transfers and pledges, in deposited securities through electronic computerized book-entry changes in Direct Participants’ accounts, thereby eliminating the need for physical movement of securities certificates. Direct Participants include securities brokers and dealers, banks, trust companies, clearing corporations, and certain other organizations. Access to the DTC system is also available to others such as securities brokers and dealers, banks and trust companies that clear through or maintain a custodial relationship with a Direct Participant, either directly or indirectly, referred to as Indirect Participants. The rules applicable to DTC and its Direct and Indirect Participants are on file with the SEC.

When you purchase our series B preferred stock within the DTC system, the purchase must be by or through a Direct Participant. The Direct Participant will receive a credit for our series B preferred stock on DTC’s records. You, as the actual owner of our series B preferred stock, are the “beneficial owner.” Your beneficial ownership interest will be recorded on the Direct and Indirect Participants’ records, but DTC will have no knowledge of your individual ownership. DTC’s records reflect only the identity of the Direct Participants to whose accounts series B preferred stock are credited.

You will not receive written confirmation from DTC of your purchase. The Direct or Indirect Participants through whom you purchased our series B preferred stock should send you written confirmations providing details of your transactions, as well as periodic statements of your holdings. The Direct and Indirect Participants are responsible for keeping an accurate account of the holdings of their customers like you.

Transfers of ownership interests held through Direct and Indirect Participants will be accomplished by entries on the books of Direct and Indirect Participants acting on behalf of the beneficial owners.

The laws of some states may require that specified purchasers of securities take physical delivery of our series B preferred stock in definitive form. These laws may impair the ability to transfer beneficial interests in the global certificates representing our series B preferred stock.

Conveyance of notices and other communications by DTC to Direct Participants, by Direct Participants to Indirect Participants, and by Direct Participants and Indirect Participants to beneficial owners will be governed by arrangements among them, subject to any statutory or regulatory requirements as may be in effect from time to time.

We understand that, under DTC’s existing practices, in the event that we request any action of holders, or an owner of a beneficial interest in a global security such as you desires to take any action which a holder is entitled to take under our charter, DTC would authorize the Direct Participants holding the relevant shares to take such action, and those Direct Participants and any Indirect Participants would authorize beneficial owners owning through those Direct and Indirect Participants to take such action or would otherwise act upon the instructions of beneficial owners owning through them.

Redemption notices will be sent to Cede & Co. If less than all of the shares of series B preferred stock are being redeemed, DTC will reduce each Direct Participant’s holdings of series B preferred stock in accordance with its procedures.

In those instances where a vote is required, neither DTC nor Cede & Co. itself will consent or vote with respect to our series B preferred stock. Under its usual procedures, DTC would mail an omnibus proxy to us as soon as possible after the record date. The omnibus proxy assigns Cede & Co.’s consent or voting rights to those Direct Participants whose accounts our series B preferred stock are credited on the record date, which are identified in a listing attached to the omnibus proxy.

176

Dividend payments on our series B preferred stock will be made directly to DTC (or its successor, if applicable). DTC’s practice is to credit participants’ accounts on the relevant payment date in accordance with their respective holdings shown on DTC’s records unless DTC has reason to believe that it will not receive payment on that payment date.

Payments by Direct and Indirect Participants to beneficial owners will be governed by standing instructions and customary practices, as is the case with securities held for the accounts of customers in bearer form or registered in “street name.” These payments will be the responsibility of the participant and not of DTC, us or any agent of ours.

DTC may discontinue providing its services as securities depositary with respect to our series B preferred stock at any time by giving reasonable notice to us. Additionally, we may decide to discontinue the book-entry only system of transfers with respect to our series B preferred stock. In that event, we will print and deliver certificates in fully registered form for our series B preferred stock. If DTC notifies us that it is unwilling to continue as securities depositary, or it is unable to continue or ceases to be a clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act and a successor depositary is not appointed by us within 90 days after receiving such notice or becoming aware that DTC is no longer so registered, we will issue our series B preferred stock in definitive form, at our expense, upon registration of transfer of, or in exchange for, such global security.

According to DTC, the foregoing information with respect to DTC has been provided to the financial community for informational purposes only and is not intended to serve as a representation, warranty or contract modification of any kind.

Global Clearance and Settlement Procedures . Initial settlement for our series B preferred stock will be made in immediately available funds. Secondary market trading between DTC’s Participants will occur in the ordinary way in accordance with DTC’s rules and will be settled in immediately available funds using DTC’s Same-Day Funds Settlement System.

Transfer Agent, Registrar, Dividend Disbursing Agent and Redemption Agent

The transfer agent, registrar, dividend disbursing agent and redemption agent for our series B preferred stock is Computershare Trust Company, N.A.

177

DESCRIPTION OF STOCK

The following description of the material terms of the stock of our company does not purport to be complete and is subject to and qualified in its entirety by reference to applicable Maryland law and to our charter and bylaws, copies of which are filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part. See “Where You Can Find More Information.”

General

Our charter provides that we may issue up to 490 million shares of common stock, $0.01 par value per share, or common stock, and 10 million shares of preferred stock, $0.01 par value per share, or preferred stock. Upon the completion of this offering, shares of preferred stock will be reclassified and designated as shares of series B preferred stock. Our charter authorizes our board of directors, with the approval of a majority of the entire board and without any action by our stockholders, to amend our charter to increase or decrease the aggregate number of shares of stock or the number of shares of stock of any class or series that we have the authority to issue. Upon completion of this offering, shares of our common stock will be issued and outstanding, and shares of our series B preferred stock will be issued and outstanding.

Under Maryland law, stockholders generally are not personally liable for our debts or obligations solely as a result of their status as stockholders.

Common Stock

Subject to the preferential rights of any other class or series of stock (including the series B preferred stock) and to the provisions of our charter regarding the restrictions on ownership and transfer of our stock, holders of shares of our common stock are entitled to receive dividends and other distributions on such shares if, as and when authorized by our board of directors out of funds legally available therefor and declared by us, and to share ratably in the assets of our company legally available for distribution to our stockholders in the event of our liquidation, dissolution or winding up after payment or establishment of reserves for all known debts and liabilities of our company.

Subject to the provisions of our charter regarding the restrictions on ownership and transfer of our stock and except as may otherwise be specified in the terms of any class or series of our common stock, each outstanding share of our common stock entitles the holder to one vote on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders, including the election of directors, and, except as provided with respect to any other class or series of stock (including the series B preferred stock), the holders of shares of common stock will possess the exclusive voting power. There is no cumulative voting in the election of our directors. Directors are elected by a plurality of the votes cast.

Holders of shares of our common stock have no preference, conversion, exchange, sinking fund or redemption rights, and have no preemptive rights to subscribe for any securities of our company. Our charter provides that our stockholders generally have no appraisal rights unless our board of directors determines prospectively that appraisal rights will apply to one or more transactions in which holders of our common stock would otherwise be entitled to exercise appraisal rights. Subject to the provisions of our charter regarding the restrictions on ownership and transfer of our stock, holders of shares of our common stock will have equal dividend, liquidation and other rights.

Under the MGCL, a Maryland corporation generally cannot dissolve, amend its charter, merge, consolidate, sell all or substantially all of its assets or engage in a statutory share exchange unless declared advisable by the board of directors and approved by the affirmative vote of stockholders entitled to cast at least two-thirds of all of the votes entitled to be cast on the matter unless a lesser percentage (but not less than a majority of the votes entitled to be cast on the matter) is set forth in the corporation’s charter. Our charter

178

provides for the approval of these matters by a majority of the votes entitled to be cast on the matter, except for the limited rights of holders of series B preferred stock to approve certain amendments to our charter, and except that the approval of stockholders entitled to cast at least two-thirds of all of the votes entitled to be cast is required to remove a director or to amend the removal provisions of our charter. Holders of outstanding shares of series B preferred stock, voting together as a single class with the holders of all other similarly-affected classes and series of Parity Shares upon which like voting rights have been conferred, also will have the exclusive right to vote on any amendment to our charter on which holders of series B preferred stock are entitled to vote and that would alter only the contract rights, as expressly set forth in our charter, of the series B preferred stock and such other class(es) and series of Parity Shares, and the holders of any other class(es) or series of our capital stock, including our common stock, will not be entitled to vote on such an amendment. Maryland law also permits a corporation to transfer all or substantially all of its assets without the approval of its stockholders to an entity all of the equity interests of which are owned, directly or indirectly, by the corporation. Because our operating assets may be held by our operating partnership or its wholly owned subsidiaries, these subsidiaries may be able to merge or transfer all or substantially all of their assets without the approval of our stockholders.

Our charter authorizes our board of directors to reclassify any unissued shares of our common stock into other classes or series of stock, to establish the designation and number of shares of each such class or series and to set, subject to the provisions of our charter regarding the restrictions on ownership and transfer of our stock, the preferences, conversion or other rights, voting powers, restrictions, limitations as to dividends or other distributions, qualifications or terms or conditions of redemption of each such class or series.

Preferred Stock

Our charter authorizes our board of directors to classify any unissued shares of preferred stock and to reclassify any previously classified but unissued shares of preferred stock into one or more classes or series of stock. Prior to issuance of shares of each new class or series, our board of directors is required by the MGCL and our charter to set, subject to the provisions of our charter regarding the restrictions on ownership and transfer of our stock, the preferences, conversion or other rights, voting powers, restrictions, limitations as to dividends or other distributions, qualifications or terms or conditions of redemption of each such class or series. As a result, our board of directors could authorize the issuance of shares of stock that have priority over shares of our common stock with respect to dividends, distributions or rights upon liquidation or with other terms or conditions that could have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a transaction or a change of control of our company that might involve a premium price for our common stock or that our common stockholders otherwise believe to be in their best interests. Other than the series B preferred stock offered hereby, as of the date hereof, no shares of preferred stock are outstanding.

Power to Increase or Decrease Authorized Shares of Common Stock and Issue Additional Shares of Common and Preferred Stock

We believe that the power of our board of directors to amend our charter to increase or decrease the aggregate number of authorized shares of stock, to authorize us to issue additional authorized but unissued shares of our common stock or preferred stock and to classify or reclassify unissued shares of our common stock or preferred stock and thereafter to cause us to issue such classified or reclassified shares will provide us with increased flexibility in structuring possible future financings and acquisitions and in meeting other needs that might arise. Subject to the rights of holders of series B preferred stock to approve the classification or issuance of shares of a class or series of our stock ranking senior to the series B preferred stock, the additional classes or series of stock, as well as the additional authorized shares of stock, will be available for issuance without further action by our stockholders unless such action is required by applicable law or the rules of any stock exchange or automated quotation system on which our securities may be listed or traded. Although our board of directors does not currently intend to do so, it could authorize us to issue a class or series of stock that could, depending upon the terms of the particular class or series, delay, defer or prevent a transaction or a change of control of our company that might involve a premium price for our common stock or that our common stockholders otherwise

179

believe to be in their best interests. See “Material Provisions of Maryland Law and of Our Charter and Bylaws—Anti-takeover Effect of Certain Provisions of Maryland Law and of Our Charter and Bylaws.”

Restrictions on Ownership and Transfer

Our charter contains, and the series B preferred stock articles supplementary will contain, restrictions on the ownership and transfer of shares of our common stock, series B preferred stock and capital stock that are intended to assist us in complying with these requirements and continuing to qualify as a REIT. The relevant sections of our charter and the series B preferred stock articles supplementary provide or, upon completion of this offering, will provide, that, subject to the exceptions described below, no person or entity may actually or beneficially own, or be deemed to own by virtue of the applicable constructive ownership provisions of the Code, more than 9.8% (in value or in number of shares, whichever is more restrictive) of the outstanding shares of our common stock or of our series B preferred stock, excluding any shares of common stock or series B preferred stock, respectively, that are not treated as outstanding for federal income tax purposes, or 9.8% (in value) of the aggregate of the outstanding shares of all classes and series of our stock. We refer to each of these restrictions as an “ownership limit” and collectively as the “ownership limits.” A person or entity that would have acquired actual, beneficial or constructive ownership of our stock but for the application of the ownership limits or any of the other restrictions on ownership and transfer of our stock discussed below is referred to as a “prohibited owner.”

The constructive ownership rules under the Code are complex and may cause stock owned actually or constructively by a group of related individuals and/or entities to be owned constructively by one individual or entity. As a result, the acquisition of less than 9.8% of our common stock or series B preferred stock (or the acquisition of an interest in an entity that owns, actually or constructively, our common stock or series B preferred stock) by an individual or entity could, nevertheless, cause that individual or entity, or another individual or entity, to own constructively in excess of 9.8% in value or in number of shares (whichever is more restrictive) of our outstanding common stock or series B preferred stock, as applicable, and thereby violate the applicable ownership limit.

Our board of directors may, in its sole and absolute discretion, prospectively or retroactively, waive one or more of the ownership limits with respect to a particular person if, among other limitations, it:

•

determines that such waiver will not cause any individual (for this purpose, the term “individual” includes a supplemental unemployment compensation benefit plan, a private foundation or a portion of a trust permanently set aside or used exclusively for charitable purposes, but generally does not include a qualified pension plan or profit sharing trust) to own, actually or beneficially, more than 9.8% in value of the aggregate of the outstanding shares of all classes or series of our stock; and

•

determines that, subject to certain exceptions, such person does not and will not own, actually or constructively, an interest in a tenant of ours (or a tenant of any entity owned in whole or in part by us) that would cause us to own, actually or constructively, more than a 9.9% interest (as set forth in Section 856(d)(2)(B) of the Code) in such tenant.

180

As a condition of our waiver, our board of directors may require an opinion of counsel or IRS ruling satisfactory to our board of directors in its sole and absolute discretion in order to determine or ensure our status as a REIT or such representations and/or undertakings as are necessary to make the determinations above. Our board of directors may impose such conditions or restrictions as it deems appropriate in connection with such an exception.

Our board of directors granted to the Farallon excepted holders an exemption from the ownership limits, subject to various conditions and limitations. During the time that such waiver is effective, each Farallon excepted holder will be subject to an increased ownership limit applicable to such holder, or the excepted holder limit. As a condition to granting such excepted holder limit, the Farallon excepted holders made certain representations and covenants to us, including representations that, to their best knowledge, as a result of their ownership of shares of our common stock, no other person (other than our operating partnership) actually, beneficially, or constructively owns shares of our common stock in excess of the ownership limit and that, as of June 23, 2010, they did not actually or constructively own, or reasonably anticipate so owning, in excess of 9.9% of the outstanding equity interests in any of the tenants that we expected to have at the closing of our initial public offering. Before we enter into or acquire a lease with a new tenant, we are obligated to disclose the new tenant to the Farallon excepted holders, and such holders will have one business day to inform us as to whether they actually or constructively own, or reasonably anticipate so owning, more than 9.9% of the equity interests in such tenant. If they do own such an interest, if we enter into a lease with that tenant, the rent from that tenant would fail to qualify under the REIT income tests. If this rent could prevent us from satisfying the REIT gross income tests, then our charter would require that the number of shares owned by the Farallon excepted holders in excess of the ownership limit be automatically transferred to a trust as described below. If this occurs, and the Farallon excepted holders gave us advance notice of their tenant ownership as described above, we would be obligated to indemnify the Farallon excepted holders for any damages they suffer as a result of the transfer of shares to the trust. In addition, even if the Farallon excepted holders do not own one of our tenants, in connection with the granting of their exemption, they may later acquire over 9.9% of the equity interests in that tenant provided (i) our annual income from that tenant and other tenants in which they own over a 9.9% interest will not exceed 2% of our gross income; and (ii) such ownership could not otherwise cause us to fail to qualify as a REIT. As a result, ownership of our tenants by the Farallon excepted holders may increase our nonqualifying income or prevent us from entering into certain leases with certain tenants. The representations and covenants that will be made by the Farallon excepted holders in connection with the granting of the exemptions are intended to ensure that, as a result of granting such exemptions, we will continue to qualify as a REIT. The Farallon excepted holders must inform us if any of these representations becomes untrue or is violated, in which case they will lose their excepted holder limit. Subject to certain conditions, we may reduce the excepted holder limit (but not below the ownership limit) if the Farallon excepted holders actually, beneficially or constructively own fewer shares than the excepted holder limit for a specified period. Because the Farallon excepted holders’ actual and constructive ownership of our common stock and interests in our operating partnership would cause our operating partnership to be deemed to constructively own shares of our common stock in excess of the ownership limits, our board of directors has granted to our operating partnership an exemption from the ownership limits. In addition, our board of directors has granted to each of Cohen & Steers Capital Management, Inc. and Morgan Stanley Investment Management Inc. an exemption from the ownership limits, based on certain representations and covenants made to us by each such holder regarding its ownership and disposition of shares of our common stock. We believe that these exemptions will not jeopardize our status as a REIT for federal income tax purposes.

In connection with a waiver of an ownership limit or at any other time, our board of directors may increase or decrease one or more of the ownership limits, except that a decreased ownership limit will not be effective for any person whose actual, beneficial or constructive ownership of our stock exceeds the decreased ownership limit at the time of the decrease until the person’s actual, beneficial or constructive ownership of our stock equals or falls below the decreased ownership limit, although any further acquisition of our stock will violate the decreased ownership limit. Our board of directors may not increase or decrease any ownership limit if the new ownership limit would allow five or fewer persons to actually or beneficially own more than 49% in value of our outstanding stock or could cause us to be “closely held” under Section 856(h) of the Code (without

181

regard to whether the ownership interest is held during the last half of a taxable year) or otherwise cause us to fail to qualify as a REIT.

Our charter provisions further prohibit:

•

any person from actually, beneficially or constructively owning shares of our stock that could result in us being “closely held” under Section 856(h) of the Code (without regard to whether the ownership interest is held during the last half of a taxable year) or otherwise cause us to fail to qualify as a REIT; and

•

any person from transferring shares of our stock if such transfer would result in shares of our stock being beneficially owned by fewer than 100 persons (determined without reference to any rules of attribution).

Any person who acquires or attempts or intends to acquire actual, beneficial or constructive ownership of shares of our stock that will or may violate the ownership limits or any of the other restrictions on ownership and transfer of our stock described above must give written notice immediately to us or, in the case of a proposed or attempted transaction, provide us at least 15 days prior notice, and provide us with such other information as we may request in order to determine the effect of such transfer on our status as a REIT.

The ownership limits and other restrictions on ownership and transfer of our stock described above will not apply if our board of directors determines that it is no longer in our best interest to attempt to qualify, or to continue to qualify, as a REIT or that compliance is no longer required in order for us to qualify as a REIT.

Pursuant to our charter, if any purported transfer of our stock or any other event would otherwise result in any person violating the ownership limits or such other limit established by our board of directors, or could result in us being “closely held” within the meaning of Section 856(h) of the Code (without regard to whether the ownership interest is held during the last half of a taxable year) or otherwise failing to qualify as a REIT, then the number of shares causing the violation (rounded up to the nearest whole share) will be automatically transferred to, and held by, a trust for the exclusive benefit of one or more charitable organizations selected by us. The prohibited owner will have no rights in shares of our stock held by the trustee. The automatic transfer will be effective as of the close of business on the business day prior to the date of the violative transfer or other event that results in the transfer to the trust. Any dividend or other distribution paid to the prohibited owner, prior to our discovery that the shares had been automatically transferred to a trust as described above, must be repaid to the trustee upon demand. If the transfer to the trust as described above is not automatically effective, for any reason, to prevent violation of the applicable ownership limit or our being “closely held” (without regard to whether the ownership interest is held during the last half of a taxable year) or otherwise failing to qualify as a REIT, then the transfer of the number of shares that otherwise would cause any person to violate the above restrictions will be void. If any transfer of our stock would result in shares of our stock being beneficially owned by fewer than 100 persons (determined without reference to any rules of attribution), then any such purported transfer will be void and of no force or effect and the intended transferee will acquire no rights in the shares.

Shares of our stock transferred to the trustee are deemed offered for sale to us, or our designee, at a price per share equal to the lesser of (1) the price per share paid by the prohibited owner for the shares (or, if the prohibited owner did not give value in connection with the transfer or other event that resulted in the transfer to the trust (e.g., a gift, devise or other such transaction), the last sales price reported on the NYSE on the day of the transfer or other event that resulted in the transfer of such shares to the trust) and (2) the last sale price reported on the NYSE on the date we, or our designee, accepts such offer. We may reduce the amount payable to the prohibited owner by the amount of dividends and distributions paid to the prohibited owner and owed by the prohibited owner to the trustee. We will pay the amount of such reduction to the trustee for the benefit of the charitable beneficiary. We have the right to accept such offer until the trustee has sold the shares of our stock held in the trust. Upon a sale to us, the interest of the charitable beneficiary in the shares sold terminates and the

182

trustee must distribute the net proceeds of the sale to the prohibited owner and any dividends or other distributions held by the trustee with respect to such stock will be paid to the charitable beneficiary.

If we do not buy the shares, the trustee must, within 20 days of receiving notice from us of the transfer of shares to the trust, sell the shares to a person or persons, designated by the trustee, who could own the shares without violating the ownership limits or other restrictions on ownership and transfer of our stock. Upon such sale, the trustee must distribute to the prohibited owner an amount equal to the lesser of (1) the price paid by the prohibited owner for the shares (or, if the prohibited owner did not give value in connection with the transfer or other event that resulted in the transfer to the trust (e.g., a gift, devise or other such transaction), the last sales price reported on the NYSE on the day of the event that resulted in the transfer of such shares to the trust) and (2) the sales proceeds (net of commissions and other expenses of sale) received by the trustee for the shares. The trustee will reduce the amount payable to the prohibited owner by the amount of dividends and other distributions paid to the prohibited owner and owed by the prohibited owner to the trustee. Any net sales proceeds in excess of the amount payable to the prohibited owner will be immediately paid to the charitable beneficiary, together with any dividends or other distributions thereon. In addition, if, prior to discovery by us that shares of our stock have been transferred to the trustee, such shares of stock are sold by a prohibited owner, then such shares shall be deemed to have been sold on behalf of the trust and, to the extent that the prohibited owner received an amount for or in respect of such shares that exceeds the amount that such prohibited owner was entitled to receive, such excess amount shall be paid to the trustee upon demand.

The trustee will be designated by us and will be unaffiliated with us and with any prohibited owner. Prior to the sale of any shares by the trust, the trustee will receive, in trust for the charitable beneficiary, all dividends and other distributions paid by us with respect to such shares, and may exercise all voting rights with respect to such shares for the exclusive benefit of the charitable beneficiary.

Subject to Maryland law, effective as of the date that the shares have been transferred to the trust, the trustee shall have the authority, at the trustee’s sole discretion:

•

to rescind as void any vote cast by a prohibited owner prior to our discovery that the shares have been transferred to the trust; and

•

to recast the vote in accordance with the desires of the trustee acting for the benefit of the beneficiary of the trust.

However, if we have already taken irreversible corporate action, then the trustee may not rescind and recast the vote.

If our board of directors or a committee thereof determines in good faith that a proposed transfer or other event has taken place that violates the restrictions on ownership and transfer of our stock set forth in our charter, our board of directors or such committee may take such action as it deems advisable in its sole discretion to refuse to give effect to or to prevent such transfer, including, but not limited to, causing the company to redeem shares of stock, refusing to give effect to the transfer on our books or instituting proceedings to enjoin the transfer.

Every owner of 5% or more (or such lower percentage as required by the Code or the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder) of the outstanding shares of our stock, within 30 days after the end of each taxable year, must give written notice to us stating the name and address of such owner, the number of shares of each class and series of our stock that the owner beneficially owns and a description of the manner in which the shares are held. Each such owner also must provide us with any additional information that we request in order to determine the effect, if any, of the person’s actual or beneficial ownership on our status as a REIT and to ensure compliance with the ownership limits. In addition, any person that is an actual, beneficial or constructive owner of shares of our stock and any person (including the stockholder of record) who is holding shares of our stock for

183

an actual, beneficial or constructive owner must, on request, disclose to us such information as we may request in good faith in order to determine our status as a REIT and comply with requirements of any taxing authority or governmental authority or determine such compliance.

Any certificates representing shares of our stock will bear a legend referring to the restrictions on ownership and transfer of our stock described above.

These restrictions on ownership and transfer could delay, defer or prevent a transaction or a change of control of our company that might involve a premium price for our stock that our stockholders otherwise believe to be in their best interest.

Transfer Agent and Registrar

The transfer agent and registrar for our shares of common stock is Computershare Trust Company, N.A.

184

MATERIAL PROVISIONS OF MARYLAND LAW AND OF OUR CHARTER AND BYLAWS

The following summary of certain provisions of Maryland law and our charter and bylaws does not purport to be complete and is subject to and qualified in its entirety by reference to Maryland law and our charter and bylaws, copies of which are filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part. See “Where You Can Find More Information.”

Our Board of Directors

Our charter and bylaws provide that the number of directors of our company may be established, increased or decreased only by a majority of our entire board of directors but may not be fewer than the minimum number required under the MGCL nor, unless our bylaws are amended, more than 15. We currently have nine directors. We have elected by a provision of our charter to be subject to a provision of Maryland law requiring that, except as otherwise provided in the terms of any class or series of our stock, vacancies on our board of directors may be filled only by the remaining directors and that any individual elected to fill a vacancy will serve for the remainder of the full term of the class of directors in which the vacancy occurred and until his or her successor is duly elected and qualifies. Our charter will provide that holders of series B preferred stock and Voting Preferred Shares may fill vacancies among the directors entitled to be elected by the holders of series B preferred stock and Voting Preferred Shares.

Each of our directors is elected by our stockholders to serve until the next annual meeting of our stockholders and until his or her successor is duly elected and qualifies under the MGCL. Holders of shares of our common stock will have no right to cumulative voting in the election of directors. Directors are elected by a plurality of the votes cast in the election of directors. Additionally, in the event that we are in arrears on dividends on our series B preferred stock for six or more quarterly periods, whether or not consecutive, holders of our series B preferred stock, voting together as a single class with all other classes and series of Voting Preferred Shares with which the holders of series B preferred stock are entitled to vote together as a single class in the election of such directors, will have the right to elect an additional two directors for a limited time. See “Description of Series B Preferred Stock—Voting Rights.”

Removal of Directors

Our charter provides that, subject to the rights of holders of one or more classes or series of preferred stock to elect or remove one or more directors, a director may be removed only for cause (as defined in our charter) and only by the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of the votes entitled to be cast generally in the election of directors. This provision, when coupled with the exclusive power of our board of directors to fill vacant directorships (other than vacancies among any directors elected by holders of our series B preferred stock pursuant to their right to elect an additional two directors to our board in certain circumstances as described above), may preclude stockholders from removing incumbent directors and filling the vacancies created by such removal with their own nominees. In addition, any preferred stock director elected to our board by the holders of our series B preferred stock and any class or series of Voting Preferred Shares in the circumstances described above may only be removed by a vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of series B preferred stock and all classes and series of Voting Preferred Shares.

Business Combinations

Under the MGCL, certain “business combinations” (including a merger, consolidation, share exchange or, in certain circumstances specified under the statute, an asset transfer or issuance or reclassification of equity securities) between a Maryland corporation and any interested stockholder, or an affiliate of such an interested stockholder, are prohibited for five years after the most recent date on which the interested stockholder becomes an interested stockholder. Maryland law defines an interested stockholder as:

185

•

any person who beneficially owns, directly or indirectly, 10% or more of the voting power of the corporation’s outstanding voting stock; or

•

an affiliate or associate of the corporation who, at any time within the two-year period prior to the date in question, was the beneficial owner of 10% or more of the voting power of the then-outstanding voting stock of the corporation.

A person is not an interested stockholder if the board of directors approved in advance the transaction by which the person otherwise would have become an interested stockholder. In approving a transaction, however, the board of directors may provide that its approval is subject to compliance, at or after the time of the approval, with any terms and conditions determined by it.

After such five-year period, any such business combination must be recommended by the board of directors of the corporation and approved by the affirmative vote of at least:

•

80% of the votes entitled to be cast by holders of outstanding shares of voting stock of the corporation; and

•

two-thirds of the votes entitled to be cast by holders of voting stock of the corporation other than shares held by the interested stockholder with whom (or with whose affiliate) the business combination is to be effected or held by an affiliate or associate of the interested stockholder.

These supermajority approval requirements do not apply if, among other conditions, the corporation’s common stockholders receive a minimum price (as defined in the MGCL) for their shares and the consideration is received in cash or in the same form as previously paid by the interested stockholder for its shares.

These provisions of the MGCL do not apply, however, to business combinations that are approved or exempted by a corporation’s board of directors prior to the time that the interested stockholder becomes an interested stockholder. Pursuant to the statute, our board of directors has by resolution exempted from the business combination provisions of the MGCL, and, consequently, the five-year prohibition and the supermajority vote requirements will not apply to, business combinations between us and any interested stockholder that have been approved by a majority of our directors who are not affiliated with the interested stockholder, unless our board in the future alters or repeals this resolution. As a result, anyone who is or later becomes an interested stockholder may be able to enter into business combinations with us without compliance by our company with the five-year moratorium, supermajority vote requirements and the other provisions of the statute.

We cannot assure you that our board of directors will not opt to be subject to such business combination provisions in the future. However, an alteration or repeal of this resolution will not have any effect on any business combinations that have been consummated or upon any agreements existing at the time of such modification or repeal.

Control Share Acquisitions

The MGCL provides that “control shares” of a Maryland corporation acquired in a “control share acquisition” have no voting rights except to the extent approved by the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of the votes entitled to be cast by stockholders entitled to exercise or direct the exercise of the voting power in the election of directors generally but excluding: (1) the person who has made or proposes to make the control share acquisition, (2) any officer of the corporation or (3) any employee of the corporation who is also a director of the corporation. “Control shares” are voting shares of stock that, if aggregated with all other such shares of stock previously acquired by the acquirer or in respect of which the acquirer is able to exercise or direct the exercise of

186

voting power (except solely by virtue of a revocable proxy), would entitle the acquirer to exercise voting power in electing directors within one of the following ranges of:

•

one-tenth or more but less than one-third;

•

one-third or more but less than a majority; or

•

a majority or more of all voting power.

Control shares do not include shares that the acquiring person is then entitled to vote as a result of having previously obtained stockholder approval. A “control share acquisition” means the acquisition, directly or indirectly, of ownership of, or the power to direct the exercise of voting power with respect to, issued and outstanding control shares, subject to certain exceptions.

A person who has made or proposes to make a control share acquisition, upon satisfaction of certain conditions (including an undertaking to pay expenses and making an “acquiring person statement” as described in the MGCL), may compel the board of directors to call a special meeting of stockholders to be held within 50 days of demand to consider the voting rights of the control shares. If no request for a special meeting is made, the corporation may itself present the question at any stockholders meeting.

If voting rights of control shares are not approved at the meeting or if the acquiring person does not deliver an “acquiring person statement” as required by the statute, then, subject to certain conditions and limitations, the corporation may redeem any or all of the control shares (except those for which voting rights have previously been approved) for fair value determined, without regard to the absence of voting rights for the control shares, as of the date of the last control share acquisition by the acquirer or of any meeting of stockholders at which the voting rights of such shares are considered and not approved. If voting rights for control shares are approved at a stockholders meeting and the acquirer becomes entitled to vote a majority of the shares entitled to vote, all other stockholders may exercise appraisal rights. The fair value of the shares as determined for purposes of such appraisal rights may not be less than the highest price per share paid by the acquirer in the control share acquisition.

The control share acquisition statute does not apply (1) to shares acquired in a merger, consolidation or share exchange if the corporation is a party to the transaction or (2) to acquisitions approved or exempted by the charter or bylaws of the corporation.

Our bylaws contain a provision exempting from the control share acquisition statute any and all control share acquisitions by any person of shares of our stock. Our board of directors may amend or eliminate this provision at any time in the future.

Subtitle 8

Subtitle 8 of Title 3 of the MGCL permits a Maryland corporation with a class of equity securities registered under the Exchange Act and at least three independent directors to elect to be subject, by provision in its charter or bylaws or a resolution of its board of directors and notwithstanding any contrary provision in the charter or bylaws, to any or all of the following five provisions:

•

a classified board;

•

a two-thirds vote requirement for removing a director;

•

a requirement that the number of directors be fixed only by vote of the directors;

187

•

a requirement that a vacancy on the board be filled only by the remaining directors and for the remainder of the full term of the class of directors in which the vacancy occurred; or

•

a majority requirement for the calling of a special meeting of stockholders.

We have elected by a provision in our charter to be subject to the provisions of Subtitle 8 relating to the filling of vacancies on our board of directors. Through provisions in our charter and bylaws unrelated to Subtitle 8, we already (1) require a two-thirds vote for the removal of any director elected by holders of our common stock from the board, which removal must be for cause, (2) vest in the board the exclusive power to fix the number of directorships, subject to limitations set forth in our charter and bylaws, and (3) require, unless called by the chairman of our board of directors, our president, our chief executive officer or our board of directors, the request of stockholders entitled to cast not less than a majority of all votes entitled to be cast on a matter at such meeting to call a special meeting to consider and vote on any matter that may properly be considered at a meeting of stockholders. We have not elected to create a classified board. In the future, our board of directors may elect, without stockholder approval, to create a classified board or adopt one or more of the other provisions of Subtitle 8.

Amendments to Our Charter and Bylaws

Our charter generally may be amended only if such amendment is declared advisable by our board of directors and approved by the affirmative vote of stockholders entitled to cast a majority of the votes entitled to be cast on the matter, except that (i) amendments to the provisions of our charter relating to the removal of directors and the vote required to amend the removal provision may be amended only with the approval of stockholders entitled to cast at least two-thirds of all of the votes entitled to be cast on the matter and (ii) certain amendments to our charter, whether by merger, consolidation, transfer or conveyance of all or substantially all of our assets, or otherwise, that would materially and adversely affect the terms of our series B preferred stock must be approved by the holders of the outstanding shares of our series B preferred stock entitled to cast at least two-thirds of the votes entitled to be cast on the matter. Holders of our series B preferred stock, voting together as a single class with the holders of all other similarly-affected classes and series of Parity Shares upon which like voting rights have been conferred, also will have the exclusive right to approve amendments to our charter on which holders of our series B preferred stock are entitled to vote and that would alter only the contract rights of the series B preferred stock and such other class(es) and series of Parity Shares. See “Description of Series B Preferred Stock—Voting Rights.” Our board of directors has the exclusive power to adopt, alter or repeal any provision of our bylaws or to make new bylaws.

Meetings of Stockholders

Under our bylaws, annual meetings of stockholders will be held each year at a date and time determined by our board of directors. Special meetings of stockholders may be called only by our board of directors, the chairman of our board of directors, our president or our chief executive officer. Additionally, subject to the provisions of our bylaws, special meetings of the stockholders to act on any matter must be called by our secretary upon the written request of stockholders entitled to cast at least a majority of the votes entitled to be cast at such meeting on such matter who have requested the special meeting in accordance with the procedures set forth in, and provided the information and certifications required by, our bylaws. In addition at any time that holders of our series B preferred stock or any class or series of Voting Preferred Stock have the right to elect two directors, but such directors have not been elected, our secretary is required to call a special meeting for the purpose of electing preferred stock directors upon the written request of the holders of record of 10% of the outstanding shares of series B preferred stock and Voting Preferred Shares then entitled to vote in the election an additional two directors in certain circumstances, if this request is received more than 90 days before the date fixed for our next annual meeting of stockholders. Only matters set forth in the notice of the special meeting may be considered and acted upon at such a meeting.

188

Advance Notice of Director Nominations and New Business

Our bylaws provide that:

•

with respect to an annual meeting of stockholders, nominations of individuals for election to our board of directors and the proposal of business to be considered by stockholders at the annual meeting may be made only:

•

pursuant to our notice of the meeting;

•

by or at the direction of our board of directors; or

•

by a stockholder who was a stockholder of record both at the time the stockholder provides the notice required by our bylaws and at the time of the annual meeting, who is entitled to vote at the meeting in the election of each individual so nominated or such other business and who has complied with the advance notice procedures set forth in, and provided the information and certifications required by, our bylaws; and

•

with respect to special meetings of stockholders, only the business specified in our company’s notice of meeting may be brought before the meeting of stockholders, and nominations of individuals for election to our board of directors may be made only:

•

by or at the direction of our board of directors; or

•

provided that the meeting has been called in accordance with our bylaws for the purpose of electing directors, by a stockholder who is a stockholder of record both at the time the stockholder provides the notice required by our bylaws and at the time of the meeting, who is entitled to vote at the meeting in the election of each individual so nominated and who has complied with the advance notice provisions set forth in, and provided the information and certifications required by, our bylaws.

The purpose of requiring stockholders to give advance notice of nominations and other proposals is to afford our board of directors the opportunity to consider the qualifications of the proposed nominees or the advisability of the other proposals and, to the extent considered necessary by our board of directors, to inform stockholders and make recommendations regarding the nominations or other proposals. Although our bylaws do not give our board of directors the power to disapprove timely stockholder nominations and proposals, our bylaws may have the effect of precluding a contest for the election of directors or proposals for other action if the proper procedures are not followed, and of discouraging or deterring a third party from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect its own slate of directors to our board of directors or to approve its own proposal.

Anti-takeover Effect of Certain Provisions of Maryland Law and Our Charter and Bylaws

The supermajority vote required to remove directors, our election to be subject to the provision of Subtitle 8 generally vesting in our board of directors the exclusive power to fill vacancies on our board of directors, the limited rights of holders of series B preferred stock to vote on certain mergers or consolidations involving us or transfers of all or substantially all of our assets and the advance notice provisions of our bylaws could delay, defer or prevent a transaction or a change of control of our company that might involve a premium price for our common stock or that our common stockholders otherwise believe to be in their best interests. Likewise, if our board of directors were to elect to be subject to the provision of Subtitle 8 providing for a classified board or if the provision in our bylaws opting out of the control share acquisition provisions of the MGCL were amended or rescinded, these provisions of the MGCL could have similar anti-takeover effects.

189

Indemnification and Limitation of Directors’ and Officers’ Liability

Maryland law permits a Maryland corporation to include in its charter a provision limiting the liability of its directors and officers to the corporation and its stockholders for money damages except for liability resulting from actual receipt of an improper benefit or profit in money, property or services or active and deliberate dishonesty that is established by a final judgment and is material to the cause of action. Our charter contains such a provision that eliminates such liability to the maximum extent permitted by Maryland law.

The MGCL requires a Maryland corporation (unless its charter provides otherwise, which our charter does not) to indemnify a director or officer who has been successful, on the merits or otherwise, in the defense of any proceeding to which he or she is made or threatened to be made a party by reason of his or her service in that capacity. The MGCL permits a Maryland corporation to indemnify its present and former directors and officers, among others, against judgments, penalties, fines, settlements and reasonable expenses actually incurred by them in connection with any proceeding to which they may be made or are threatened to be made a party by reason of their service in those or other capacities unless it is established that:

•

the act or omission of the director or officer was material to the matter giving rise to the proceeding and:

•

was committed in bad faith; or

•

was the result of active and deliberate dishonesty;

•

the director or officer actually received an improper personal benefit in money, property or services; or

•

in the case of any criminal proceeding, the director or officer had reasonable cause to believe that the act or omission was unlawful.

However, under the MGCL, a Maryland corporation may not indemnify a director or officer for an adverse judgment in a suit by or in the right of the corporation or if the director or officer was adjudged liable on the basis that personal benefit was improperly received, unless in either case a court orders indemnification and then only for expenses.

In addition, the MGCL permits a Maryland corporation to advance reasonable expenses to a director or officer upon the corporation’s receipt of:

•

a written affirmation by the director or officer of his or her good faith belief that he or she has met the standard of conduct necessary for indemnification by the corporation; and

•

a written unsecured undertaking by the director or officer or on his or her behalf to repay the amount paid or reimbursed by the corporation if it is ultimately determined that he or she did not meet the standard of conduct.

Our charter authorizes us to obligate our company and our bylaws obligate us, to the fullest extent permitted by Maryland law in effect from time to time, to indemnify and to pay or reimburse reasonable expenses in advance of final disposition of a proceeding without requiring a preliminary determination of the director’s or officer’s ultimate entitlement to indemnification to:

•

any present or former director or officer who is made or threatened to be made a party to the proceeding by reason of his or her service in that capacity; or

•

any individual who, while a director or officer of our company and at our request, serves or has served as a director, officer, partner, member, manager or trustee of another corporation, real estate investment trust, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or any other enterprise and who is made or threatened to be made a party to the proceeding by reason of his or her service in that capacity.

190

Our charter and bylaws also permit us, with the approval of our board of directors, to indemnify and advance expenses to any person who served a predecessor of ours in any of the capacities described above and to any employee or agent of our company or a predecessor of our company.

The partnership agreement of our operating partnership also provides that we, as general partner, and our directors, officers and employees, officers and employees of our operating partnership and our designees are indemnified against any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities (whether joint or several), expenses (including, without limitation, attorneys’ fees and other legal fees and expenses), judgments, fines, settlements and other amounts arising from any and all claims, demands, actions, suits or proceedings, civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, that relate to the operations of the operating partnership, except (1) if the act or omission of such person was material to the matter giving rise to the action and either was committed in bad faith or was the result of active and deliberate dishonesty, (2) for any transaction for which such person received an improper personal benefit in money, property or services or otherwise, in violation or breach of any provision of the partnership agreement or (3) in the case of a criminal proceeding, if the person had reasonable cause to believe the act or omission was unlawful. The operating partnership must also pay or reimburse the reasonable expenses of any such person upon its receipt of a written affirmation of the person’s good faith belief that the standard of conduct necessary for indemnification has been met and a written undertaking to repay any amounts paid or advanced if it is ultimately determined that the person did not meet the standard of conduct for indemnification. The operating partnership will not indemnify or advance funds to any person with respect to any action initiated by the person seeking indemnification (other than an action to enforce such person’s right to indemnification under the partnership agreement) without our approval or if the person is found to be liable to the operating partnership on any portion of any claim in the action. See “Description of the Partnership Agreement of Hudson Pacific Properties, L.P.—Exculpation and Indemnification.”

Insofar as the foregoing provisions permit indemnification of directors, officers or persons controlling us for liability arising under the Securities Act, we have been informed that in the opinion of the SEC, this indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.

Indemnification Agreements

We have entered into indemnification agreements with each of our executive officers and directors as described in “Management—Limitation of Liability and Indemnification.”

Restrictions on Ownership and Transfer of our Stock

Our charter contains, and, upon the completion of this offering, the series B preferred stock articles supplementary will contain, restrictions on the ownership and transfer of our stock that are intended to assist us in continuing to qualify as a REIT. Subject to certain exceptions, our charter provides, and the series B preferred stock articles supplementary will provide, that no person or entity may beneficially own, or be deemed to own by virtue of the applicable constructive ownership provisions of the Code, more than 9.8% (in value or in number of shares, whichever is more restrictive) of the outstanding shares of our common stock or of our series B preferred stock, or 9.8% (in value) of the aggregate of the outstanding shares of all classes and series of our stock. For more information regarding these and other restrictions on the ownership and transfer of our stock imposed by our charter and the series B preferred stock articles supplementary, and of the remedies for a violation of such restrictions, see “Description of Stock—Restrictions on Ownership and Transfer” and “Description of Series B Preferred Stock—Restrictions on Ownership and Transfer.”

REIT Qualification

Our charter provides that our board of directors may revoke or otherwise terminate our REIT election, without approval of our stockholders, if it determines that it is no longer in our best interest to continue to be qualified as a REIT.

191

FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS

The following is a general summary of certain material U.S. federal income tax considerations regarding our company and this offering of our series B preferred stock. For purposes of this discussion, references to “we,” “our” and “us” mean only Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc., and do not include any of its subsidiaries, except as otherwise indicated. This summary is for general information only and is not tax advice. The information in this summary is based on:

•

the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code;

•

current, temporary and proposed Treasury Regulations promulgated under the Code;

•

the legislative history of the Code;

•

administrative interpretations and practices of the Internal Revenue Service, or the IRS; and

•

court decisions;

in each case, as of the date of this prospectus. In addition, the administrative interpretations and practices of the IRS include its practices and policies as expressed in private letter rulings that are not binding on the IRS except with respect to the particular taxpayers who requested and received those rulings. Future legislation, Treasury Regulations, administrative interpretations and practices and/or court decisions may adversely affect the tax considerations contained in this discussion. Any such change could apply retroactively to transactions preceding the date of the change. We have not requested and do not intend to request a ruling from the IRS that we qualify as a REIT, and the statements in this prospectus are not binding on the IRS or any court. Thus, we can provide no assurance that the tax considerations contained in this discussion will not be challenged by the IRS or will be sustained by a court if challenged by the IRS. This summary does not discuss any state, local or non-U.S. tax consequences associated with the purchase, ownership, or disposition of our series B preferred stock or our election to be taxed as a REIT.

You are urged to consult your tax advisors regarding the tax consequences to you of:

•

the purchase, ownership or disposition of our series B preferred stock, including the federal, state, local, non-U.S. and other tax consequences;

•

our election to be taxed as a REIT for federal income tax purposes; and

•

potential changes in applicable tax laws.

Taxation of Our Company

General

We intend to elect to be taxed as a REIT under Sections 856 through 860 of the Code commencing with our taxable year ending December 31, 2010. We believe that we have been organized and have operated in a manner that will allow us to qualify for taxation as a REIT under the Code commencing with our taxable year ending December 31, 2010, and we intend to continue to be organized and operate in this manner. However, qualification and taxation as a REIT depend upon our ability to meet the various qualification tests imposed under the Code, including through actual annual operating results, asset composition, distribution levels and diversity of stock ownership. Accordingly, no assurance can be given that we have been organized or have operated in a manner so as to qualify or remain qualified as a REIT. See “—Failure to Qualify.”

The sections of the Code and the corresponding Treasury Regulations that relate to qualification and taxation as a REIT are highly technical and complex. The following discussion sets forth certain material aspects

192

of the sections of the Code that govern the federal income tax treatment of a REIT and its stockholders. This summary is qualified in its entirety by the applicable Code provisions, Treasury Regulations promulgated under the Code, and administrative and judicial interpretations thereof.

Latham & Watkins LLP has acted as our tax counsel in connection with this offering of our series B preferred stock and our intended election to be taxed as a REIT. Latham & Watkins LLP will render an opinion to us to the effect that, commencing with our taxable year ending December 31, 2010, we have been organized in conformity with the requirements for qualification and taxation as a REIT under the Code, and our proposed method of operation will enable us to continue to meet the requirements for qualification and taxation as a REIT under the Code. It must be emphasized that this opinion will be based on various assumptions and representations as to factual matters, including representations made by us in a factual certificate provided by one of our officers. In addition, this opinion will be based upon our factual representations set forth in this prospectus. Moreover, our qualification and taxation as a REIT depend upon our ability to meet the various qualification tests imposed under the Code, which are discussed below, including through actual annual operating results, asset composition, distribution levels and diversity of stock ownership, the results of which have not been and will not be reviewed by Latham & Watkins LLP. Accordingly, no assurance can be given that our actual results of operation for any particular taxable year will satisfy those requirements. Further, the anticipated federal income tax treatment described in this discussion may be changed, perhaps retroactively, by legislative, administrative or judicial action at any time. Latham & Watkins LLP has no obligation to update its opinion subsequent to the date of such opinion.

Provided we qualify for taxation as a REIT, we generally will not be required to pay federal corporate income taxes on our REIT taxable income that is currently distributed to our stockholders. This treatment substantially eliminates the “double taxation” that ordinarily results from investment in a C corporation. A C corporation is a corporation that generally is required to pay tax at the corporate level. Double taxation means taxation once at the corporate level when income is earned and once again at the stockholder level when the income is distributed. We will, however, be required to pay federal income tax as follows:

•

First, we will be required to pay tax at regular corporate rates on any undistributed REIT taxable income, including undistributed net capital gains.

•

Second, we may be required to pay the “alternative minimum tax” on our items of tax preference under some circumstances.

•

Third, if we have (1) net income from the sale or other disposition of “foreclosure property” held primarily for sale to customers in the ordinary course of business or (2) other nonqualifying income from foreclosure property, we will be required to pay tax at the highest corporate rate on this income. To the extent that income from foreclosure property is otherwise qualifying income for purposes of the 75% gross income test, this tax is not applicable. Subject to certain other requirements, foreclosure property generally is defined as property we acquired through foreclosure or after a default on a loan secured by the property or a lease of the property.

•

Fourth, we will be required to pay a 100% tax on any net income from prohibited transactions. Prohibited transactions are, in general, sales or other taxable dispositions of property, other than foreclosure property, held primarily for sale to customers in the ordinary course of business.

•

Fifth, if we fail to satisfy the 75% gross income test or the 95% gross income test, as described below, but have otherwise maintained our qualification as a REIT because certain other requirements are met, we will be required to pay a tax equal to (1) the greater of (A) the amount by which we fail to satisfy the 75% gross income test and (B) the amount by which we fail to satisfy the 95% gross income test, multiplied by (2) a fraction intended to reflect our profitability.

193

•

Sixth, if we fail to satisfy any of the asset tests (other than a de minimis failure of the 5% or 10% asset test), as described below, due to reasonable cause and not due to willful neglect, and we nonetheless maintain our REIT qualification because of specified cure provisions, we will be required to pay a tax equal to the greater of $50,000 or the highest corporate tax rate multiplied by the net income generated by the nonqualifying assets that caused us to fail such test.

•

Seventh, if we fail to satisfy any provision of the Code that would result in our failure to qualify as a REIT (other than a violation of the gross income tests or certain violations of the asset tests, as described below) and the violation is due to reasonable cause and not due to willful neglect, we may retain our REIT qualification but we will be required to pay a penalty of $50,000 for each such failure.

•

Eighth, we will be required to pay a 4% excise tax to the extent we fail to distribute during each calendar year at least the sum of (1) 85% of our ordinary income for the year, (2) 95% of our capital gain net income for the year, and (3) any undistributed taxable income from prior periods.

•

Ninth, if we acquire any asset from a corporation that is or has been a C corporation in a transaction in which our basis in the asset is determined by reference to the C corporation’s basis in the asset, and we subsequently recognize gain on the disposition of the asset during the ten-year period beginning on the date on which we acquired the asset, then we will be required to pay tax at the highest regular corporate tax rate on this gain to the extent of the excess of (1) the fair market value of the asset over (2) our adjusted basis in the asset, in each case determined as of the date on which we acquired the asset. The results described in this paragraph with respect to the recognition of gain assume that the C corporation will refrain from making an election to receive different treatment under applicable Treasury Regulations on its tax return for the year in which we acquire the asset from the C corporation.

•

Tenth, our subsidiaries that are C corporations, including our “taxable REIT subsidiaries,” generally will be required to pay federal corporate income tax on their earnings.

•

Eleventh, we will be required to pay a 100% tax on any “redetermined rents,” “redetermined deductions” or “excess interest.” See “—Penalty Tax.” In general, redetermined rents are rents from real property that are overstated as a result of services furnished to any of our tenants by a taxable REIT subsidiary of ours. Redetermined deductions and excess interest generally represent amounts that are deducted by a taxable REIT subsidiary of ours for amounts paid to us that are in excess of the amounts that would have been deducted based on arm’s length negotiations.

•

Twelfth, we may elect to retain and pay income tax on our net capital gain. In that case, a stockholder would include its proportionate share of our undistributed net capital gain (to the extent we make a timely designation of such gain to the stockholder) in its income, would be deemed to have paid the tax that we paid on such gain, and would be allowed a credit for its proportionate share of the tax deemed to have been paid, and an adjustment would be made to increase the basis of the stockholder in our series B preferred stock.

Requirements for Qualification as a REIT . The Code defines a REIT as a corporation, trust or association:

(1)

that is managed by one or more trustees or directors;

(2)

that issues transferable shares or transferable certificates to evidence its beneficial ownership;

(3)

that would be taxable as a domestic corporation, but for Sections 856 through 860 of the Code;

194

(4)

that is not a financial institution or an insurance company within the meaning of certain provisions of the Code;

(5)

that is beneficially owned by 100 or more persons;

(6)

not more than 50% in value of the outstanding stock of which is owned, actually or constructively, by five or fewer individuals, including certain specified entities, during the last half of each taxable year; and

(7)

that meets other tests, described below, regarding the nature of its income and assets and the amount of its distributions.

The Code provides that conditions (1) to (4), inclusive, must be met during the entire taxable year and that condition (5) must be met during at least 335 days of a taxable year of 12 months, or during a proportionate part of a taxable year of less than 12 months. Conditions (5) and (6) do not apply until after the first taxable year for which an election is made to be taxed as a REIT. For purposes of condition (6), the term “individual” includes a supplemental unemployment compensation benefit plan, a private foundation or a portion of a trust permanently set aside or used exclusively for charitable purposes, but generally does not include a qualified pension plan or profit sharing trust.

We believe that we have been organized and have operated in a manner that has or, as applicable, will allow us to satisfy conditions (1) through (7) inclusive, during the relevant time periods. In addition, our charter provides for restrictions regarding ownership and transfer of our shares which are intended to assist us in continuing to satisfy the share ownership requirements described in (5) and (6) above. A description of the share ownership and transfer restrictions relating to our series B preferred stock is contained in the discussion in this prospectus under the headings “Description of Series B Preferred Stock—Restrictions on Ownership and Transfer” and “Description of Stock—Restrictions on Ownership and Transfer.” These restrictions, however, may not ensure that we will, in all cases, be able to satisfy the share ownership requirements described in (5) and (6) above. If we fail to satisfy these share ownership requirements, except as provided in the next sentence, our status as a REIT will terminate. If, however, we comply with the rules contained in applicable Treasury Regulations that require us to ascertain the actual ownership of our shares and we do not know, or would not have known through the exercise of reasonable diligence, that we failed to meet the requirement described in condition (6) above, we will be treated as having met this requirement. See “—Failure to Qualify.”

In addition, we may not maintain our status as a REIT unless our taxable year is the calendar year. We have and will continue to have a calendar taxable year.

Ownership of Interests in Partnerships, Limited Liability Companies and Qualified REIT Subsidiaries . In the case of a REIT that is a partner in a partnership or a member in a limited liability company treated as a partnership for federal income tax purposes, Treasury Regulations provide that the REIT will be deemed to own its proportionate share of the assets of the partnership or limited liability company, as the case may be, based on its interest in partnership capital, subject to special rules relating to the 10% asset test described below. Also, the REIT will be deemed to be entitled to its proportionate share of the income of that entity. The assets and gross income of the partnership or limited liability company retain the same character in the hands of the REIT for purposes of Section 856 of the Code, including satisfying the gross income tests and the asset tests. Thus, our pro rata share of the assets and items of income of our operating partnership, including our operating partnership’s share of these items of any partnership or limited liability company treated as a partnership or disregarded entity for federal income tax purposes in which it owns an interest, is treated as our assets and items of income for purposes of applying the requirements described in this discussion, including the gross income and asset tests described below. A brief summary of the rules governing the federal income taxation of partnerships and limited liability companies is set forth below in “—Tax Aspects of Our Operating Partnership, the Subsidiary Partnerships and the Limited Liability Companies.”

195

We have control of our operating partnership and the subsidiary partnerships and limited liability companies and intend to operate them in a manner consistent with the requirements for our qualification as a REIT. If we become a limited partner or non-managing member in any partnership or limited liability company and such entity takes or expects to take actions that could jeopardize our status as a REIT or require us to pay tax, we may be forced to dispose of our interest in such entity. In addition, it is possible that a partnership or limited liability company could take an action which could cause us to fail a gross income or asset test, and that we would not become aware of such action in time to dispose of our interest in the partnership or limited liability company or take other corrective action on a timely basis. In that case, we could fail to qualify as a REIT unless we were entitled to relief, as described below.

We may from time to time own and operate certain properties through subsidiaries that we intend to be treated as “qualified REIT subsidiaries” under the Code. A corporation will qualify as our qualified REIT subsidiary if we own 100% of the corporation’s outstanding stock and do not elect with the subsidiary to treat it as a “taxable REIT subsidiary,” as described below. A qualified REIT subsidiary is not treated as a separate corporation, and all assets, liabilities and items of income, gain, loss, deduction and credit of a qualified REIT subsidiary are treated as assets, liabilities and items of income, gain, loss, deduction and credit of the parent REIT for all purposes under the Code, including all REIT qualification tests. Thus, in applying the federal tax requirements described in this discussion, any qualified REIT subsidiaries we own are ignored, and all assets, liabilities and items of income, gain, loss, deduction and credit of such corporations are treated as our assets, liabilities and items of income, gain, loss, deduction and credit. A qualified REIT subsidiary is not subject to federal income tax, and our ownership of the stock of a qualified REIT subsidiary will not violate the restrictions on ownership of securities, as described below under “—Asset Tests.”

Ownership of Interests in Taxable REIT Subsidiaries . We currently own an interest in one taxable REIT subsidiary and may acquire securities in additional taxable REIT subsidiaries in the future. A taxable REIT subsidiary is a corporation other than a REIT in which a REIT directly or indirectly holds stock, and that has made a joint election with such REIT to be treated as a taxable REIT subsidiary. If a taxable REIT subsidiary owns more than 35% of the total voting power or value of the outstanding securities of another corporation, such other corporation will also be treated as a taxable REIT subsidiary. Other than some activities relating to lodging and health care facilities, a taxable REIT subsidiary may generally engage in any business, including the provision of customary or non-customary services to tenants of its parent REIT. A taxable REIT subsidiary is subject to federal income tax as a regular C corporation. In addition, a taxable REIT subsidiary may be prevented from deducting interest on debt funded directly or indirectly by its parent REIT if certain tests regarding the taxable REIT subsidiary’s debt to equity ratio and interest expense are not satisfied. A REIT’s ownership of securities of a taxable REIT subsidiary is not subject to the 5% or 10% asset test described below. See “—Asset Tests.”

Income Tests

We must satisfy two gross income requirements annually to maintain our qualification as a REIT. First, in each taxable year we must derive directly or indirectly at least 75% of our gross income (excluding gross income from prohibited transactions, certain hedging transactions, and certain foreign currency gains) from investments relating to real property or mortgages on real property, including “rents from real property” and, in certain circumstances, interest, or certain types of temporary investments. Second, in each taxable year we must derive at least 95% of our gross income (excluding gross income from prohibited transactions, certain hedging transactions, and certain foreign currency gains) from the real property investments described above or dividends, interest and gain from the sale or disposition of stock or securities, or any combination of the foregoing. For these purposes, the term “interest” generally does not include any amount received or accrued, directly or indirectly, if the determination of all or some of the amount depends in any way on the income or profits of any person. However, an amount received or accrued generally will not be excluded from the term “interest” solely by reason of being based on a fixed percentage or percentages of receipts or sales.

196

Rents we receive from a tenant will qualify as “rents from real property” for the purpose of satisfying the gross income requirements for a REIT described above only if all of the following conditions are met:

•

The amount of rent is not based in any way on the income or profits of any person. However, an amount we receive or accrue generally will not be excluded from the term “rents from real property” solely because it is based on a fixed percentage or percentages of receipts or sales;

•

Neither we nor an actual or constructive owner of 10% or more of our capital stock actually or constructively owns 10% or more of the interests in the assets or net profits of a non-corporate tenant, or, if the tenant is a corporation, 10% or more of the voting power or value of all classes of stock of the tenant. Rents we receive from such a tenant that is a taxable REIT subsidiary of ours, however, will not be excluded from the definition of “rents from real property” as a result of this condition if at least 90% of the space at the property to which the rents relate is leased to third parties, and the rents paid by the taxable REIT subsidiary are substantially comparable to rents paid by our other tenants for comparable space. Whether rents paid by a taxable REIT subsidiary are substantially comparable to rents paid by other tenants is determined at the time the lease with the taxable REIT subsidiary is entered into, extended, and modified, if such modification increases the rents due under such lease. Notwithstanding the foregoing, however, if a lease with a “controlled taxable REIT subsidiary” is modified and such modification results in an increase in the rents payable by such taxable REIT subsidiary, any such increase will not qualify as “rents from real property.” For purposes of this rule, a “controlled taxable REIT subsidiary” is a taxable REIT subsidiary in which the parent REIT owns stock possessing more than 50% of the voting power or more than 50% of the total value of the outstanding stock of such taxable REIT subsidiary. We currently lease space to wholly owned subsidiaries of our taxable REIT subsidiary at our media and entertainment properties and may, from time to time, enter into additional leases with one or more taxable REIT subsidiaries. To the extent any rent from such lease does not satisfy the 90% rental exception described above, our receipt of such rent will not qualify under the gross income tests;

•

Rent attributable to personal property, leased in connection with a lease of real property, is not greater than 15% of the total rent received under the lease. If this condition is not met, then the portion of the rent attributable to personal property will not qualify as “rents from real property.” To the extent that rent attributable to personal property, leased in connection with a lease of real property, exceeds 15% of the total rent received under the lease, we may transfer a portion of such personal property to a taxable REIT subsidiary. Our taxable REIT subsidiary indirectly owns certain personal property leased to tenants at our media and entertainment properties and, from time to time, one or more of our taxable REIT subsidiaries may own personal property leased to tenants at other properties; and

•

We generally do not operate or manage the property or furnish or render services to our tenants, subject to a 1% de minimis exception and except as provided below. We may, however, perform services that are “usually or customarily rendered” in connection with the rental of space for occupancy only and are not otherwise considered “rendered to the occupant” of the property. Examples of these services include the provision of light, heat, or other utilities, trash removal and general maintenance of common areas. In addition, we may employ an independent contractor from whom we derive no revenue to provide customary services, or a taxable REIT subsidiary (which may be wholly or partially owned by us) to provide both customary and non-customary services to our tenants without causing the rent we receive from those tenants to fail to qualify as “rents from real property.” Certain wholly owned subsidiaries of our taxable REIT subsidiary (which is our services company) provide non-customary services to certain of our tenants at our media and entertainment properties and, from time to time, one or more taxable REIT subsidiaries may provide non-customary services to our tenants at these and other properties. Any amounts we receive from a taxable REIT subsidiary with respect to the taxable

197

REIT subsidiary’s provision of non-customary services will, however, be nonqualifying income under the 75% gross income test and, except to the extent received through the payment of dividends, the 95% gross income test.

We generally do not intend, and as a general partner of our operating partnership, do not intend to permit our operating partnership, to take actions we believe will cause us to fail to satisfy the rental conditions described above. However, we may intentionally fail to satisfy some of these conditions to the extent we determine, based on the advice of our tax counsel, that the failure will not jeopardize our tax status as a REIT. In addition, with respect to the limitation on the rental of personal property, we have not obtained appraisals of the real property and personal property leased to tenants. Accordingly, there can be no assurance that the IRS will not disagree with our determinations of value. Moreover, in connection with granting the excepted holder limit to the Farallon excepted holders, we have obtained representations from these entities in order to ensure that we generally will not be deemed to own an interest in any of our tenants, or in the event we are treated as owning such an interest as a result of granting such waiver, we will not derive nonqualifying rental income in excess of certain thresholds.

Some of our leases are in the form of licenses and have terms of less than 30 days (“short-term licenses”). The treatment of rents derived with respect to these short-term licenses for purposes of the gross income tests is not entirely clear. We believe that rents derived with respect to these short-term licenses should qualify as “rents from real property” for purposes of the gross income tests, although there can be no assurance that the IRS will not take a contrary position. If the payments we receive in connection with such short-term licenses do not qualify as “rents from real property,” such payments would not be treated as qualifying income for purposes of the gross income tests.

Income we receive that is attributable to the rental of parking spaces at the properties generally will constitute rents from real property for purposes of the gross income tests if certain services provided with respect to the parking spaces are performed by independent contractors from whom we derive no revenue, either directly or indirectly, or by a taxable REIT subsidiary, and certain other conditions are met. We believe that the income we receive that is attributable to parking spaces meets these tests and, accordingly, will constitute rents from real property for purposes of the gross income tests.

From time to time, we may enter into hedging transactions with respect to one or more of our assets or liabilities. Our hedging activities may include entering into interest rate swaps, caps, and floors, options to purchase these items, and futures and forward contracts. Income from a hedging transaction, including gain from the sale or disposition of such a transaction, that is clearly identified as a hedging transaction as specified in the Code will not constitute gross income and thus will be exempt from the 75% and 95% gross income tests. The term “hedging transaction,” as used above, generally means any transaction we enter into in the normal course of our business primarily to manage risk of (1) interest rate changes or fluctuations with respect to borrowings made or to be made by us to acquire or carry real estate assets, or (2) for hedging transactions, currency fluctuations with respect to an item of qualifying income under the 75% or 95% gross income test. To the extent that we do not properly identify such transactions as hedges or we hedge with other types of financial instruments, the income from those transactions is not likely to be treated as qualifying income for purposes of the gross income tests. We intend to structure any hedging transactions in a manner that does not jeopardize our status as a REIT.

To the extent our taxable REIT subsidiaries pay dividends, we generally will derive our allocable share of such dividend income through our interest in our operating partnership. Such dividend income will qualify under the 95%, but not the 75%, gross income test.

We will monitor the amount of the dividend and other income from our taxable REIT subsidiaries and will take actions intended to keep this income, and any other nonqualifying income, within the limitations of the gross income tests. Although we expect these actions will be sufficient to prevent a violation of the gross income tests, we cannot guarantee that such actions will in all cases prevent such a violation.

198

If we fail to satisfy one or both of the 75% or 95% gross income tests for any taxable year, we may nevertheless qualify as a REIT for the year if we are entitled to relief under certain provisions of the Code. We generally may make use of the relief provisions if:

•

following our identification of the failure to meet the 75% or 95% gross income tests for any taxable year, we file a schedule with the IRS setting forth each item of our gross income for purposes of the 75% or 95% gross income tests for such taxable year in accordance with Treasury Regulations to be issued; and

•

our failure to meet these tests was due to reasonable cause and not due to willful neglect.

It is not possible, however, to state whether in all circumstances we would be entitled to the benefit of these relief provisions. For example, if we fail to satisfy the gross income tests because nonqualifying income that we intentionally accrue or receive exceeds the limits on nonqualifying income, the IRS could conclude that our failure to satisfy the tests was not due to reasonable cause. If these relief provisions do not apply to a particular set of circumstances, we will not qualify as a REIT. As discussed above in “—Taxation of Our Company—General,” even if these relief provisions apply, and we retain our status as a REIT, a tax would be imposed with respect to our nonqualifying income. We may not always be able to comply with the gross income tests for REIT qualification despite periodic monitoring of our income.

Prohibited Transaction Income . Any gain that we realize on the sale of property held as inventory or otherwise held primarily for sale to customers in the ordinary course of business, including our share of any such gain realized by our operating partnership, either directly or through its subsidiary partnerships and limited liability companies, will be treated as income from a prohibited transaction that is subject to a 100% penalty tax, unless certain safe harbor exceptions apply. This prohibited transaction income may also adversely affect our ability to satisfy the gross income tests for qualification as a REIT. Under existing law, whether property is held as inventory or primarily for sale to customers in the ordinary course of a trade or business is a question of fact that depends on all the facts and circumstances surrounding the particular transaction. Our operating partnership intends to hold its properties for investment with a view to long-term appreciation, to engage in the business of acquiring, developing and owning its properties and to make occasional sales of the properties as are consistent with our operating partnership’s investment objectives. We do not intend to enter into any sales that are prohibited transactions. However, the IRS may successfully contend that some or all of the sales made by our operating partnership or its subsidiary partnerships or limited liability companies are prohibited transactions. We would be required to pay the 100% penalty tax on our allocable share of the gains resulting from any such sales.

Penalty Tax . Any redetermined rents, redetermined deductions or excess interest we generate will be subject to a 100% penalty tax. In general, redetermined rents are rents from real property that are overstated as a result of any services furnished to any of our tenants by a taxable REIT subsidiary of ours, and redetermined deductions and excess interest represent any amounts that are deducted by a taxable REIT subsidiary of ours for amounts paid to us that are in excess of the amounts that would have been deducted based on arm’s length negotiations. Rents we receive will not constitute redetermined rents if they qualify for certain safe harbor provisions contained in the Code.

Currently, certain wholly owned subsidiaries of our taxable REIT subsidiary (which is our services company) provide services to certain of our tenants and pay rent to us and, from time to time, we may enter into additional leases with our taxable REIT subsidiaries that also provide services to our tenants. We believe we have set, and we intend to set in the future, any fees paid to our taxable REIT subsidiaries for such services, and any rent payable to us by our taxable REIT subsidiaries, at arm’s length rates, although the amounts paid may not satisfy the safe-harbor provisions described above. These determinations are inherently factual, and the IRS has broad discretion to assert that amounts paid between related parties should be reallocated to clearly reflect their respective incomes. If the IRS successfully made such an assertion, we would be required to pay a 100% penalty tax on the excess of an arm’s length fee for tenant services over the amount actually paid, or on the excess rents paid to us.

199

Asset Tests

At the close of each calendar quarter of our taxable year, we must also satisfy four tests relating to the nature and diversification of our assets. First, at least 75% of the value of our total assets must be represented by real estate assets, cash, cash items and government securities. For purposes of this test, the term “real estate assets” generally means real property (including interests in real property and interests in mortgages on real property) and shares (or transferable certificates of beneficial interest) in other REITs, as well as any stock or debt instrument attributable to the investment of the proceeds of a stock offering or a public offering of debt with a term of at least five years, but only for the one-year period beginning on the date the REIT receives such proceeds.

Second, not more than 25% of the value of our total assets may be represented by securities (including securities of taxable REIT subsidiaries), other than those securities includable in the 75% asset test.

Third, of the investments included in the 25% asset class, and except for investments in other REITs, our qualified REIT subsidiaries and taxable REIT subsidiaries, the value of any one issuer’s securities may not exceed 5% of the value of our total assets, and we may not own more than 10% of the total vote or value of the outstanding securities of any one issuer except, in the case of the 10% value test, securities satisfying the “straight debt” safe-harbor or securities issued by a partnership that itself would satisfy the 75% income test if it were a REIT. Certain types of securities we may own are disregarded as securities solely for purposes of the 10% value test, including, but not limited to, any loan to an individual or an estate, any obligation to pay rents from real property and any security issued by a REIT. In addition, solely for purposes of the 10% value test, the determination of our interest in the assets of a partnership or limited liability company in which we own an interest will be based on our proportionate interest in any securities issued by the partnership or limited liability company, excluding for this purpose certain securities described in the Code.

Our operating partnership currently owns 100% of the securities of a corporation that has elected, together with us, to be treated as our taxable REIT subsidiary. So long as this corporation qualifies as a taxable REIT subsidiary, we will not be subject to the 5% asset test, the 10% voting securities limitation or the 10% value limitation with respect to our ownership of its securities. We may acquire securities in other taxable REIT subsidiaries in the future. We believe that the aggregate value of our taxable REIT subsidiary has not exceeded, and in the future will not exceed, 25% of the aggregate value of our gross assets. No independent appraisals have been obtained to support these conclusions. In addition, there can be no assurance that the IRS will not disagree with our determinations of value.

The asset tests must be satisfied at the close of each calendar quarter of our taxable year in which we (directly or through our operating partnership) acquire securities in the applicable issuer, and also at the close of each calendar quarter in which we increase our ownership of securities of such issuer (including as a result of increasing our interest in our operating partnership). For example, our indirect ownership of securities of each issuer will increase as a result of our capital contributions to our operating partnership or as limited partners exercise their redemption/exchange rights. Accordingly, after initially meeting the asset tests at the close of any quarter, we will not lose our status as a REIT for failure to satisfy the asset tests at the end of a later quarter solely by reason of changes in asset values. If we fail to satisfy an asset test because we acquire securities or other property during a quarter (including as a result of an increase in our interest in our operating partnership), we may cure this failure by disposing of sufficient nonqualifying assets within 30 days after the close of that quarter. We believe that we have maintained, and we intend to maintain, adequate records of the value of our assets to ensure compliance with the asset tests. If we fail to cure any noncompliance with the asset tests within the 30 day cure period, we would cease to qualify as a REIT unless we are eligible for certain relief provisions discussed below.

Certain relief provisions may be available to us if we discover a failure to satisfy the asset tests described above after the 30-day cure period. Under these provisions, we will be deemed to have met the 5% and

200

10% asset tests if the value of our nonqualifying assets (i) does not exceed the lesser of (a) 1% of the total value of our assets at the end of the applicable quarter or (b) $10,000,000, and (ii) we dispose of the nonqualifying assets or otherwise satisfy such tests within (a) six months after the last day of the quarter in which the failure to satisfy the asset tests is discovered or (b) the period of time prescribed by Treasury Regulations to be issued. For violations of any of the asset tests due to reasonable cause and not due to willful neglect and that are, in the case of the 5% and 10% asset tests, in excess of the de minimis exception described above, we may avoid disqualification as a REIT after the 30-day cure period by taking steps including (i) the disposition of sufficient nonqualifying assets, or the taking of other actions, which allow us to meet the asset tests within (a) six months after the last day of the quarter in which the failure to satisfy the asset tests is discovered or (b) the period of time prescribed by Treasury Regulations to be issued, (ii) paying a tax equal to the greater of (a) $50,000 or (b) the highest corporate tax rate multiplied by the net income generated by the nonqualifying assets, and (iii) disclosing certain information to the IRS.

Although we believe we have satisfied the asset tests described above and plan to take steps to ensure that we satisfy such tests for any quarter with respect to which retesting is to occur, there can be no assurance that we will always be successful, or will not require a reduction in our operating partnership’s overall interest in an issuer (including in a taxable REIT subsidiary). If we fail to cure any noncompliance with the asset tests in a timely manner, and the relief provisions described above are not available, we would cease to qualify as a REIT.

Annual Distribution Requirements

To maintain our qualification as a REIT, we are required to distribute dividends, other than capital gain dividends, to our stockholders in an amount at least equal to the sum of:

•

90% of our “REIT taxable income”; and

•

90% of our after-tax net income, if any, from foreclosure property; minus

•

the excess of the sum of certain items of non-cash income over 5% of our “REIT taxable income.”

For these purposes, our “REIT taxable income” is computed without regard to the dividends paid deduction and our net capital gain. In addition, for purposes of this test, non-cash income means income attributable to leveled stepped rents, original issue discount on purchase money debt, cancellation of indebtedness, or a like-kind exchange that is later determined to be taxable.

In addition, if we dispose of any asset we acquired from a corporation which is or has been a C corporation in a transaction in which our basis in the asset is determined by reference to the basis of the asset in the hands of that C corporation, within the ten-year period following our acquisition of such asset, we would be required to distribute at least 90% of the after-tax gain, if any, we recognized on the disposition of the asset, to the extent that gain does not exceed the excess of (a) the fair market value of the asset over (b) our adjusted basis in the asset, in each case, on the date we acquired the asset.

We generally must pay, or be treated as paying, the distributions described above in the taxable year to which they relate. At our election, a distribution will be treated as paid in a taxable year if it is declared before we timely file our tax return for such year and paid on or before the first regular dividend payment after such declaration, provided such payment is made during the 12-month period following the close of such year. These distributions are treated as received by our stockholders in the year in which paid. This is so even though these distributions relate to the prior year for purposes of the 90% distribution requirement. In order to be taken into account for purposes of our distribution requirement, the amount distributed must not be preferential— i.e. , every stockholder of the class of stock to which a distribution is made must be treated the same as every other stockholder of that class, and no class of stock may be treated other than according to its dividend rights as a class. To the extent that we do not distribute all of our net capital gain, or distribute at least 90%, but less than

201

100%, of our “REIT taxable income,” as adjusted, we will be required to pay tax on the undistributed amount at regular corporate tax rates. We believe that we will make timely distributions sufficient to satisfy these annual distribution requirements and to minimize our corporate tax obligations. In this regard, the partnership agreement of our operating partnership authorizes us, as general partner of our operating partnership, to take such steps as may be necessary to cause our operating partnership to distribute to its partners an amount sufficient to permit us to meet these distribution requirements and to minimize our corporate tax obligation.

We expect that our REIT taxable income will be less than our cash flow because of depreciation and other non-cash charges included in computing REIT taxable income. Accordingly, we anticipate that we generally will have sufficient cash or liquid assets to enable us to satisfy the distribution requirements described above. However, from time to time, we may not have sufficient cash or other liquid assets to meet these distribution requirements due to timing differences between the actual receipt of income and actual payment of deductible expenses, and the inclusion of income and deduction of expenses in determining our taxable income. In addition, we may decide to retain our cash, rather than distribute it, in order to repay debt or for other reasons. If these timing differences occur, we may borrow funds to pay dividends or pay dividends in the form of taxable stock dividends in order to meet the distribution requirements, while preserving our cash.

Recent guidance issued by the IRS extends and clarifies earlier guidance regarding certain part-stock and part-cash dividends by REITs. Pursuant to IRS Revenue Procedure 2010-12, certain part-stock and part-cash dividends distributed by publicly traded REITs with respect to calendar years 2008 though 2011, and in some cases declared as late as December 31, 2012, will be treated as distributions for purposes of the REIT distribution requirements. Under the terms of this Revenue Procedure, up to 90% of distributions by a REIT could be paid in shares of its stock.

Under some circumstances, we may be able to rectify an inadvertent failure to meet the 90% distribution requirement for a year by paying “deficiency dividends” to our stockholders in a later year, which may be included in our deduction for dividends paid for the earlier year. Thus, we may be able to avoid being taxed on amounts distributed as deficiency dividends, subject to the 4% excise tax described below. However, we will be required to pay interest to the IRS based upon the amount of any deduction claimed for deficiency dividends.

Furthermore, we will be required to pay a 4% excise tax to the extent we fail to distribute during each calendar year at least the sum of 85% of our ordinary income for such year, 95% of our capital gain net income for the year and any undistributed taxable income from prior periods. Any ordinary income and net capital gain on which this excise tax is imposed for any year is treated as an amount distributed during that year for purposes of calculating such tax.

For purposes of the 90% distribution requirement and excise tax described above, dividends declared during the last three months of the taxable year, payable to stockholders of record on a specified date during such period and paid during January of the following year, will be treated as paid by us and received by our stockholders on December 31 of the year in which they are declared.

Like-Kind Exchanges

We may dispose of properties in transactions intended to qualify as like-kind exchanges under the Code. Such like-kind exchanges are intended to result in the deferral of gain for federal income tax purposes. The failure of any such transaction to qualify as a like-kind exchange could require us to pay federal income tax, possibly including the 100% prohibited transaction tax, depending on the facts and circumstances surrounding the particular transaction.

Failure To Qualify

If we discover a violation of a provision of the Code that would result in our failure to qualify as a REIT, certain specified cure provisions may be available to us. Except with respect to violations of the gross

202

income tests and asset tests (for which the cure provisions are described above), and provided the violation is due to reasonable cause and not due to willful neglect, these cure provisions generally impose a $50,000 penalty for each violation in lieu of a loss of REIT status. If we fail to satisfy the requirements for taxation as a REIT in any taxable year, and the relief provisions do not apply, we will be required to pay tax, including any applicable alternative minimum tax, on our taxable income at regular corporate rates. Distributions to stockholders in any year in which we fail to qualify as a REIT will not be deductible by us, and we will not be required to distribute any amounts to our stockholders. As a result, we anticipate that our failure to qualify as a REIT would reduce the cash available for distribution by us to our stockholders. In addition, if we fail to qualify as a REIT, all distributions to stockholders will be taxable as regular corporate dividends to the extent of our current and accumulated earnings and profits. In such event, corporate distributees may be eligible for the dividends-received deduction. In addition, non-corporate stockholders, including individuals, may be eligible for the preferential tax rates on qualified dividend income. See “Federal Income Tax Considerations—Federal Income Tax Considerations for Holders of Our Series B Preferred Stock—Taxation of Taxable U.S. Stockholders—Tax Rates” for a discussion of the scheduled “sunset” of the preferential tax rates on qualified dividend income. Unless entitled to relief under specific statutory provisions, we would also be ineligible to elect to be treated as a REIT for the four taxable years following the year for which we lose our qualification. It is not possible to state whether in all circumstances we would be entitled to this statutory relief.

Tax Aspects of Our Operating Partnership, the Subsidiary Partnerships and the Limited Liability Companies

General . All of our investments are held indirectly through our operating partnership. In addition, our operating partnership holds certain of its investments indirectly through subsidiary partnerships and limited liability companies which we expect will be treated as partnerships or disregarded entities for federal income tax purposes. In general, entities that are classified as partnerships or disregarded entities for federal income tax purposes are “pass-through” entities which are not required to pay federal income tax. Rather, partners or members of such entities are allocated their shares of the items of income, gain, loss, deduction and credit of the partnership or limited liability company, and are potentially required to pay tax on this income, without regard to whether they receive a distribution from the partnership or limited liability company. We will include in our income our share of these partnership and limited liability company items for purposes of the various gross income tests, the computation of our REIT taxable income, and the REIT distribution requirements. Moreover, for purposes of the asset tests, we will include our pro rata share of assets held by our operating partnership, including its share of its subsidiary partnerships and limited liability companies, based on our capital interests in each such entity. See “—Taxation of Our Company.”

Entity Classification . Our interests in our operating partnership and the subsidiary partnerships and limited liability companies involve special tax considerations, including the possibility that the IRS might challenge the status of these entities as partnerships (or disregarded entities). For example, an entity that would otherwise be classified as a partnership for federal income tax purposes may nonetheless be taxable as a corporation if it is a “publicly traded partnership” and certain other requirements are met. A partnership or limited liability company would be treated as a publicly traded partnership if its interests are traded on an established securities market or are readily tradable on a secondary market or a substantial equivalent thereof, within the meaning of applicable Treasury Regulations. We do not anticipate that our operating partnership or any subsidiary partnership or limited liability company will be treated as a publicly traded partnership that is taxable as a corporation. However, if any such entity were treated as a corporation, it would be required to pay an entity-level tax on its income. In this situation, the character of our assets and items of gross income would change and could prevent us from satisfying the REIT asset tests and possibly the REIT income tests. See “—Taxation of Our Company—Asset Tests” and “—Income Tests.” This, in turn, could prevent us from qualifying as a REIT. See “—Failure to Qualify” for a discussion of the effect of our failure to meet these tests. In addition, a change in the tax status of our operating partnership or a subsidiary partnership or limited liability company might be treated as a taxable event. If so, we might incur a tax liability without any related cash payment. We believe our operating partnership and each of our other partnerships and limited liability companies will be classified as partnerships or disregarded entities for federal income tax purposes.

203

Allocations of Income, Gain, Loss and Deduction . The operating partnership agreement generally provides that allocations of net income will be made first to holders of series A preferred units to the extent of the accrued preferred return on such units and then to us to the extent of the accrued preferred return on our series B preferred units. Any remaining net income will be allocated to holders of common units. Allocations to holders of common units will generally be made proportionately to all such holders in respect of such units. Certain limited partners have guaranteed debt of our operating partnership, indirectly through an agreement to make capital contributions to our operating partnership under limited circumstances. As a result of these guaranties or contribution agreements, and notwithstanding the foregoing discussion of allocations of income and loss of our operating partnership to holders of units, such limited partners could under limited circumstances be allocated a disproportionate amount of net loss upon a liquidation of our operating partnership, which net loss would have otherwise been allocable to us.

If an allocation of partnership income or loss does not comply with the requirements of Section 704(b) of the Code and the Treasury Regulations thereunder, the item subject to the allocation will be reallocated in accordance with the partners’ interests in the partnership. This reallocation will be determined by taking into account all of the facts and circumstances relating to the economic arrangement of the partners with respect to such item. Our operating partnership’s allocations of taxable income and loss are intended to comply with the requirements of Section 704(b) of the Code and the Treasury Regulations thereunder.

Tax Allocations With Respect to the Properties . Under Section 704(c) of the Code, income, gain, loss and deduction attributable to appreciated or depreciated property that is contributed to a partnership in exchange for an interest in the partnership, must be allocated in a manner so that the contributing partner is charged with the unrealized gain or benefits from the unrealized loss associated with the property at the time of the contribution. The amount of the unrealized gain or unrealized loss generally is equal to the difference between the fair market value or book value and the adjusted tax basis of the contributed property at the time of contribution, as adjusted from time to time. These allocations are solely for federal income tax purposes and do not affect the book capital accounts or other economic or legal arrangements among the partners.

Our operating partnership may, from time to time, acquire interests in property in exchange for interests in our operating partnership. In that case, the tax basis of these property interests generally carries over to the operating partnership, notwithstanding their different book ( i.e ., fair market) value (this difference is referred to as a book-tax difference). The partnership agreement requires that income and loss allocations with respect to these properties be made in a manner consistent with Section 704(c) of the Code. Treasury Regulations issued under Section 704(c) of the Code provide partnerships with a choice of several methods of accounting for book-tax differences. Depending on the method we choose in connection with any particular contribution, the carryover basis of each of the contributed interests in the properties in the hands of our operating partnership (i) will or could cause us to be allocated lower amounts of depreciation deductions for tax purposes than would be allocated to us if any of the contributed properties were to have a tax basis equal to its respective fair market value at the time of the contribution and (ii) could cause us to be allocated taxable gain in the event of a sale of such contributed interests or properties in excess of the economic or book income allocated to us as a result of such sale, with a corresponding benefit to the other partners in our operating partnership. An allocation described in clause (ii) above might cause us or the other partners to recognize taxable income in excess of cash proceeds in the event of a sale or other disposition of property, which might adversely affect our ability to comply with the REIT distribution requirements. See “—General—Requirements for Qualification as a REIT” and “—Annual Distribution Requirements.”

Any property acquired by our operating partnership in a taxable transaction will initially have a tax basis equal to its fair market value, and Section 704(c) of the Code generally will not apply.

204

Federal Income Tax Considerations for Holders of Our Series B Preferred Stock

The following summary describes the principal federal income tax consequences to you of purchasing, owning and disposing of our series B preferred stock. This summary assumes you hold shares of our series B preferred stock as a “capital asset” (generally, property held for investment within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code). It does not address all the tax consequences that may be relevant to you in light of your particular circumstances. In addition, this discussion does not address the tax consequences relevant to persons who receive special treatment under the federal income tax law, except where specifically noted. Holders receiving special treatment include, without limitation:

•

financial institutions, banks and thrifts;

•

insurance companies;

•

tax-exempt organizations;

•

“S” corporations;

•

traders in securities that elect to mark to market;

•

partnerships, pass-through entities and persons holding our series B preferred stock through a partnership or other pass-through entity;

•

stockholders subject to the alternative minimum tax;

•

regulated investment companies and REITs;

•

non-U.S. governments and international organizations;

•

non-U.S. stockholders that are passive foreign investment companies or controlled foreign corporations;

•

broker-dealers or dealers in securities or currencies;

•

U.S. expatriates;

•

persons holding our series B preferred stock as part of a hedge, straddle, conversion, integrated or other risk reduction or constructive sale transaction; or

•

U.S. stockholders (as defined below) whose functional currency is not the U.S. dollar.

If you are considering purchasing our series B preferred stock, you should consult your tax advisors concerning the application of federal income tax laws to your particular situation as well as any consequences of the purchase, ownership and disposition of our series B preferred stock arising under the laws of any state, local or non-U.S. taxing jurisdiction.

When we use the term “U.S. stockholder,” we mean a holder of shares of our series B preferred stock who, for federal income tax purposes, is:

•

an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States;

•

a corporation, including an entity treated as a corporation for federal income tax purposes, created or organized in or under the laws of the United States or of any state thereof or in the District of Columbia;

205

•

an estate the income of which is subject to federal income taxation regardless of its source; or

•

a trust that (1) is subject to the primary supervision of a U.S. court and the control of one or more U.S. persons or (2) has a valid election in effect under applicable Treasury Regulations to be treated as a U.S. person.

If you hold shares of our series B preferred stock and are not a U.S. stockholder, you are a “non-U.S. stockholder.”

If a partnership or other entity treated as a partnership for federal income tax purposes holds shares of our series B preferred stock, the tax treatment of a partner generally will depend on the status of the partner and on the activities of the partnership. Partners of partnerships holding shares of our series B preferred stock are encouraged to consult their tax advisors.

Taxation of Taxable U.S. Stockholders

Distributions Generally . Distributions out of our current or accumulated earnings and profits will be treated as dividends and, other than with respect to capital gain dividends and certain amounts which have previously been subject to corporate level tax discussed below, will be taxable to our taxable U.S. stockholders as ordinary income when actually or constructively received. See “—Tax Rates” below. As long as we qualify as a REIT, these distributions will not be eligible for the dividends-received deduction in the case of U.S. stockholders that are corporations or, except to the extent provided in “—Tax Rates” below, the preferential rates on qualified dividend income applicable to non-corporate U.S. stockholders, including individuals. For purposes of determining whether distributions to holders of series B preferred stock are out of current or accumulated earnings and profits, our earnings and profits will be allocated first to our outstanding preferred stock and then to our outstanding common stock.

To the extent that we make distributions on our series B preferred stock in excess of our current and accumulated earnings and profits, these distributions will be treated first as a tax-free return of capital to a U.S. stockholder. This treatment will reduce the U.S. stockholder’s adjusted tax basis in such shares of stock by the amount of the distribution, but not below zero. Distributions in excess of our current and accumulated earnings and profits and in excess of a U.S. stockholder’s adjusted tax basis in its shares will be taxable as capital gain. Such gain will be taxable as long-term capital gain if the shares have been held for more than one year. Dividends we declare in October, November, or December of any year and which are payable to a stockholder of record on a specified date in any of these months will be treated as both paid by us and received by the stockholder on December 31 of that year, provided we actually pay the dividend on or before January 31 of the following year. U.S. stockholders may not include in their own income tax returns any of our net operating losses or capital losses.

Capital Gain Dividends . Dividends that we properly designate as capital gain dividends will be taxable to our taxable U.S. stockholders as a gain from the sale or disposition of a capital asset held for more than one year, to the extent that such gain does not exceed our actual net capital gain for the taxable year. U.S. stockholders that are corporations may, however, be required to treat up to 20% of certain capital gain dividends as ordinary income. If we properly designate any portion of a dividend as a capital gain dividend then, except as otherwise required by law, we presently intend to allocate a portion of the total capital gain dividends paid or made available to holders of all classes of our stock for the year to the holders of our series B preferred stock in proportion to the amount that our total dividends, as determined for U.S. federal income tax purposes, paid or made available to the holders of our series B preferred stock for the year bears to the total dividends, as determined for U.S. federal income tax purposes, paid or made available to holders of all classes of our stock for the year.

Retention of Net Capital Gains . We may elect to retain, rather than distribute as a capital gain dividend, all or a portion of our net capital gains. If we make this election, we would pay tax on our retained net capital

206

gains. In addition, to the extent we so elect, our earnings and profits (determined for federal income tax purposes) would be adjusted accordingly, and a U.S. stockholder generally would:

•

include its pro rata share of our undistributed net capital gains in computing its long-term capital gains in its return for its taxable year in which the last day of our taxable year falls, subject to certain limitations as to the amount that is includable;

•

be deemed to have paid its share of the capital gains tax imposed on us on the designated amounts included in the U.S. stockholder’s income as long-term capital gain;

•

receive a credit or refund for the amount of tax deemed paid by it;

•

increase the adjusted basis of its series B preferred stock by the difference between the amount of includable gains and the tax deemed to have been paid by it; and

•

in the case of a U.S. stockholder that is a corporation, appropriately adjust its earnings and profits for the retained capital gains in accordance with Treasury Regulations to be promulgated by the IRS.

Passive Activity Losses and Investment Interest Limitations . Distributions we make and gain arising from the sale or exchange by a U.S. stockholder of our shares will not be treated as passive activity income. As a result, U.S. stockholders generally will not be able to apply any “passive losses” against this income or gain. A U.S. stockholder may elect to treat capital gain dividends, capital gains from the disposition of our stock and income designated as qualified dividend income, described in “—Tax Rates” below, as investment income for purposes of computing the investment interest limitation, but in such case, the stockholder will be taxed at ordinary income rates on such amount. Other distributions made by us, to the extent they do not constitute a return of capital, generally will be treated as investment income for purposes of computing the investment interest limitation.

Dispositions of Our Series B Preferred Stock . Except as described below under “—Redemption of Series B Preferred Stock,” if a U.S. stockholder sells or disposes of shares of series B preferred stock, it will recognize gain or loss for federal income tax purposes in an amount equal to the difference between the amount of cash and the fair market value of any property received on the sale or other disposition and the holder’s adjusted basis in the shares. This gain or loss, except as provided below, will be a long-term capital gain or loss if the holder has held such series B preferred stock for more than one year. However, if a U.S. stockholder recognizes a loss upon the sale or other disposition of series B preferred stock that it has held for six months or less, after applying certain holding period rules, the loss recognized will be treated as a long-term capital loss to the extent the U.S. stockholder received distributions from us which were required to be treated as long-term capital gains.

Redemption of Series B Preferred Stock. A redemption of shares of series B preferred stock will be treated under Section 302 of the Code as a distribution (and taxable as a dividend to the extent of our current and accumulated earnings and profits as described under “—Distributions Generally”) unless the redemption satisfies one of the tests set forth in Section 302(b) of the Code and is therefore treated as a sale or exchange of the redeemed shares. A redemption of shares of series B preferred stock generally will be treated as a sale or exchange if it:

•

is “substantially disproportionate” with respect to the U.S. stockholder;

•

results in a “complete termination” of the U.S. stockholder’s stock interest in us; or

•

is “not essentially equivalent to a dividend” with respect to the U.S. stockholder, all within the meaning of Section 302(b) of the Code.

207

In determining whether any of these tests have been met, shares of capital stock, including common stock and other equity interests in us, considered to be owned by the U.S. stockholder by reason of certain constructive ownership rules set forth in the Code, as well as shares of our capital stock actually owned by the U.S. stockholder, must generally be taken into account. Because the determination as to whether any of the alternative tests of Section 302(b) of the Code will be satisfied with respect to the U.S. stockholder depends upon the facts and circumstances at the time that the determination must be made, U.S. stockholders are advised to consult their tax advisors to determine such tax treatment.

If a redemption of shares of the series B preferred stock is treated as a distribution, the amount of the distribution will be measured by the amount of cash and the fair market value of any property received. See “—Distributions Generally.” A U.S. stockholder’s adjusted tax basis in the redeemed shares of our series B preferred stock will be transferred to the U.S. shareholder’s remaining shares of our capital stock, if any. If the U.S. stockholder owns no other shares of our capital stock, under certain circumstances, such basis may be transferred to a related person or it may be lost entirely. Recently proposed Treasury Regulations, if enacted in their current form, would affect the basis recovery rules described above. It is not clear whether these proposed regulations will be enacted in their current form or at all. Prospective investors should consult their tax advisors regarding the federal income tax consequences of a redemption of our series B preferred stock.

If a redemption of shares of series B preferred stock is not treated as a distribution, it will be treated as a taxable sale or exchange in the manner described under “—Dispositions of Our Series B Preferred Stock.”

Tax Rates . The maximum tax rate for non-corporate taxpayers for (1) capital gains, including certain “capital gain dividends,” has generally been reduced to 15% (although depending on the characteristics of the assets which produced these gains and on designations which we may make, certain capital gain dividends may be taxed at a 25% rate) and (2) “qualified dividend income” has generally been reduced to 15%. In general, dividends payable by REITs are not eligible for the reduced tax rate on qualified dividend income, except to the extent that certain holding requirements have been met and the REIT’s dividends are attributable to dividends received from taxable corporations (such as its taxable REIT subsidiaries) or to income that was subject to tax at the corporate/REIT level (for example, if it distributed taxable income that it retained and paid tax on in the prior taxable year) or to dividends properly designated by the REIT as “capital gain dividends.” The currently applicable provisions of the federal income tax laws relating to the 15% tax rate are currently scheduled to “sunset” or revert to the provisions of prior law effective for taxable years beginning after December 31, 2010, at which time the capital gains tax rate will be increased to 20% and the rate applicable to dividends will be increased to the tax rate then applicable to ordinary income. U.S. stockholders that are corporations may be required to treat up to 20% of some capital gain dividends as ordinary income.

Medicare Tax on Unearned Income. Newly enacted legislation requires certain U.S. stockholders that are individuals, estates or trusts to pay an additional 3.8% tax on, among other things, dividends on and capital gains from the sale or other disposition of stock for taxable years beginning after December 31, 2012. U.S. stockholders should consult their tax advisors regarding the effect, if any, of this legislation on their ownership and disposition of our series B preferred stock.

New Legislation Relating to Foreign Accounts. Under newly enacted legislation, certain payments made after December 31, 2012 to “foreign financial institutions” in respect of accounts of U.S. stockholders at such financial institutions may be subject to withholding at a rate of 30%. U.S. stockholders should consult their tax advisors regarding the effect, if any, of this new legislation on their ownership and disposition of our series B preferred stock. See “—Taxation of Non-U.S. Stockholders—New Legislation Relating to Foreign Accounts.”

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding . We are required to report to our U.S. stockholders and the IRS the amount of dividends paid during each calendar year, and the amount of any tax withheld. Under the backup withholding rules, a stockholder may be subject to backup withholding with respect to dividends paid unless the holder is a corporation or comes within certain other exempt categories and, when required,

208

demonstrates this fact, or provides a taxpayer identification number, certifies as to no loss of exemption from backup withholding, and otherwise complies with applicable requirements of the backup withholding rules. A U.S. stockholder that does not provide us with its correct taxpayer identification number may also be subject to penalties imposed by the IRS. Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amount paid as backup withholding will be creditable against the stockholder’s federal income tax liability, provided the required information is timely furnished to the IRS. In addition, we may be required to withhold a portion of capital gain distributions to any stockholders who fail to certify their non-foreign status. See “—Taxation of Non-U.S. Stockholders.”

Taxation of Tax-Exempt Stockholders

Dividend income from us and gain arising upon a sale of our shares generally should not be unrelated business taxable income, or UBTI, to a tax-exempt stockholder, except as described below. This income or gain will be UBTI, however, if a tax-exempt stockholder holds its shares as “debt-financed property” within the meaning of the Code or if the shares are used in a trade or business of the tax-exempt stockholder. Generally, “debt-financed property” is property the acquisition or holding of which was financed through a borrowing by the tax-exempt stockholder.

For tax-exempt stockholders that are social clubs, voluntary employee benefit associations, supplemental unemployment benefit trusts, or qualified group legal services plans exempt from federal income taxation under Sections 501(c)(7), (c)(9), (c)(17) or (c)(20) of the Code, respectively, income from an investment in our shares will constitute UBTI unless the organization is able to properly claim a deduction for amounts set aside or placed in reserve for specific purposes so as to offset the income generated by its investment in our shares. These prospective investors should consult their tax advisors concerning these “set aside” and reserve requirements.

Notwithstanding the above, however, a portion of the dividends paid by a “pension-held REIT” may be treated as unrelated business taxable income as to certain trusts that hold more than 10%, by value, of the interests in the REIT. A REIT will not be a “pension-held REIT” if it is able to satisfy the “not closely held” requirement without relying on the “look-through” exception with respect to certain trusts or if such REIT is not “predominantly held” by “qualified trusts.” As a result of restrictions on ownership and transfer of our stock contained in our charter, we do not expect to be classified as a “pension-held REIT,” and as a result, the tax treatment described above should be inapplicable to our stockholders. However, because our common stock is (and, we anticipate, will continue to be) publicly traded and we anticipate that our series B preferred stock will be publicly traded, we cannot guarantee that this will always be the case.

Taxation of Non-U.S. Stockholders

The following discussion addresses the rules governing federal income taxation of the purchase, ownership and disposition of our series B preferred stock by non-U.S. stockholders. These rules are complex, and no attempt is made herein to provide more than a brief summary of such rules. Accordingly, the discussion does not address all aspects of federal income taxation and does not address state, local or non-U.S. tax consequences that may be relevant to a non-U.S. stockholder in light of its particular circumstances. We urge non-U.S. stockholders to consult their tax advisors to determine the impact of federal, state, local and non-U.S. income tax laws on the purchase, ownership and disposition of shares of our series B preferred stock, including any reporting requirements.

Distributions Generally . Distributions (including any taxable stock dividends) that are neither attributable to gains from sales or exchanges by us of U.S. real property interests nor designated by us as capital gain dividends (except as described below) will be treated as dividends of ordinary income to the extent that they are made out of our current or accumulated earnings and profits. Such distributions ordinarily will be subject to withholding of federal income tax at a 30% rate or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income

209

tax treaty, unless the distributions are treated as effectively connected with the conduct by the non-U.S. stockholder of a U.S. trade or business. Under certain treaties, however, lower withholding rates generally applicable to dividends do not apply to dividends from a REIT. Certain certification and disclosure requirements must be satisfied to be exempt from withholding under the effectively connected income exemption. Dividends that are treated as effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business will generally not be subject to withholding but will be subject to federal income tax on a net basis at graduated rates, in the same manner as dividends paid to U.S. stockholders are subject to federal income tax. Any such dividends received by a non-U.S. stockholder that is a corporation may also be subject to an additional branch profits tax at a 30% rate (applicable after deducting federal income taxes paid on such effectively connected income) or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty.

Except as otherwise provided below, we expect to withhold federal income tax at the rate of 30% on any distributions made to a non-U.S. stockholder unless:

(1)

a lower treaty rate applies and the non-U.S. stockholder files with us an IRS Form W-8BEN evidencing eligibility for that reduced treaty rate; or

(2)

the non-U.S. stockholder files an IRS Form W-8ECI with us claiming that the distribution is income effectively connected with the non-U.S. stockholder’s trade or business.

Distributions in excess of our current and accumulated earnings and profits will not be taxable to a non-U.S. stockholder to the extent that such distributions do not exceed the adjusted basis of the stockholder’s series B preferred stock, but rather will reduce the adjusted basis of such stock. To the extent that such distributions exceed the non-U.S. stockholder’s adjusted basis in such series B preferred stock, they will give rise to gain from the sale or exchange of such stock, the tax treatment of which is described below. For withholding purposes, we expect to treat all distributions as made out of our current or accumulated earnings and profits. However, amounts withheld may be refundable if it is subsequently determined that the distribution was, in fact, in excess of our current and accumulated earnings and profits, provided that certain conditions are met.

Capital Gain Dividends and Distributions Attributable to a Sale or Exchange of U.S. Real Property Interests . Distributions to a non-U.S. stockholder that we properly designate as capital gain dividends, other than those arising from the disposition of a U.S. real property interest, generally should not be subject to federal income taxation, unless:

(1)

the investment in our series B preferred stock is treated as effectively connected with the non-U.S. stockholder’s U.S. trade or business, in which case the non-U.S. stockholder will be subject to the same treatment as U.S. stockholders with respect to such gain, except that a non-U.S. stockholder that is a non-U.S. corporation may also be subject to a branch profits tax of up to 30%, as discussed above; or

(2)

the non-U.S. stockholder is a nonresident alien individual who is present in the United States for 183 days or more during the taxable year and certain other conditions are met, in which case the nonresident alien individual will be subject to a 30% tax on the individual’s capital gains.

Pursuant to the Foreign Investment in Real Property Tax Act, which is referred to as “FIRPTA,” distributions to a non-U.S. stockholder that are attributable to gain from sales or exchanges by us of “U.S. real property interests,” or USRPI, whether or not designated as capital gain dividends, will cause the non-U.S. stockholder to be treated as recognizing such gain as income effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business. Non-U.S. stockholders would generally be taxed at the same rates applicable to U.S. stockholders, subject to any applicable alternative minimum tax. We also will be required to withhold and to remit to the IRS 35% (or 15% to the extent provided in Treasury Regulations) of any distribution to non-U.S. stockholders that is designated as a capital gain dividend or, if greater, 35% of any distribution to non-U.S. stockholders that could have been

210

designated as a capital gain dividend. The amount withheld is creditable against the non-U.S. stockholder’s federal income tax liability. However, any distribution with respect to any class of stock that is “regularly traded” on an established securities market located in the United States is not subject to FIRPTA, and therefore, not subject to the 35% U.S. withholding tax described above, if the non-U.S. stockholder did not own more than 5% of such class of stock at any time during the one-year period ending on the date of the distribution. Instead, such distributions will generally be treated as ordinary dividend distributions and subject to withholding in the manner described above with respect to ordinary dividends.

Retention of Net Capital Gains . Although the law is not clear on the matter, it appears that amounts designated by us as retained net capital gains in respect of the series B preferred stock held by stockholders generally should be treated with respect to non-U.S. stockholders in the same manner as actual distributions of capital gain dividends. Under that approach, the non-U.S. stockholders would be able to offset as a credit against their federal income tax liability resulting from their proportionate share of the tax paid by us on such retained net capital gains and to receive from the IRS a refund to the extent their proportionate share of such tax paid by us exceeds their actual federal income tax liability. If we were to designate any portion of our net capital gain as retained net capital gain, a non-U.S. stockholder should consult its tax advisor regarding the taxation of such retained net capital gain.

Sale of Our Series B Preferred Stock . Except as described below under “—Redemption of Series B Preferred Stock,” gain recognized by a non-U.S. stockholder upon the sale, exchange or other taxable disposition of our series B preferred stock generally will not be subject to federal income taxation unless such stock constitutes a USRPI. In general, stock of a domestic corporation that constitutes a “U.S. real property holding corporation,” or USRPHC, will constitute a USRPI. We expect that we will be a USRPHC. Our series B preferred stock will not, however, constitute a USRPI so long as we are a “domestically controlled qualified investment entity.” A “domestically controlled qualified investment entity” includes a REIT in which at all times during a specified testing period less than 50% in value of its stock is held directly or indirectly by non-U.S. stockholders. We believe, but cannot guarantee, that we are a “domestically controlled qualified investment entity.” Because our common stock is (and, we anticipate, will continue to be) publicly traded and we anticipate that our series B preferred stock will be publicly traded, no assurance can be given that we will continue to be a “domestically controlled qualified investment entity.”

Notwithstanding the foregoing, gain from the sale, exchange or other taxable disposition of our series B preferred stock not otherwise subject to FIRPTA will be taxable to a non-U.S. stockholder if either (a) the investment in our series B preferred stock is treated as effectively connected with the non-U.S. stockholder’s U.S. trade or business or (b) the non-U.S. stockholder is a nonresident alien individual who is present in the United States for 183 days or more during the taxable year and certain other conditions are met. In addition, even if we are a domestically controlled qualified investment entity, upon disposition of our series B preferred stock (subject to the 5% exception applicable to “regularly traded” stock described below), a non-U.S. stockholder may be treated as having gain from the sale or other taxable disposition of a USRPI if the non-U.S. stockholder (1) disposes of such stock within a 30-day period preceding the ex-dividend date of a distribution, any portion of which, but for the disposition, would have been treated as gain from the sale or exchange of a USRPI and (2) acquires, or enters into a contract or option to acquire, or is deemed to acquire, other shares of that stock during the 61-day period beginning with the first day of the 30-day period described in clause (1).

Even if we do not qualify as a “domestically controlled qualified investment entity” at the time a non-U.S. stockholder sells our series B preferred stock, gain arising from the sale or other taxable disposition by a non-U.S. stockholder of such stock would not be subject to federal income taxation under FIRPTA as a sale of a USRPI if:

(1)

such class of stock is “regularly traded,” as defined by applicable Treasury Regulations, on an established securities market such as the NYSE; and

(2)

such non-U.S. stockholder owned, actually and constructively, 5% or less of such class of our stock throughout the five-year period ending on the date of the sale or exchange.

211

If gain on the sale, exchange or other taxable disposition of our series B preferred stock were subject to taxation under FIRPTA, the non-U.S. stockholder would be subject to regular federal income tax with respect to such gain in the same manner as a taxable U.S. stockholder (subject to any applicable alternative minimum tax and a special alternative minimum tax in the case of nonresident alien individuals). In addition, if the sale, exchange or other taxable disposition of our series B preferred stock were subject to taxation under FIRPTA, and if shares of our series B preferred stock were not “regularly traded” on an established securities market, the purchaser of such series B preferred stock would generally be required to withhold and remit to the IRS 10% of the purchase price.

Redemption of Series B Preferred Stock . A redemption of shares of series B preferred stock will be treated under Section 302 of the Code as a distribution (and taxable as a dividend to the extent of our current and accumulated earnings and profits) unless the redemption satisfies one of the tests set forth in Section 302(b) of the Code and is therefore treated as a sale or exchange of the redeemed shares. See “—Taxation of Taxable U.S. Stockholders—Redemption of Series B Preferred Stock.” If a redemption of shares of the series B preferred stock is treated as a distribution, the amount of the distribution will be measured by the amount of cash and the fair market value of any property received. See “—Taxation of Non-U.S. Stockholders—Distributions Generally.” If a redemption of shares of series B preferred stock is not treated as a distribution, it will be treated as a taxable sale or exchange in the manner described under “—Taxation of Non-U.S. Stockholders—Sale of Our Series B Preferred Stock.”

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding Tax . Generally, we must report annually to the IRS the amount of dividends paid to a non-U.S. stockholder, such holder’s name and address, and the amount of tax withheld, if any. A similar report is sent to the non-U.S. stockholder. Pursuant to tax treaties or other agreements, the IRS may make its reports available to tax authorities in the non-U.S. stockholder’s country of residence.

Payments of dividends or of proceeds from the disposition of stock made to a non-U.S. stockholder may be subject to information reporting and backup withholding unless such holder establishes an exemption, for example, by properly certifying its non-U.S. status on an IRS Form W-8BEN or another appropriate version of IRS Form W-8. Notwithstanding the foregoing, backup withholding and information reporting may apply if either we have or our paying agent has actual knowledge, or reason to know, that a non-U.S. stockholder is a U.S. person.

Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Rather, the federal income tax liability of persons subject to backup withholding will be reduced by the amount of tax withheld. If withholding results in an overpayment of taxes, a refund or credit may be obtained, provided that the required information is timely furnished to the IRS.

New Legislation Relating to Foreign Accounts . Newly enacted legislation may impose withholding taxes on certain types of payments made to “foreign financial institutions” and certain other non-U.S. entities. Under this legislation, the failure to comply with additional certification, information reporting and other specified requirements could result in withholding tax being imposed on payments of dividends and sales proceeds to U.S. stockholders that own the shares through foreign accounts or foreign intermediaries and certain non-U.S. stockholders. The legislation imposes a 30% withholding tax on dividends on, and gross proceeds from the sale or other disposition of, our series B preferred stock paid to a foreign financial institution or to a foreign nonfinancial entity, unless (i) the foreign financial institution undertakes certain diligence and reporting obligations or (ii) the foreign non-financial entity either certifies it does not have any substantial U.S. owners or furnishes identifying information regarding each substantial U.S. owner. In addition, if the payee is a foreign financial institution, it generally must enter into an agreement with the U.S. Treasury that requires, among other things, that it undertake to identify accounts held by certain U.S. persons or U.S.-owned foreign entities, annually report certain information about such accounts, and withhold 30% on payments to certain other account holders. The legislation applies to payments made after December 31, 2012. Prospective investors should consult their tax advisors regarding this legislation.

212

Other Tax Consequences

State, local and non-U.S. income tax laws may differ substantially from the corresponding federal income tax laws, and this discussion does not purport to describe any aspect of the tax laws of any state, local or non-U.S. jurisdiction. You should consult your tax advisor regarding the effect of state, local and non-U.S. tax laws with respect to our tax treatment as a REIT and on an investment in our series B preferred stock.

213

ERISA CONSIDERATIONS

General

The following is a summary of certain considerations arising under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, or ERISA, and the prohibited transaction provisions of Section 4975 of the Code that may be relevant to a prospective purchaser that is an employee benefit plan subject to ERISA. The following summary may also be relevant to a prospective purchaser that is not an employee benefit plan subject to ERISA, but is a tax-qualified retirement plan or an individual retirement account, individual retirement annuity, medical savings account or education individual retirement account, which we refer to collectively as an “IRA.” This discussion does not address all aspects of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code or, to the extent not preempted, state law that may be relevant to particular employee benefit plan stockholders in light of their particular circumstances, including plans subject to Title I of ERISA, other employee benefit plans and IRAs subject to the prohibited transaction provisions of Section 4975 of the Code, and governmental, church, foreign and other plans that are exempt from ERISA and Section 4975 of the Code but that may be subject to other federal, state, local or foreign law requirements.

A fiduciary making the decision to invest in shares of our common stock on behalf of a prospective purchaser which is an ERISA plan, a tax qualified retirement plan, an IRA or other employee benefit plan is advised to consult its legal advisor regarding the specific considerations arising under ERISA, Section 4975 of the Code, and, to the extent not preempted, state law with respect to the purchase, ownership or sale of shares of our common stock by the plan or IRA.

Plans should also consider the entire discussion under the heading “Federal Income Tax Considerations,” as material contained in that section is relevant to any decision by an employee benefit plan, tax-qualified retirement plan or IRA to purchase our common stock.

Employee Benefit Plans, Tax-Qualified Retirement Plans and IRAs

Each fiduciary of an “ERISA plan,” which is an employee benefit plan subject to Title I of ERISA, should carefully consider whether an investment in shares of our common stock is consistent with its fiduciary responsibilities under ERISA. In particular, the fiduciary requirements of Part 4 of Title I of ERISA require that:

•

an ERISA plan make investments that are prudent and in the best interests of the ERISA plan, its participants and beneficiaries;

•

an ERISA plan make investments that are diversified in order to reduce the risk of large losses, unless it is clearly prudent for the ERISA plan not to do so;

•

an ERISA plan’s investments are authorized under ERISA and the terms of the governing documents of the ERISA plan; and

•

the fiduciary not cause the ERISA plan to enter into transactions prohibited under Section 406 of ERISA (and certain corresponding provisions of the Code).

In determining whether an investment in shares of our common stock is prudent for ERISA purposes, the appropriate fiduciary of an ERISA plan should consider all of the facts and circumstances, including whether the investment is reasonably designed, as a part of the ERISA plan’s portfolio for which the fiduciary has investment responsibility, to meet the objectives of the ERISA plan, taking into consideration the risk of loss and opportunity for gain or other return from the investment, the diversification, cash flow and funding requirements of the ERISA plan, and the liquidity and current return of the ERISA plan’s portfolio. A fiduciary should also take into account the nature of our business, the length of our operating history and other matters described in the

214

section entitled “Risk Factors.” Specifically, before investing in shares of our common stock, any fiduciary should, after considering the employee plan’s or IRA’s particular circumstances, determine whether the investment is appropriate under the fiduciary standards of ERISA or other applicable law including standards with respect to prudence, diversification and delegation of control and the prohibited transaction provisions of ERISA and the Code.

Our Status Under ERISA

In some circumstances where an ERISA plan holds an interest in an entity, the assets of the entity are deemed to be ERISA plan assets. This is known as the “look-through rule.” Under those circumstances, the obligations and other responsibilities of plan sponsors, plan fiduciaries and plan administrators, and of parties in interest and disqualified persons, under Parts 1 and 4 of Subtitle B of Title I of ERISA and Section 4975 of the Code, as applicable, may be expanded, and there may be an increase in their liability under these and other provisions of ERISA and the Code (except to the extent (if any) that a favorable statutory or administrative exemption or exception applies). For example, a prohibited transaction may occur if our assets are deemed to be assets of investing ERISA plans and persons who have certain specified relationships to an ERISA plan (“parties in interest” within the meaning of ERISA, and “disqualified persons” within the meaning of the Code) deal with these assets. Further, if our assets are deemed to be assets of investing ERISA plans, any person that exercises authority or control with respect to the management or disposition of the assets is an ERISA plan fiduciary.

ERISA plan assets are not defined in ERISA or the Code, but the United States Department of Labor has issued regulations that outline the circumstances under which an ERISA plan’s interest in an entity will be subject to the look-through rule. The Department of Labor regulations apply to the purchase by an ERISA plan of an “equity interest” in an entity, such as stock of a REIT. However, the Department of Labor regulations provide an exception to the look-through rule for equity interests that are “publicly offered securities.”

Under the Department of Labor regulations, a “publicly offered security” is a security that is:

•

freely transferable;

•

part of a class of securities that is widely held; and

•

either part of a class of securities that is registered under section 12(b) or 12(g) of the Exchange Act or sold to an ERISA plan as part of an offering of securities to the public pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, and the class of securities of which this security is a part is registered under the Exchange Act within 120 days, or longer if allowed by the SEC, after the end of the fiscal year of the issuer during which this offering of these securities to the public occurred.

Whether a security is considered “freely transferable” depends on the facts and circumstances of each case. Under the Department of Labor regulations, if the security is part of an offering in which the minimum investment is $10,000 or less, then any restriction on or prohibition against any transfer or assignment of the security for the purposes of preventing a termination or reclassification of the entity for federal or state tax purposes will not ordinarily prevent the security from being considered freely transferable. Additionally, limitations or restrictions on the transfer or assignment of a security which are created or imposed by persons other than the issuer of the security or persons acting for or on behalf of the issuer will ordinarily not prevent the security from being considered freely transferable.

A class of securities is considered “widely held” if it is a class of securities that is owned by 100 or more investors independent of the issuer and of one another. A security will not fail to be “widely held” because the number of independent investors falls below 100 subsequent to the initial public offering as a result of events beyond the issuer’s control.

215

The shares of our common stock offered in this prospectus may meet the criteria of the publicly offered securities exception to the look-through rule. First, the common stock could be considered to be freely transferable, as the minimum investment will be less than $10,000 and the only restrictions upon its transfer are those generally permitted under the Department of Labor regulations, those required under federal tax laws to maintain our status as a REIT, resale restrictions under applicable federal securities laws with respect to securities not purchased pursuant to this prospectus and those owned by our officers, directors and other affiliates, and voluntary restrictions agreed to by the selling stockholder regarding volume limitations.

Second, we expect (although we cannot confirm) that our common stock will be held by 100 or more investors, and we expect that at least 100 or more of these investors will be independent of us and of one another.

Third, the shares of our common stock will be part of an offering of securities to the public pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act and the common stock is registered under the Exchange Act.

In addition, the Department of Labor regulations provide exceptions to the look-through rule for equity interests in some types of entities, including any entity that qualifies as either a “real estate operating company” or a “venture capital operating company.”

Under the Department of Labor regulations, a “real estate operating company” is defined as an entity which on testing dates has at least 50% of its assets, other than short-term investments pending long-term commitment or distribution to investors, valued at cost:

•

invested in real estate which is managed or developed and with respect to which the entity has the right to substantially participate directly in the management or development activities; and

•

which, in the ordinary course of its business, is engaged directly in real estate management or development activities.

According to those same regulations, a “venture capital operating company” is defined as an entity that on testing dates has at least 50% of its assets, other than short-term investments pending long-term commitment or distribution to investors, valued at cost:

•

invested in one or more operating companies with respect to which the entity has management rights; and

•

that, in the ordinary course of its business, actually exercises its management rights with respect to one or more of the operating companies in which it invests.

We have not endeavored to determine whether we will satisfy the “real estate operating company” or “venture capital operating company” exception.

Prior to making an investment in the shares offered in this prospectus, prospective employee benefit plan investors (whether or not subject to ERISA or section 4975 of the Code) should consult with their legal and other advisors concerning the impact of ERISA and the Code (and, particularly in the case of non-ERISA plans and arrangements, any additional state, local and foreign law considerations), as applicable, and the potential consequences in their specific circumstances of an investment in such shares.

216

UNDERWRITING

Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, Barclays Capital Inc. and Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated are acting as representatives of each of the underwriters named below. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in a purchase agreement among us and the underwriters, we have agreed to sell to the underwriters, and each of the underwriters has agreed, severally and not jointly, to purchase from us, the number of shares of series B preferred stock set forth opposite its name below.


Underwriter		Number of Shares of Series B Preferred Stock
Wells Fargo Securities, LLC
Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith
Incorporated
Barclays Capital Inc.
Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated
Total

Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the purchase agreement, the underwriters have agreed, severally and not jointly, to purchase all of the shares of series B preferred stock sold under the purchase agreement if any of these shares are purchased. If an underwriter defaults, the purchase agreement provides that the purchase commitments of the nondefaulting underwriters may be increased or the purchase agreement may be terminated.

We have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against the following:

•

liabilities arising out of untrue statements or omissions of a material fact contained in or omitted from this prospectus or the related registration statement;

•

liabilities arising out of any settlement of any litigation, investigation, proceeding or claim based upon such untrue statements or omissions; and

•

expenses reasonably incurred in investigating, preparing or defending against any litigation, investigation, proceeding or claim based upon such untrue statements or omissions.

In addition, we are obligated to contribute to payments the underwriters may be required to make in respect of those liabilities if indemnification is not permitted.

The underwriters are offering the shares of series B preferred stock, subject to prior sale, when, as and if issued to and accepted by them, subject to approval of legal matters by their counsel, including the validity of the shares of series B preferred stock, and other conditions contained in the purchase agreement, such as the receipt by the underwriters of officer’s certificates and legal opinions. The underwriters reserve the right to withdraw, cancel or modify offers to the public and to reject orders in whole or in part.

Commissions and Discounts

The representatives have advised us that the underwriters propose initially to offer the shares of series B preferred stock to the public at the public offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and to dealers at that price less a concession not in excess of $ per share. After the initial offering, the public offering price, concession or any other term of the offering may be changed.

217

The following table shows the public offering price, underwriting discount and proceeds before expenses to us. The information assumes either no exercise or full exercise by the underwriters of their overallotment option.

Per Share

Without Option

With Option

Public offering price

Underwriting discount

Proceeds, before expenses, to us

The expenses of the offering, including the filing fees and reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel to the underwriters in connection with FINRA filings, but not including the underwriting discount, are estimated at approximately $ million and are payable by us.

Overallotment Option

We have granted an option to the underwriters to purchase up to additional shares at the public offering price, less the underwriting discount. The underwriters may exercise this option for 30 days from the date of this prospectus solely to cover any overallotments. If the underwriters exercise this option, each will be obligated, subject to conditions contained in the purchase agreement, to purchase a number of additional shares proportionate to that underwriter’s initial amount reflected in the above table.

No Sales of Similar Securities

Pursuant to the purchase agreement, we have agreed not to sell or transfer any shares of series B preferred stock or any equity securities similar to or ranking on par with or senior to the series B preferred stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for the series B preferred stock or similar, parity or senior equity securities for 90 days after the date of this prospectus without first obtaining the written consent of Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, Barclays Capital Inc. and Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated. Specifically, we have agreed not to directly or indirectly:

•

offer, pledge, sell or contract to sell any shares of series B preferred stock or any equity securities similar to or ranking on par with or senior to the series B preferred stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for the series B preferred stock or similar, parity or senior equity securities;

•

sell any option or contract to purchase any shares of series B preferred stock or any equity securities similar to or ranking on par with or senior to the series B preferred stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for the series B preferred stock or similar, parity or senior equity securities;

•

purchase any option or contract to sell any shares of series B preferred stock or any equity securities similar to or ranking on par with or senior to the series B preferred stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for the series B preferred stock or similar, parity or senior equity securities;

•

grant any option, right or warrant for the sale of any shares of series B preferred stock or any equity securities similar to or ranking on par with or senior to the series B preferred stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for the series B preferred stock or similar, parity or senior equity securities;

•

otherwise dispose of or transfer any shares of series B preferred stock or any equity securities similar to or ranking on par with or senior to the series B preferred stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for the series B preferred stock or similar, parity or senior equity securities;

218

•

file any registration statement under the 1933 Act with respect to any of the foregoing; or

•

enter into any swap or any other agreement or any transaction that transfers, in whole or in part, directly or indirectly, the economic consequence of ownership of the series B preferred stock or such similar, parity or senior equity securities, whether any such swap or transaction is to be settled by delivery of series B preferred stock, such similar, parity or senior equity securities or other securities, in cash or otherwise.

The restrictions described in the immediately preceding paragraph do not apply to the sale of the shares series B preferred stock to the underwriters. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if (1) during the last 17 days of the lock-up period, we issue an earnings release or material news or a material event relating to us occurs or (2) prior to the expiration of the lock-up period, we announce that we will release earnings results or become aware that material news or a material event will occur during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of the lock-up period, the restrictions described above shall continue to apply until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release or the occurrence of the material news or material event, as applicable.

New York Stock Exchange Listing

No market currently exists for our series B preferred stock. We intend to apply to list our series B preferred stock on the NYSE under the symbol “HPP Pr B.” If the application is approved, trading of the series B preferred stock is expected to commence within 30 days after the initial delivery of the series B preferred stock. The underwriters have advised us that they intend to make a market in the series B preferred stock prior to commencement of any trading on the New York Stock Exchange, but are not obligated to do so and may discontinue market making at any time without notice. No assurance can be given as to the liquidity of the trading market for the series B preferred stock.

Price Stabilization, Short Positions and Penalty Bids

Until the distribution of the shares of series B preferred stock is completed, SEC rules may limit underwriters and selling group members from bidding for and purchasing our series B preferred stock. However, the representatives may engage in transactions that stabilize the price of the series B preferred stock, such as bids or purchases to peg, fix or maintain that price.

In connection with the offering, the underwriters may purchase and sell our series B preferred stock in the open market. These transactions may include short sales, purchases on the open market to cover positions created by short sales and stabilizing transactions. Short sales involve the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of shares than they are required to purchase in the offering. “Covered” short sales are sales made in an amount not greater than the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares in the offering. The underwriters may close out any covered short position by either exercising their overallotment option or purchasing shares in the open market. In determining the source of shares to close out the covered short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase shares through the overallotment option. “Naked” short sales are sales in excess of the overallotment option. The underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of our series B preferred stock in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering. Stabilizing transactions consist of various bids for or purchases of shares of series B preferred stock made by the underwriters in the open market prior to the completion of the offering.

The underwriters may also impose a penalty bid. This occurs when a particular underwriter repays to the underwriters a portion of the underwriting discount received by it because the representatives have repurchased shares sold by or for the account of such underwriter in stabilizing or short covering transactions.

219

Similar to other purchase transactions, the underwriters’ purchases to cover the syndicate short sales may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of our series B preferred stock or preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of our series B preferred stock. As a result, the price of our series B preferred stock may be higher than the price that might otherwise exist in the open market.

Neither we nor any of the underwriters make any representation or prediction as to the direction or magnitude of any effect that the transactions described above may have on the price of our series B preferred stock. In addition, neither we nor any of the underwriters make any representation that the representatives will engage in these transactions or that these transactions, once commenced, will not be discontinued without notice.

Electronic Offer, Sale and Distribution of Shares

In connection with the offering, certain of the underwriters or securities dealers may distribute prospectuses by electronic means, such as e-mail. In addition, certain of the underwriters may facilitate Internet distribution for this offering to certain of their Internet subscription customers. These underwriters may allocate a limited number of shares for sale to its online brokerage customers. An electronic prospectus may be available on the Internet Web site maintained by certain underwriters. Other than any prospectus in electronic format, the information on an underwriter’s Web site is not part of this prospectus.

Other Relationships

Some of the underwriters and their affiliates have engaged in, and may in the future engage in, investment banking and other commercial dealings in the ordinary course of business with us and/or our affiliates. They have received, or may in the future receive, customary fees and commissions for these transactions. Each of Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, Barclays Capital Inc., and Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated acted as an underwriter in our initial public offering, which closed on June 29, 2010, and received customary underwriting discounts and commissions in connection therewith.

In addition, in the ordinary course of their business activities, the underwriters and their affiliates may make or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade debt and equity securities (or related derivative securities) and financial instruments (including bank loans) for their own account and for the accounts of their customers. Such investments and securities activities may involve securities and/or instruments of ours or our affiliates. The underwriters and their affiliates may also make investment recommendations and/or publish or express independent research views in respect of such securities or financial instruments and may hold, or recommend to clients that they acquire, long and/or short positions in such securities and instruments.

The Morgan Stanley Investment Partnership, the general partner of which is owned by investment funds managed by an affiliate of Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated, an underwriter in this offering, contributed properties to us in the formation transactions. In exchange for its contribution to our operating partnership of the property entities that own the First Financial and Tierrasanta properties, the Morgan Stanley Investment Partnership and certain of its limited partners received an aggregate of approximately $12.5 million in liquidation preference of series A preferred units, 177,567 common units with a value of $3.0 million and $7.2 million in cash. As a result of the foregoing, certain of the limited partners of the Morgan Stanley Investment Partnership became limited partners in our operating partnership and ceased to be limited partners in the Morgan Stanley Investment Partnership. In connection with this contribution and pursuant to debt guarantee agreements, certain partners of the Morgan Stanley Investment Partnership were granted the opportunity to guarantee an aggregate of up to approximately $55.1 million (or, under certain circumstances, up to approximately $70.0 million) of indebtedness of our operating partnership (or a subsidiary thereof) which will, among other things, allow them to defer recognition of gain in connection with the formation transactions.

220

Affiliates of Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, Barclays Capital Inc., and Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated, the underwriters of this offering, are lenders under our $200 million secured revolving credit facility. Under this facility, an affiliate of Barclays Capital Inc. acts as administrative agent and joint lead arranger, and affiliates of Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated act as syndication agent and joint lead arranger. In connection with their participation in the secured revolving credit facility, our underwriters or their affiliates receive customary fees. In addition, to the extent that we use a portion of the net proceeds of this offering to repay borrowings outstanding under our secured revolving credit facility, such affiliates of our underwriters will receive their proportionate shares of any amount of the secured revolving credit facility that is repaid with the net proceeds of this offering.

Notice to Prospective Investors in the European Economic Area

In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive (each, a “Relevant Member State”) an offer to the public of any shares which are the subject of the offering contemplated by this prospectus may not be made in that Relevant Member State, except that an offer to the public in that Relevant Member State of any shares may be made at any time under the following exemptions under the Prospectus Directive, if they have been implemented in that Relevant Member State:

(a)

to legal entities which are authorized or regulated to operate in the financial markets or, if not so authorized or regulated, whose corporate purpose is solely to invest in securities;

(b)

to any legal entity which has two or more of (1) an average of at least 250 employees during the last financial year; (2) a total balance sheet of more than €43,000,000 and (3) an annual net turnover of more than €50,000,000, as shown in its last annual or consolidated accounts;

(c)

by the underwriters to fewer than 100 natural or legal persons (other than “qualified investors” as defined in the Prospectus Directive) subject to obtaining the prior consent of the representatives for any such offer; or

(d)

in any other circumstances falling within Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive;

provided that no such offer of shares shall result in a requirement for the publication by us or any representative of a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive.

Any person making or intending to make any offer of shares within the EEA should only do so in circumstances in which no obligation arises for us or any of the underwriters to produce a prospectus for such offer. Neither we nor the underwriters have authorized, nor do they authorize, the making of any offer of shares through any financial intermediary, other than offers made by the underwriters which constitute the final offering of shares contemplated in this prospectus.

For the purposes of this provision, and your representation below, the expression an “offer to the public” in relation to any shares in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and any shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase any shares, as the same may be varied in that Relevant Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Relevant Member State and the expression “Prospectus Directive” means Directive 2003/71/EC and includes any relevant implementing measure in each Relevant Member State.

221

Each person in a Relevant Member State who receives any communication in respect of, or who acquires any shares under, the offer of shares contemplated by this prospectus will be deemed to have represented, warranted and agreed to and with us and each underwriter that:

(A)

it is a “qualified investor” within the meaning of the law in that Relevant Member State implementing Article 2(1)(e) of the Prospectus Directive; and

(B)

in the case of any shares acquired by it as a financial intermediary, as that term is used in Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive, (i) the shares acquired by it in the offering have not been acquired on behalf of, nor have they been acquired with a view to their offer or resale to, persons in any Relevant Member State other than “qualified investors” (as defined in the Prospectus Directive), or in circumstances in which the prior consent of the representatives has been given to the offer or resale; or (ii) where shares have been acquired by it on behalf of persons in any Relevant Member State other than qualified investors, the offer of those shares to it is not treated under the Prospectus Directive as having been made to such persons.

In addition, in the United Kingdom, this document is being distributed only to, and is directed only at, and any offer subsequently made may only be directed at persons who are “qualified investors” (as defined in the Prospectus Directive) (i) who have professional experience in matters relating to investments falling within Article 19 (5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005, as amended (the “Order”) and/or (ii) who are high net worth companies (or persons to whom it may otherwise be lawfully communicated) falling within Article 49(2)(a) to (d) of the Order (all such persons together being referred to as “relevant persons”). This document must not be acted on or relied on in the United Kingdom by persons who are not relevant persons. In the United Kingdom, any investment or investment activity to which this document relates is only available to, and will be engaged in with, relevant persons.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Switzerland

This document, as well as any other material relating to the shares which are the subject of the offering contemplated by this prospectus, do not constitute an issue prospectus pursuant to Article 652a and/or 1156 of the Swiss Code of Obligations. The shares will not be listed on the SIX Swiss Exchange and, therefore, the documents relating to the shares, including, but not limited to, this document, do not claim to comply with the disclosure standards of the listing rules of SIX Swiss Exchange and corresponding prospectus schemes annexed to the listing rules of the SIX Swiss Exchange. The shares are being offered in Switzerland by way of a private placement, i.e ., to a small number of selected investors only, without any public offer and only to investors who do not purchase the shares with the intention to distribute them to the public. The investors will be individually approached by the issuer from time to time. This document, as well as any other material relating to the shares, is personal and confidential and do not constitute an offer to any other person. This document may only be used by those investors to whom it has been handed out in connection with the offering described herein and may neither directly nor indirectly be distributed or made available to other persons without express consent of the issuer. It may not be used in connection with any other offer and shall in particular not be copied and/or distributed to the public in (or from) Switzerland.

Notice to Prospective Investors in the Dubai International Financial Centre

This document relates to an exempt offer in accordance with the Offered Securities Rules of the Dubai Financial Services Authority. This document is intended for distribution only to persons of a type specified in those rules. It must not be delivered to, or relied on by, any other person. The Dubai Financial Services Authority has no responsibility for reviewing or verifying any documents in connection with exempt offers. The Dubai Financial Services Authority has not approved this document nor taken steps to verify the information set out in it, and has no responsibility for it. The shares which are the subject of the offering contemplated by this prospectus may be illiquid and/or subject to restrictions on their resale. Prospective purchasers of the shares offered should conduct their own due diligence on the shares. If you do not understand the contents of this document you should consult an authorized financial advisor.

222

LEGAL MATTERS

Certain legal matters will be passed upon for us by Latham & Watkins LLP, Los Angeles, California, and for the underwriters by Hogan Lovells US LLP. Venable LLP will pass upon the validity of the shares of series B preferred stock sold in this offering and certain other matters under Maryland law.

EXPERTS

Ernst & Young, LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, has audited (i) our combined financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2009 as set forth in their report, (ii) the financial statements of Howard Street Associates, LLC as of December 31, 2009 and 2008 and for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008 and the period from February 14, 2007 (commencement of operations) to December 31, 2007 as set forth in their report, (iii) the statement of revenues and certain expenses of ECI Washington, LLC for the year ended December 31, 2009 as set forth in their report, (iv) the statement of revenues and certain expenses of Canpartners IV 222 Kearny, LLC for the year ended December 31, 2009 as set forth in their report, (v) the combined statement of revenues and certain expenses of GLB Encino, LLC and Glenborough Tierrasanta, LLC for the year ended December 31, 2009 as set forth in their report, and (vi) the statement of revenues and certain expenses of City Plaza for the year ended December 31, 2007 as set forth in their report. We have included each of the aforementioned financial statements in this prospectus and elsewhere in the registration statement in reliance on Ernst & Young, LLP’s reports, given on their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.

McGladrey & Pullen, LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, has audited the combined financial statements of our predecessor as of December 31, 2008 and for the year ended December 31, 2008 and the period from February 14, 2007 (commencement of operations) to December 31, 2007 as set forth in their report. We have included the aforementioned financial statements in this prospectus and elsewhere in the registration statement in reliance upon the reports of McGladrey & Pullen, LLP, given on their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.

Unless otherwise indicated, all statistical and economic market data included in this prospectus, including information relating to the economic conditions within our core markets contained in “Prospectus Summary” and “Business and Properties” is derived from market information prepared for us by Rosen Consulting Group, a nationally recognized real estate consulting firm, and is included in this prospectus in reliance on Rosen Consulting Group’s authority as an expert in such matters. We paid Rosen Consulting Group a fee of $40,000 for its services.

223

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

We maintain a Web site at www.hudsonpacificproperties.com. Information contained on our Web site is not incorporated by reference into this prospectus and you should not consider information contained on our Web site to be part of this prospectus.

We have filed with the SEC a Registration Statement on Form S-11, including exhibits, schedules and amendments filed with this registration statement, of which this prospectus is a part, under the Securities Act with respect to the shares of our series B preferred stock to be sold in this offering. This prospectus does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement and exhibits and schedules to the registration statement. For further information with respect to our company and the shares of our series B preferred stock to be sold in this offering, reference is made to the registration statement, including the exhibits and schedules thereto. Statements contained in this prospectus as to the contents of any contract or other document referred to in this prospectus are not necessarily complete and, where that contract or other document has been filed as an exhibit to the registration statement, each statement in this prospectus is qualified in all respects by the exhibit to which the reference relates. Copies of the registration statement, including the exhibits and schedules to the registration statement, may be examined without charge at the public reference room of the SEC, 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, DC 20549. Information about the operation of the public reference room may be obtained by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0300. Copies of all or a portion of the registration statement can be obtained from the public reference room of the SEC upon payment of prescribed fees. Our SEC filings, including our registration statement, are also available to you, free of charge, on the SEC’s Web site, www.sec.gov.

We are subject to the information and reporting requirements of the Exchange Act and, accordingly, file annual, quarterly and periodic reports and other information with the SEC. These reports and other information are available for inspection and copying at the SEC’s public reference facilities and the Web site of the SEC referred to above.

224

I NDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc.:
Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited):
Pro Forma Consolidated Balance Sheet as of September 30, 2010			F-4
Pro Forma Consolidated Statement of Operations for the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2010			F-5
Pro Forma Consolidated Statement of Operations for the Year Ended December 31, 2009			F-7
Notes to Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Statements			F-9
Interim Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited):
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of September 30, 2010 (unaudited) and December 31, 2009			F-13
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the Three and Nine Months Ended September 30, 2010 and 2009 (unaudited)			F-14
Consolidated Statements of Members’ Equity for the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2010 (unaudited)			F-15
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2010 and 2009 (unaudited)			F-16
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)			F-17
Annual Combined Financial Statements:
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm			F-34
Combined Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2009 and 2008			F-35
Combined Statements of Operations for the Years Ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, and the Period from February 14, 2007 (Commencement of Operations) to December 31, 2007			F-36
Combined Statements of Members’ Equity for the Years Ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, and the Period from February 14, 2007 (Commencement of Operations) to December 31, 2007			F-37
Combined Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, and the Period from February 14, 2007 (Commencement of Operations) to December 31, 2007			F-38
Notes to Combined Financial Statements Years Ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, and the Period from February 14, 2007 (Commencement of Operations) to December 31, 2007			F-39
Schedule III Consolidated Real Estate and Accumulated Depreciation			F-60
Howard Street Associates, LLC:
Annual Financial Statements
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm			F-61
Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2009 and 2008			F-62


Statements of Operations for the Years Ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, and the Period from February 14, 2007 (Commencement of Operations) to December 31, 2007			F-63
Statements of Members’ Equity for the Years Ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, and the Period from February 14, 2007 (Commencement of Operations) to December 31, 2007			F-64
Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, and the Period from February 14, 2007 (Commencement of Operations) to December 31, 2007			F-65
Notes to the Financial Statements Years Ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, and the Period from February 14, 2007 (Commencement of Operations) to December 31, 2007			F-66
Canpartners IV 222 Kearny, LLC:
Report of Independent Auditors			F-75
Statements of Revenues and Certain Expenses for the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2010 (unaudited) and the Year Ended December 31, 2009			F-76
Notes to Statement of Revenues and Certain Expenses for the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2010 (unaudited) and the Year Ended December 31, 2009			F-77
ECI Washington, LLC:
Report of Independent Auditors			F-80
Statements of Revenues and Certain Expenses for the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2010 (unaudited) and the Year Ended December 31, 2009			F-81
Notes to Statement of Revenues and Certain Expenses for the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2010 (unaudited) and the Year Ended December 31, 2009			F-82
GLB Encino, LLC and Glenborough Tierrasanta, LLC:
Report of Independent Auditors			F-84
Combined Statement of Revenues and Certain Expenses for the Three Months Ended March 31, 2010 (unaudited) and the Year Ended December 31, 2009			F-85
Notes to Combined Statement of Revenues and Certain Expenses for the Three Months Ended March 31, 2010 (unaudited) and the Year Ended December 31, 2009			F-86
City Plaza:
Unaudited Statements of Revenues and Certain Expenses for the Six Months Ended June 30, 2008 and 2007			F-89
Notes to Unaudited Statement of Revenues and Certain Expenses for the Six Months Ended June 30, 2008 and 2007 (unaudited)			F-90
Report of Independent Auditors			F-92
Statement of Revenues and Certain Expenses for the Year Ended December 31, 2007			F-93
Notes to Statement of Revenues and Certain Expenses for the Year Ended December 31, 2007			F-94

F-i

Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc.

Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited and in thousands, except share data)

The unaudited pro forma combined financial statements of Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc. (together with its combined entities as discussed further below, the “Company,” “we,” “our” or “us”) as of and for the nine months ended September 30, 2010 and for the year ended December 31, 2009 are derived from the financial statements of: (1) Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc., which includes Howard Street Associates, LLC and our predecessor entities consisting of HFOP City Plaza, LLC, Sunset Bronson Entertainment Properties, LLC, and SGS Really II, LLC for the periods prior our initial public offering (“IPO”) on June 29, 2010; (2) Glenborough Tierrasanta, LLC; (3) GLB Encino, LLC, (4) ECI Washington, LLC, and (5) Canpartners IV 222 Kearny, LLC. Subsequent to our IPO on June 29, 2010, our historical results also included Glenborough Tierrasanta, LLC, GLB Encino, LLC, Del Amo Fashion Center Operating Company, L.L.C., 9300 Wilshire property and Hudson Capital, LLC for the periods disclosed in our historical September 30, 2010 interim financial statements included elsewhere in this filing. The unaudited pro forma combined financial statements discussed above are presented as if this offering (including the application of the net proceeds therefrom as set forth under “Use of Proceeds”) and the acquisitions of ECI Washington, LLC and Canpartners IV 222 Kearny, LLC had occurred on September 30, 2010 for the pro forma combined balance sheet and as if this offering (including the application of the net proceeds therefrom as set forth under “Use of Proceeds”), the acquisitions of ECI Washington, LLC and Canpartners IV 222 Kearny, LLC, our IPO and the concurrent private placement had occurred on January 1, 2009 for the pro forma combined statements of operations.

Our pro forma combined financial statements are presented for informational purposes only and should be read in conjunction with the historical financial statements and related notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus. The adjustments to our pro forma combined financial statements are based on available information and assumptions that we consider reasonable. Our pro forma combined financial statements do not purport to (1) represent our financial position that would have actually occurred had this offering and the acquisitions of ECI Washington, LLC and Canpartners IV 222 Kearny, LLC occurred on September 30, 2010, (2) represent the results of our operations that would have actually occurred had this offering, the acquisitions of ECI Washington, LLC and Canpartners IV 222 Kearny, LLC, our IPO and the concurrent private placement occurred on January 1, 2009 and (3) project our financial position or results of operations as of any future date or for any future period, as applicable.

We were formed as a Maryland corporation on November 9, 2009 to acquire the entities owning various real estate assets and to succeed the business of Hudson Capital, LLC, a Los Angeles-based real estate investment firm founded by Victor J. Coleman and Howard S. Stern, our Chief Executive Officer and President, respectively. Hudson Pacific Properties, L.P. (our “Operating Partnership”) was formed as a Maryland limited partnership on January 15, 2010. After the completion of the IPO, the concurrent private placement, and the related formation transactions that occurred on June 29, 2010, we became a fully integrated, self-administered, and self-managed real estate investment trust (“REIT”). Through our controlling interest in our operating partnership and its subsidiaries, we own, manage, lease, acquire and develop real estate, consisting primarily of office and media and entertainment properties.

F-1

assets or the equity interests initially recognizes the assets and liabilities transferred at their carrying amounts in the accounts of the transferring entity at the date of transfer. Because the Company, SGS Realty II, LLC, Sunset Bronson Entertainment Properties, LLC, HFOP City Plaza, LLC, and Howard Street Associates, LLC were under common control at the time of the IPO and the formation transactions, the transfer of assets and liabilities of each of these entities were accounted for at historical cost in a manner similar to a pooling of interests. For financial accounting purposes, the acquisition was viewed as a change in reporting entity and, as a result, we have retroactively changed the presentation of the Company’s financial statements for all periods subsequent to February 14, 2007, the date at which common control of the entities contributed by Farallon Partners, L.L.C. commenced. Accordingly, the Company’s historical combined balance sheets as of December 31, 2009 and 2008, and the historical combined statements of operations, equity and cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008 and for the period from February 14, 2007 (commencement of operations) through December 31, 2007 include the results of the Company, SGS Realty II, LLC, Sunset Bronson Entertainment Properties, LLC, HFOP City Plaza, LLC, and Howard Street Associates, LLC.

Subsequent to the acquisitions of Glenborough Tierrasanta, LLC, GLB Encino, LLC, and Hudson Capital, LLC as part of our IPO on June 29, 2010, the acquisition of Del Amo Fashion Center Operating Company, L.L.C. on August 16, 2010, and the acquisition of 9300 Wilshire on August 24, 2010, our operations included such entities’ operations. We have also completed the acquisition of Canpartners IV 222 Kearny, LLC, the asset-owning entity of two office buildings located at 222 Kearny Street and 180 Sutter Street in San Francisco, California, and we are under contract to acquire ECI Washington, LLC, the asset-owning entity of the office property located at 10950 Washington in Culver City, California. Our operations will include their operations subsequent to the acquisitions. Elsewhere in this prospectus, we have included the audited combined statements of revenues and certain expenses of Glenborough Tierrasanta, LLC and GLB Encino, LLC for the year ended December 31, 2009 and the unaudited statements of revenues and certain expenses for those same entities for the three months ended March 31, 2010. We have also included the audited statements of revenues and certain expenses of Canpartners IV 222 Kearny, LLC and ECI Washington, LLC for the year ended December 31, 2009 and the unaudited statements of revenues and certain expenses for those same entities for the nine months ended September 30, 2010.

We intend to issue $ of % Series B Cumulative Redeemable Preferred Stock in this offering. We expect net proceeds from this offering of approximately $ , or approximately $ if the underwriters’ overallotment option is exercised in full (after deducting the underwriting discount and commissions and estimated expenses of this offering). We will contribute the net proceeds of this offering to our operating partnership in exchange for an equivalent series of preferred units, and our operating partnership will use the proceeds received from us as well as cash on hand, if any, as described under “Use of Proceeds” elsewhere in this prospectus.

We have determined the acquisition of interests in Canpartners IV 222 Kearny, LLC and ECI Washington, LLC will be accounted for as a business combination and recognized at the estimated fair value of acquired assets and assumed liabilities on the date of such contribution or acquisition. The fair value of these assets and liabilities has been allocated in accordance with ASC 805. The fair values of tangible assets acquired are determined on an as-if-vacant basis. The as-if-vacant fair value of tangible assets will be allocated to land, building and improvements, tenant improvements and furniture and fixtures based on our own market knowledge and published market data, including current rental rates, expected downtime to lease up vacant space, tenant improvement construction costs, leasing commissions and recent sales on a per square foot basis for comparable properties in our submarkets. The estimated fair value of intangible assets consisting of acquired in-place at-market leases are the costs we would have incurred to lease the property to the occupancy level of the property at the date of acquisition. Such estimates include the fair value of leasing commissions and legal costs that would be incurred to lease this property to this occupancy level. Additionally, we evaluate the time period over which such occupancy level would be achieved and include an estimate of the net operating costs (primarily real estate taxes, insurance and utilities) incurred during the lease-up period, generally six months. Above-market and below-market in-place lease values are recorded as an asset or liability

F-2

based on the present value (using an interest rate that reflects the risks associated with the leases acquired) of the difference between the contractual amounts to be paid pursuant to the in-place leases and our estimate of fair market lease rates for the corresponding in-place leases, measured over a period equal to the remaining non-cancelable term of the lease for above-market leases and the remaining non-cancelable term plus the term of any below-market fixed rate renewal options for below-market leases. The fair value of the debt assumed was determined using current market interest rates for comparable debt financings.

F-3

Hu dson Pacific Properties, Inc.

Pro Forma Consolidated Balance Sheet

As of September 30, 2010

(Unaudited and in thousands, except share data)


	Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc. (A)		Financing Transactions (B)		Acquisitions (C)			Proceeds from Offering (D)			Use of Proceeds (E)			Company Pro Forma
ASSETS
Investment in real estate, net	$	515,812	$	—	$	78,199		$	—		$	—		$	594,011
Cash and cash equivalents		40,741		50,174		(50,174	)		72,000			(50,174	)		62,567
Restricted cash		2,217		—		—			—			—			2,217
Accounts receivable, net		3,346		—		—			—			—			3,346
Straight-line rent receivables		5,745		—		—			—			—			5,745
Deferred leasing costs and lease intangibles, net		39,317		—		8,259			—			—			47,576
Deferred finance costs, net		3,532		—		—			—			—			3,532
Goodwill		8,754		—		—			—			—			8,754
Prepaid expenses and other assets		4,451		—		—			—			—			4,451

TOTAL ASSETS	$	623,915	$	50,174	$	36,284		$	72,000		$	(50,174	)	$	732,199


LIABILITIES AND EQUITY
Notes payable	$	94,069	$	50,174	$	30,280		$	—		$	(50,174	)	$	124,349
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities		10,746		—		714			—			—			11,460
Below-market leases and above-market ground leases		12,014		—		5,290			—			—			17,304
Security deposits		4,275		—		—			—			—			4,275
Prepaid rent		8,839		—		—			—			—			8,839
Interest rate contracts		112		—		—			—			—			112

TOTAL LIABILITIES	$	130,055	$	50,174	$	36,284		$	—		$	(50,174	)	$	166,339
6.25% Series A Cumulative Convertible Redeemable Preferred units of the Operating Partnership		12,670		—		—			—			—			12,670

EQUITY
Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc. shareholders’ equity:
Series B cumulative redeemable preferred stock	$	—	$	—	$	—		$	75,000		$	—		$	75,000
Common stockholders		414,868		—		—			(3,000	)		—			411,868

Total Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc. shareholders’ equity		414,868		—		—			72,000			—			486,868
Non-controlling unitholders in Operating Partnership		66,322		—		—			—			—			66,322

TOTAL EQUITY	$	481,190	$	—	$	—		$	72,000		$	—		$	553,190

TOTAL LIABILITIES & EQUITY	$	623,915	$	50,174	$	36,284		$	72,000		$	(50,174	)	$	732,199

F-4

Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc.

Pro Forma Consolidated Statement of Operations

For the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2010

(Unaudited and in thousands, except share data)


	Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc. (AA)			Financing Transactions (BB)			Acquisitions (CC)		Offering (DD)			Pro Forma before Other Adjustments (EE)			Other Acquisitions (FF)		Other Adjustments (GG)			Pro Forma Consolidated
REVENUES
Office
Rental	$	12,786		$	—		$	5,830	$	—		$	18,616		$	4,784	$	—		$	23,400
Tenant recoveries		1,915			—			1,181		—			3,096			949		—			4,045
Other		125			—			488		—			613			—		—			613

		14,826			—			7,499		—			22,325			5,733		—			28,058
Media and entertainment Properties
Rental		15,453			—			—		—			15,453			—		—			15,453
Tenant recoveries		1,179			—			—		—			1,179			—		—			1,179
Other property related revenue		7,996			—			—		—			7,996			—		—			7,996
Other		96			—			—		—			96			—		—			96

		24,724			—			—		—			24,724			—		—			24,724

Total Revenues		39,550			—			7,499		—			47,049			5,733		—			52,782

OPERATING EXPENSES
Office property related expenses		5,650			—			3,330		—			8,980			1,833		(60	)		10,753
Media and entertainment Properties		15,194			—			—		—			15,194			—		(211	)		14,983
General and administrative		2,379			—			—		—			2,379			—		2,189			4,568
Depreciation and amortization		9,985			—			2,294		—			12,279			1,729		—			14,008

		33,208			—			5,624		—			38,832			3,562		1,918			44,312

Income from operations		6,342			—			1,875		—			8,217			2,171		(1,918	)		8,470

OTHER EXPENSE (INCOME)
Interest expense		6,196			1,787			1,189		(1,787	)		7,385			1,643		(1,896	)		7,132
Interest income		(37	)		—			—		—			(37	)		—		—			(37	)
Unrealized gain of interest rate collar		(347	)		—			—		—			(347	)		—		—			(347	)
Acquisition-related expenses		2,689			—			—		—			2,689			—		—			2,689
Other expense		(8	)		—			—		—			(8	)		—		—			(8	)

		8,493			1,787			1,189		(1,787	)		9,682			1,643		(1,896	)		9,429

Net income	$	(2,151	)	$	(1,787	)	$	686	$	1,787		$	(1,465	)	$	528	$	(22	)	$	(959	)

F-5


	Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc. (AA)			Financing Transactions (BB)			Acquisitions (CC)		Offering (DD)			Pro Forma before Other Adjustments (EE)			Other Acquisitions (FF)		Other Adjustments (GG)			Pro Forma Consolidated
Less: Net income attributable to Series B cumulative redeemable preferred stock		—			—			—		(4,500	)		(4,500	)		—		—			(4,500	)
Less: Net income attributable to preferred non-controlling partnership interests		(199	)		—			—		—			(199	)		—		(386	)		(585	)
Less: Net income attributable to restricted shares		(25	)		—			—		—			(25	)		—		(50	)		(75	)

Add: Net loss attributable to non-controlling members in consolidated real estate entities		32			—			—		—			32			—		(32	)		—

Add: Net loss attributable to Unitholders in the Operating Partnership		277			—			—		—			277			—		374			651

Net income attributable to the Company	$	(2,066	)	$	(1,787	)	$	686	$	(2,713	)	$	(5,880	)	$	528	$	(116	)	$	(5,468	)


Pro Forma loss per share—basic and diluted																				$	(0.25	)	(HH	)

Pro Forma weighted average shares outstanding—basic and diluted																					21,946,508		(HH	)

F-6

Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc.

Pro Forma Consolidated Statement of Operations

For the Year Ended December 31, 2009

(Unaudited and in thousands, except share data)


	Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc. (AA)			Financing Transactions (BB)		Acquisitions (CC)		Offering (DD)			Pro Forma before Other Adjustments (EE)			Other Acquisitions (FF)		Other Adjustments (GG)			Pro Forma Consolidated Total
REVENUES
Office
Rental	$	11,058		$	—	$	7,903	$	—		$	18,961		$	8,233	$	—		$	27,194
Tenant recoveries		2,029			—		1,452		—			3,481			1,915		—			5,396
Other		158			—		627		—			785			—		—			785

		13,245			—		9,982		—			23,227			10,148		—			33,375
Media and entertainment Properties
Rental		19,909			—		—		—			19,909			—		—			19,909
Tenant recoveries		1,463			—		—		—			1,463			—		—			1,463
Other property related revenue		7,193			—		—		—			7,193			—		—			7,193
Other		60			—		—		—			60			—		—			60

		28,625			—		—		—			28,625			—		—			28,625

Total Revenues		41,870			—		9,982		—			51,852			10,148		—			62,000

OPERATING EXPENSES
Office property related expenses		6,322			—		4,772		—			11,094			2,840		(120	)		13,814
Media and entertainment Properties		16,810			—		—		—			16,810			—		(741	)		16,069
General and administrative		—			—		—		—			—			—		4,376			4,376
Depreciation and amortization		10,930			—		3,804		—			14,734			4,071		—			18,805

		34,062			—		8,576		—			42,638			6,911		3,515			53,064

Income from operations		7,808			—		1,406		—			9,214			3,237		(3,515	)		8,936

OTHER EXPENSE (INCOME)
Interest expense		8,774			2,383		1,584		(2,383	)		10,358			3,287		(977	)		12,668
Interest income		(18	)		—		—		—			(18	)		—		—			(18	)
Unrealized gain of interest rate collar		(399	)		—		—		—			(399	)		—		—			(399	)
Acquisition-related expenses		—			—		—		—			—			—		—			—
Other expense		95			—		—		—			95			—		—			95

		8,452			2,383		1,584		(2,383	)		10,036			3,287		(977	)		12,346

F-7


	Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc. (AA)			Financing Transactions (BB)			Acquisitions (CC)			Offering (DD)			Pro Forma before Other Adjustments (EE)			Other Acquisitions (FF)			Other Adjustments (GG)			Pro Forma Consolidated Total
Net income	$	(644	)	$	(2,383	)	$	(178	)	$	2,383		$	(822	)	$	(50	)	$	(2,538	)	$	(3,410	)
Less: Net income attributable to Series B cumulative redeemable preferred stock		—			—			—			(6,000	)		(6,000	)		—			—			(6,000	)
Less: Net income attributable to preferred non-controlling partnership interests		—			—			—			—			—			—			(780	)		(780	)
Less: Net income attributable to restricted shares		—			—			—			—			—			—			(100	)		(100	)

Add: Net (income) loss attributable to non-controlling members in consolidated real estate entities		29			—			—			—			29			—			(29	)		—
Add: Net loss attributable to Unitholders in the Operating Partnership		—			—			—			—			—			—			1,094			1,094


Net income attributable to the Company	$	(615	)	$	(2,383	)	$	(178	)	$	(3,617	)	$	(6,793	)	$	(50	)	$	(2,353	)	$	(9,196	)


Pro Forma loss per share—basic and diluted																						$	(0.42	)	(HH)
Pro Forma weighted average shares outstanding—basic and diluted																							21,946,508		(HH)

F-8

Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc.

Notes to Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited and in thousands, except share data)

1. Adjustments to the Pro Forma Combined Balance Sheet

The adjustments to the pro forma consolidated balance sheet as of September 30, 2010 are as follows:

(A)

Represents the balance sheet of Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc. (the “Company,” “we,” “our” or “us”) as of September 30, 2010. Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc. is comprised of the real estate activity and holdings of the entities comprising our predecessor (SGS Realty II, LLC, Sunset Bronson Entertainment Properties, LLC and HFOP City Plaza, LLC) and Howard Street Associates, LLC for reasons discussed below. The Company completed its initial public offering (the “IPO” and concurrent private placement) of the common stock on June 29, 2010. In connection with the IPO, the Company completed the formation transactions and consolidated its asset management, property management, property development, leasing, tenant improvement construction, acquisition and financing businesses into Hudson Pacific Properties, L.P., the operating partnership formed by and managed by the Company; consolidated the ownership of our portfolio of office and media and entertainment properties, together with certain other real estate assets, under the operating partnership; facilitated the IPO; and allow the Company to qualify as a real estate investment trust for U.S. federal income tax purposes commencing with the taxable year ending December 31, 2010.

As a result of our IPO, one of the entities comprising our predecessor, SGS Realty II, LLC, was determined to be the acquirer for accounting purposes. In addition, we concluded that any interests contributed by the controlling member of the other entities comprising our predecessor and Howard Street Associates, LLC was a transaction between entities under common control. In accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification 805 Business Combinations (“ASC 805”), a “business combination” excludes the transfers of net assets or exchanges of equity interests between entities under common control. Further, the transfers of net assets or exchanges of equity interests between entities under common control should be accounted for similar to the pooling-of-interests method in that the entity that receives the net assets or the equity interests initially recognizes the assets and liabilities transferred at their carrying amounts in the accounts of the transferring entity at the date of transfer. Because the Company, SGS Realty II, LLC, Sunset Bronson Entertainment Properties, LLC, HFOP City Plaza, LLC, and Howard Street Associates, LLC were under common control at the time of the initial public offering and the formation transactions, the transfer of assets and liabilities of each of these entities were accounted for at historical cost in a manner similar to a pooling of interests. For financial accounting purposes, the acquisition was viewed as a change in reporting entity and, as a result, we have retrospectively changed the presentation of the Company’s financial statements for all periods subsequent to February 14, 2007, the date at which common control of the entities contributed by Farallon Partners, L.L.C. commenced. Accordingly, the Company’s historical combined balance sheets as of December 31, 2009 and 2008, and the historical combined statements of operations, equity and cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008 and for the period from February 14, 2007 (commencement of operations) through December 31, 2007 include the results of the Company, SGS Realty II, LLC, Sunset Bronson Entertainment Properties, LLC, HFOP City Plaza, LLC, and Howard Street Associates, LLC.

Concurrent with and subsequent to our IPO on June 29, 2010, we acquired Glenborough Tierrasanta, LLC, GLB Encino, LLC, Del Amo Fashion Center Operating Company, L.L.C., the 9300 Wilshire property and Hudson Capital, LLC and our historical results also included for the results of the acquired properties at September 30, 2010 and for the periods subsequent to the respective acquisitions that were disclosed in our historical September 30, 2010 interim financial statements.

Our historical combined financial statements as of and for the nine-month period ended September 30, 2010 and for the year ended December 31, 2009 have been included elsewhere in this filing.

(B)

Reflects the actual and anticipated borrowings under our secured revolving credit facility for the acquisition (see Note (C)) of the 222 Kearny Office Entity on October 8, 2010 and the probable acquisition of 10950 Washington Office Entity expected to close by December 30, 2010.

(C)

On October 8, 2010, we acquired the 222 Kearny Office Entity and we expect to acquire 10950 Washington Office Entity by December 30, 2010. The following pro forma adjustments are necessary to reflect the initial allocation of the estimated purchase price of these acquisitions. The allocation of purchase price shown in the table below is based on the Company’s preliminary estimates and is subject to change based on the final determination of the purchase price based on the fair value of the assets and liabilities acquired.

F-9


	222 Kearny Office Entity			10950 Washington Office Entity			Total
Consideration paid
Cash consideration	$	34,174		$	16,000		$	50,174
Debt assumed		—			30,000			30,000

Total consideration paid	$	34,174		$	46,000		$	80,174

Allocation of consideration paid to acquire non-predecessor entities
Investment in real estate, net	$	35,531		$	42,668		$	78,199
Deferred leasing costs and lease intangibles, net		2,269			3,095			5,364
Fair market favorable debt value		—			(280	)		(280	)
Above-market leases		1,479			1,416			2,895
Below-market leases and above-market ground leases		(4,391	)		(899	)		(5,290	)
Other assets acquired (liabilities assumed), net		(714	)		—			(714	)

Total allocation of consideration paid to acquire non-predecessor entities	$	34,174		$	46,000		$	80,174

(D)

Reflects the sale of shares of Series B cumulative redeemable preferred stock in this offering, based on an offering price of $25.00 per share, and net of underwriting discounts, commissions and offering expenses as follows:


Gross proceeds from offering:	$	75,000
Less:
Underwriting discounts, commissions and offering expenses		(3,000	)

Net proceeds from offering	$	72,000

(E)

We will use the net proceeds received by us from this offering to repay our $50,174 senior secured revolving credit facility.

2. Adjustments to the Pro Forma Combined Statement of Operations

The adjustments to the pro forma statements of operations for the three-month period ended September 30, 2010 and for the year ended December 31, 2009 are as follows:

(AA)

Reflects our historical combined statements of operations for the nine months ended September 30, 2010 and for the year ended December 31, 2009. See Note (A) above and the introduction to the pro forma financial statements for further discussion on the presentation of our historical financial statements.

(BB)

Reflects the debt service on our $50,174 borrowing from our senior secured revolving credit facility (see Footnote (B)) used to acquire the 222 Kearny Office Entity and the 10950 Washington Office Entity:


Senior secured revolving credit facility balance:	$	50,174
Interest rate LIBOR (floor of 1.50% plus 3.25% pursuant to senior secured revolving credit facility discussed elsewhere herein):		4.75	%
Debt service for nine months 9/30/2010:	$	1,787
Debt service for year ended 12/31/2009:	$	2,383

(CC) Reflects

the pro forma operations of the 222 Kearny Office Entity and the 10950 Washington Office Entity for the nine months ended September 30, 2010 and the year ended December 31, 2009 as if these properties were acquired on January 1, 2009.

F-10

For the nine months ended September 30, 2010


	222 Kearny Office Entity		10950 Office Entity			Total
	(1)		(2)
REVENUES
Rental	$	2,761	$	3,069		$	5,830
Tenant recoveries		268		913			1,181
Other		173		315			488

		3,202		4,297			7,499
OPERATING EXPENSES
Office operating expenses		2,005		1,325			3,330
Depreciation and amortization		1,075		1,219			2,294

		3,080		2,544			5,624

Income (loss) from operations		122		1,753			1,875
OTHER EXPENSE (INCOME)
Interest expense		—		1,189	(3)		1,189

		—		1,189			1,189

Net income (loss)	$	122	$	564		$	686

(1)

Rental revenues include $(275) of (above) below market lease intangible amortization and Property operating expenses include $69 of amortization expense related to the amortization of above market ground lease. The straight-line rent adjustment for the nine months ended September 30, 2010 was $(43).

(2)

Rental revenues include $(27) of (above) below market lease intangible amortization and interest expense includes $(148) of amortization expense related to the fair value adjustment related to the assumed debt. The straight-line rent adjustment for the nine months ended September 30, 2010 was $(89).

(3)

As part of the expected acquisition of the 10950 office entity, we will assume a $30,000 notes payable secured by the property. The note bears interest at a stated rate of 5.94% and an effective rate of 5.25% and matures in February 2012.

For the twelve months ended December 31, 2009


	222 Kearny Office Entity			10950 Office Entity			Total
	(1)			(2)
REVENUES
Rental	$	3,909		$	3,994		$	7,903
Tenant recoveries		394			1,058			1,452
Other		222			405			627

		4,525			5,457			9,982
OPERATING EXPENSES
Office operating expenses		2,877			1,895			4,772
Depreciation and amortization		2,034			1,770			3,804

		4,911			3,665			8,576

Income (loss) from operations		(386	)		1,792			1,406
OTHER EXPENSE (INCOME)
Interest expense		—			1,584	(3)		1,584

		—			1,584			1,584

Net income (loss)	$	(386	)	$	208		$	(178	)

(1)

Rental revenues include $(437) of (above) below market lease intangible amortization and Property operating expense s include $92 of amortization expense related to the amortization of above market ground lease. The straight-line rent adjustment for the year ended December 31, 2009 was $(163).

(2)

Rental revenues include $(64) of (above) below market lease intangible amortization and interest expense includes $(198) of amortization expense related to the fair value adjustment related to the assumed debt. The straight-line rent adjustment for the year ended December 31, 2009 was $(144).

(3)

See Note 3 in table above for the nine months ended September 30, 2010.

(DD)

Reflects the income allocable to the Series B cumulative redeemable preferred stock issued as part of this offering which is based on the stated yield of % and the liquidation preference of $75,000. We will use the net proceeds to repay our senior secured revolving credit facility (see Note (E) above).

F-11

(EE)

Reflects the pro forma results of operations for the nine months ended September 30, 2010 and the year ended December 31, 2009 after giving effect to the financing transactions (see Note (BB)), acquisitions (see Note (CC)) and the offering and use of proceeds thereof (See Note (DD)).

(FF)

Reflects the incremental impact on our pro forma results of operations for the nine months ended September 30, 2010 and the year ended December 31, 2009 from our acquisitions of the GLB Encino, LLC and Glenborough Tierrasanta, LLC entities.

(GG)

Reflects the incremental impact on our pro forma results of operations for the nine months ended September 30, 2010 and the year ended December 31, 2009 from our IPO, concurrent private placement and related formation transactions including (1) the issuance of the series A preferred operating partnership units; (2) the issuance of common shares and non-controlling common operating partnership units; (3) repayment of debt secured by the Sunset Gower Property, the Technicolor Building and 875 Howard Street Property; (4) amortization of deferred loan costs and payment of non-use fees associated with the secured senior credit facility; (5) contracted additional general and administrative expenses as a result of becoming a public company, including, but not limited to, incremental salaries including amortization of non-cash compensation expense on the restricted shares issued to management as part of our IPO, and board of directors’ fees and expenses; (6) expected tax expense to be incurred by our taxable REIT subsidiary for other property related income; and (7) the elimination of management fee expenses as a result of the acquisition of the Hudson Capital, LLC management company. We expect to incur additional general and administrative expenses as a result of operating as a public company, including, but not limited to, incremental salaries, board of directors’ fees and expenses, directors’ and officers’ insurance, Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 compliance costs, and incremental audit and tax fees. We estimate that these costs could result in general and administrative expenses of approximately $8,000 per year, before additional non-cash compensation expenses of approximately $1,633 per year.

(HH)

Pro forma earnings (loss) per share—basic and diluted are calculated by dividing pro forma consolidated net income (loss) allocable to common stockholders by the number of weighted average shares of common stock outstanding. For each period, the series A preferred units in our operating partnership and the participating securities have been excluded from the computation of diluted pro forma earnings per share as such inclusion would be anti-dilutive.

F-12

HUD SON PACIFIC PROPERTIES, INC.

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(Unaudited)

(in thousands, except share data)


	September 30, 2010			December 31, 2009
ASSETS
REAL ESTATE ASSETS
Land	$	204,213		$	193,042
Building and improvements		296,713			206,715
Tenant improvements		21,118			14,344
Furniture and fixtures		11,919			11,097
Property under development		6,071			4,148

Total real estate held for investment		540,034			429,346
Accumulated depreciation and amortization		(24,222	)		(16,868	)

Investment in real estate, net		515,812			412,478
Cash and cash equivalents		40,741			3,694
Restricted cash		2,217			4,231
Accounts receivable, net of allowance of $216 and $308		3,346			1,273
Straight-line rent receivables		5,745			2,935
Deferred leasing costs and lease intangibles, net		39,317			18,727
Deferred finance costs, net		3,532			668
Goodwill		8,754			—
Prepaid expenses and other assets		4,451			4,228

TOTAL ASSETS	$	623,915		$	448,234

LIABILITIES AND EQUITY
Notes payable	$	94,069		$	189,518
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities		10,746			6,026
Below-market leases		12,014			11,636
Security deposits		4,275			2,939
Prepaid rent		8,839			11,102
Interest rate contracts		112			425

TOTAL LIABILITIES		130,055			221,646

6.25% Series A Cumulative Redeemable Convertible Preferred units of the Operating Partnership		12,670			—

EQUITY
Members’ equity		—			223,240
Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc. stockholders’ equity:
Common stock, $0.01 par value 490,000,000 authorized, 22,211,799 outstanding at September 30, 2010		222			—
Additional paid-in capital		416,624			—
Accumulated other comprehensive loss		(30	)		—
Accumulated deficit		(1,948	)		—

Total Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc. stockholders’ equity		414,868			223,240
Non-controlling interests:
Members in consolidated real estate entities		—			3,348
Unitholders in the Operating Partnership		66,322			—

		66,322			3,348

TOTAL EQUITY		481,190			226,588


TOTAL LIABILITIES AND EQUITY	$	623,915		$	448,234

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-13

HUDSON PACIFIC PROPERTIES, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

(Unaudited)

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)


	Three Months Ended September 30,						Nine Months Ended September 30,
	2010			2009			2010			2009
Revenues
Office
Rental	$	6,521		$	2,900		$	12,786		$	8,349
Tenant recoveries		1,001			423			1,915			1,435
Other		97			131			125			152

Total office revenues		7,619			3,454			14,826			9,936
Media & Entertainment
Rental		5,246			4,915			15,453			15,300
Tenant recoveries		363			348			1,179			1,225
Other property-related revenue		4,194			2,824			7,996			7,402
Other		83			15			96			57

Total media & entertainment revenues		9,886			8,102			24,724			23,984

Total revenues		17,505			11,556			39,550			33,920
Operating Expenses
Office operating expenses		2,822			1,540			5,650			4,328
Media & entertainment operating expenses		5,959			5,093			15,194			14,451
General and administrative		2,379			—			2,379			—
Depreciation and amortization		4,317			2,729			9,985			8,334

Total operating expenses		15,477			9,362			33,208			27,113
Income from operations		2,028			2,194			6,342			6,807

Other Expense (Income)
Interest expense		1,784			2,231			6,196			6,702
Interest income		(31	)		(4	)		(37	)		(9	)
Unrealized (gain) of interest rate contracts		—			(104	)		(347	)		(208	)
Acquisition-related expenses		256			—			2,689			—
Other expense		(8	)		(26	)		(8	)		97

		2,001			2,097			8,493			6,582


Net income (loss)	$	27		$	97		$	(2,151	)	$	225
Less: Net income attributable to preferred non-controlling partnership interest		(195	)		—			(199	)		—
Less: Net income attributable to restricted shares		(25	)		—			(25	)		—
Add: Net loss (income) attributable to non-controlling members in consolidated real estate entities		—			(2	)		32			(4	)
Add: Net loss attributable to Unitholders in the Operating Partnership		21			—			277			—

(Loss) income attributable to Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc. shareholders’ / controlling member’ s equity	$	(172	)	$	95		$	(2,066	)	$	221

Net (loss) attributable to shareholders’ per share - basic and diluted	$	(0.01	)		—			—			—

Weighted average shares of common stock outstanding - basic and diluted		21,946,508			—			—			—

Dividends declared per common share	$	0.0971			—		$	0.0971			—

F-14

Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc.

Consolidated Statement of Equity

(unaudited)

(in thousands)


	Common Shares		Stock Amount		Additional Paid in Capital			Accumulated Deficit			Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss			Non- controlling Interests — Unitholders in the Operating Partnership			Members’ Equity			Non- controlling Interests — Members in consolidated entities			Total
Balance, January 1, 2010		—	$	—	$	—		$	—			—		$	—		$	223,240		$	3,348		$	226,588
Contributions		—		—		8			—			—			—			3,645			—			3,653
Distributions		—		—		(79	)		—			—			—			(1,624	)		—			(1,703	)
Proceeds from sale of common stock, net of
Underwriter’s discount		14,720,000		147		232,574			—			—			—			—			—			232,721
Proceeds from private placement		1,176,471		12		19,988			—			—			—			—			—			20,000
Issuance of restricted stock		265,291		2		(2	)		—			—			—			—			—			—
Shares repurchased		—		—		(1	)		—			—			—			—			—			(1	)
Issuance of common units for acquisition of properties		—		—		—			—			—			12,019			—			—			12,019
Transaction related costs		—		—		(7,169	)		—			—			—			—			—			(7,169	)
Declared dividend		—		—		(2,085	)		—			—			—			—			—			(2,085	)
Acquisition of non-controlling members Interest		—		—		—			—			—			—			—			(828	)		(828	)
Amortization of stock based compensation		—		—		—			375			—			—			—			—			375
Net income (loss)		—		—		—			(2,323	)		—			(277	)		283			(29	)		(2,346	)
Cash flow hedge adjustment		—		—		—			—			(30	)		(4	)		—			—			(34	)

Comprehensive loss		—		—		—			—			—			—			—			—			(2,380	)
Exchange of Member’s equity for common stock and units		6,050,037		61		173,390			—			—			(54,584	)		(225,544	)		—			—

Balance, September 30, 2010		22,211,799	$	222	$	416,624		$	(1,948	)	$	(30	)	$	66,322		$	—		$	—			—

F-15

HUDSON PACIFIC PROPERTIES, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(Unaudited)

(in thousands)


	Nine Months Ended September 30,
	2010			2009

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES
Net income (loss)	$	(2,151	)	$	225
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash (used in) provided by operating activities:
Depreciation and amortization		9,985			8,334
Amortization of deferred financing costs		1,013			1,193
Amortization of stock based compensation		375			—
Straight-line rent receivables		(2,810	)		(1,038	)
Amortization of above-market leases		597			546
Amortization of below-market leases		(788	)		(876	)
Bad debt expense		—			70
Amortization of ground lease		15			—
Unrealized gain on interest rate contract		(347	)		(208	)
Loss on sale of asset		—			33
Change in operating assets and liabilities:
Restricted cash		2,014			(1,530	)
Accounts receivable		(1,853	)		(499	)
Lease intangibles		(1,363	)		(47	)
Prepaid expenses and other assets		(285	)		(1,811	)
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities		857			(349	)
Security deposits		753			702
Prepaid rent		(2,591	)		(2,495	)

Net cash provided by operating activities		3,421			2,250

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES
Additions to investment property		(7,479	)		(10,142	)
Purchase of properties		(49,188	)		—
Proceeds from sale of equipment		—			30

Net cash used in investing activities		(56,667	)		(10,112	)

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES
Proceeds from notes payable		5,268			1,437
Payments of notes payable		(157,786	)		—
Proceeds from issuance of common stock, net of certain transaction costs, of $(7,169)		225,551			—
Proceeds from private placement of common stock		20,000			—
Acquisition of non-controlling members interest		(828	)		—
Contributions by members		3,653			5,693
Distribution to members		(1,703	)		(900	)
Payment of loan costs		(3,862	)		(476	)

Net cash provided by financing activities		90,293			5,754

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents		37,047			(2,108	)

Cash and cash equivalents-beginning of period		3,694			5,813


Cash and cash equivalents-end of period	$	40,741		$	3,705

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information
Cash paid for interest, net of amounts capitalized	$	5,482		$	6,157

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-16

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited and in thousands, except square footage and share data)

1. Organization and Basis of Presentation

Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc. (which is referred to in these financial statements as the “Company,” “we,” “us,” or “our”) is a Maryland corporation formed on November 9, 2009 that did not have any meaningful operating activity until the consummation of our initial public offering and the related acquisition of our predecessor and certain other entities in June 2010.

We combined with our predecessor and Howard Street Associates LLC and acquired certain other entities simultaneously with the closing of our initial public offering on June 29, 2010 (“IPO”). On June 29, 2010, we completed the following transactions (which are also more fully discussed in footnote 9, below):

•

In our IPO we issued a total of 14,720,000 shares of our common stock in exchange for gross proceeds of approximately $250.2 million in cash.

•

In a concurrent private placement, we issued a total of 1,176,471 shares of our common stock in exchange for gross proceeds of $20.0 million in cash.

•

In our formation transactions, we acquired certain assets of our predecessor and other entities in exchange for the assumption or discharge of $246.3 million in indebtedness, the payment of $7.2 million in cash, and the issuance of 2,610,941 common units of partnership interest in our operating partnership, 499,014 series A preferred units of partnership interest in our operating partnership and 6,050,037 million shares of our common stock.

•

We entered into a $200.0 million senior secured revolving credit facility, with an accordion feature to increase the availability to $250.0 million under specified circumstances.

Because these transactions did not occur until shortly before June 30, 2010, the financial condition and results of operations for the entities acquired by our predecessor in connection with the IPO and related formation transactions are only included in certain historical financial statements. More specifically, our financial condition as of December 31, 2009 and results of operations for the nine-month period ending September 30, 2009 reflect the financial condition and operating results for the combined predecessor entities consisting of HFOP City Plaza, LLC (asset owning entity of City Plaza), Sunset Bronson Entertainment Properties, LLC (asset owning entity of Sunset Bronson media and entertainment property), SGS Realty II, LLC (asset owning entity of Sunset Gower media and entertainment property and the Technicolor building), in addition to Howard Street Associates LLC (the asset-owning entity of 875 Howard Street). Our financial condition as of September 30, 2010 and results of operations for the three- and nine-month periods ending September 30, 2010 reflect the financial condition of the aforementioned entities, together with the entities we acquired at the time of our IPO, namely, Glenborough Tierrasanta, LLC (asset-owning entity of Tierrasanta), GLB Encino, LLC (asset-owning entity of First Financial) and Hudson Capital, LLC, in each case from the date of their acquisition. Our financial condition as of September 30, 2010 and results of operations for the three- and nine-month periods ending September 30, 2010 also reflect the acquisitions the Del Amo Office property and 9300 Wilshire Boulevard office property, from the date of each such acquisition.

We have determined that one of the entities comprising our predecessor, SGS Realty II, LLC, is the acquirer for accounting purposes. In addition, we have concluded that any interests contributed by the controlling member of the other entities comprising our predecessor and Howard Street Associates, LLC is a transaction between entities under common control. As a result, the contribution of interests in each of these entities has been recorded at historical cost and we have changed the presentation in our historical financial statements to reflect the results of both our predecessor and Howard Street Associates, LLC. The consideration we paid in connection with the contribution of the ownership of these entities to us is described in the third bullet point appearing above.

F-17

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

(Unaudited and in thousands, except square footage and share data)

After the completion of the IPO, the concurrent private placement, and the related formation transactions that occurred on June 29, 2010, we are a fully integrated, self-administered, and self-managed real estate investment trust (“REIT”). Through our controlling interest in Hudson Pacific Properties, L.P. (our “Operating Partnership”) and its subsidiaries, we own, manage, lease, acquire and develop real estate, consisting primarily of office and media and entertainment properties. As of September 30, 2010, we owned a portfolio of seven office properties and two media and entertainment properties. All of these properties are located in California. We expect to qualify as a REIT for federal income tax purposes beginning with our initial taxable year ending December 31, 2010.

The accompanying consolidated financial statements of the Company have been prepared in accordance with the rules applicable to Form 10-Q and include all information and footnotes required for interim financial statement presentation, but do not include all disclosures required under accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (GAAP) for annual financial statements. In the opinion of management, all adjustments (consisting of normal recurring adjustments, except as otherwise noted) considered necessary for a fair presentation have been included.

The results of operations for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2010 are not necessarily indicative of the results of operations to be expected for the year ending December 31, 2010. The consolidated financial statements and notes to consolidated financial statements should be read in conjunction with our June 23, 2010 Prospectus, which contains the latest available audited combined financial statements of our predecessor and notes thereto, which are as of and for the year ended December 31, 2009. Any reference to the number of properties and square footage are unaudited and outside the scope of our independent registered public accounting firm’s review of our financial statements in accordance with the standards of the United States Public Company Accounting Oversight Board.

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Basis of Presentation

The accompanying consolidated/combined financial statements of the Company are prepared in accordance with GAAP. The effect of all significant intercompany balances and transactions has been eliminated. The real estate entities included in the accompanying combined financial statements have been combined on the basis that, for the periods prior to the completion of the offering, such entities were under common control.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of commitments and contingencies at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could materially differ from these estimates.

Investment in Real Estate Properties

The properties are carried at cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization. The Company allocates the cost of an acquisition, including the assumption of liabilities, to the acquired tangible assets and identifiable intangibles based on their estimated fair values in accordance with GAAP. The Company assesses fair value based on estimated cash flow projections that utilize appropriate discount and/or capitalization rates and available market information. Estimates of future cash flows are based on a number of factors including

F-18

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

(Unaudited and in thousands, except square footage and share data)

historical operating results, known and anticipated trends, and market and economic conditions. The fair value of tangible assets of an acquired property considers the value of the property as if it was vacant. Acquisition-related expenses are expensed in the period incurred.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

The Company assesses the carrying value of real estate assets and related intangibles, whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset or asset group may not be recoverable in accordance with GAAP. Impairment losses are recorded on real estate assets held for investment when indicators of impairment are present and the future undiscounted cash flows estimated to be generated by those assets are less than the assets’ carrying amount. The Company recognizes impairment losses to the extent the carrying amount exceeds the fair value of the properties. Properties held for sale are recorded at the lower of cost or estimated fair value less cost to sell. The Company did not record any impairment charges related to its real estate assets and related intangibles during the three and nine months ended September 30, 2010 and 2009.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents are defined as cash on hand and in banks plus all short term investments with a maturity of three months or less when purchased.

The Company maintains some of its cash in bank deposit accounts that, at times, may exceed the federally insured limit. No losses have been experienced related to such accounts.

Restricted Cash

Restricted cash consists of amounts held by lenders to provide for future real estate taxes and insurance expenditures, repairs and capital improvements reserves, general and other reserves and security deposits.

Accounts Receivable and Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

Accounts receivable consist of amounts due for monthly rents and other charges. The Company maintains an allowance for doubtful accounts, including an allowance for straight-line rent receivables, for estimated losses resulting from tenant defaults or the inability of tenants to make contractual rent and tenant recovery payments. The Company monitors the liquidity and creditworthiness of its tenants and operators on an ongoing basis. This evaluation considers industry and economic conditions, property performance, credit enhancements and other factors. For straight-line rent amounts, the Company’s assessment is based on amounts estimated to be recoverable over the term of the lease. At September 30, 2010 and December 31, 2009, management believes that the collectability of straight-line rent balances are reasonably assured; accordingly, no allowance was established against straight-line rent receivables. The Company evaluates the collectability of accounts receivable based on a combination of factors. The allowance for doubtful accounts is based on specific identification of uncollectible accounts and the Company’s historical collection experience. The Company recognizes an allowance for doubtful accounts based on the length of time the receivables are past due, the current business environment and the Company’s historical experience. Historical experience has been within management’s expectations.

Revenue Recognition

F-19

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

(Unaudited and in thousands, except square footage and share data)

provided the tenant has taken possession or controls the physical use of the leased asset. If the lease provides for tenant improvements, the Company determines whether the tenant improvements, for accounting purposes, are owned by the tenant or the Company. When the Company is the owner of the tenant improvements, the tenant is not considered to have taken physical possession or have control of the physical use of the leased asset until the tenant improvements are substantially completed. When the tenant is the owner of the tenant improvements, any tenant improvement allowance that is funded is treated as a lease incentive and amortized as a reduction of revenue over the lease term. Tenant improvement ownership is determined based on various factors including, but not limited to:

•

whether the lease stipulates how and on what a tenant improvement allowance may be spent;

•

whether the tenant or landlord retains legal title to the improvements at the end of the lease term;

•

whether the tenant improvements are unique to the tenant or general-purpose in nature; and

•

whether the tenant improvements are expected to have any residual value at the end of the lease.

Other property related revenue is revenue that is derived from the tenants’ use of lighting, equipment rental, parking, power, HVAC and telecommunications (phone and internet). Other property related revenue is recognized when these items are provided.

Tenant recoveries related to reimbursement of real estate taxes, insurance, repairs and maintenance, and other operating expenses are recognized as revenue in the period the applicable expenses are incurred. The reimbursements are recognized and presented gross, as the Company is generally the primary obligor with respect to purchasing goods and services from third-party suppliers, has discretion in selecting the supplier and bears the associated credit risk.

The Company recognizes gains on sales of properties upon the closing of the transaction with the purchaser. Gains on properties sold are recognized using the full accrual method when (i) the collectability of the sales price is reasonably assured, (ii) the Company is not obligated to perform significant activities after the sale, (iii) the initial investment from the buyer is sufficient and (iv) other profit recognition criteria have been satisfied. Gains on sales of properties may be deferred in whole or in part until the requirements for gain recognition have been met.

Deferred Financing Costs

Deferred financing costs are amortized over the term of the respective loan.

Derivative Financial Instruments

F-20

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

(Unaudited and in thousands, except square footage and share data)

derivative is a hedge, depending on the nature of the hedge, changes in the fair value of derivatives are either offset against the change in fair value of the hedged assets, liabilities, or firm commitments through earnings, or recognized in other comprehensive income, which is a component of equity. The ineffective portion of a derivative’s change in fair value is immediately recognized in earnings.

The Company held one interest rate contract instrument at December 31, 2009. The Company did not use hedge accounting for this instrument. The Company held one interest rate swap at September 30, 2010, which has been accounted for as a cash flow hedge as more fully described in footnote 6 below.

Stock Based Compensation

ASC Topic 718, Compensation—Stock Compensation (referred to as ASC Topic 718 and formerly known as FASB 123R), requires us to recognize an expense for the fair value of equity-based compensation awards. Grants of stock options, restricted stock, restricted stock units and performance units under our equity incentive award plans are accounted for under ASC Topic 718. Our compensation committee will regularly consider the accounting implications of significant compensation decisions, especially in connection with decisions that relate to our equity incentive award plans and programs.

Income Taxes

Our taxable income prior to the completion of our IPO is reportable by the members of the limited liability companies that comprise our predecessor. Our property-owning subsidiaries are limited liability companies and are treated as pass-through entities for income tax purposes. Accordingly, no provision has been made for federal income taxes in the accompanying consolidated financial statements for the activities of these entities.

We have elected to be taxed as a REIT under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (“IRC”) commencing with our initial taxable year. To qualify as a REIT, we are required to distribute at least 90% of our REIT taxable income to our stockholders and meet the various other requirements imposed by the IRC relating to such matters as operating results, asset holdings, distribution levels and diversity of stock ownership. Provided we qualify for taxation as a REIT, we are generally not subject to corporate level income tax on the earnings distributed currently to our stockholders that we derive from our REIT qualifying activities. If we fail to qualify as a REIT in any taxable year, and are unable to avail ourselves of certain savings provisions set forth in the IRC, all of our taxable income would be subject to federal income tax at regular corporate rates, including any applicable alternative minimum tax.

We have elected, together with one of our subsidiaries, to treat such subsidiary as a taxable REIT subsidiary (“TRS”) for federal income tax purposes. Certain activities that we undertake must be conducted by a TRS, such as non-customary services for our tenants, and holding assets that we cannot hold directly. A TRS is subject to federal and state income taxes.

The Company is subject to the statutory requirements of the state in which it conducts business.

Fair Value of Assets and Liabilities

F-21

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

(Unaudited and in thousands, except square footage and share data)

transaction between market participants at the measurement date. The GAAP fair value framework uses a three-tiered approach. Fair value measurements are classified and disclosed in one of the following three categories:

•

Level 1: unadjusted quoted prices in active markets that are accessible at the measurement date for identical assets or liabilities;

•

Level 2: quoted prices for similar instruments in active markets, quoted prices for identical or similar instruments in markets that are not active, and model-derived valuations in which significant inputs and significant value drivers are observable in active markets; and

•

Level 3: prices or valuation techniques where little or no market data is available that requires inputs that are both significant to the fair value measurement and unobservable.

When available, the Company utilizes quoted market prices from an independent third-party source to determine fair value and classifies such items in Level 1 or Level 2. In instances where the market for a financial instrument is not active, regardless of the availability of a nonbinding quoted market price, observable inputs might not be relevant and could require the Company to make a significant adjustment to derive a fair value measurement. Additionally, in an inactive market, a market price quoted from an independent third party may rely more on models with inputs based on information available only to that independent third party. When the Company determines the market for a financial instrument owned by the Company to be illiquid or when market transactions for similar instruments do not appear orderly, the Company uses several valuation sources (including internal valuations, discounted cash flow analysis and quoted market prices) and establishes a fair value by assigning weights to the various valuation sources.

Changes in assumptions or estimation methodologies can have a material effect on these estimated fair values. In this regard, the derived fair value estimates cannot be substantiated by comparison to independent markets and, in many cases, may not be realized in an immediate settlement of the instrument.

The Company considers the following factors to be indicators of an inactive market: (i) there are few recent transactions, (ii) price quotations are not based on current information, (iii) price quotations vary substantially either over time or among market makers (for example, some brokered markets), (iv) indexes that previously were highly correlated with the fair values of the asset or liability are demonstrably uncorrelated with recent indications of fair value for that asset or liability, (v) there is a significant increase in implied liquidity risk premiums, yields, or performance indicators (such as delinquency rates or loss severities) for observed transactions or quoted prices when compared with the Company’s estimate of expected cash flows, considering all available market data about credit and other nonperformance risk for the asset or liability, (vi) there is a wide bid-ask spread or significant increase in the bid-ask spread, (vii) there is a significant decline or absence of a market for new issuances (that is, a primary market) for the asset or liability or similar assets or liabilities, and (viii) little information is released publicly (for example, a principal-to-principal market).

The Company considers the following factors to be indicators of non-orderly transactions: (i) there was not adequate exposure to the market for a period before the measurement date to allow for marketing activities that are usual and customary for transactions involving such assets or liabilities under current market conditions, (ii) there was a usual and customary marketing period, but the seller marketed the asset or liability to a single market participant, (iii) the seller is in or near bankruptcy or receivership (that is, distressed), or the seller was required to sell to meet regulatory or legal requirements (that is, forced), and (iv) the transaction price is an outlier when compared with other recent transactions for the same or similar assets or liabilities.

In August 2009, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2009-05, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures (Topic 820), Measuring Liabilities at Fair Value. This update provides amendments to the Accounting Standard Codification (“ASC”) for the fair value

F-22

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

(Unaudited and in thousands, except square footage and share data)

measurement of liabilities. In circumstances in which a quoted price in an active market for the identical liability is not available, the reporting entity is required to measure fair value using (i) a valuation technique that uses the quoted price of the identical liability when traded as an asset or quoted prices for similar liabilities when traded as assets, or (ii) another valuation technique that is consistent with the principles of fair value measurement, such as the income approach or the market approach. The amendments in this update also clarify that when estimating the fair value of a liability, a reporting entity is not required to include a separate input or adjustment to other inputs relating to the existence of a restriction that prevents the transfer of the liability. These amendments to the ASC are effective upon issuance and did not have a significant impact on the combined financial statements of the Company.

The Company’s interest rate contract and interest rate cap agreements are classified as Level 2 and their fair value is derived from estimated values obtained from the counterparties based on observable market data for similar instruments.

Unrealized losses associated with Level 2 liabilities was $34 for the three months ended September 30, 2010. Unrealized gains associated with Level 2 liabilities was $347 for the nine months ended September 30, 2010. Unrealized gains associated with Level 2 liabilities were $104 and $208 for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2009, respectively. The unrealized loss associated with Level 2 liabilities for the three months ended September 30, 2010 relates to an interest rate swap which has been accounted for as a cash flow hedge, therefore changes in the fair value of that derivative are recognized in other comprehensive income, which is a component of equity.

3. Investment in Real Estate

As described above, we acquired GLB Encino, LLC, Glenborough Tierrasanta, LLC, and Hudson Capital, LLC as part of the formation transactions in connection with our IPO for approximately $89.0 million. The results of operations for each of the acquired entities are included in our consolidated statements of operations only from the date of acquisition. The following table represents our preliminary purchase price allocation for these acquisitions.


	GLB Encino, LLC and Glenborough Tierrasanta, LLC			Hudson Capital, LLC			Total
Consideration paid
Issuance of common shares or common operating partnership units	$	3,019		$	9,000		$	12,019
Issuance of preferred operating partnership units		12,475			—			12,475
Cash consideration		7,200			—			7,200
Debt assumed		57,300			—			57,300

Total consideration paid	$	79,994		$	9,000		$	88,994

Allocation of consideration paid
Investment in real estate, net	$	72,978		$	255		$	73,233
Lease intangibles, net		6,570			—			6,570
Goodwill		—			8,754			8,754
Leasing costs		1,940			—			1,940
Fair market favorable debt value		280			—			280
Below- market leases		(1,062	)		—			(1,062	)
Cash		—			23			23
Other liabilities assumed, net		(712	)		(32	)		(721	)

Total consideration paid	$	79,994		$	9,000		$	88,994

F-23

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

(Unaudited and in thousands, except square footage and share data)

As described above, we acquired the Del Amo Office property and underlying ground sublease on August 16, 2010 and the 9300 Wilshire Boulevard office building and underlying ground lease on August 24, 2010. The results of operations for each of these acquisitions are included in our consolidated statements of operations only from the date of acquisition. The following table represents our preliminary purchase price allocation.


	Del Amo Office			9300 Wilshire			Total
Consideration paid
Cash consideration	$	27,327		$	14,684		$	42,011

Total consideration paid	$	27,327		$	14,684		$	42,011

Allocation of consideration paid
Investment in real estate, net	$	18,000		$	10,718		$	28,718
Lease intangibles, net		2,118			677			2,795
Leasing costs		558			198			756
Below-market ground lease		4,198			2,822			7,020
Above-market leases		2,626			689			3,315
Below-market leases		—			(104	)		(104	)
Other liabilities acquired, net		(173	)		(316	)		(489	)

Total consideration paid	$	27,327		$	14,684		$	42,011

The table below shows the pro forma financial information (unaudited) for the nine months ended September 30, 2010 and 2009 as if all properties had been acquired as of January 1, 2010 and 2009.


	Nine Months Ended September, 30
	2010		2009
Total revenues	$	49,621	$	45,014

Net income	$	2,061	$	1,702

4. Lease Intangibles

The following summarizes our deferred leasing cost and lease intangibles as of:


	September 30, 2010			December 31, 2009
Above-market leases	$	8,714		$	3,111
Lease in-place		16,950			10,503
Below-market ground leases		7,020			—
Other lease intangibles		10,883			8,539
Lease commissions		6,048			4,571

		49,615			26,724
Accumulated amortization		(10,298	)		(7,997	)

Acquired lease intangible assets, net	$	39,317		$	18,727

Below-market leases	$	15,335			14,169
Accumulated accretion		(3,321	)		(2,533	)

Acquired lease intangible liabilities, net	$	12,014			11,636

F-24

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

(Unaudited and in thousands, except square footage and share data)

5. Notes Payable

Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility

In conjunction with our IPO and formation transactions, we entered into a $200.0 million secured revolving credit facility with a group of lenders for which an affiliate of Barclays Capital Inc. acts as administrative agent and joint lead arranger and affiliates of Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated act as syndication agent and joint lead arranger. The credit facility bears interest at a rate per annum equal to LIBOR plus 325 basis points to 400 basis points, depending on our leverage ratio, provided that LIBOR is subject to a floor of 1.50%. The secured revolving credit facility contains an accordion feature that allows us to increase the availability by $50.0 million, to $250.0 million, under specified circumstances.

The amount available for us to borrow under the facility will be subject to the lesser of a percentage of the appraisal value of our properties that form the borrowing base of the facility and a minimum implied debt service coverage ratio. Our ability to borrow under the facility is subject to ongoing compliance with a number of customary restrictive covenants, including:

•

a maximum leverage ratio (defined as consolidated total indebtedness to total asset value) of 0.60:1.00;

•

a minimum fixed charge coverage ratio (defined as consolidated earnings before interest, taxes; depreciation and amortization to consolidated fixed charges) of 1.75:1.00;

•

a maximum consolidated floating rate debt ratio (defined as consolidated floating rate indebtedness to total asset value) of 0.25:1.00;

•

a maximum recourse debt ratio (defined as recourse indebtedness other than indebtedness under the revolving credit facility but including unsecured lines of credit to total asset value) of 0.15:1.00; and

•

a minimum tangible net worth equal to at least 85% of our tangible net worth at the closing of our IPO plus 75% of the net proceeds of any additional equity issuances.

The following table sets forth information as of September 30, 2010 with respect to our outstanding indebtedness. The $115.0 million note secured by the Sunset Gower property and $37.5 million note secured by the 875 Howard Street property summarized below were repaid from proceeds of the IPO. Approximately $75.0 million is available to us under the secured credit facility.


Debt	Outstanding September 30, 2010			Outstanding December 31, 2009		Interest Rate (1)		Maturity Date
Mortgage loan secured by Sunset Bronson	$	37,000		$	37,000		LIBOR+3.65%		04/30/11
Mortgage loan secured by First Financial		43,000			—		5.34%		12/01/11
Mortgage loan secured by Tierrasanta		14,300			—		5.62%		12/01/11
Mortgage loan secured by Sunset Gower		—			115,000		LIBOR+2.75%		03/14/10
Construction loan secured by 875 Howard Street		—			37,518		LIBOR+1.75%		02/13/11
Secured Revolving Credit Facility		—			—		LIBOR+3.25%-4.00%		06/29/13

Subtotal	$	94,300		$	189,518
Unamortized Loan Premium (2)		(231	)		—

Total	$	94,069		$	189,518

F-25

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

(Unaudited and in thousands, except square footage and share data)

(1)

Interest rates with respect to indebtedness are calculated on the basis of a 360-day year for the actual days elapsed. The indebtedness encumbering the Sunset Bronson property is floating rate indebtedness. It was subject to a collar on the LIBOR portion of the interest rate of not less than 2.55% and no greater than 3.87% until September 1, 2010. From and after June 1, 2010, the applicable interest rate must be at least 5.90% per annum, unless a hedge agreement is entered into in connection with the extension of the loan. A new secured interest rate contract with respect to this loan went effective upon the closing of the IPO and related formation transactions on June 29, 2010, which swapped one-month LIBOR to a fixed rate of 0.75%.

(2)	Represents non-cash mark-to-market adjustment on fixed rate debt associated with the First Financial and Tierrasanta loans.

6. Interest Rate Contracts

The indebtedness encumbering the Sunset Gower property and Technicolor Building until its repayment on June 29, 2010 in connection with the IPO and related formation transactions, was subject to an interest rate contract, effective as of September 15, 2008, capping one-month LIBOR at 4.75% on the notional amount and on terms identical to the principal amount and terms of the mortgage loan. That interest rate contract expired on September 15, 2009. Another interest rate contract capping one-month LIBOR at 4.75% on the notional amount and on terms identical to the principal amount and terms of the mortgage loan was purchased and went effective September 15, 2009 and covered the period through March 15, 2010. The fair market value of that interest rate cap agreement at September 30, 2010 (having expired on March 15, 2010) and December 31, 2009 was $0.

The indebtedness encumbering the Sunset Bronson property was subject to a collar on the LIBOR portion of the interest rate of not less than 2.55% and no greater than 3.87% until September 1, 2010. From and after June 1, 2010, the applicable interest rate became 5.90% per annum, until a new secured interest rate contract went effective upon the closing of the IPO and related formation transactions on June 29, 2010, which swapped one-month LIBOR to a fixed rate of 0.75%. The interest rate contract for Sunset Bronson fixes one-month LIBOR on the full $37.0 million notional loan amount through April 30, 2011 on terms identical to the terms of the mortgage loan. The fair market value of these interest contracts at September 30, 2010 and December 31, 2009 was $112 and $425 liability position, respectively.

7. Future Minimum Base Rents and Lease Payments Future Minimum Rents

Our properties are leased to tenants under operating leases with initial term expiration dates ranging from 2010 to 2020. Approximate future combined minimum rentals (excluding tenant reimbursements for operating expenses and without regard to cancellation options) for properties at September 30, 2010 are as follows for the years/periods ended December 31. The table does not include rents under leases at our media and entertainment properties with terms of one year or less.


2010 (three months ending December 31, 2010)	$	6,156
2011		26,312
2012		25,268
2013		24,365
2014		21,799
2015		21,223
Thereafter		65,512

Total future minimum rents	$	190,635

F-26

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

(Unaudited and in thousands, except square footage and share data)

Future Minimum Lease Payments

In conjunction with the acquisition of the Sunset Gower Property, our subsidiary, SGS Realty II, LLC, assumed a ground lease agreement (expiring March 31, 2060) for a portion of the land with an unrelated party. Commencing September 1, 2007, the monthly rent increased to $15, whereas the monthly rent totaled $14 at the time of acquisition. The rental rate is subject to adjustment in September 2011 and every seven years thereafter. In conjunction with the acquisition of the Del Amo Office building, our subsidiary, Hudson Del Amo Office, LLC, assumed a ground sublease (expiring June 30, 2049) with an unrelated party. Rent under the ground sublease is $1.00 per year, with sublessee being responsible for all impositions, insurance premiums, operating charges, maintenance charges, construction costs and other charges, costs and expenses that arise or may be contemplated under any provisions of the ground sublease. In conjunction with the acquisition of the 9300 Wilshire Boulevard building, our subsidiary, Hudson 9300 Wilshire, LLC, assumed a ground lease (expiring August 14, 2032) with an unrelated party. Minimum rent under the ground lease is $75 per year (additional rent under this lease of 6% of gross rentals less minimum rent, as defined in such lease, is not included in this amount).

The following table provides information regarding our future minimum lease payments at September 30, 2010 under these lease agreements.


2010 (three months ending December 31, 2010)	$	64
2011		256
2012		256
2013		256
2014		256
2015		256
Thereafter		9,265

Total future minimum rents	$	10,609

8. Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The carrying values of cash and cash equivalents, restricted cash, receivables, payables, and accrued liabilities are reasonable estimates of fair value because of the short-term maturities of these instruments. Fair values for notes payable are estimates based on rates currently prevailing for similar instruments of similar maturities. The estimated fair values of interest-rate contract/cap arrangements were derived from estimated values obtained from the counterparties based on observable market data for similar instruments.


	September 30, 2010				December 31, 2009
	Carrying Value		Fair Value		Carrying Value		Fair Value
Notes payable	$	94,069	$	93,971	$	189,518	$	188,389
Interest rate contracts		112		112		425		425

	$	94,181	$	94,083	$	189,943	$	188,814

9. Equity

Non-controlling Interests

Non-controlling common partnership interests in our operating partnership relate to interests in the partnership that are not owned by us. Non-controlling interests consisted of 2,610,941 common units of

F-27

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

(Unaudited and in thousands, except square footage and share data)

partnership interest in our operating partnership, or common units, and represented approximately 10.5% of our operating partnership at September 30, 2010. Common units and shares of our common stock have essentially the same economic characteristics as they share equally in the total net income or loss distributions of our operating partnership. Investors who own common units have the right to cause our operating partnership to redeem any or all of their common units for cash equal to the then-current market value of one share of common stock, or, at our election, shares of our common stock on a one-for-one basis.

Non-controlling series A preferred partnership interests in our operating partnership relate to 499,014 series A preferred units of partnership interest our operating partnership, or series A preferred units, that are not owned by us. These series A preferred units are entitled to preferential distributions at a rate of 6.25% per annum on the liquidation preference of $25.00 per unit and are convertible at the option of the holder into common units or redeemable into cash or, at our option, exchangeable for registered shares of common stock, in each case after an initial holding period of not less than three years from the consummation of our initial public offering. For a description of the conversion and redemption rights of the series A preferred units, please see “Description of the Partnership Agreement of Hudson Pacific Properties, L.P.-Material Terms of Our Series A Preferred Units” in our June 23, 2010 Prospectus.

Members’ Equity

For all periods presented, the controlling member’s equity represents the equity owned by entities controlled by Farallon Capital, L.L.C. The non-controlling members’ equity in SGS Realty II, LLC, Sunset Bronson Entertainment Properties, LLC and HFOP City Plaza, LLC represents the equity owned by entities controlled by Hudson Capital, LLC and the non-controlling members’ equity in Howard Street Associates, LLC represents the equity owned by TMG-Flynn SOMA, LLC.

Dividends

During the third quarter for 2010, we declared two dividends on our common stock and non-controlling common partnership interests of $0.0021 per share and unit for the period from June 29, 2010, to June 30, 2010, and $0.095 per share and unit for the third quarter ending September 30, 2010. We also declared two dividends on our series A preferred partnership interests of $0.0086 per unit for the period from June 29, 2010, to June 30, 2010, and $0.3906 per unit for the third quarter ending September 30, 2010. The dividends were declared on September 22, 2010, to holders of record on September 30, 2010.

Taxability of Dividends

Earnings and profits, which determine the taxability of distributions to stockholders, may differ from income reported for financial reporting purposes due to the differences for federal income tax purposes in the treatment of loss on extinguishment of debt, revenue recognition, and compensation expense and in the basis of depreciable assets and estimated useful lives used to compute depreciation.

Stock-Based Compensation

In connection with entering into the employment arrangements effective as of closing of the IPO, Messrs. Coleman, Stern, Lammas, Barton, Shimoda, and certain non-executive employees and directors were granted 265,309 restricted shares of our common stock at our initial offering price of $17.00 per restricted share resulting in $4.5 million total compensation expense. These restricted stock awards will vest in three equal, annual installments on each of the first three anniversaries of the date of the IPO, subject to the executive’s continued employment. We will recognize compensation expense for these shares on a straight-line basis over the vesting period based on the fair value of the award on the date of grant. None of the restricted shares were vested at September 30, 2010.

F-28

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

(Unaudited and in thousands, except square footage and share data)

10. Related Party Transactions

Until the IPO and related formation transactions, the media and entertainment properties owned by our predecessor were managed by Hudson Studios Management, LLC and our City Plaza office property was managed by Hudson OP Management, LLC, both of which were affiliates of our predecessor.

Upon acquisition of the Sunset Gower property, the Sunset Gower property owning subsidiary entered into a five year management agreement with Hudson Studios Management, LLC, an affiliate of our predecessor, to pay a monthly management fee equal to $54 for the first 24 months of the term and $42 for the remaining 36 months. For the nine months ended September 30, 2010 and 2009, management fees of approximately $250 and $325, respectively, had been incurred. In addition, Hudson Studios Management, LLC was entitled to a construction management fee of $300 plus 5% of the hard costs in association with other future developments. As of September 30, 2010 and December 31, 2009, $300 of construction management fees had been capitalized to construction in progress.

Upon acquisition of the Sunset Bronson property, the Sunset Bronson property owning subsidiary entered into an agreement with Hudson Studios Management, LLC to pay a management fee equal to $33 per month through December 31, 2009 and $25 per month thereafter for the remaining five-year term. For the nine months ended September 30, 2010 and 2009, approximately $150 and $200, respectively, of management fees had been incurred.

Upon acquisition of the City Plaza property, the City Plaza property owning subsidiary entered into an agreement with Hudson OP Management, LLC to pay a management fee equal to $10 per month. For the nine months ended September 30, 2010 and 2009, approximately $60 of management fees had been incurred.

In connection with the IPO and the formation transactions, Hudson Capital, LLC, certain investment funds affiliated with Farallon Capital Management, L.L.C., which we refer to as the Farallon Funds, and certain other contributors advanced or incurred an aggregate of approximately $2.6 million in organizational and other similar expenses. These funds were advanced or incurred with the understanding that they would be repaid out of the proceeds of the completed public offering. Accordingly, upon consummation of the IPO, we repaid approximately $0.6 million of such advances to Hudson Capital, LLC and approximately $1.7 million of such advances to the Farallon Funds. The remaining approximately $0.3 million of such advances were repaid to unaffiliated third parties. We are in the process of completing reconciliations of property prorations and costs advanced or incurred by the contributors in connection with the IPO and formation transactions.

11. Commitments and Contingencies

Legal

We are subject to certain legal proceedings and claims arising in connection with our business. We believe, based in part upon consultation with legal counsel, that the ultimate resolution of all such claims will not have a material adverse effect on our combined results of operations, financial position, or cash flows.

Commitments

On December 1, 2008, we entered into an agreement with a third party manager relating to our City Plaza property. The City Plaza manager earned the greater of $4 per month or 1.25% of gross income collected from the City Plaza property for the preceding month. The agreement also provided for a construction management fee based upon an incremental scale, as defined in the agreement. This agreement was terminated effective September 30, 2010 and management of our City Plaza property was internalized.

F-29

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

(Unaudited and in thousands, except square footage and share data)

As of the completion of the IPO and consummation of the formation transactions, we also entered into temporary management agreements with a third party manager relating to our Tierrasanta property, pursuant to which we pay $2.75 per month for day-to-day management. This agreement was terminated effective September 30, 2010 and management of our Tierrasanta property was internalized.

As of the completion of the IPO and consummation of the formation transactions, we entered into an agreement with a third party manager relating to our 875 Howard Street property, pursuant to which we pay $10 per month for day-to-day management, a 3.00% commission on hard costs of first generation tenant improvements and a leasing commission equal to $2 per square foot of new space leased during the term of the agreement. The day-to-day management function under this arrangement is cancellable upon thirty-days notice. The remainder of arrangement terminates upon the earlier of two years or the date on which the property is 95% leased.

Concentrations of Credit Risk

All of our Properties are located in California which exposes us to greater economic risks than if we owned a more geographically dispersed portfolio. Further, for the nine months ended September 30, 2010, approximately 63% of our total revenues were derived from tenants in the media and entertainment industry which makes us particularly susceptible to demand for rental space in such industry. Consequently, we are subject to the risks associated with an investment in real estate with a concentration of tenants in those industries. For the nine months ended September 30, 2010, the Technicolor lease accounted for approximately 11% of total revenues and the KTLA lease accounted for approximately 8% of total revenues.

The ability of the tenants to honor the terms of their respective leases is dependent upon the economic, regulatory and social factors affecting the markets in which the tenants operate. We continually monitor our tenants for potential credit losses. Financial instruments that subject us to credit risk consist primarily of cash, accounts receivable, prepaid rents and interest rate contracts. We maintain our cash and cash equivalents with high quality financial institutions, including primarily U.S. banking institutions. Accounts at each U.S. banking institution are insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation up to $250 under the increased limit that the U.S. Congress has temporarily granted until December 31, 2013. We have not experienced any losses to date on our deposited cash. All of our deposits are maintained at banks with investment grade ratings as evaluated by the predominant rating agencies.

12. Segment Reporting

Our reporting segments are based on our method of internal reporting, which classifies our operations into two reporting segments: (i) office properties and (ii) media and entertainment properties. The office properties reporting segment includes the City Plaza, Tierrasanta, First Financial, 875 Howard Street, Del Amo Office, and 9300 Wilshire Boulevard properties and the Technicolor Building, while the media and entertainment reporting segment includes the Sunset Gower property (including the 6060 Building), and the Sunset Bronson property. We evaluate performance based upon property net operating income from continuing operations (“NOI”) of the combined properties in each segment. NOI is not a measure of operating results or cash flows from operating activities as measured by GAAP, is not indicative of cash available to fund cash needs and should not be considered an alternative to cash flows as a measure of liquidity. Companies may calculate NOI in different manners. We consider NOI to be an appropriate supplemental measure to net income because it helps both investors and management to understand the core operations of our properties. We define NOI as operating revenues (including rental revenues, other property related revenue, tenant recoveries and other operating revenues), less property-level operating expenses (which includes other property related expense, management fees and property-level general and administrative expenses). NOI excludes depreciation and amortization, impairments, gain/loss on sale of real estate, interest expense, and other non-operating items.

F-30

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

(Unaudited and in thousands, except square footage and share data)

Summary information for the reportable segments follows for the nine months ended September 30, 2010 is as follows:


	Office Properties		Media and Entertainment Properties		Total
Revenue	$	14,826	$	24,724	$	39,550
Operating expenses		5,650		15,194		20,844

Net operating income	$	9,176	$	9,530	$	18,706

Summary information for the reportable segments for the nine months ended September 30, 2009 is as follows:


	Office Properties		Media and Entertainment Properties		Total
Revenue	$	9,936	$	23,984	$	33,920
Operating expenses		4,328		14,451		18,779

Net operating income	$	5,608	$	9,533	$	15,141

The following is reconciliation from NOI to reported net income, the most direct comparable financial measure calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP:


	September 30, 2010			September 30, 2009
Net operating income	$	18,706		$	15,141
General and administrative		(2,379	)		—
Depreciation and amortization		(9,985	)		(8,334	)
Interest income		37			9
Unrealized gain on interest rate contract		347			208
Interest expense		(6,196	)		(6,702	)
Acquisition-related expenses		(2,689	)		—
Other expense		8			(97	)

Net (loss) income	$	(2,151	)	$	225

There were no intersegment sales or transfers during either of the nine-month periods ended September 30, 2010 and 2009.

13. Subsequent Events

On October 6, 2010, we became obligated under a definitive purchase agreement with an unrelated third party to acquire an office building located at 10950 Washington Boulevard in Culver City, California, which we refer to as 10950 Washington. The building, which consists of approximately 158,873 square feet, is being purchased from an affiliate of Embarcadero Capital Partners, LLC. The purchase price will be approximately $46.0 million, subject to closing costs and prorations and subject to the assumption of a $30.0 million loan. We expect to fund the estimated $16.0 million balance of the purchase price with available cash or borrowings under our revolving credit facility. We have deposited $1.0 million into an escrow account. The purchase of 10950 Washington is subject to our satisfactory completion of various closing conditions, including the receipt of requisite estoppels and the assumption of the existing $30.0 million loan. The closing of the acquisition is expected to take place by December 30, 2010 once all necessary approvals for the loan assumption have been

F-31

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

(Unaudited and in thousands, except square footage and share data)

received. We cannot assure you that the acquisition will be consummated on the anticipated schedule or at all. If we fail to close the purchase as required after the satisfaction or waiver of all closing conditions, we may be liable to the sellers for liquidated damages in an amount equal to the deposit.

On October 8, 2010, we acquired two office buildings located at 222 Kearny Street and 180 Sutter Street in San Francisco, California, which we refer to as 222 Kearny Street. The buildings, which consist of approximately 144,440 square feet, were purchased for approximately $34.9 million, subject to closing costs and prorations, and were funded with available cash and $34.5 million of borrowing under our revolving credit facility. A portion of the 222 Kearny Street building sits on a long-term ground lease.

F-32

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Shareholders of Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc.

We have audited the accompanying combined balance sheet, as of December 31 , 2009 (as amended-see Note 1), of the entities listed in Note 1 (the “Company”), and the related combined statements of operations, members’ equity, and cash flows for the year then ended (as amended- see Note 1). Our audit also included the financial statement schedule of real estate and accumulated depreciation, as amended. These financial statements and schedule are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and schedule based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. We were not engaged to perform an audit of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Our audit included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the combined financial position at December 31, 2009, of the Company, and the combined results of its operations and its cash flows for the year then ended in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. Also, in our opinion, the related financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the basic combined financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly in all material respects the information set forth therein.

As discussed in Note 1 to the combined financial statements, on June 29, 2010, the Company completed its initial public offering and the related formation transactions which included the exchange of equity interests between the Company and Howard Street Associates, LLC. This exchange of equity interests was a transaction between entities under common control. In accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification 805 Business Combinations , the exchange of equity interests between these entities under common control has been accounted for similar to the pooling-of-interests method. For periods prior to the closing of the initial public offering and completion of the formation transactions, the Company’s combined financial statements were retrospectively amended to include the separate records of Howard Street Associates, LLC.

/s/ ERNST & YOUNG LLP

Los Angeles, California

November 22, 2010

F-33

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc.

We have audited the accompanying combined balance sheet of Hudson Pacific Properties Inc., which includes the combined real estate activity and holdings of certain entities as described in Note 1 to the combined financial statements (referred to as the “Company”), as of December 31, 2008 and the related combined statements of operations, members’ equity, and cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2008 and the period from February 14, 2007 (commencement of operations) to December 31, 2007. These combined financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits. We did not audit the financial statements of Howard Street Associates, LLC, a wholly-owned consolidated subsidiary, which statements reflect total assets and revenues constituting 13.3 percent and 12.7 percent, respectively, in 2008, and revenues of 39.4 percent in 2007 of the related combined totals. Those statements were audited by other auditors whose report has been furnished to us, and our opinion, insofar as it relates to the amounts included for Howard Street Associates, LLC, is based solely on the report of the other auditors.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, based on our audits and the reports of the other auditors, the combined financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc. as of December 31, 2008 and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2008 and the period from February 14, 2007 (commencement of operations) to December 31, 2007 in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

As discussed in Note 1 to the combined financial statements, on June 29, 2010, the Company completed its initial public offering and the related formation transactions which included a transaction between the Company and Howard Street Associates, LLC accounted for as entities under common control. For periods prior to the initial public offering, the Company’s combined financial statements were retrospectively amended to include Howard Street Associates, LLC.

/s/ MCGLADREY & PULLEN, LLP

Chicago, Illinois

November 22, 2010

F-34

Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc.

Combined Balance Sheets

As of December 31, 2009 and 2008

(In thousands)


	December 31, 2009		December 31, 2008
ASSETS
Investment in real estate, net	$	412,478	$	409,192
Cash and cash equivalents		3,694		5,813
Restricted cash		4,231		4,978
Accounts receivable, net of allowance of $308 and $186		1,273		1,228
Straight-line rent receivables		2,935		1,579
Deferred leasing costs and lease intangibles, net		19,219		19,045
Deferred financing costs, net		668		1,865
Prepaid expenses and other assets		3,736		2,337

TOTAL ASSETS	$	448,234	$	446,037

LIABILITIES AND EQUITY
Notes payable	$	189,518	$	185,594
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities		6,026		9,172
Below market leases		11,636		12,733
Security deposits		2,939		1,816
Prepaid rent		11,102		14,156
Interest rate contracts		425		835

TOTAL LIABILITIES		221,646		224,306
Commitments and contingencies
Controlling member’s equity		223,240		218,449
Non-controlling members’ equity		3,348		3,282

Total members’ equity		226,588		221,731

TOTAL LIABILITIES AND EQUITY	$	448,234	$	446,037

See accompanying notes.

F-35

Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc.

Combined Statements of Operations

For the Years Ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, and the

Period from February 14, 2007 (Commencement of Operations) to December 31, 2007

(In thousands)


	2009			2008			2007
REVENUES
Office
Rental	$	11,058		$	8,235		$	3,905
Tenant recoveries		2,029			1,504			620
Other		158			41			—

		13,245			9,780			4,525
Media & entertainment
Rental		19,909			22,075			4,215
Tenant recoveries		1,463			1,544			58
Other property related revenue		7,193			9,554			2,750
Other		60			92			7

		28,625			33,265			7,030

Total Revenue		41,870			43,045			11,555

OPERATING EXPENSES
Office operating expenses		6,322			3,003			1,182
Media & entertainment operating expenses		16,810			19,926			4,732
Depreciation and amortization		10,930			9,693			3,592

		34,062			32,622			9,506

Income from operations		7,808			10,423			2,049

OTHER EXPENSE (INCOME)
Interest expense		8,774			12,029			6,096
Interest income		(18	)		(48	)		(57	)
Unrealized (gain) loss of interest rate contracts		(399	)		835			24
Loss on sale of lot		—			208			—
Other		95			21			—

		8,452			13,045			6,063

Net income (loss)		(644	)		(2,622	)		(4,014	)
Net loss attributable to non-controlling members		29			81			141

Loss attributable to controlling member’s equity	$	(615	)	$	(2,541	)	$	(3,873	)

See accompanying notes.

F-36

Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc.

Combined Statements of Members’ Equity

For the Years Ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, and the

Period from February 14, 2007 (Commencement of Operations) to December 31, 2007

(In thousands)


	Controlling Member’s Equity			Non-controlling members Equity			Total Equity
Balance February 14, 2007 (commencement of operations)	$	—		$	—		$	—
Contributions		78,527			1,934			80,461
Net loss		(3,873	)		(141	)		(4,014	)

Balance December 31, 2007	$	74,654		$	1,793		$	76,447
Contributions		193,060			2,023			195,083
Distributions		(46,724	)		(453	)		(47,177	)
Net loss		(2,541	)		(81	)		(2,622	)

Balance December 31, 2008	$	218,449		$	3,282		$	221,731
Contributions		6,390			111			6,501
Distributions		(984	)		(16	)		(1,000	)
Net loss		(615	)		(29	)		(644	)

Balance December 31, 2009	$	223,240		$	3,348		$	226,588

F-37

Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc.

Combined Statements of Cash Flows

For the Years Ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, and the

Period from February 14, 2007 (Commencement of Operations) to December 31, 2007

(In thousands)


	2009			2008			2007
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES
Net income (loss)	$	(644	)	$	(2,622	)	$	(4,014	)
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash (used in) provided by operating activities:
Depreciation and amortization		10,930			9,693			3,592
Amortization of deferred financing costs		1,549			2,454			1,001
Amortization of above-market lease intangibles		672			366			—
Amortization of below-market lease intangibles		(1,096	)		(2,169	)		(2,165	)
Straight-line rent receivables		(1,356	)		(1,579	)		—
Bad debt expense		191			214			—
Unrealized gain on interest rate collar		(399	)		835			24
Other non-cash losses		75			—			—
Loss on sale of assets		33			—			—
Loss on sale of lot		—			208			—
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
Restricted cash		747			679			(8,290	)
Accounts receivable		(236	)		(595	)		(846	)
Lease commissions, prepaid expenses and other assets		(5,033	)		(838	)		(928	)
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities		1,036			(1,287	)		4,911
Security deposits		1,123			675			1,141
Prepaid rent		(3,054	)		14,015			141

Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities		4,538			20,049			(5,433	)

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES
Additions to investment property		(15,487	)		(192,562	)		(192,646	)
Proceeds from sale of equipment		30			—			—
Purchase of Property		—			—			(46,257	)
Proceeds from sale of lot		—			11,404			—
Restricted cash		—			2,632			—

Net cash used in investing activities		(15,457	)		(178,526	)		(238,903	)

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES
Proceeds from notes payable		3,924			41,937			167,531
Payments of notes payable		—			(23,875	)		—
Contributions by members		6,501			195,083			80,461
Distributions to members		(1,000	)		(47,177	)		—
Payment of loan costs		(625	)		(2,174	)		(3,160	)

Net cash provided by financing activities		8,800			163,794			244,832

Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents		(2,119	)		5,317			496
Cash and cash equivalents—beginning of period		5,813			496			—

Cash and cash equivalents—end of period	$	3,694		$	5,813		$	496

Supplemental cash flow information
Cash paid for interest, net of amounts capitalized	$	8,123		$	9,745		$	4,409

Supplemental schedule of non-cash investing and financing activities
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities for property under development	$	1,201		$	5,692		$	—

See accompanying notes.

F-38

Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc.

Notes to Combined Financial Statements

For the Years Ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, and the

Period from February 14, 2007 (Commencement of Operations) to December 31, 2007

(In thousands)

1. Organization

Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc. (which is referred to in these financial statements as the “Company”, “we”, “us” or “our”) is comprised of the real estate activity and holdings of the entities comprising our predecessor (SGS Realty II, LLC, Sunset Bronson Entertainment Properties, LLC and HFOP City Plaza, LLC) and Howard Street Associates, LLC for reasons discussed below. The Company is engaged in the business of acquiring, owning, and developing real estate, consisting primarily of office and media and entertainment properties located in Southern California as described below in more detail. The Company completed its initial public offering (the “IPO”) of the common stock in June 2010, and in connection with the IPO, the Company completed the formation transactions and consolidated its asset management, property management, property development, leasing, tenant improvement construction, acquisition and financing businesses into Hudson Pacific Properties, L.P., the operating partnership formed by and managed by the Company; consolidated the ownership of our portfolio of office and media and entertainment properties, together with certain other real estate assets, under the operating partnership; facilitated the IPO; and allow the REIT to qualify as a real estate investment trust for U.S. federal income tax purposes commencing with the taxable year ending December 31, 2010.

As a result of our IPO, one of the entities comprising our predecessor, SGS Realty II, LLC, was determined to be the acquirer for accounting purposes. In addition, we concluded that any interests contributed by the controlling member of the other entities comprising our predecessor and Howard Street Associates, LLC was a transaction between entities under common control. In accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification 805 Business Combinations (“ASC 805”), a “business combination” excludes the transfers of net assets or exchanges of equity interests between entities under common control. Further, the transfers of net assets or exchanges of equity interests between entities under common control should be accounted for similar to the pooling-of-interests method in that the entity that receives the net assets or the equity interests initially recognizes the assets and liabilities transferred at their carrying amounts in the accounts of the transferring entity at the date of transfer. Because the Company, SGS Realty II, LLC, Sunset Bronson Entertainment Properties, LLC, HFOP City Plaza, LLC, and Howard Street Associates, LLC were under common control at the time of the initial public offering and the formation transactions, the transfer of assets and liabilities of each of these entities were accounted for at historical cost in a manner similar to a pooling of interests. For financial accounting purposes, the acquisition was viewed as a change in reporting entity and, as a result, we have retroactively changed the presentation of the Company’s financial statements for all periods subsequent to February 14, 2007, the date at which common control of the entities contributed by Farallon Partners, L.L.C. commenced. Accordingly, the Company’s historical combined balance sheets as of December 31, 2009 and 2008, and the historical combined statements of operations, equity and cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008 and for the period from February 14, 2007 (commencement of operations) through December 31, 2007 include the results of the Company, SGS Realty II, LLC, Sunset Bronson Entertainment Properties, LLC, HFOP City Plaza, LLC, and Howard Street Associates, LLC.

Below is a background summary of each of the four entities comprising the Company.

SGS Realty II, LLC (“SGS II”), a Delaware limited liability company was formed on August 2, 2007. SGS II is the sole member of SGS Realty I, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, which is the sole member of SGS Holdings, LLC (“SGS”), a Delaware limited liability company. SGS was formed on July 31, 2007 to acquire and operate the media and entertainment campus known as Sunset Gower Studios located in Los Angeles, California consisting of soundstages, office space, support space and storage space (the “Sunset

F-39

Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc.

Notes to Combined Financial Statements

For the Years Ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, and the

Period from February 14, 2007 (Commencement of Operations) to December 31, 2007

(In thousands)

Gower”) and to acquire and develop an adjacent parcel of land into an office building leased to Technicolor Creative Services USA, Inc. (“Technicolor Building”), the development of which was completed on June 1, 2008. The Sunset Gower Property and Technicolor building were purchased on August 17, 2007. SGS II also acquired a vacant media and entertainment office building on October 5, 2007 (the “6060 Building,” and together with Sunset Gower, the “Sunset Gower Property”). The 6060 Building has been under major renovation and redevelopment since its acquisition in October 2007. Pursuant to SGS II’s limited liability company agreement, profits, losses and distributions are to be allocated entirely to its sole member.

Sunset Bronson Entertainment Properties, LLC (“Sunset Bronson”), a Delaware limited liability company, was formed on March 10, 2008 by Sunset Studios Holdings, LLC, its sole member, to acquire and operate the media and entertainment campus known as Sunset Bronson Studios (formerly, Tribune Studios), located in Los Angeles, California, consisting of soundstages, office space, support space and storage space (the “Sunset Bronson Property”). The Sunset Bronson Property was acquired on January 30, 2008 by Sunset Studios Holdings, LLC and contributed to Sunset Bronson upon its formation. Pursuant to Sunset Bronson’s limited liability company agreement, profits, losses and distributions are to be allocated entirely to its sole member.

HFOP City Plaza, LLC (“City Plaza”), a Delaware limited liability company, was formed on August 26, 2008 by HFOP Associates, LLC (“City Plaza Parent”), its sole member, to acquire and operate the office building known as the City Plaza property located in Orange, California (the “City Plaza Property”). On August 26, 2008, City Plaza Parent acquired the mortgage on the City Plaza Property from an unrelated third party lender. In a simultaneous transaction, City Plaza acquired the City Plaza Property from the fee owner, subject to the mortgage held by its sole member, City Plaza Parent. Pursuant to City Plaza’s limited liability company agreement, profits, losses, and distributions are to be allocated entirely to its sole member.

Howard Street Associates, LLC (“875 Howard Street”), a Delaware limited liability company (the Company), was formed on December 6, 2006, to acquire, refurbish, re-tenant, improve, operate, market, lease, finance, and ultimately dispose of a commercial building located at 875-899 Howard Street, San Francisco, California (“875 Howard Street Property”). 875 Howard Street was acquired on February 15, 2007, and commenced operations on February 14, 2007. The members of 875 Howard Street are TMG-Flynn SOMA, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company and SOMA Square Investors, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company. Pursuant to 875 Howard Streets’ limited liability agreement, profits and losses are allocated in accordance with the partnership agreement and generally follow distributions.

As of December 31, 2009 and 2008 the Company’s real estate portfolio was comprised of the Sunset Gower Property, Technicolor Building, the Sunset Bronson Property, the City Plaza Property and the 875 Howard Street Property (collectively referred to as the “Properties” for purposes of those periods). As of December 31, 2007, the Company’s real estate was comprised of the Sunset Gower Property and the 875 Howard Street Property (referred to as the “Properties” for purposes of that period).

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Basis of Presentation

The accompanying combined financial statements of Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc. are prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”). The effect of all significant

F-40

Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc.

Notes to Combined Financial Statements

For the Years Ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, and the

Period from February 14, 2007 (Commencement of Operations) to December 31, 2007

(In thousands)

intercompany balances and transactions has been eliminated. The real estate entities included in the accompanying combined financial statements have been combined on the basis that, for the periods presented, such entities were under common control, common management, and common ownership.

Use of Estimates

Investment in Real Estate Properties

The Properties are carried at cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization. The Company allocates the cost of an acquisition, including the assumption of liabilities, to the acquired tangible assets and identifiable intangibles based on their estimated fair values in accordance with GAAP. The Company assesses fair value based on estimated cash flow projections that utilize appropriate discount and/or capitalization rates and available market information. Estimates of future cash flows are based on a number of factors including historical operating results, known and anticipated trends, and market and economic conditions. The fair value of tangible assets of an acquired property considers the value of the property as if it was vacant.

The Company records acquired “above and below” market leases at fair value using discount rates which reflect the risks associated with the leases acquired. The amount recorded is based on the present value of the difference between (i) the contractual amounts to be paid pursuant to each in-place lease and (ii) management’s estimate of fair market lease rates for each in-place lease, measured over a period equal to the remaining term of the lease for above-market leases and the initial term plus the extended term for any leases with below market renewal options. Other intangible assets acquired include amounts for in-place lease values that are based on the Company’s evaluation of the specific characteristics of each tenant’s lease. Factors considered include estimates of carrying costs during hypothetical expected lease-up periods, market conditions and costs to execute similar leases. In estimating carrying costs, the Company includes estimates of lost rents at market rates during the hypothetical expected lease-up periods, which are dependent on local market conditions. In estimating costs to execute similar leases, the Company considers leasing commissions, legal and other related costs.

The Company capitalizes direct construction and development costs, including predevelopment costs, interest, property taxes, insurance and other costs directly related and essential to the acquisition, development or construction of a real estate project. Construction and development costs are capitalized while substantial activities are ongoing to prepare an asset for its intended use. The Company considers a construction project as substantially complete and held available for occupancy upon the completion of tenant improvements, but no later than one year after cessation of major construction activity. Costs incurred after a project is substantially complete and ready for its intended use, or after development activities have ceased, are expensed as incurred. Costs previously capitalized related to abandoned acquisitions or developments are charged to earnings. Expenditures for repairs and maintenance are expensed as incurred.

F-41

Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc.

Notes to Combined Financial Statements

For the Years Ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, and the

Period from February 14, 2007 (Commencement of Operations) to December 31, 2007

(In thousands)

The Company computes depreciation using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of a range of 39 years for building and improvements, 15 years for land improvements, 5 or 7 years for furniture and fixtures and equipment, and over the life of the lease for tenant improvements. Depreciation is discontinued when a property is identified as held for sale. Above- and below-market lease intangibles are amortized primarily to revenue over the remaining non-cancellable lease terms and bargain renewal periods, if any. Other in-place lease intangibles are amortized to expense over the remaining non-cancellable lease term and bargain renewal periods, if any.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

The Company assesses the carrying value of real estate assets and related intangibles, whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset or asset group may not be recoverable in accordance with GAAP. Impairment losses are recorded on real estate assets held for investment when indicators of impairment are present and the future undiscounted cash flows estimated to be generated by those assets are less than the assets’ carrying amount. The Company recognizes impairment losses to the extent the carrying amount exceeds the fair value of the properties. Properties held for sale are recorded at the lower of cost or estimated fair value less cost to sell. The Company did not record any impairment charges related to its real estate assets and related intangibles during the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, nor during the period from February 14, 2007 (commencement of operations) to December 31, 2007.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents are defined as cash on hand and in banks plus all short-term investments with a maturity of three months or less when purchased.

The Company maintains some of its cash in bank deposit accounts which, at times, may exceed the federally insured limit. No losses have been experienced related to such accounts.

Restricted Cash

Accounts Receivable and Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

Accounts receivable are comprised of amounts due for monthly rents and other charges. The Company maintains an allowance for doubtful accounts, including an allowance for straight-line rent receivables, for estimated losses resulting from tenant defaults or the inability of tenants to make contractual rent and tenant recovery payments. The Company monitors the liquidity and creditworthiness of its tenants and operators on an ongoing basis. This evaluation considers industry and economic conditions, property performance, credit enhancements and other factors. For straight-line rent amounts, the Company’s assessment is based on amounts estimated to be recoverable over the term of the lease. At December 31, 2009 and 2008, management believes that the collectability of straight-line rent balances are reasonably assured; accordingly, no allowance was established against straight-line rent receivables. The Company evaluates the collectability of accounts receivable based on a combination of factors. The allowance for doubtful accounts is based on specific identification of uncollectible accounts and the Company’s historical collection experience. The Company recognizes an

F-42

Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc.

Notes to Combined Financial Statements

For the Years Ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, and the

Period from February 14, 2007 (Commencement of Operations) to December 31, 2007

(In thousands)

allowance for doubtful accounts based on the length of time the receivables are past due, the current business environment and the Company’s historical experience. Historical experience has been within management’s expectations.

Members’ Equity

Revenue Recognition

The Company recognizes rental revenue from tenants on a straight-line basis over the lease term when collectability is reasonably assured and the tenant has taken possession or controls the physical use of the leased asset. For assets acquired subject to leases, the Company recognizes revenue upon acquisition of the asset, provided the tenant has taken possession or controls the physical use of the leased asset. If the lease provides for tenant improvements, the Company determines whether the tenant improvements, for accounting purposes, are owned by the tenant or the Company. When the Company is the owner of the tenant improvements, the tenant is not considered to have taken physical possession or have control of the physical use of the leased asset until the tenant improvements are substantially completed. When the tenant is the owner of the tenant improvements, any tenant improvement allowance that is funded is treated as a lease incentive and amortized as a reduction of revenue over the lease term. Tenant improvement ownership is determined based on various factors including, but not limited to:

•

whether the lease stipulates how and on what a tenant improvement allowance may be spent;

•

whether the tenant or landlord retains legal title to the improvements at the end of the lease term;

•

whether the tenant improvements are unique to the tenant or general-purpose in nature; and

•

whether the tenant improvements are expected to have any residual value at the end of the lease.

F-43

Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc.

Notes to Combined Financial Statements

For the Years Ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, and the

Period from February 14, 2007 (Commencement of Operations) to December 31, 2007

(In thousands)

reimbursements are recognized and presented gross, as the Company is generally the primary obligor with respect to purchasing goods and services from third-party suppliers, has discretion in selecting the supplier and bears the associated credit risk.

Deferred Financing Costs

Deferred financing costs are amortized over the term of the respective loan.

Derivative Financial Instruments

The Company manages interest rate risk associated with borrowings by entering into interest rate derivative contracts. The Company recognizes all derivatives on the balance sheet at fair value. Derivatives that are not hedges are adjusted to fair value and the changes in fair value are reflected as income or expense. If the derivative is a hedge, depending on the nature of the hedge, changes in the fair value of derivatives are either offset against the change in fair value of the hedged assets, liabilities, or firm commitments through earnings, or recognized in other comprehensive income, which is a component of equity. The ineffective portion of a derivative’s change in fair value is immediately recognized in earnings.

The Company held one interest rate collar instrument and two interest rate cap instruments at December 31, 2009 and 2008. The Company did not use hedge accounting for these instruments.

Income Taxes

The Company’s taxable income is reportable by its members. The entities comprising the Company are limited liability companies and are treated as pass-through entities for income tax purposes. Accordingly, no provision has been made for federal income taxes in the accompanying combined financial statements. The Company is subject to the statutory requirements of the state in which it conducts business.

Fair Value of Assets and Liabilities

Under GAAP, the Company is required to measure certain financial instruments at fair value on a recurring basis. In addition, the Company is required to measure other financial instruments and balances at fair value on a non-recurring basis (e.g., carrying value of impaired real estate and long-lived assets). Fair value is defined as the price that would be received upon the sale of an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. The GAAP fair value framework uses a three-tiered approach. Fair value measurements are classified and disclosed in one of the following three categories:

•

Level 1: unadjusted quoted prices in active markets that are accessible at the measurement date for identical assets or liabilities;

F-44

Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc.

Notes to Combined Financial Statements

For the Years Ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, and the

Period from February 14, 2007 (Commencement of Operations) to December 31, 2007

(In thousands)

•

Level 3: prices or valuation techniques where little or no market data is available that requires inputs that are both significant to the fair value measurement and unobservable.

F-45

Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc.

Notes to Combined Financial Statements

For the Years Ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, and the

Period from February 14, 2007 (Commencement of Operations) to December 31, 2007

(In thousands)

Value . This update provides amendments to the Accounting Standard Codification (“ASC”) for the fair value measurement of liabilities. In circumstances in which a quoted price in an active market for the identical liability is not available, the reporting entity is required to measure fair value using (i) a valuation technique that uses the quoted price of the identical liability when traded as an asset or quoted prices for similar liabilities when traded as assets, or (ii) another valuation technique that is consistent with the principles of fair value measurement, such as the income approach or the market approach. The amendments in this update also clarify that when estimating the fair value of a liability, a reporting entity is not required to include a separate input or adjustment to other inputs relating to the existence of a restriction that prevents the transfer of the liability. These amendments to the ASC are effective upon issuance and did not have a significant impact on the combined financial statements of the Company.

The Company’s interest rate collar and interest rate cap agreements are classified as Level 2 and their fair value is derived from estimated values obtained from the counterparties based on observable market data for similar instruments.

Unrealized gain associated with Level 2 liabilities was $399 for the year ended December 31, 2009. Unrealized loss associated with Level 2 liabilities was $835 and $24 for the year ended December 31, 2008 and the period from February 14, 2007 (commencement of operations) through December 31, 2007, respectively.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In April 2009, the FASB issued additional disclosure provisions of ASC 825-10, Financial Instruments — Overall (previously Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) 161) (“ASC 825-10”). ASC 825-10 requires disclosures about fair value of financial instruments for interim reporting periods of publicly traded companies in addition to the annual financial statements. ASC 825-10 is effective for interim periods and fiscal years ending after June 15, 2009. Prior period presentation is not required for comparative purposes at initial adoption. The adoption of ASC 825-10 on June 30, 2009 did not have a material impact on the Company’s combined financial position or results of operations.

In May 2009, the FASB issued ASC 855, Subsequent Events (previously SFAS 165) (“ASC 855”). ASC 855 provides general guidelines to account for the disclosure of events that occur after the balance sheet date but before financial statements are issued or available to be issued. These guidelines are consistent with current accounting requirements, but clarify the period, circumstances, and disclosures for properly identifying and accounting for subsequent events. ASC 855 is effective for interim periods and fiscal years ending after June 15, 2009. The adoption of ASC 855 on June 30, 2009 did not have a material impact on the Company’s combined financial position or results of operations.

In June 2009, the FASB Accounting Standards Codification (the “Codification”) was issued in the form of ASC 105, Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (previously SFAS 168) (“ASC 105”). Upon issuance, the Codification became the single source of authoritative, nongovernmental GAAP. The Codification reorganized GAAP pronouncements into accounting topics, which are displayed using a single structure. Certain Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) guidance is also included in the Codification and will follow a similar topical structure in separate SEC sections. ASC 105 is effective for interim periods and fiscal years ending after September 15, 2009. The adoption of the Codification on September 30, 2009 did not have a material impact on the Company’s combined financial position or results of operations.

F-46

Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc.

Notes to Combined Financial Statements

For the Years Ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, and the

Period from February 14, 2007 (Commencement of Operations) to December 31, 2007

(In thousands)

In January 2010, the FASB issued ASU No. 2010-06, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures (Topic 820): Improving Disclosures about Fair Value Measurements . This guidance provides for new disclosures requiring us to (i) disclose separately the amounts of significant transfers in and out of Level 1 and Level 2 fair value measurements and describe the reasons for the transfers and (ii) present separately information about purchases, sales, issuances and settlements in the reconciliation of Level 3 fair value measurements. This guidance also provides clarification of existing disclosures requiring us to (i) determine each class of assets and liabilities based on the nature and risks of the investments rather than by major security type and (ii) for each class of assets and liabilities, disclose the valuation techniques and inputs used to measure fair value for both Level 2 and Level 3 fair value measurements. This ASU is effective for annual and interim reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2009 for most of the new disclosures and for periods beginning after December 15, 2010 for the new Level 3 disclosures. The adoption of this ASU did not have a material effect on our financial position and results of operations as it only addresses disclosures.

F-47

Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc.

Notes to Combined Financial Statements

For the Years Ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, and the

Period from February 14, 2007 (Commencement of Operations) to December 31, 2007

(In thousands)

3. Investment in Real Estate

Investment in real estate consisted of the following as of:


	December 31, 2009			December 31, 2008
Land	$	193,042		$	193,042
Building and improvements		204,027			202,006
Tenant improvements		14,344			4,082
Furniture and fixtures		11,051			10,304
Less: accumulated deprecation		(16,868	)		(8,810	)

		405,596			400,624
Property under development		6,882			8,568

	$	412,478		$	409,192


	Year ended December 31, 2009			Year ended December 31, 2008			Period from February 14, 2007 (commencement of operations) to December 31, 2007
Investment in real estate
Beginning balance	$	418,002		$	239,378		$	—
Acquisitions		—			170,702			227,600
Improvements, capitalized costs		11,420			19,534			11,778
Cost of property sold		(76	)		(11,612	)		—

Ending balance	$	429,346		$	418,002		$	239,378

Accumulated Depreciation
Beginning balance	$	(8,810	)	$	(2,306	)	$	—
Additions		(8,071	)		(6,504	)		(2,306	)
Deletions		13			—			—

Ending balance	$	(16,868	)	$	(8,810	)	$	(2,306	)

SGS capitalized interest cost relating to the development of the Technicolor Building in the amounts of $0, $1,054 and $1,075 for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, and the period from February 14, 2007 (commencement of operations) to December 31, 2007, respectively. SGS capitalized real estate taxes relating to the development of the Technicolor Building in the amounts of $0, $401 and $195 for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, and the period from February 14, 2007 (commencement of operations) to December 31, 2007, respectively.

During 2009, the 875 Howard Street Property began a redevelopment of a portion of the property, which was completed during 2010. For the year ended December 31, 2009, the 875 Howard Street Property capitalized $544 of interest expense and $358 of property operating costs as part of the redevelopment.

F-48

Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc.

Notes to Combined Financial Statements

For the Years Ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, and the

Period from February 14, 2007 (Commencement of Operations) to December 31, 2007

(In thousands)

The following table summarizes the estimated fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the date of acquisition:


Date of acquisition	SGS August 17, 2007		6060 Building October 5, 2007		Sunset Bronson January 30, 2008		875 Howard Street Property February 14, 2007			City Plaza August 26, 2008
Land	$	80,248	$	2,100	$	89,309	$	18,058		$	14,939
Building and improvements		83,473		—		24,886		38,768			33,149
Property under development		—		815		—		—			—
Tenant improvements		—		—		487		2,278			931
Furniture and fixtures		1,860		—		7,001		—			—
Above market leases		1,815		—		—		—			1,296
Below market leases		—		—		—		(17,067	)		—
In-place leases		9,391		—		3,541		3,963			3,181
Trade name		1,021		—		—		—			—

Net assets acquired	$	177,808	$	2,915	$	125,224		46,000		$	53,496

The table below shows the pro forma financial information (unaudited) for the year ended December 31, 2008 for the Predecessor as if the City Plaza Property and Sunset Bronson Property had been acquired as of January 1, 2008. The Technicolor Building was completed and placed into service on June 1, 2008 and only had a partial year of operating in 2008.


	Predecessor (Actual)			Predecessor (Pro forma)
Total revenues	$	35,588		$	39,240
Operating expenses		(28,302	)		(33,123	)
Interest expense		(7,977	)		(8,115	)
Net loss	$	(158	)	$	(1,998	)

The table below shows the pro forma financial information (unaudited) for the period from February 14, 2007 (commencement of operations) to December 31, 2007 for the Predecessor, as if the Sunset Gower Property had been acquired as of the beginning of the period.


	Predecessor (Actual)			Predecessor (Pro forma)
Total revenues	$	7,030		$	18,551
Operating expenses		(5,473	)		(16,614	)
Interest expense		(3,860	)		(8,073	)
Net loss	$	(2,260	)	$	(6,136	)

F-49

Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc.

Notes to Combined Financial Statements

For the Years Ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, and the

Period from February 14, 2007 (Commencement of Operations) to December 31, 2007

(In thousands)

The table below shows the pro forma financial information (unaudited) for the period from February 14, 2007 (commencement of operations) to December 31, 2007 for the Predecessor, as if the 875 Howard Street Property had been acquired as of the beginning of the period.


	Predecessor (Actual)			Predecessor (Pro forma)
Total revenues	$	4,525		$	5,171
Operating expenses		(4,033	)		(4,609	)
Interest expense		(2,236	)		(2,555	)
Net loss	$	(1,754	)	$	(2,005	)

On March 25, 2008, Sunset Bronson sold to an unrelated third party a 37,351 square foot (unaudited) vacant lot with approximately 56,026 square feet of FAR (unaudited) for a sale price of $12, which resulted in a loss of $208.

4. Lease Costs and Lease Intangibles and Below Market Leases

At December 31, 2009 and 2008 gross lease intangibles were comprised of $3,111 of above market tenant lease intangibles and $18,954 of in-place lease intangibles. At December 31, 2009 and 2008 gross lease costs were comprised of $5,063 and $1,689, respectively. At December 31, 2009 and 2008 the accumulated amortization of lease intangibles was $7,909 and $4,709, respectively.

During the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, and during the period from February 14, 2007 (commencement of operations) to December 31, 2007, the Company recognized $2,528, $3,059 and $1,286, respectively, of amortization expense related to lease costs and in-place leases, and amortized $672, $366, and $0, respectively, of above-market leases against rental revenue. The weighted-average amortization period for lease intangibles is 4.35 years.

As of December 31, 2009 the estimated aggregate amortization of lease intangibles for each of the next five years and thereafter:


2010	$	2,307
2011		1,924
2012		1,670
2013		1,582
2014		1,548
Thereafter		5,998

	$	15,029

At December 31, 2009 and 2008 below market leases were comprised of $17,066 and $17,067, respectively. At December 31, 2009 and 2008 the accumulated amortization of below market leases was $5,430 and 4,334, respectively. During the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, and during the period from February 14, 2007 (commencement of operations) to December 31, 2007, the Company amortized $1,096, $2,169, and $2,165, respectively of below-market leases in rental revenue.

F-50

Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc.

Notes to Combined Financial Statements

For the Years Ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, and the

Period from February 14, 2007 (Commencement of Operations) to December 31, 2007

(In thousands)

As of December 31, 2009 the estimated amortization of below market lease intangibles for each of the next five years and thereafter:


2010	$	880
2011		881
2012		881
2013		881
2014		881
Thereafter		7,232

	$	11,636

5. Deferred Financing Costs, Prepaid Expenses and Other Assets


	December 31, 2009		December 31, 2008
Prepaid insurance		1,146		1,167
Prepaid property taxes		1,412		—
Trade name, net of accumulated amortization of $243 and $140, respectively		779		881
Other		399		289

	$	3,736	$	2,337

Deferred financing costs are amortized over the term of the respective loan. Loan costs, net of amortization, totaled $668 and $1,865 as of December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively, and are included in deferred financing costs, net of accumulated amortization of $1,780 and $3,344 as of December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively, in the accompanying combined balance sheets.

Prepaid expenses and other assets consisted of the following as of:

Trade name is amortized over a ten year period from the date of acquisition of Sunset Gower.

6. Notes Payable

On February 15, 2007, the 875 Howard Street Property obtained a loan commitment of $57,628 with a bank as financing, with monthly interest-only payments due. An initial loan advance of $32,618 was made on February 15, 2007 and additional draws were taken of $633, $343 and $3,924, during the period from February 14, 2007 (Commencement of Operations) to December 31, 2007, and the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2009, respectively. The additional loan advances are for capital expenses, leasing expenses, operating expenses, and interest coverage expenses. The loan was originally scheduled to mature on February 13, 2011, subject to an option to extend the maturity date for one 12-month term upon compliance with certain terms and conditions. In June 2010, the loan was repaid. The loan is secured by a deed of trust, assignment of leases, security agreement, and fixture filing on the 875 Howard Street Property.

F-51

Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc.

Notes to Combined Financial Statements

For the Years Ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, and the

Period from February 14, 2007 (Commencement of Operations) to December 31, 2007

(In thousands)

The loan bears interest at the 30-day LIBOR plus 1.75% (2.000% at December 31, 2009, 3.625% at December 31, 2008, and 7.0% at December 31, 2007). The loan interest rate is reset on the second London business day before the ninth day of each calendar month, and is rounded up to the nearest one-eighth of one percent (1/8%).

Under the loan agreement, the 875 Howard Street Property was required to purchase an interest rate cap agreement and maintain such a cap for the duration of the loan until the loan is fully repaid. On February 14, 2007, the Company purchased, for a premium of $24, an interest rate cap effective February 14, 2007 through February 14, 2009, which limited its LIBOR exposure to a maximum rate of 6.25%. Upon the termination of the interest rate cap, the 875 Howard Street Property purchased, for a premium of $11, an interest rate cap effective February 14, 2009 through February 14, 2010, which limited its LIBOR exposure to a maximum rate of 4.25%. Under a separate agreement entered into between the bank and the 875 Howard Street Property, the 875 Howard Street Property right, title, and interest in the cap were assigned directly to the bank, such that during the period of time the loan remains outstanding, in the event that LIBOR exceeded the capped rate, the excess due to the 875 Howard Street Property from the provider of the cap will be paid directly to the bank, resulting in the 875 Howard Street Property limiting its variable portion of the interest expense to the capped rate plus 1.75%. Through December 31, 2009, no amounts have been paid to the bank under the interest rate cap as the LIBOR has not exceeded the capped rate.

The 875 Howard Street Property is exposed to credit loss in the event of non-performance by other parties to the interest rate cap agreement; however, the Howard Street property does not anticipate any non-performance by counter parties.

On May 12, 2008, Sunset Bronson entered into a loan agreement in the amount of $39,000, $37,000 of which was distributed, net of closing costs, to the member in connection with the acquisition of the Sunset Bronson Property, with the remaining $2,000 being held by the lender. The debt bears interest per annum equal to the one-month LIBOR plus 3.65%. The interest rates, inclusive of the spread, at December 31, 2009 and 2008 were 3.89% and 5.55%, respectively. The weighted average interest rates during the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008 were 4.00% and 6.28%, respectively. The loan is payable in monthly installments of interest only, with any unpaid interest and principal due at maturity, May 30, 2010. However, management has executed an agreement with the current lenders to extend the maturity date under this loan to April 30, 2011. The loan can be extended for up to an initial additional period of 13 months and a subsequent period of 12 months if certain conditions are met including the payment of an Extension Fee (as defined in the loan agreement) of 0.25% of the outstanding principal amount of the loan plus any outstanding undisbursed loan capacity of the loan as of the extension date, having a Loan to Value Ratio (as defined in the loan agreement) of the property that does not exceed 48%, and having a 1.35 to 1.0 Debt Service Coverage Ratio (as defined in the loan agreement). Management believes it will meet the loan extension conditions to extend this loan. The loan is collateralized by substantially all of the assets of Sunset Bronson including an assignment of rents and leases. The outstanding balance of this loan at December 31, 2009 and 2008 was $37,000.

As a requirement of the Sunset Bronson mortgage loan, Sunset Bronson entered into an interest rate collar agreement with a notional amount of $37,000, which sets the interest rate cap at 3.87% and the floor at 2.55%. The expiration date of the collar is June 1, 2010. Sunset Bronson has not designated the interest rate collar agreement as a hedging instrument for accounting purposes; therefore, the change in the fair value of the

F-52

Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc.

Notes to Combined Financial Statements

For the Years Ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, and the

Period from February 14, 2007 (Commencement of Operations) to December 31, 2007

(In thousands)

derivative instrument is reported in current earnings. The fair market value of the interest rate collar agreement at December 31, 2009 and 2008, was a $425 liability position and a $835 liability position, respectively, and is included in the accompanying combined balance sheets. The change in fair value of $410 and $835 for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively, is included in earnings.

On August 14, 2007, SGS entered into a loan agreement with a maximum principal amount of $155,000, related to the acquisition of the Sunset Gower Property. The loan was comprised of (i) an initial advance of $126,400 to partially finance the acquisition of the Sunset Gower Property and (ii) additional advances in a maximum principal amount of $28,600 to fund the development of the Technicolor Building. The debt bore interest per annum at a rate selected by the lender from among the following: the Eurodollar Rate, LIBOR plus 2.75%, the Adjusted Prime Rate, or the prime rate plus 5.00% per annum. The weighted average interest rates during the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008 were 3.87% and 5.84%, respectively. The loan was payable in monthly installments of interest only and had an initial maturity date of September 14, 2008.

On May 29, 2008, SGS entered into a loan extension, which required a principal repayment of $23,870 and extended the maturity date to September 14, 2009. In addition, on September 14, 2008, the interest rate spread was increased to the one-month LIBOR plus 3.50%. SGS exercised the option to extend such loan until March 14, 2010. The loan is collateralized by substantially all of the assets of SGS including an assignment of rents and leases. The outstanding balance of the SGS loan as of December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2008 was $115,000. The SGS loan was repaid as part of the completion of the IPO on June 24, 2010.

As a requirement of the SGS mortgage loan, SGS entered into an interest rate cap agreement, in order to cap the one-month LIBOR rate at 6.00%. As part of the May 2008 loan modification, SGS entered into an interest rate cap agreement in order to cap the one-month LIBOR rate at 4.75%, effective as of September 15, 2008. The notional amount and the terms of the interest rate cap are identical to the principal amount and terms of the mortgage loan. The cost related to the cap was $43 and it expired on September 15, 2009. On May 21, 2009, the Company entered into another interest rate cap agreement effective September 15, 2009 through March 15, 2010 to cap the interest rate during the extension of the loan at 4.75%. The fair market value of the interest rate cap agreement at December 31, 2009 and 2008 was $0 and $0, respectively. The change in fair value of $20 and $9 for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively, is included in interest expense in the accompanying combined statements of operations.

F-53

Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc.

Notes to Combined Financial Statements

For the Years Ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, and the

Period from February 14, 2007 (Commencement of Operations) to December 31, 2007

(In thousands)

Pursuant to the terms of the SGS mortgage loan, the Company is required to maintain certain escrow and reserve accounts. Such balances were included in restricted cash in the accompanying combined balance sheets and were as follows as of:


	December 31, 2009			December 31, 2008
Taxes and insurance reserve *	$	392		$	922
Repair reserve *		133			133
Replacement reserve *		522			298
Debt service reserve *		431			479
Ground lease reserve *		46			46
General Reserve *		—			1
Security deposit		1,138			1,094
Deposit Account *		1,046			1,292

	$	3,708	(1)	$	4,265	(2)

(*)	Accounts controlled by lender and or its servicing agent.

(1)	In addition to these reserves and accounts, 875 Howard Street Property was holding $523 of tax and insurance reserve.

(2)	In addition to these reserves and accounts, HFOP City Plaza, LLC was also holding $340 of security deposits and 875 Howard Street Property was holding $373 of tax and insurance reserve.

The following table summarizes the stated debt maturities and scheduled principal repayments at December 31, 2009:


2010	$	152,000
2011		37,518

	$	189,518

7. Leases

In May 2006, the previous owner of Sunset Gower entered into a lease agreement with Technicolor (the “Technicolor Lease”) whereby Technicolor leased a six story office and technical production building that was constructed and completed by the Company in June 2008. The lease term is 12 years and six months commencing as of December 1, 2007, with two consecutive options (exercisable upon eighteen months written notice) to extend the lease five years each at an increased rent based on Fair Market Value, as defined in the Technicolor Lease. The Technicolor Lease contains provisions for scheduled rent abatements and rent increases over the term of the lease. During the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, the Company recognized $5,813 and $2,617, respectively, of revenue related to the Technicolor Lease, including tenant recoveries. Straight-line rent receivables as of December 31, 2009 and 2008 included $2,122 and $1,353, respectively of straight-line rent receivable related to the Technicolor lease.

In conjunction with the acquisition of the Sunset Gower Property, SGS assumed a ground lease agreement for a portion of the land with an unrelated party. Commencing September 1, 2007, the monthly rent

F-54

Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc.

Notes to Combined Financial Statements

For the Years Ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, and the

Period from February 14, 2007 (Commencement of Operations) to December 31, 2007

(In thousands)

increased to $15, whereas the monthly rent totaled $14 at the time of acquisition. The rental rate is subject to adjustment in February 2011 and every seven years thereafter. The ground lease terminates March 31, 2060. The total ground lease expense for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008 totaled $181.

At the time of closing of the Sunset Bronson acquisition in 2008, Sunset Bronson entered into a $16,300, five year lease agreement with an affiliate of the seller, KTLA, Inc. (“KTLA”), that was entirely prepaid at closing. At December 31, 2009 and 2008 the Company had approximately $10,342 and $13,294, respectively, of prepaid rent related to this lease that is included in prepaid rent in the accompanying combined balance sheets. The Company straight-lined such prepaid rent and recognizes the rental revenue on a straight-line basis. The Company recognized $2,952 and $3,000 of rental revenue during the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively related to the KTLA lease. On December 8, 2008, Tribune Company and several of its affiliates, including KTLA, filed voluntary petitions for relief under Chapter 11 of the United States Bankruptcy Code. On June 25, 2009, KTLA assumed its lease for the KTLA Building and cured all outstanding prepetition amounts due and owing to Sunset Bronson. In June 2009, Sunset Bronson executed an extension of the KTLA lease through January 2016 for additional base rent payments that escalate over the extended life of the lease.

With the exception of the Technicolor Lease and the KTLA lease, the other SGS and Sunset Bronson leases are generally short term in nature (less than one year); accordingly, the Company does not straight-line rent related to such leases. City Plaza currently has multiple lease agreements with tenants related to the City Plaza Property.

The 875 Howard Street Property was 65% leased and occupied at December 31, 2009 and 100% leased and occupied as of December 31, 2008 and 2007. One of the tenants has a lease that will expire in December 2013, with two five year renewal options, while the more significant tenant was on a six-month renewal option and moved out in February 2009.

The Properties are leased to tenants under operating leases with initial term expiration dates ranging from 2010 to 2020. As of December 31, 2009, the minimum future cash rents receivable (excluding tenant reimbursements for operating expenses) under noncancelable operating leases for the Properties in each of the next five years and thereafter are as follows:


2010	$	10,109
2011		13,758
2012		13,283
2013		13,219
2014		12,326
Thereafter		54,252

	$	116,947

F-55

Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc.

Notes to Combined Financial Statements

For the Years Ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, and the

Period from February 14, 2007 (Commencement of Operations) to December 31, 2007

(In thousands)

8. Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The carrying values of cash and cash equivalents, restricted cash, receivables, payables, and accrued liabilities are reasonable estimates of fair value because of the short-term maturities of these instruments. Fair values for notes payable are estimates based on rates currently prevailing for similar instruments of similar maturities. The estimated fair values of interest-rate collar/cap arrangements were derived from estimated values obtained from the counterparties based on observable market data for similar instruments.


	December 31, 2009				December 31, 2008
	Carrying Value		Fair Value		Carrying Value		Fair Value
Notes payable	$	189,518	$	188,389	$	185,594	$	180,756
Interest rate cap asset		—		—		—		—
Interest rate collar liability		425		425		835		835

	$	189,943	$	188,814	$	186,429	$	181,591

9. Commitments and Contingencies

Legal

The Company is subject to certain legal proceedings and claims arising in connection with its business. Management believes, based in part upon consultation with legal counsel, that the ultimate resolution of all such claims will not have a material adverse effect on the Company’s combined results of operations, financial position, or cash flows.

Commitments

On December 1, 2008, City Plaza entered into a management agreement (“Agreement”) with a third party (“Manager”) for a one year period. The term shall renew automatically for successive six month terms unless terminated by City Plaza or Manager. The Manager earns either the greater of $4 per month or 1.25% of

Gross Income, as defined in the Agreement, collected from the City Plaza Property for the preceding month. For the year ended December 31, 2009, the Company incurred $58 of property management fees of which none was payable at December 31, 2009. The Agreement also provides for a construction management fee to be based upon an incremental scale, as defined in the Agreement. The Company has not incurred any construction management fees to date.

Pursuant to the Purchase and Sale Agreement dated August 11, 2008, City Plaza entered into an agreement pursuant to which it agreed to pay the Seller, as defined in the agreement, of the City Plaza property a Contingent Payment, as defined in the agreement, equal to 25% of net proceeds from any Capital Event, as defined in the agreement, in excess of proceeds necessary to provide an 11% unlevered IRR on the investment amount of $54,000. This obligation continues until either the Seller receives $5,000, a transfer of the property to an unaffiliated third party occurs or a transfer of the membership interest of the Company to an unaffiliated third party occurs. Pursuant to a letter agreement dated March 1, 2010, the Seller has agreed that the transfer of City Plaza in the formation transactions shall terminate the Contingent Payment obligation without giving rise to any payment.

F-56

Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc.

Notes to Combined Financial Statements

For the Years Ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, and the

Period from February 14, 2007 (Commencement of Operations) to December 31, 2007

(In thousands)

Concentrations

All of the Company’s Properties are located in Southern California which exposes the Company to greater economic risks than if it owned a more geographically dispersed portfolio. Further, for the year ended December 31, 2009, approximately 75% of the Company’s revenues were derived from tenants in the media and entertainment industry which makes the Company particularly susceptible to demand for rental space in such industry. Consequently, the Company is subject to the risks associated with an investment in real estate with a concentration of tenants in that industry. For the year ended December 31, 2009, Technicolor Lease accounted for approximately 15% of total revenues and the KTLA lease accounted for approximately 11% of total revenues. Another media and entertainment tenant accounted for approximately 11% of total revenues.

10. Related-Party Transactions

The Properties, except for the 875 Howard Street Property, are managed by Hudson Studios Management, LLC (“Hudson Management”), an affiliate of the Company.

Upon acquisition of the Sunset Gower Property, SGS entered into a five year management agreement with Hudson Management to pay a monthly management fee equal to $54 for the first 24 months of the term and $42 for the remaining 36 months. For the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, and during the period from July 31, 2007 (inception) to December 31, 2007, management fees of $591, $650 and $255, respectively, had been incurred. In addition, Hudson Management is entitled to a construction management fee of $300 plus 5% of the hard costs in association with other future developments. As of December 31, 2009 and 2008, $300 of construction management fees had been capitalized to construction in progress.

Upon acquisition of the Sunset Bronson Property, Sunset Bronson entered into an agreement with Hudson Management to pay a management fee equal to $33 per month through December 31, 2009 and $25 per month thereafter for the remaining five year term. For the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, $400 and $367, respectively, of management fees had been incurred.

The developer and manager of the 875 Howard Street Property is TMG Partners and Flynn Properties, Inc. TMG Partners is also the managing member. TMG Partners and Flynn Properties, Inc. jointly began providing property management services for the 875 Howard Street Property starting February 15, 2007. A monthly property management fee equal to the greater of $20 per month or 2.5% of gross rents received from tenants during each calendar month is paid in equal parts to TMG Partners and Flynn Properties, Inc. These fees totaled $240, $240 and $210 for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, and the period from February 14, 2007 (Commencement of Operations) to December 31, 2007, respectively.

Under the management agreement, payroll-related costs were reimbursed to Flynn Properties, Inc. in the amount of $38 for the period from February 14, 2007 (Commencement of Operations) to December 31, 2007, and to TMG Partners and Flynn Properties, Inc. in the amount of $98 and $58 for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively.

Upon acquisition of the City Plaza Property, City Plaza entered into an agreement with Hudson Management to pay a management fee equal to $10 per month. For the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, the Company paid $120 and $40, respectively, to Hudson Management.

F-57

Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc.

Notes to Combined Financial Statements

For the Years Ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, and the

Period from February 14, 2007 (Commencement of Operations) to December 31, 2007

(In thousands)

11. Segment Reporting

The Company’s reporting segments are based on the Company’s method of internal reporting which classifies its operations into two reporting segments: (i) Office Properties, and (ii) Media and Entertainment Properties. The office properties reporting segment includes the 875 Howard Street Property, City Plaza Property and the Technicolor Building, while the media and entertainment reporting segment includes the Sunset Gower Property (including the 6060 Building), and the Sunset Bronson Property. The Company evaluates performance based upon property net operating income from continuing operations (“NOI”) of the combined properties in each segment. NOI is not a measure of operating results or cash flows from operating activities as measured by GAAP, is not indicative of cash available to fund cash needs and should not be considered an alternative to cash flows as a measure of liquidity. All companies may not calculate NOI in the same manner. The Company considers NOI to be an appropriate supplemental measure to net income because it helps both investors and management to understand the core operations of the Company’s properties. The Company defines NOI as operating revenues (including rental revenues, other property related revenue, tenant recoveries and other operating revenues), less property-level operating expenses (which includes management fees and general and administrative expenses). NOI excludes depreciation and amortization, impairments, gain/loss on sale of real estate, interest expense, and other non-operating items.

Summary information for the reportable segments follows for the year ended December 31, 2009 is as follows:


	Office Properties		Media and Entertainment Properties		Total
Rental revenues	$	11,058	$	19,909	$	30,967
Tenant recoveries		2,029		1,463		3,492
Other property related revenue		—		7,193		7,193
Other operating revenues		158		60		218

Total revenues		13,245		28,625		41,870
Operating expenses		6,322		16,810		23,132

Net operating income	$	6,923	$	11,815	$	18,738

Summary information for the reportable segments for the year ended December 31, 2008 is as follows:


	Office Properties		Media and Entertainment Properties		Total
Rental revenues	$	8,235	$	22,075	$	30,310
Tenant recoveries		1,504		1,544		3,048
Other property related revenue		—		9,554		9,554
Other operating revenues		41		92		133

Total revenues		9,780		33,265		43,045
Operating expenses		3,003		19,926		22,929

Net operating income	$	6,777	$	13,339	$	20,116

F-58

Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc.

Notes to Combined Financial Statements

For the Years Ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, and the

Period from February 14, 2007 (Commencement of Operations) to December 31, 2007

(In thousands)

Summary information for the reportable segments follows for the period February 14, 2007 (commencement of operations) to December 31, 2007 is as follows:


	Office Properties		Media and Entertainment Properties		Total
Rental revenues	$	3,905	$	4,215	$	8,120
Tenant recoveries		620		58		678
Other property related revenue		—		2,750		2,750
Other operating revenues		—		7		7

Total revenues		4,525		7,030		11,555
Operating expenses		1,182		4,732		5,914

Net operating income	$	3,343	$	2,298	$	5,641

The following is a reconciliation from NOI to reported net income, the most direct comparable financial measure calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP:


	Year Ended December 31, 2009			Year Ended December 31, 2008			Period February 14, 2007 (commencement of operations) to December 31, 2007
Net operating income	$	18,738		$	20,116		$	5,641
Interest income		18			48			57
Unrealized gain (loss) on interest rate collar		399			(835	)		(24	)
Depreciation and amortization		(10,930	)		(9,693	)		(3,592	)
Interest expense		(8,774	)		(12,029	)		(6,096	)
Other expense		(95	)		(21	)		—
Loss on sale of real estate		—			(208	)		—

Net income (loss)	$	(644	)	$	(2,622	)	$	(4,014	)

There were no intersegment sales or transfers during the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, and the period from February 14, 2007 (inception) to December 31, 2007.

The Company’s total assets by segment were as follows as of:


	Office Properties		Media and Entertainment Properties		Total
December 31, 2009	$	188,724	$	259,510	$	448,234

December 31, 2008	$	183,789	$	262,248	$	446,037

F-59

Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc.

Notes to Combined Financial Statements

For the Years Ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, and the

Period from February 14, 2007 (Commencement of Operations) to December 31, 2007

(In thousands)

Schedule III

Consolidated Real Estate and Accumulated Depreciation

(Amounts in thousands)


				Initial Cost				Cost Capitalized Subsequent to Acquisition				Gross Carrying Amount at December 31, 2009						Accumulated Depreciation at December 31, 2009			Year Built/ Renovated		Year Acquired
Property Name	Encumbrances at December 31, 2009			Land		Building & Improvements		Improvements		Carrying Costs		Land		Building & Improvements		Total
Office
City Plaza	$	—		$	14,939	$	34,135	$	2,669	$	—	$	14,939	$	36,804	$	51,743	$	(1,792	)		1969/99		2008
Technicolor Building		—	*		6,598		27,187		25,455		3,088		6,598		55,730		62,328		(3,099	)		2008		2007
875 Howard Street Property		37,518			18,058		41,046		2,923		903		18,058		44,872		62,930		(3,870	)		Various		2007
Media and Entertainment
Sunset Gower		115,000	*		75,749		58,969		5,132		—		75,749		64,101		139,850		(4,569	)		Various		2007
Sunset Bronson		37,000			77,698		32,374		2,423		—		77,698		34,797		112,495		(3,538	)		Various		2008

Total	$	189,518		$	193,042	$	193,711	$	38,602	$	3,991	$	193,042	$	236,304	$	429,346	$	(16,868	)

*	The Technicolor Building and Sunset Gower are encumbered by the same $115,000 note payable.

F-60

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Stockholders of Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc.

We have audited the accompanying balance sheets of Howard Street Associates, LLC (the Company) as of December 31, 2009 and 2008, and the related statements of operations, members’ equity, and cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, and the period from February 14, 2007 (Commencement of Operations) to December 31, 2007. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. We were not engaged to perform an audit of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Howard Street Associates, LLC as of December 31, 2009 and 2008, and the results of their operations and its cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, and the period from February 14, 2007 (Commencement of Operations) to December 31, 2007, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

/s/ E RNST & Y OUNG LLP

Los Angeles, California

November 22, 2010

F-61

Howard Street Associates, LLC

Balance Sheets


	December 31
	2009			2008
	(In Thousands)
Assets
Real estate assets:
Land	$	18,058		$	18,058
Land improvements		564			564
Building and improvements		38,393			38,393
Tenant improvements		2,278			2,278
Property under development		3,637			93

Total real estate held for investment		62,930			59,386
Accumulated depreciation and amortization		(3,870	)		(3,218	)

Total investment in real estate, net		59,060			56,168

Cash and cash equivalents		1,438			858
Restricted cash		523			373
Deferred financing costs, net of accumulated amortization of $560 and $358 at December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively		201			364
Lease intangibles, net of accumulated amortization of $2,047 and $1,848 at December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively		794			993
Lease commissions, net of accumulated amortization of $720 and $878 at December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively		1,535			502
Prepaid expenses and other assets		66			77

Total assets	$	63,617		$	59,335

Liabilities and members’ equity
Notes payable	$	37,518		$	33,594
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities		1,818			493
Below-market leases net of accumulated amortization of $5,430 and $4,334 at December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively		11,637			12,733
Prepaid rent		83			181
Security deposits		904			—

Total liabilities		51,960			47,001

Members’ equity		11,657			12,334

Total liabilities and equity	$	63,617		$	59,335

See accompanying notes.

F-62

Howard Street Associates, LLC

Statements of Operations


	Year Ended December 31,						Period From February 14, 2007 (Commencement of Operations) to December 31, 2007
	2009			2008
	(In Thousands)
Revenues:
Rental income	$	1,997		$	4,444		$	3,905
Tenant recoveries		396			718			620
Other		140			—			—

Total revenues		2,533			5,162			4,525

Expenses:
Office operating expenses		1,589			641			720
Real estate taxes		239			557			462
Depreciation and amortization		950			3,094			2,851

Total operating expenses		2,778			4,292			4,033

Income from operations		(245	)		870			492

Other expense (income):
Interest expense		422			1,785			2,236
Interest income		(1	)		(3	)		(14	)
Unrealized loss of interest rate contracts		11			—			24

		432			1,782			2,246

Net loss	$	(677	)	$	(912	)	$	(1,754	)

See accompanying notes.

F-63

Howard Street Associates, LLC

Statements of Members’ Equity


	TMG-Flynn SOMA, LLC			SOMA Square Investors, LLC			Total Members’ Equity
	(In Thousands)
February 14, 2007 (Commencement of Operations)	$	—		$	—		$	—
Member contributions		900			14,100			15,000
Net loss		(105	)		(1,649	)		(1,754	)

Balance at December 31, 2007		795			12,451			13,246
Net loss		(55	)		(857	)		(912	)

Balance at December 31, 2008		740			11,594			12,334
Net loss		(41	)		(636	)		(677	)

Balance at December 31, 2009	$	699		$	10,958		$	11,657

See accompanying notes.

F-64

Howard Street Associates, LLC

Statements of Cash Flows


							Period From February 14, 2007 (Commencement of Operations) to December 31, 2007
	Year Ended December 31,
	2009			2008
	(In Thousands)
Operating activities
Net loss	$	(677	)	$	(912	)	$	(1,754	)
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities
Depreciation and amortization		950			3,094			2,851
Amortization of deferred financing costs		88			187			171
Amortization of below-market rents		(1,096	)		(2,169	)		(2,165	)
Unrealized loss on interest loss contract		11			—			24
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
Lease commissions, prepaid expenses and other assets		(1,122	)		7			(343	)
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities		431			115			521
Restricted cash		(150	)		(145	)		(228	)
Prepaid rent		(98	)		40			141
Security deposits		904			—			—

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities		(759	)		217			(782	)

Investing activities
Additions to investment in real estate		(2,535	)		(102	)		(66	)
Acquisition of investment property		—			—			(46,257	)

Net cash used in investing activities		(2,535	)		(102	)		(46,323	)

Financing activities
Proceeds from notes payable		3,924			343			33,251
Contributions by members		—			—			15,000
Payment of loan costs and interest rate contracts		(50	)		—			(746	)

Net cash provided by financing activities		3,874			343			47,505

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents		580			458			400
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period		858			400			—

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period	$	1,438		$	858		$	400

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information
Cash paid for interest, net of amounts capitalized	$	719		$	1,667		$	1,923

See accompanying notes.

F-65

Howard Street Associates, LLC

Notes to the Financial Statements

Years Ended December 31, 2009 and 2008

and the Period from February 14, 2007 (Commencement of Operations) to December 31, 2007

(In Thousands)

1. Formation and Limited Liability Company Agreement

Howard Street Associates, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the Company), was formed on December 6, 2006, to acquire, refurbish, re-tenant, improve, operate, market, lease, finance, and ultimately dispose of a commercial building located at 875-899 Howard Street, San Francisco, California (the Project).

The Project was acquired on February 15, 2007, and the Company commenced operation of the Project.

The members of the Company are TMG-Flynn SOMA, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the Managing Member), and SOMA Square Investors, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the Investor Member). The percentage interests of the Managing Member and the Investor Member are 6% and 94%, respectively. The members have committed to contribute a maximum of $18,000 in cash to the Company on a pari passu basis.

The Company will continue until December 31, 2057, unless terminated sooner, as provided in the Limited Liability Company Agreement (the Company Agreement).

The Members are to receive various cash distribution preferences. The Managing Member will receive additional cash distributions as each level of the cash distribution preferences is attained. The preferences include a complete return of the members’ invested capital, and preferred returns on invested capital at rates of 10%, 18%, 27.5%, and 35%, depending upon the amount of cash proceeds actually distributed.

Profits and losses are allocated in accordance with the partnership agreement and generally follow distributions.

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Basis of Presentation

The accompanying combined financial statements of the Company are prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP).

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of commitments and contingencies at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting periods. Actual results could materially differ from these estimates.

Investment in Real Estate

The property is carried at cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization. The Company allocates the cost of an acquisition, including the assumption of liabilities, to the acquired tangible assets and identifiable intangibles based on their estimated fair values in accordance with GAAP. The Company assesses fair value based on estimated cash flow projections that utilize appropriate discount and/or capitalization rates and available market information. Estimates of future cash flows are based on a number of factors, including historical operating results, known and anticipated trends, and market and economic conditions. The fair value of tangible assets of an acquired property considers the value of the property as if it was vacant.

F-66

Howard Street Associates, LLC

Notes to the Financial Statements

Years Ended December 31, 2009 and 2008

and the Period from February 14, 2007 (Commencement of Operations) to December 31, 2007

(In Thousands)

The Company records acquired “above and below” market leases at fair value using discount rates that reflect the risks associated with the leases acquired. The amount recorded is based on the present value of the difference between (i) the contractual amounts to be paid pursuant to each in-place lease;; and (ii) management’s estimate of fair market lease rates for each in-place lease, measured over a period equal to the remaining term of the lease for above-market leases and the initial term plus the extended term for any leases with below-market renewal options. Other intangible assets acquired include amounts for in-place lease values that are based on the Company’s evaluation of the specific characteristics of each tenant’s lease. Factors considered include estimates of carrying costs during hypothetical expected lease-up periods, market conditions, and costs to execute similar leases. In estimating carrying costs, the Company includes estimates of lost rents at market rates during the hypothetical expected lease-up periods, which are dependent on local market conditions. In estimating costs to execute similar leases, the Company considers leasing commissions, legal, and other related costs.

The capitalized below-market lease values are amortized as an increase to rental income over the terms in the respective leases. As of December 31, 2009 and 2008, the Company had a liability related to below-market leases of $11,637 and $12,733, respectively, net of accumulated amortization of $5,430 and $4,334, respectively. The weighted-average amortization period for the Company’s below market leases was approximately 13.2 and 13.9 years as of December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively.

The table below presents the expected amortization related to the acquired in-place lease value and acquired below-market leases at December 31, 2009:


	2010		2011		2012		2013		2014		Thereafter		Total
Amortization expense:
Acquired in-place lease value	$	60	$	60	$	60	$	60	$	60	$	494	$	794
Adjustments to rental revenues:
Below market leases	$	880	$	881	$	881	$	881	$	881	$	7,233	$	11,637

The Company capitalizes direct construction and development costs, including predevelopment costs, interest, property taxes, insurance, and other costs directly related and essential to the acquisition, development, or construction of a real estate project. Construction and development costs are capitalized while substantial activities are ongoing to prepare an asset for its intended use. The Company considers a construction project as substantially complete and held available for occupancy upon the completion of tenant improvements, but no later than one year after cessation of major construction activity. Costs incurred after a project is substantially complete and ready for its intended use, or after development activities have ceased, are expensed as incurred. Costs previously capitalized related to abandoned acquisitions or developments are charged to earnings. Expenditures for repairs and maintenance are expensed as incurred.

The Company computes depreciation using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives as follows:


Land improvements		15 years
Building and improvements		39 years
Tenant improvements and leasing commissions		15 years
Furniture and equipment		5 to 7 years

F-67

Howard Street Associates, LLC

Notes to the Financial Statements

Years Ended December 31, 2009 and 2008

and the Period from February 14, 2007 (Commencement of Operations) to December 31, 2007

(In Thousands)

Above- and below-market lease intangibles are amortized to revenue over the remaining non-cancelable lease terms and bargain renewal periods, if any. Other in-place lease intangibles are amortized to expense over the remaining non-cancelable lease term and bargain renewal periods, if any.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

The Company assesses the carrying value of real estate assets and related intangibles whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset or asset group may not be recoverable in accordance with GAAP. Impairment losses are recorded on real estate assets held for investment when indicators of impairment are present and the future undiscounted cash flows estimated to be generated by those assets are less than the assets’ carrying amount. The Company recognizes impairment losses to the extent the carrying amount exceeds the fair value of the properties. Properties held for sale are recorded at the lower of cost or estimated fair value less the cost to sell. The Company did not record any impairment charges related to its real estate assets and related intangibles during 2009, 2008 and 2007.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents are defined as cash on hand and in banks plus all short-term investments with an original maturity of three months or less when purchased.

The Company maintains some of its cash in bank deposit accounts that, at times, may exceed the federally insured limit. No losses have been experienced related to such accounts.

Restricted Cash

Restricted cash consists of amounts held by lenders to provide for future real estate taxes and insurance expenditures.

Accounts Receivable and Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

Accounts receivable consist of amounts due for monthly rents and other charges. The Company maintains an allowance for doubtful accounts, including an allowance for straight-line rent receivables, for estimated losses resulting from tenant defaults or the inability of tenants to make contractual rent and tenant recovery payments. The Company monitors the liquidity and creditworthiness of its tenants and operators on an ongoing basis. This evaluation considers industry and economic conditions, property performance, credit enhancements, and other factors. For straight-line rent amounts, the Company’s assessment is based on amounts estimated to be recoverable over the term of the lease. At December 31, 2009 and 2008, management believes that the collectability of straight-line rent balances is reasonably assured; accordingly, no allowance was established against straight-line rent receivables. The Company evaluates the collectability of accounts receivable based on a combination of factors. The allowance for doubtful accounts is based on specific identification of uncollectable accounts and the Company’s historical collection experience. The Company recognizes an allowance for doubtful accounts based on the length of time the receivables are past due, the current business environment, and the Company’s historical experience. Historical experience has been within management’s expectations.

F-68

Howard Street Associates, LLC

Notes to the Financial Statements

Years Ended December 31, 2009 and 2008

and the Period from February 14, 2007 (Commencement of Operations) to December 31, 2007

(In Thousands)

Revenue Recognition

The Company recognizes rental revenue from tenants on a straight-line basis over the lease term when collectability is reasonably assured and the tenant has taken possession or controls the physical use of the leased asset. The net impact of the amortization of acquired below-market leases increased revenue by $1,096, $2,169 and $2,165 for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008, and the period from February 14, 2007 (Commencement of Operations) to December 31, 2007, respectively. For assets acquired subject to leases, the Company recognizes revenue upon acquisition of the asset, provided the tenant has taken possession or controls the physical use of the leased asset.

If the lease provides for tenant improvements, the Company determines whether the tenant improvements, for accounting purposes, are owned by the tenant or the Company. When the Company is the owner of the tenant improvements, the tenant is not considered to have taken physical possession or have control of the physical use of the leased asset until the tenant improvements are substantially completed. When the tenant is the owner of the tenant improvements, any tenant improvement allowance that is funded is treated as a lease incentive and amortized as a reduction of revenue over the lease term. Tenant improvement ownership is determined based on various factors, including, but not limited to:

•

Whether the lease stipulates how and on what a tenant improvement allowance may be spent;

•

Whether the tenant or landlord retains legal title to the improvements at the end of the lease term;

•

Whether the tenant improvements are unique to the tenant or general purpose in nature; and

•

Whether the tenant improvements are expected to have any residual value at the end of the lease.

Other property-related revenue is revenue that is derived from the tenants’ use of lighting, equipment rental, parking, power, HVAC and telecommunications (phone and internet). Other property-related revenue is recognized when these items are provided.

Tenant recoveries related to reimbursement of real estate taxes, insurance, repairs and maintenance, and other operating expenses are recognized as revenue in the period the applicable expenses are incurred. The reimbursements are recognized and presented gross, as the Company is generally the primary obligor with respect to purchasing goods and services from third-party suppliers, has discretion in selecting the supplier, and bears the associated credit risk.

The Company recognizes gains on sales of properties upon the closing of the transaction with the purchaser. Gains on properties sold are recognized using the full accrual method when (i) the collectability of the sales price is reasonably assured, (ii) the Company is not obligated to perform significant activities after the sale, (iii) the initial investment from the buyer is sufficient, and (iv) other profit recognition criteria have been satisfied. Gains on sales of properties may be deferred in whole or in part until the requirements for gain recognition have been met.

F-69

Howard Street Associates, LLC

Notes to the Financial Statements

Years Ended December 31, 2009 and 2008

and the Period from February 14, 2007 (Commencement of Operations) to December 31, 2007

(In Thousands)

Deferred Financing Costs

Deferred financing costs are amortized over the term of the respective loan. Loan costs, net of related amortization, totaled $201 and $364 as of December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively, and are included in deferred financing costs, net of accumulated amortization of $560 and $358 as of December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively, in the accompanying balance sheets.

Derivative Financial Instruments

The Company manages interest rate risk associated with borrowings by entering into interest rate derivative contracts. The Company recognizes all derivatives on the balance sheet at fair value. Derivatives that are not hedges are adjusted to fair value and the changes in fair value are reflected as income or expense. If the derivative is a hedge, depending on the nature of the hedge, changes in the fair value of derivatives are either offset against the change in the fair value of the hedged assets, liabilities, or firm commitments through earnings, or recognized in other comprehensive income, which is a component of equity. The ineffective portion of a derivative’s change in fair value is immediately recognized in earnings.

The Company held one interest rate cap with a fair value of $0 at December 31, 2009 and 2008. The Company did not use hedge accounting for this instrument.

Fair Value of Assets and Liabilities


Level 1:		Unadjusted quoted prices in active markets that are accessible at the measurement date for identical assets or liabilities;

Level 2:		Quoted prices for similar instruments in active markets, quoted prices for identical or similar instruments in markets that are not active, and model-derived valuations in which significant inputs and significant value drivers are observable in active markets; and

Level 3:		Prices or valuation techniques where little or no market data is available that requires inputs that are both significant to the fair value measurement and unobservable.

When available, the Company utilizes quoted market prices from an independent third-party source to determine fair value and classifies such items in Level 1 or Level 2. In instances where the market for a financial instrument is not active, regardless of the availability of a non-binding quoted market price, observable inputs might not be relevant and could require the Company to make a significant adjustment to derive a fair value measurement. Additionally, in an inactive market, a market price quoted from an independent third party may rely more on models with inputs based on information available only to that independent third party. When the Company determines the market for a financial instrument owned by the Company to be illiquid or when market

F-70

Howard Street Associates, LLC

Notes to the Financial Statements

Years Ended December 31, 2009 and 2008

and the Period from February 14, 2007 (Commencement of Operations) to December 31, 2007

(In Thousands)

transactions for similar instruments do not appear orderly, the Company uses several valuation sources (including internal valuations, discounted cash flow analysis, and quoted market prices) and establishes a fair value by assigning weights to the various valuation sources.

The Company considers the following factors to be indicators of an inactive market: (i) there are few recent transactions; (ii) price quotations are not based on current information; (iii) price quotations vary substantially either over time or among market makers (for example, some brokered markets); (iv) indexes that previously were highly correlated with the fair values of the asset or liability are demonstrably uncorrelated with recent indications of fair value for that asset or liability; (v) there is a significant increase in implied liquidity risk premiums, yields, or performance indicators (such as delinquency rates or loss severities) for observed transactions or quoted prices when compared with the Company’s estimate of expected cash flows, considering all available market data about credit and other non-performance risk for the asset or liability; (vi) there is a wide bid-ask spread or significant increase in the bid-ask spread; (vii) there is a significant decline or absence of a market for new issuances (that is, a primary market) for the asset or liability or similar assets or liabilities; and (viii) little information is released publicly (for example, a principal-to-principal market).

The Company considers the following factors to be indicators of non-orderly transactions: (i) there was not adequate exposure to the market for a period before the measurement date to allow for marketing activities that are usual and customary for transactions involving such assets or liabilities under current market conditions; (ii) there was a usual and customary marketing period, but the seller marketed the asset or liability to a single market participant; (iii) the seller is in or near bankruptcy or receivership (that is, distressed), or the seller was required to sell to meet regulatory or legal requirements (that is, forced); and (iv) the transaction price is an outlier when compared with other recent transactions for the same or similar assets or liabilities.

Unrealized losses associated with Level 2 liabilities were $11, $0 and $24 for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008, and the period from February 14, 2007 (Commencement of Operations) to December 31, 2007, respectively.

Income Taxes

No provision for federal income taxes has been made as the liabilities for such taxes is that of the members, not the Company. The Company is subject to the statutory requirements of the state in which it conducts business.

F-71

Howard Street Associates, LLC

Notes to the Financial Statements

Years Ended December 31, 2009 and 2008

and the Period from February 14, 2007 (Commencement of Operations) to December 31, 2007

(In Thousands)

3. Investment in Real Estate

As described above, the property was acquired for $46,000 plus closing costs and prorations on February 15, 2007, and, as such, the following table represents the Company’s purchase price allocation:


	Total
Consideration paid to acquire Project:
Cash consideration	$	46,257

Total consideration paid to acquire Project	$	46,257

Allocation of consideration paid to acquire Project:
Investment in real estate, net	$	59,104
Lease intangibles, net		2,841
Leasing commissions		1,122
Below-market leases		(17,067	)
Other net assets acquired		257

Total allocation of consideration paid to acquire Project	$	46,257

During 2009, the Company began a redevelopment of a portion of the Project which was completed during 2010. For the year ended December 31, 2009, the Company capitalized $544 of interest expense and $358 of property operating costs as part of the redevelopment.

4. Loan Payable

On February 15, 2007, the Company obtained a loan commitment of $57,628 with a bank as financing for the Project, with monthly interest-only payments due. An initial loan advance of $32,618 was made on February 15, 2007 and additional draws were taken of $633, $343 and $3,924, during the period from February 14, 2007 (Commencement of Operations) to December 31, 2007, and the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2009, respectively. The additional loan advances are for capital expenses, leasing expenses, operating expenses, and interest coverage expenses. The loan was originally scheduled to mature on February 13, 2011, subject to an option to extend the maturity date for one 12-month term upon compliance with certain terms and conditions. In June 2010, the loan was repaid. The loan is secured by a deed of trust, assignment of leases, security agreement, and fixture filing on the Project.

Under the loan agreement, the Company was required to purchase an interest rate cap agreement and maintain such a cap for the duration of the loan until the loan is fully repaid. On February 14, 2007 (Commencement of Operations), the Company purchased, for a premium of $24, an interest rate cap effective February 14, 2007 (Commencement of Operations) through February 14, 2009, which limited its LIBOR exposure to a maximum rate of 6.25%. Upon the termination of the interest rate cap, the Company purchased, for a premium of $11, an interest rate cap effective February 14, 2009 through February 14, 2010, which limited its LIBOR exposure to a maximum rate of 4.25%. Under a separate agreement entered into between the bank and

F-72

Howard Street Associates, LLC

Notes to the Financial Statements

Years Ended December 31, 2009 and 2008

and the Period from February 14, 2007 (Commencement of Operations) to December 31, 2007

(In Thousands)

the Company, the Company’s right, title, and interest in the cap were assigned directly to the bank, such that during the period of time the loan remains outstanding, in the event that LIBOR exceeded the capped rate, the excess due to the Company from the provider of the cap will be paid directly to the bank, resulting in the Company limiting its variable portion of the interest expense to the capped rate plus 1.75%. Through December 31, 2009, no amounts have been paid to the bank under the interest rate cap as the LIBOR has not exceeded the capped rate.

The Company is exposed to credit loss in the event of non-performance by other parties to the interest rate cap agreement; however, the Company does not anticipate any non-performance by counter parties.

5. Tenant Concentrations

For the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, one tenant accounted for 32% and 73%, respectively, of the Property’s total revenues and another tenant accounted for 68% and 27%, respectively, of total revenues for the same period. For the period from February 14, 2007 (Commencement of Operations) to December 31, 2007, one tenant accounted for 69% of the Property’s total revenues and another tenant accounted for 31% of total revenues for the same period.

6. Related-Party Transactions

The developer and manager of the Project is TMG Partners and Flynn Properties, Inc. TMG Partners is also the managing member of the Managing Member. TMG Partners and Flynn Properties, Inc. jointly began providing property management services for the Company starting February 15, 2007. A monthly property management fee equal to the greater of $20 per month or 2.5% of gross rents received from tenants during each calendar month is paid in equal parts to TMG Partners and Flynn Properties, Inc. These fees totaled $240, $240 and $210 for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, and the period from February 14, 2007 (Commencement of Operations) to December 31, 2007, respectively.

Payroll-related costs are included in maintenance and repairs expense.

7. Commitments and Contingencies

The Company has been named as a defendant in a number of lawsuits in the ordinary course of business. Management believes that the ultimate settlement of these suits will not have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial position and results of operations.

8. Lease Commitments

The Project was 65% leased and occupied at December 31, 2009 and 100% leased and occupied as of December 31, 2008 and 2007. One of the tenants has a lease that will expire in December 2013, with two five-year renewal options, while the more significant tenant was on a six-month renewal option and moved out in February 2009.

F-73

Howard Street Associates, LLC

Notes to the Financial Statements

Years Ended December 31, 2009 and 2008

and the Period from February 14, 2007 (Commencement of Operations) to December 31, 2007

(In Thousands)

On September 2, 2009, the Company entered into a 10-year lease agreement with a new tenant. On November 16, 2009, the Company entered into a seven-year lease agreement with another new tenant. The lease is subject to extension for one term of five years.

Minimum future rental income as of December 31, 2009, is as follows:


2010	$	708
2011		2,286
2012		2,588
2013		3,163
2014		2,608
Thereafter		12,303

Total future minimum rents	$	23,656

Minimum future rentals do not include expenses reimbursed by tenants, which are to be paid based on the building operating costs and property taxes.

9. Fair Value of Financial Instruments


	December 31, 2009				December 31, 2008
	Carrying Value		Fair Value		Carrying Value		Fair Value
Notes payable	$	37,518	$	37,518	$	33,594	$	33,594

F-74

Report of Independent Auditors

The Board of Directors and Stockholders of Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc.

We have audited the accompanying statement of revenues and certain expenses (as defined in Note 1) of Canpartners IV 222 Kearny, LLC (the “Company”), for the year ended December 31, 2009. This statement of revenues and certain expenses is the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on this statement based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the statement of revenues and certain expenses is free of material misstatement. We were not engaged to perform an audit of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Our audit included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the combined statement, assessing the accounting principles used, and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

The accompanying statement of revenues and certain expenses of the Company was prepared for the purpose of complying with the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission for inclusion in the Registration Statement on Form S-11 of Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc. as described in Note 1, and are not intended to be a complete presentation of the revenues and expenses of the Company.

In our opinion, the statement of revenues and certain expenses referred to above presents fairly, in all material respects, the revenues and certain expenses, as defined above, of Canpartners IV 222 Kearny, LLC for the year ended December 31, 2009, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

/s/ E RNST & Y OUNG LLP

Los Angeles, California

November 22, 2010

F-75

Canpartners IV 222 Kearny, LLC

Statements of Revenues and Certain Expenses

Nine Months Ended September 30, 2010 (unaudited) and Year Ended December 31, 2009

(In thousands)


	Nine Months Ended September 30, 2010 (unaudited)		Year Ended December 31, 2009
REVENUES
Rental revenues	$	3,036	$	4,346
Tenant recoveries		268		394
Parking		173		228

		3,477		4,968
CERTAIN EXPENSES
Property operating expenses		1,343		1,994
Ground lease expense		731		975

		2,074		2,969

Revenues in excess of certain expenses	$	1,403	$	1,999

See accompanying notes.

F-76

Canpartners IV 222 Kearny, LLC

Notes to Statements of Revenues and Certain Expenses

Nine Months Ended September 30, 2010 (unaudited) and Year Ended December 31, 2009

(In thousands)

1. Basis of Presentation

The accompanying statements of revenues and certain expenses includes the operations of 222 Kearny Plaza (“222 Kearny”), an office building located in San Francisco, California. 222 Kearny is owned by Canpartners IV 222 Kearny, LLC (the “Company”).

The accompanying statements of revenues and certain expenses relate to 222 Kearny and have been prepared for the purpose of complying with Rule 3-14 of Regulation S-X promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. Accordingly, the statements are not representative of the actual operations for the periods presented as revenues and certain operating expenses, which may not be directly attributable to the revenues and expenses expected to be incurred to the future operations of the Property, have been excluded. Such items include depreciation, amortization, management fees, general and administrative expense, interest expense, interest income and amortization of above and below market leases.

Unaudited Interim Financial Information

The accompanying interim unaudited financial statements have been prepared by 222 Kearny management pursuant to the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission. Certain information and footnote disclosure normally included in the financial statements prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles may have been condensed or omitted pursuant to such rules and regulations, although management believes that the disclosures are adequate to make the presentation not misleading. The unaudited statement of revenues and certain expenses for the nine months ended September 30, 2010 include, in the opinion of management, all adjustments, consisting of normal recurring adjustments, necessary to present fairly the financial information set forth therein. The results of operations for the interim period ended September 30, 2010 are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the year ended December 31, 2010. The interim unaudited statement of revenues and certain expenses should be read in conjunction with the Company’s audited statement of revenues and certain expenses for the year ended December 31, 2009.

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Revenue Recognition

Tenant recoveries related to reimbursement of real estate taxes, insurance, repairs and maintenance, and other operating expenses are recognized as revenue in the period the applicable expenses are incurred. The reimbursements are recognized and presented gross, as the Company is generally the primary obligor with respect to purchasing goods and services from third-party suppliers, has discretion in selecting the supplier and bears the associated credit risk.

F-77

Canpartners IV 222 Kearny, LLC

Notes to Combined Statements of Revenues and Certain Expenses

Nine Months Ended September 30, 2010 (unaudited) and Year Ended December 31, 2009

(In thousands)

Use of Estimates

Management has made a number of estimates and assumptions relating to the reporting and disclosure of revenues and certain expenses during the reporting periods to prepare the statements of revenues and certain expenses in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

3. Minimum Future Lease Rentals

As of September 30, 2010, the minimum future cash rents receivable under non-cancelable operating leases in each of the next five years and thereafter are as follows (unaudited):


Three-months ended December 31, 2010	$	1,021
2011		3,379
2012		2,463
2013		1,737
2014		996
Thereafter		1,337

	$	10,933

Leases generally require reimbursement of the tenant’s proportional share of common area, real estate taxes and other operating expenses, which are excluded from the amounts above.

4. Tenant Concentrations

One of the Property’s tenants accounted for 11% of the Company’s total revenues for the year ended December 31, 2009 and the nine months ended September 30, 2010 (unaudited).

5. Minimum Future Lease Payments

As of September 30, 2010, the minimum future cash rents payable under a non-cancelable land leases in each of the next five years and thereafter are as follows (unaudited):


Three-months ended December 31, 2010	$	244
2011		975
2012		975
2013		975
2014		975
Thereafter		39,000

	$	43,144

F-78

Canpartners IV 222 Kearny, LLC

Notes to Combined Statements of Revenues and Certain Expenses

Nine Months Ended September 30, 2010 (unaudited) and Year Ended December 31, 2009

(In thousands)

6. Commitments and Contingencies

The Company is subject to various legal proceedings and claims that arise in the ordinary course of business. These matters are generally covered by insurance. Management believes that the ultimate settlement of these actions will not have a material adverse effect on the Company.

7. Subsequent Events

The Company evaluated subsequent events through the date these financial statements were issued.

F-79

Report of Independent Auditors

The Board of Directors and Stockholders of Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc.

We have audited the accompanying statement of revenues and certain expenses (as defined in Note 1) of ECI Washington, LLC (the “Company”), for the year ended December 31, 2009. This statement of revenues and certain expenses is the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on this statement based on our audit.

In our opinion, the statement of revenues and certain expenses referred to above presents fairly, in all material respects, the revenues and certain expenses, as defined above, of ECI Washington, LLC for the year ended December 31, 2009, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

/s/ E RNST & Y OUNG LLP

Los Angeles, California

November 22, 2010

F-80

ECI Washington, LLC

Statements of Revenues and Certain Expenses

Nine Months Ended September 30, 2010 (unaudited) and Year Ended December 31, 2009

(In thousands)


	Nine Months Ended September 30, 2010 (unaudited)		Year Ended December 31, 2009
REVENUES
Rental revenues	$	3,096	$	4,058
Tenant recoveries		913		1,058
Parking		315		405

		4,324		5,521
CERTAIN EXPENSES
Property operating expenses		1,325		1,895

		1,325		1,895

Revenues in excess of certain expenses	$	2,999	$	3,626

See accompanying notes.

F-81

ECI Washington, LLC

Notes to Statements of Revenues and Certain Expenses

Nine Months Ended September 30, 2010 (unaudited) and Year Ended December 31, 2009

(In thousands)

1. Basis of Presentation

The accompanying statements of revenues and certain expenses includes the operations of 10950 Washington Boulevard (“10950 Washington”), an office building located in Culver City, California. 10950 Washington is owned by ECI Washington, LLC (the “Company”).

The accompanying statements of revenues and certain expenses relate to 10950 Washington and have been prepared for the purpose of complying with Rule 3-14 of Regulation S-X promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. Accordingly, the unaudited statements are not representative of the actual operations for the periods presented as revenues and certain operating expenses, which may not be directly attributable to the revenues and expenses expected to be incurred to the future operations of the Property, have been excluded. Such items include depreciation, amortization, management fees, general and administrative expenses, interest expense, interest income and amortization of above and below market leases.

Unaudited Interim Financial Information

The accompanying interim unaudited financial statements have been prepared by 10950 Washington management pursuant to the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission. Certain information and footnote disclosure normally included in the financial statements prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles may have been condensed or omitted pursuant to such rules and regulations, although management believes that the disclosures are adequate to make the presentation not misleading. The unaudited statement of revenues and certain expenses for the nine months ended September 30, 2010 include, in the opinion of management, all adjustments, consisting of normal recurring adjustments, necessary to present fairly the financial information set forth therein. The results of operations for the interim period ended September 30, 2010 are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the year ended December 31, 2010. The interim unaudited statement of revenues and certain expenses should be read in conjunction with the Company’s audited statement of revenues and certain expenses for the year ended December 31, 2009.

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Revenue Recognition

Tenant recoveries related to reimbursement of real estate taxes, insurance, repairs and maintenance, and other operating expenses are recognized as revenue in the period the applicable expenses are incurred. The reimbursements are recognized and presented gross, as the Company is generally the primary obligor with respect to purchasing goods and services from third-party suppliers, has discretion in selecting the supplier and bears the associated credit risk.

F-82

ECI Washington, LLC

Notes to Statements of Revenues and Certain Expenses

Nine Months Ended September 30, 2010 (unaudited) and Year Ended December 31, 2009

(In thousands)

Use of Estimates

3. Minimum Future Lease Rentals

As of September 30, 2010, the minimum future cash rents receivable under non-cancelable operating leases in each of the next five years and thereafter are as follows (unaudited):


Three-months ended December 31, 2010	$	1,073
2011		4,374
2012		4,361
2013		4,304
2014		4,149
Thereafter		2,006

	$	20,267

Leases generally require reimbursement of the tenant’s proportional share of common area, real estate taxes and other operating expenses, which are excluded from the amounts above.

4. Tenant Concentrations

One of the Property’s tenants, accounted for 70% of the Company’s total revenues for the year ended December 31, 2009 and the nine months ended September 30, 2010 (unaudited).

5. Commitments and Contingencies

6. Subsequent Events

The Company evaluated subsequent events through the date these financial statements were issued.

F-83

Report of Independent Auditors

The Stockholder of Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc.

We have audited the accompanying combined statement of revenues and certain expenses (as defined in Note 1) of GLB Encino, LLC and Glenborough Tierrasanta, LLC (the “Company”), for the year ended December 31, 2009. This combined statement of revenues and certain expenses is the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on this combined statement based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the statement of revenues and certain expenses is free of material misstatement. We were not engaged to perform an audit of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Our audit included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the combined statement, assessing the accounting principles used, and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall combined financial statement presentation. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

The accompanying statement of revenues and certain expenses of the Company were prepared for the purpose of complying with the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission for inclusion in the Registration Statement on Form S-11 of Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc. as described in Note 1, and are not intended to be a complete presentation of the revenues and expenses of the Company.

In our opinion, the statement of revenues and certain expenses referred to above presents fairly, in all material respects, the combined revenues and certain expenses, as defined above of GLB Encino, LLC and Glenborough Tierrasanta, LLC for the year ended December 31, 2009, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

/s/ E RNST & Y OUNG LLP

Los Angeles, California

April 9, 2010

F-84

GLB Encino, LLC and Glenborough Tierrasanta, LLC

Combined Statement of Revenues and Certain Expenses

Three-Months Ended March 31, 2010 (Unaudited) and the Year Ended December 31, 2009

(In thousands)


	Three-Months Ended March 31, 2010 (Unaudited)		Year Ended December 31, 2009
Revenues
Rental revenues	$	2,122	$	8,493
Parking and other		310		1,198
Tenant recoveries		171		717

		2,603		10,408
Certain expenses
Property operating expenses		745		2,695
Other operating expenses		—		145

Revenues in excess of certain expenses	$	1,858	$	7,568

See accompanying notes.

F-85

GLB Encino, LLC and Glenborough Tierrasanta, LLC

Notes to Combined Statement of Revenues and Certain Expenses

Three-Months Ended March 31, 2010 (Unaudited) and the Year Ended December 31, 2009

(In thousands)

1. Basis of Presentation

The accompanying combined statements of revenues and certain expenses includes the combined operations of First Financial Plaza (“First Financial”), an office building located in Los Angeles, California and Tierrasanta Research Park (“Tierrasanta”), an office building located in San Diego, California. First Financial and Tierrasanta are owned by GLB Encino, LLC and Glenborough Tierrasanta, LLC, respectively (collectively, the “Company”). Glenborough Fund XIV, L.P. is the managing and sole member of GLB Encino, LLC and Glenborough Tierrasanta, LLC.

The accompanying combined statements of revenues and certain expenses relates to the Company and has been prepared for the purpose of complying with Rule 3-14 of Regulation S-X promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. Accordingly, the combined statement is not representative of the actual operations for the year presented as revenues and certain operating expenses, which may not be directly attributable to the revenues and expenses expected to be incurred to the future operations of the Company, have been excluded. Such items include depreciation, amortization, management fees, interest expense, interest income and amortization of above and below market leases. The Company is not aware of any material factors relating to First Financial and Tierrasanta other than those discussed above that would cause the reported financial information not to be necessarily indicative of future operating results.

First Financial and Tierrasanta are under common management and their acquisition will be conditioned on a single event, consummation of an initial public offering. Due to common management, and consistent with Accounting Standards Codification (ASC) 810-10, Consolidation , management views First Financial and Tierrasanta on a combined basis.

Unaudited Interim Financial Information

The accompanying interim unaudited combined statement of revenues and certain expenses have been prepared by the Company’s management pursuant to the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission. Certain information and footnote disclosure normally included in the financial statements prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) may have been condensed or omitted pursuant to such rules and regulations, although management believes that the disclosures are adequate to make the presentation not misleading. The unaudited combined statement of revenues and certain expenses for the three months ended March 31, 2010, include, in the opinion of management, all adjustments, consisting of normal recurring adjustments, necessary to present fairly the financial information set forth therein. The results of operations for the interim period ended March 31, 2010 are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the years ended December 31, 2010. The interim unaudited combined statement of revenues and certain expenses should be read in conjunction with the Company’s audited combined statement of revenues and certain expenses for the year ended December 31, 2009 and notes thereto.

2. Principles of Combination

The combined financial statement includes selected accounts of the Company as described in Note 1. All significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in the combined statements of revenues and certain expenses.

F-86

GLB Encino, LLC and Glenborough Tierrasanta, LLC

Notes to Combined Statement of Revenues and Certain Expenses

Three-Months Ended March 31, 2010 (Unaudited) and the Year Ended December 31, 2009

(In thousands)

3. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Revenue Recognition

Tenant recoveries related to reimbursement of real estate taxes, insurance, repairs and maintenance, and other operating expenses are recognized as revenue in the period the applicable expenses are incurred. The reimbursements are recognized and presented gross, as the Company is generally the primary obligor with respect to purchasing goods and services from third-party suppliers, has discretion in selecting the supplier and bears the associated credit risk.

Use of Estimates

Management has made a number of estimates and assumptions relating to the reporting and disclosure of revenues and certain expenses during the reporting periods to prepare the combined statements of revenues and certain expenses in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

4. Minimum Future Lease Rentals

There are various lease agreements in place with tenants to lease space in the Company. As of March 31, 2010 , the minimum future cash rents receivable under noncancelable operating leases in each of the next five years and thereafter are as follows (unaudited):


April 1, 2010 to December 31, 2010	$	5,876
2011		7,216
2012		6,758
2013		5,676
2014		4,357
Thereafter		11,307

	$	41,190

Leases generally require reimbursement of the tenant’s proportional share of common area, real estate taxes and other operating expenses, which are excluded from the amounts above.

5. Tenant Concentrations

For the three months ended March 31, 2010 (unaudited) and the year ended December 31, 2009, one tenant represented 13% of the Company’s total revenue.

6. Related-Party Transactions

The Company reimburses an operating company that is owned by the minority owner of Glenborough Fund XIV, L.P. for property management payroll and related expenses. Such reimbursable costs are included in operating expenses in the accompanying statements of revenues and certain expenses.

F-87

GLB Encino, LLC and Glenborough Tierrasanta, LLC

Notes to Combined Statement of Revenues and Certain Expenses

Three-Months Ended March 31, 2010 (Unaudited) and the Year Ended December 31, 2009

(In thousands)

7. Commitments and Contingencies

8. Subsequent Events

The Company evaluated subsequent events through the date these combined financial statements were issued.

F-88

City Plaza

Unaudited Statements of Revenues and Certain Expenses

Six Months Ended June 30, 2008 and 2007

(In thousands)


	2008		2007
Revenues
Rental revenues	$	2,174	$	3,571
Parking and other		89		121
Tenant recoveries		162		367

		2,425		4,059

Certain expenses
Property operating expenses		1,742		1,689

Excess of revenues over certain expenses	$	683	$	2,370

See accompanying notes.

F-89

City Plaza

Notes to the Unaudited Statement of Revenues and Certain Expenses

Six Months Ended June 30, 2008 and 2007

(In thousands)

1. Basis of Presentation

The accompanying statements of revenues and certain expenses include the historical operations of City Plaza (the “Property”), an office building located in Orange, California. City Plaza was acquired by HFOP City Plaza, LLC on August 26, 2008.

Concurrent with the consummation of the initial public offering of the common stock of Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc., HFOP City Plaza, LLC will contribute its ownership interest in the Property to Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc. Affiliates of the prior owners of the Property have historically provided maintenance and management services to the Property.

The accompanying statements of revenues and certain expenses relate to the Property and have been prepared for the purpose of complying with Rule 3-14 of Regulation S-X promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. Accordingly, the statements are not representative of the actual operations for the years presented as revenues and certain operating expenses, which may not be directly attributable to the revenues and expenses expected to be incurred to the future operations of the Property, have been excluded. Such items include depreciation, amortization, management fees, interest expense, interest income, and amortization of above- and below-market leases.

Tenant reimbursements for real estate taxes, common area maintenance and other recoverable costs are recognized in the period that the expenses are incurred. Lease termination fees, and parking and miscellaneous revenues are included in parking and other income in the accompanying statements of revenues and certain expenses. Lease termination fees are recognized when the related leases are canceled and the landlord has no continuing obligation to provide services to such former tenants.

Unaudited Interim Financial Information

The accompanying interim unaudited combined statements of revenues and certain expenses have been prepared by the Property’s management pursuant to the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission. Certain information and footnote disclosure normally included in the financial statements prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) may have been condensed or omitted pursuant to such rules and regulations, although management believes that the disclosures are adequate to make the presentation not misleading. The unaudited statement of revenues and certain expenses for the six months ended June 30, 2008 and 2007, include, in the opinion of management, all adjustments, consisting of normal recurring adjustments, necessary to present fairly the financial information set forth therein. The results of operations for the interim periods ended June 30, 2008 and 2007 are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007.

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

The interim unaudited combined statements of revenues and certain expenses should be read in conjunction with the Property’s audited statements of revenues and certain expenses for the year ended December 31, 2007, and notes thereto.

Revenue Recognition

The Property recognizes rental revenue from tenants on a straight-line basis over the lease term when collectability is reasonably assured and the tenant has taken possession or controls the physical use of the leased asset.

F-90

City Plaza

Notes to the Unaudited Statement of Revenues and Certain Expenses

Six Months Ended June 30, 2008 and 2007

(In thousands)

Tenant recoveries related to reimbursement of real estate taxes, insurance, repairs and maintenance, and other operating expenses are recognized as revenue in the period the applicable expenses are incurred. The reimbursements are recognized and presented gross, as the Property is generally the primary obligor with respect to purchasing goods and services from third-party suppliers, has discretion in selecting the supplier and bears the associated credit risk.

Use of Estimates

Management has made a number of estimates and assumptions relating to the reporting and disclosure of revenues and certain expenses during the reporting periods to prepare the combined statements of revenues and certain expenses in conformity with GAAP. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

3. Commitments and Contingencies

The Property is subject to various legal proceedings and claims that arise in the ordinary course of business. These matters are generally covered by insurance. Management believes that the ultimate settlement of these actions will not have a material adverse effect on the Property’s results of operations.

4. Subsequent Events

The Company evaluated subsequent events through the date these financial statements were issued.

F-91

Report of Independent Auditors

The Stockholder of Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc.

We have audited the accompanying statement of revenues and certain expenses (as defined in Note 1) of City Plaza (the “Property”) for the year ended December 31, 2007. The statement of revenues and certain expenses is the responsibility of the management of the Property. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the statement based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the statement of revenues and certain expenses is free of material misstatement. We were not engaged to perform an audit of the Property’s internal control over financial reporting. Our audit included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Property’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the statement, assessing the accounting principles used, and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

The accompanying statement of revenues and certain expenses of the Property was prepared for the purpose of complying with the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission for inclusion in the Registration Statement on Form S-11 of Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc. as described in Note 1, and are not intended to be a complete presentation of the revenues and expenses of the Property.

In our opinion, the statement of revenues and certain expenses referred to above presents fairly, in all material respects, the revenue and certain expenses, as defined above, of City Plaza for the year ended December 31, 2007, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

/s/ E RNST & Y OUNG LLP

Los Angeles, California

February 16, 2010

F-92

City Plaza

Statement of Revenue and Certain Expenses

Year Ended December 31, 2007

(In thousands)


Revenues
Rental revenues	$	5,727
Parking and other		901
Tenant recoveries		454

		7,082
Certain expenses
Property operating expenses		3,874

Excess of revenues over certain expenses	$	3,208

See accompanying notes.

F-93

City Plaza

Notes to Statement of Revenues and Certain Expenses

Year ended December 31, 2007

(In thousands)

1. Basis of Presentation

The accompanying statement of revenues and certain expenses includes the historical operations of City Plaza (the “Property”), an office building located in Orange, California. City Plaza was acquired by HFOP City Plaza, LLC on August 26, 2008.

Concurrent with the consummation of the initial public offering of the common stock of Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc., HFOP City Plaza, LLC will contribute their ownership interest in the Property to Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc. Affiliates of the prior owners of the Property have historically provided maintenance and management services to the Property.

The accompanying combined statement of revenues and certain expenses relates to the Company and has been prepared for the purpose of complying with Rule 3-14 of Regulation S-X promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. Accordingly, the combined statement is not representative of the actual operations for the year presented as revenues and certain operating expenses, which may not be directly attributable to the revenues and expenses expected to be incurred to the future operations of the Property, have been excluded. Such items include depreciation, amortization, management fees, interest expense, interest income and amortization of above- and below-market leases.

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Revenue Recognition

Tenant recoveries related to reimbursement of real estate taxes, insurance, repairs and maintenance, and other operating expenses are recognized as revenue in the period the applicable expenses are incurred. The reimbursements are recognized and presented gross, as the Property is generally the primary obligor with respect to purchasing goods and services from third-party suppliers, has discretion in selecting the supplier and bears the associated credit risk.

Use of Estimates

F-94

City Plaza

Notes to Statement of Revenues and Certain Expenses

Year ended December 31, 2007

(In thousands)

3. Commitments and Contingencies

4. Subsequent Events

The Company evaluated subsequent events through the date these financial statements were issued.

F-95

LOGO

Shares of % Series B Cumulative Redeemable Preferred Stock

(Liquidation Preference $25.00 per share)

PROSPECTUS

Wells Fargo Securities

BofA Merrill Lynch

Barclays Capital

Morgan Stanley

, 2010

PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 31.

Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.

The following table itemizes the expenses incurred by us in connection with the issuance and registration of the securities being registered hereunder. All amounts shown are estimates except for the SEC registration fee and the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc., or FINRA, filing fee and the NYSE listing fee.


SEC Registration Fee	$	6,417
FINRA Filing Fee	$	9,500
Printing and Engraving Expenses		*
Legal Fees and Expenses (other than Blue Sky)		*
Accounting and Fees and Expenses		*
Total	$	*

*	To be completed by amendment.

Item 32.

Sales to Special Parties.

None.

Item 33.

Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.

On February 1, 2010 we issued 100 shares of our common stock to Victor J. Coleman in connection with the initial capitalization of our company for an aggregate purchase price of $1,000. The issuance of such shares was effected in reliance upon an exemption from registration provided by Section 4(2) under the Securities Act.

In connection with our initial public offering and related formation transactions, on June 29, 2010, an aggregate of (i) 6,050,037 shares of common stock, (ii) 2,610,941 common units of limited partnership interest in our operating partnership, or common units and (iii) series A preferred units of limited partnership interest in our operating partnership with an aggregate liquidation preference of approximately $12.5 million (before closing costs and prorations) were issued to certain persons transferring interests in the properties and assets comprising our initial portfolio to us in consideration of such transfers. All such persons had a substantive, pre-existing relationship with us and made irrevocable elections to receive such securities in the formation transactions prior to the filing of the registration statement related to our initial public offering with the SEC. All of such persons are “accredited investors” as defined under Regulation D of the Securities Act. The issuance of such shares and units was effected in reliance upon exemptions from registration provided by Section 4(2) under the Securities Act and Regulation D of the Securities Act.

Concurrently with the closing of our initial public offering, we completed a separate private placement pursuant to which we sold 1,176,471 shares of common stock with an aggregate value of $20.0 million to Victor J. Coleman and certain investment funds affiliated with Farallon Capital Management, L.L.C., at a price per share equal to the price to the public without payment by us of any underwriting discount or commission. Mr. Coleman and each such investment fund had a substantive, pre-existing relationship with us and made irrevocable elections to receive such securities in the private placement prior to the filing of the registration statement related to our initial public offering with the SEC. Mr. Coleman and each such investment fund are “accredited investors” as defined under Regulation D of the Securities Act. The issuance of such shares was effected in reliance upon an exemption from registration provided by Section 4(2) under the Securities Act and Regulation D of the Securities Act.

II-1

Item 34.

Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

•

actual receipt of an improper benefit or profit in money, property or services; or

•

active and deliberate dishonesty that is established by a final judgment and is material to the cause of action.

Our charter contains a provision that eliminates the liability of our directors and officers to the maximum extent permitted by Maryland law.

Maryland law requires a Maryland corporation (unless its charter provides otherwise, which our charter does not) to indemnify a director or officer who has been successful, on the merits or otherwise in the defense of any proceeding to which he or she is made or threatened to be made a party by reason of his or her service in that capacity. Maryland law permits a Maryland corporation to indemnify its present and former directors and officers, among others, against judgments, penalties, fines, settlements and reasonable expenses actually incurred by them in connection with any proceeding to which they may be made or threatened to be made a party by reason of their service in those or other capacities unless it is established that:

•

the act or omission of the director or officer was material to the matter giving rise to the proceeding and (i) was committed in bad faith or (ii) was the result of active and deliberate dishonesty;

•

the director or officer actually received an improper personal benefit in money, property or services; or

•

in the case of any criminal proceeding, the director or officer had reasonable cause to believe that the act or omission was unlawful.

Under Maryland law, a Maryland corporation also may not indemnify a director or officer in a suit by or in the right of the corporation in which the director or officer was adjudged liable to the corporation or for a judgment of liability on the basis that a personal benefit was improperly received. A court may order indemnification if it determines that the director or officer is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnification, even though the director or officer did not meet the prescribed standard of conduct, however, indemnification for an adverse judgment in a suit by us or in our right, or for a judgment of liability on the basis that personal benefit was improperly received, is limited to expenses.

In addition, the MGCL permits a Maryland corporation to advance reasonable expenses to a director or officer upon the corporation’s receipt of:

•

a written affirmation by the director or officer of his or her good faith belief that he or she has met the standard of conduct necessary for indemnification by the corporation; and

•

Our charter authorizes us, and our bylaws obligate us, to the maximum extent permitted by Maryland law in effect from time to time, to indemnify and, without requiring a preliminary determination of the ultimate entitlement to indemnification, to pay or reimburse reasonable expenses in advance of final disposition of a proceeding to any individual who:

II-2

•

is a present or former director or officer and who is made or threatened to be made a party to the proceeding by reason of his or her service in that capacity; or

•

while a director or officer and at our request, serves or has served as a director, officer, partner, manager, member or trustee of another corporation, real estate investment trust, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise and who is made or threatened to be made a party to the proceeding by reason of his or her service in that capacity.

Our charter and bylaws also permit us to indemnify and advance expenses to any individual who served a predecessor of ours in any of the capacities described above and to any employee or agent of our company or a predecessor of our company.

Furthermore, our officers and directors are indemnified against specified liabilities by the underwriters, and the underwriters are indemnified against certain liabilities by us, under the underwriting agreement relating to this offering. See “Underwriting.”

We have entered into indemnification agreements with each of our executive officers and directors whereby we indemnify such executive officers and directors to the fullest extent permitted by Maryland law against all expenses and liabilities, subject to limited exceptions. These indemnification agreements also provide that upon an application for indemnity by an executive officer or director to a court of appropriate jurisdiction, such court may order us to indemnify such executive officer or director.

In addition, our directors and officers are indemnified for specified liabilities and expenses pursuant to the partnership agreement of Hudson Pacific Properties, L.P., the partnership in which we serve as sole general partner.

Item 35.

Treatment of Proceeds from Stock Being Registered.

None.

II-3

Item 36.

Financial Statements and Exhibits.

(A)

Financial Statements. See Index to Consolidated Financial Statements and the related notes thereto.

(B)

Exhibits . The following exhibits are filed as part of, or incorporated by reference into, this registration statement on Form S-11:


Exhibit

1.1		Form of Underwriting Agreement.*

3.1		Articles of Amendment and Restatement of Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc. ⁽²⁾

3.2		Amended and Restated Bylaws of Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc. ⁽²⁾

3.3		Form of Articles Supplementary of Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc.*

4.1		Form of Certificate Common Stock of Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc. ⁽⁵⁾

4.2		Form of Certificate of Series B Preferred Stock of Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc.*

5.1		Opinion of Venable LLP.*

8.1		Opinion of Latham & Watkins LLP with respect to tax matters.*

10.1		Second Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of Hudson Pacific Properties, L.P. *

10.2		Registration Rights Agreement among Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc. and the persons named therein.

10.3		Indemnification Agreement, dated June 29, 2010, by and between Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc. and Victor J. Coleman.

10.4		Indemnification Agreement, dated June 29, 2010, by and between Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc. and Howard S. Stern.

10.5		Indemnification Agreement, dated June 29, 2010, by and between Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc. and Mark T. Lammas.

10.6		Indemnification Agreement, dated June 29, 2010, by and between Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc. and Christopher Barton.

10.7		Indemnification Agreement, dated June 29, 2010, by and between Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc. and Dale Shimoda.

10.8		Indemnification Agreement, dated June 29, 2010, by and between Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc. and Theodore R. Antenucci.

10.9		Indemnification Agreement, dated June 29, 2010, by and between Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc. and Mark Burnett.

10.10		Indemnification Agreement, dated June 29, 2010, by and between Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc. and Richard B. Fried.

10.11		Indemnification Agreement, dated June 29, 2010, by and between Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc. and Jonathan M. Glaser.

II-4


Exhibit

10.12		Indemnification Agreement, dated June 29, 2010, by and between Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc. and Mark D. Linehan.

10.13		Indemnification Agreement, dated June 29, 2010, by and between Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc. and Robert M. Moran, Jr.

10.14		Indemnification Agreement, dated June 29, 2010, by and between Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc. and Barry A. Porter.

10.15		Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc. and Hudson Pacific Properties, L.P. 2010 Incentive Award Plan. ⁽⁵⁾

10.16		Restricted Stock Award Grant Notice and Restricted Stock Award Agreement. ⁽⁵⁾

10.17		Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc. Director Stock Plan.*

10.18		Employment Agreement, dated as of April 22, 2010, by and among Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc., Hudson Pacific Properties, L.P. and Victor J. Coleman. ⁽²⁾

10.19		Employment Agreement, dated as of April 22, 2010, by and among Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc., Hudson Pacific Properties, L.P. and Howard S. Stern. ⁽²⁾

10.20		Employment Agreement, dated as of May 14, 2010, by and among Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc., Hudson Pacific Properties, L.P. and Mark T. Lammas. ⁽⁴⁾

10.21		Employment Agreement, dated as of April 22, 2010, by and among Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc., Hudson Pacific Properties, L.P. and Christopher Barton. ⁽²⁾

10.22		Employment Agreement, dated as of April 22, 2010, by and among Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc., Hudson Pacific Properties, L.P. and Dale Shimoda. ⁽²⁾

10.23		Contribution Agreement by and among Victor J. Coleman, Howard S. Stern, Hudson Pacific Properties, L.P. and Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc., dated as of February 15, 2010. ⁽¹⁾

10.24		Contribution Agreement by and among SGS Investors, LLC, HFOP Investors, LLC, Soma Square Investors, LLC, Hudson Pacific Properties, L.P. and Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc., dated as of February 15, 2010. ⁽¹⁾

10.25		Contribution Agreement by and among TMG-Flynn SOMA, LLC, Hudson Pacific Properties, L.P. and Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc., dated as of February 15, 2010. ⁽¹⁾

10.26		Contribution Agreement by and among Glenborough Fund XIV, L.P., Glenborough Acquisition, LLC, Hudson Pacific Properties, L.P. and Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc. dated as of February 15, 2010. ⁽¹⁾

10.27		Representation, Warranty and Indemnity Agreement by and among Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc., Hudson Pacific Properties, L.P. and the persons named therein as nominees of the Farallon Funds, dated as of February 15, 2010. ⁽¹⁾

10.28		Representation, Warranty and Indemnity Agreement by and among Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc., Hudson Pacific Properties, L.P. and the persons named therein as nominees of TMG-Flynn SOMA, LLC, dated as of February 15, 2010. ⁽¹⁾

10.29		Representation, Warranty and Indemnity Agreement by and among Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc., Hudson Pacific Properties, L.P. and the persons named therein as nominees of Glenborough Fund XIV, L.P. dated as of February 15, 2010. ⁽¹⁾

10.30		Subscription Agreement by and among Farallon Capital Partners, L.P., Farallon Capital Institutional Partners, L.P., Farallon Capital Institutional Partners III, L.P., Victor J. Coleman and Hudson Pacific Properties Inc. dated as of February 15, 2010. ⁽²⁾

II-5


Exhibit

10.31		Tax Protection Agreement between Hudson Pacific Properties, L.P. and the persons named therein, dated June 29, 2010. ⁽⁷⁾

10.32		Agreement of Purchase and Sale and Joint Escrow Instructions between Del Amo Fashion Center Operating Company and Hudson Capital, LLC dated as of May 18, 2010. ⁽⁴⁾

10.33		Credit Agreement among Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc., Hudson Pacific Properties L.P., Barclays Capital and Banc of America Securities LLC, as Joint Lead Arrangers, Bank of America, N.A., as Syndication Agent, and Barclays Bank PLC, as Administrative Agent, and the other lenders party thereto, dated June 29, 2010. ⁽⁷⁾

10.34		First Modification Agreement between Sunset Bronson Entertainment Properties, LLC and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. dated as of June 10, 2010. ⁽⁵⁾

10.35		Amended and Restated First Modification Agreement between Sunset Bronson Entertainment Properties, LLC and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. dated as of June 29, 2010. ⁽⁷⁾

10.36		Loan Agreement among Sunset Bronson Entertainment Properties, L.L.C., as Borrower, Wachovia Bank, National Association, as Administrative Agent, Wachovia Capital Markets, LLC, as Lead Arranger and Sole Bookrunner, and lenders party thereto, dated as of May 12, 2008. ⁽⁶⁾

10.37		Conditional Consent Agreement between GLB Encino, LLC, as Borrower, and SunAmerica Life Insurance Company, as Lender, dated as of June 10, 2010. ⁽⁶⁾

10.38		Amended and Restated Deed of Trust, Security Agreement, Fixture Filing, Financing Statement and Assignment of Leases and Rents between GLB Encino, LLC, as Trustor, SunAmerica Life Insurance Company, as Beneficiary, and First American Title Insurance Company, as Trustee, dated as of January 26, 2007. ⁽⁶⁾

10.39		Amended and Restated Promissory Note by GLB Encino, as Maker, to SunAmerica Life Insurance Company, as Holder, dated as of January 26, 2007. ⁽⁶⁾

10.40		Approval Letter from Wells Fargo, as Master Servicer, and CWCapital Asset Management, LLC, as Special Servicer to Hudson Capital LLC, dated as of June 8, 2010. ⁽⁶⁾

10.41		Loan and Security Agreement between Glenborough Tierrasanta, LLC, as Borrower, and German American Capital Corporation, as Lender, dated as of November 28, 2006. ⁽⁶⁾

10.42		Note by Glenborough Tierrasanta, LLC, as Borrower, in favor of German American Capital Corporation, as Lender, dated as of November 28, 2006. ⁽⁶⁾

10.43		Reaffirmation, Consent to Transfer and Substitution of Indemnitor, by and among Glenborough Tierrasanta, LLC, Morgan Stanley Real Estate Fund V U.S., L.P., MSP Real Estate Fund V, L.P., Morgan Stanley Real Estate Investors, V U.S., L.P., Morgan Stanley Real Estate Fund V Special U.S., L.P., MSP Co-Investment Partnership V, L.P., MSP Co-Investment Partnership V-A, L.P., Glenborough Fund XIV, L.P., Hudson Pacific Properties, L.P., and U.S. Bank National Association, dated June 29, 2010. ⁽⁷⁾

10.44		Purchase and Sale Agreement, dated September 15, 2010, by and between ECI Washington LLC and Hudson Pacific Properties, L.P. ^*

12.1		Computation of ratios of earnings to fixed charges and preferred dividends.

21.1		List of Subsidiaries of the Registrant.

23.1		Consent of Venable LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1).

23.2		Consent of Latham & Watkins LLP (included in Exhibit 8.1).

23.3		Consent of Ernst & Young LLP.

23.4		Consent of McGladrey & Pullen, LLP.

II-6


Exhibit

23.5		Consent of Rosen Consulting Group.

24.1		Power of Attorney (included on Signature Page).

99.1		Rosen Consulting Group Market Study. ⁽²⁾

*	To be filed by amendment.

⁽¹⁾	Previously filed with the Registration Statement on Form S-11/A filed by the Registrant with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 9, 2010.

⁽²⁾	Previously filed with the Registration Statement on Form S-11/A filed by the Registrant with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 12, 2010.

⁽³⁾	Previously filed with the Registration Statement on Form S-11/A filed by the Registrant with the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 11, 2010.

⁽⁴⁾	Previously filed with the Registration Statement on Form S-11/A filed by the Registrant with the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 14, 2010.

⁽⁵⁾	Previously filed with the Registration Statement on Form S-11/A filed by the Registrant with the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 22, 2010.

⁽⁶⁾	Previously filed with the Current Report on Form 8-K filed by the Registrant with the Securities and Exchange Commission on July 1, 2010.

Item 37.

Undertakings.

(a)

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act of 1933 and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act of 1933, and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

(b)

The undersigned Registrant hereby further undertakes that:

(1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance under Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

(2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered herein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

II-7

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the registrant certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that the registrant meets all of the requirements for filing on Form S-11 and has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Los Angeles, State of California, on this 22nd day of November, 2010.


Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc.

By:		/ S / V ICTOR J. C OLEMAN
		Victor J. Coleman
		*Chief Executive Officer*

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below does hereby constitute and appoint Victor J. Coleman and Howard S. Stern, and each of them, with full power of substitution and full power to act without the other, such person’s true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent to act for such person in such person’s name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this registration statement and any related registration statement filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, and to file this registration statement, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in order to effectuate the same as fully, to all intents and purposes, as such person might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.


Signature	Title	Date
/ S / V ICTOR J. C OLEMAN Victor J. Coleman	Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board of Directors (Principal Executive Officer)	November 22, 2010

/ S / M ARK T. L AMMAS Mark T. Lammas	Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)	November 22, 2010

/ S / H OWARD S. S TERN Howard S. Stern	President and Director	November 22, 2010

/ S / R ICHARD B. F RIED Richard B. Fried	Director	November 22, 2010

/ S / T HEODORE R. A NTENUCCI Theodore R. Antenucci	Director	November 22, 2010

/ S / M ARK B URNETT Mark Burnett	Director	November 22, 2010

/ S / J ONATHAN M. G LASER Jonathan M. Glaser	Director	November 22, 2010

/ S / M ARK D. L INEHAN Mark D. Linehan	Director	November 22, 2010

/ S / R OBERT M. M ORAN , J R . Robert M. Moran, Jr.	Director	November 22, 2010

/ S / B ARRY A. P ORTER Barry A. Porter	Director	November 22, 2010

II-8

EXHIBIT INDEX


Exhibit

1.1		Form of Underwriting Agreement.*

3.1		Articles of Amendment and Restatement of Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc. ⁽²⁾

3.2		Amended and Restated Bylaws of Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc. ⁽²⁾

3.3		Form of Articles Supplementary of Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc.*

4.1		Form of Certificate Common Stock of Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc. ⁽⁵⁾

4.2		Form of Certificate of Series B Preferred Stock of Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc.*

5.1		Opinion of Venable LLP.*

8.1		Opinion of Latham & Watkins LLP with respect to tax matters.*

10.1		Second Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of Hudson Pacific Properties, L.P. *

10.2		Registration Rights Agreement among Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc. and the persons named therein.

10.3		Indemnification Agreement, dated June 29, 2010, by and between Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc. and Victor J. Coleman.

10.4		Indemnification Agreement, dated June 29, 2010, by and between Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc. and Howard S. Stern.

10.5		Indemnification Agreement, dated June 29, 2010, by and between Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc. and Mark T. Lammas.

10.6		Indemnification Agreement, dated June 29, 2010, by and between Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc. and Christopher Barton.

10.7		Indemnification Agreement, dated June 29, 2010, by and between Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc. and Dale Shimoda.

10.8		Indemnification Agreement, dated June 29, 2010, by and between Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc. and Theodore R. Antenucci.

10.9		Indemnification Agreement, dated June 29, 2010, by and between Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc. and Mark Burnett.

10.10		Indemnification Agreement, dated June 29, 2010, by and between Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc. and Richard B. Fried.

10.11		Indemnification Agreement, dated June 29, 2010, by and between Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc. and Jonathan M. Glaser.

10.12		Indemnification Agreement, dated June 29, 2010, by and between Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc. and Mark D. Linehan.

10.13		Indemnification Agreement, dated June 29, 2010, by and between Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc. and Robert M. Moran, Jr.

10.14		Indemnification Agreement, dated June 29, 2010, by and between Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc. and Barry A. Porter.

10.15		Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc. and Hudson Pacific Properties, L.P. 2010 Incentive Award Plan. ⁽⁵⁾


Exhibit

10.16		Restricted Stock Award Grant Notice and Restricted Stock Award Agreement. ⁽⁵⁾

10.17		Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc. Director Stock Plan.*

10.18		Employment Agreement, dated as of April 22, 2010, by and among Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc., Hudson Pacific Properties, L.P. and Victor J. Coleman. ⁽²⁾

10.19		Employment Agreement, dated as of April 22, 2010, by and among Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc., Hudson Pacific Properties, L.P. and Howard S. Stern. ⁽²⁾

10.20		Employment Agreement, dated as of May 14, 2010, by and among Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc., Hudson Pacific Properties, L.P. and Mark T. Lammas. ⁽⁴⁾

10.21		Employment Agreement, dated as of April 22, 2010, by and among Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc., Hudson Pacific Properties, L.P. and Christopher Barton. ⁽²⁾

10.22		Employment Agreement, dated as of April 22, 2010, by and among Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc., Hudson Pacific Properties, L.P. and Dale Shimoda. ⁽²⁾

10.23		Contribution Agreement by and among Victor J. Coleman, Howard S. Stern, Hudson Pacific Properties, L.P. and Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc., dated as of February 15, 2010. ⁽¹⁾

10.24		Contribution Agreement by and among SGS Investors, LLC, HFOP Investors, LLC, Soma Square Investors, LLC, Hudson Pacific Properties, L.P. and Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc., dated as of February 15, 2010. ⁽¹⁾

10.25		Contribution Agreement by and among TMG-Flynn SOMA, LLC, Hudson Pacific Properties, L.P. and Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc., dated as of February 15, 2010. ⁽¹⁾

10.26		Contribution Agreement by and among Glenborough Fund XIV, L.P., Glenborough Acquisition, LLC, Hudson Pacific Properties, L.P. and Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc. dated as of February 15, 2010. ⁽¹⁾

10.27		Representation, Warranty and Indemnity Agreement by and among Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc., Hudson Pacific Properties, L.P. and the persons named therein as nominees of the Farallon Funds, dated as of February 15, 2010. ⁽¹⁾

10.28		Representation, Warranty and Indemnity Agreement by and among Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc., Hudson Pacific Properties, L.P. and the persons named therein as nominees of TMG-Flynn SOMA, LLC, dated as of February 15, 2010. ⁽¹⁾

10.29		Representation, Warranty and Indemnity Agreement by and among Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc., Hudson Pacific Properties, L.P. and the persons named therein as nominees of Glenborough Fund XIV, L.P. dated as of February 15, 2010. ⁽¹⁾

10.30		Subscription Agreement by and among Farallon Capital Partners, L.P., Farallon Capital Institutional Partners, L.P., Farallon Capital Institutional Partners III, L.P., Victor J. Coleman and Hudson Pacific Properties Inc. dated as of February 15, 2010. ⁽²⁾

10.31		Tax Protection Agreement between Hudson Pacific Properties, L.P. and the persons named therein, dated June 29, 2010. ⁽⁷⁾

10.32		Agreement of Purchase and Sale and Joint Escrow Instructions between Del Amo Fashion Center Operating Company and Hudson Capital, LLC dated as of May 18, 2010. ⁽⁴⁾

10.33		Credit Agreement among Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc., Hudson Pacific Properties L.P., Barclays Capital and Banc of America Securities LLC, as Joint Lead Arrangers, Bank of America, N.A., as Syndication Agent, and Barclays Bank PLC, as Administrative Agent, and the other lenders party thereto, dated June 29, 2010. ⁽⁷⁾



10.34		First Modification Agreement between Sunset Bronson Entertainment Properties, LLC and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. dated as of June 10, 2010. ⁽⁵⁾

10.35		Amended and Restated First Modification Agreement between Sunset Bronson Entertainment Properties, LLC and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. dated as of June 29, 2010. ⁽⁷⁾

10.36		Loan Agreement among Sunset Bronson Entertainment Properties, L.L.C., as Borrower, Wachovia Bank, National Association, as Administrative Agent, Wachovia Capital Markets, LLC, as Lead Arranger and Sole Bookrunner, and lenders party thereto, dated as of May 12, 2008. ⁽⁶⁾

10.37		Conditional Consent Agreement between GLB Encino, LLC, as Borrower, and SunAmerica Life Insurance Company, as Lender, dated as of June 10, 2010. ⁽⁶⁾

10.38		Amended and Restated Deed of Trust, Security Agreement, Fixture Filing, Financing Statement and Assignment of Leases and Rents between GLB Encino, LLC, as Trustor, SunAmerica Life Insurance Company, as Beneficiary, and First American Title Insurance Company, as Trustee, dated as of January 26, 2007. ⁽⁶⁾

10.39		Amended and Restated Promissory Note by GLB Encino, as Maker, to SunAmerica Life Insurance Company, as Holder, dated as of January 26, 2007. ⁽⁶⁾

10.40		Approval Letter from Wells Fargo, as Master Servicer, and CWCapital Asset Management, LLC, as Special Servicer to Hudson Capital LLC, dated as of June 8, 2010. ⁽⁶⁾

10.41		Loan and Security Agreement between Glenborough Tierrasanta, LLC, as Borrower, and German American Capital Corporation, as Lender, dated as of November 28, 2006. ⁽⁶⁾

10.42		Note by Glenborough Tierrasanta, LLC, as Borrower, in favor of German American Capital Corporation, as Lender, dated as of November 28, 2006. ⁽⁶⁾

10.43		Reaffirmation, Consent to Transfer and Substitution of Indemnitor, by and among Glenborough Tierrasanta, LLC, Morgan Stanley Real Estate Fund V U.S., L.P., MSP Real Estate Fund V, L.P., Morgan Stanley Real Estate Investors, V U.S., L.P., Morgan Stanley Real Estate Fund V Special U.S., L.P., MSP Co-Investment Partnership V, L.P., MSP Co-Investment Partnership V-A, L.P., Glenborough Fund XIV, L.P., Hudson Pacific Properties, L.P., and U.S. Bank National Association, dated June 29, 2010. ⁽⁷⁾

10.44		Purchase and Sale Agreement, dated September 15, 2010, by and between ECI Washington LLC and Hudson Pacific Properties, L.P. ^*

12.1		Computation of ratios of earnings to fixed charges and preferred dividends.

21.1		List of Subsidiaries of the Registrant.

23.1		Consent of Venable LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1).

23.2		Consent of Latham & Watkins LLP (included in Exhibit 8.1).

23.3		Consent of Ernst & Young LLP.

23.4		Consent of McGladrey & Pullen, LLP.

23.5		Consent of Rosen Consulting Group.

24.1		Power of Attorney (included on Signature Page).

99.1		Rosen Consulting Group Market Study. ⁽²⁾

^*	To be filed by amendment.

⁽¹⁾	Previously filed with the Registration Statement on Form S-11/A filed by the Registrant with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 9, 2010.

⁽²⁾	Previously filed with the Registration Statement on Form S-11/A filed by the Registrant with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 12, 2010.

⁽³⁾	Previously filed with the Registration Statement on Form S-11/A filed by the Registrant with the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 3, 2010.

⁽⁴⁾	Previously filed with the Registration Statement on Form S-11/A filed by the Registrant with the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 11, 2010.

⁽⁵⁾	Previously filed with the Registration Statement on Form S-11/A filed by the Registrant with the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 14, 2010.

⁽⁶⁾	Previously filed with the Registration Statement on Form S-11/A filed by the Registrant with the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 22, 2010.

⁽⁷⁾	Previously filed with the Current Report on Form 8-K filed by the Registrant with the Securities and Exchange Commission on July 1, 2010.

EXHIBIT 10.2

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

THIS REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT is entered into as of June 29, 2010 by and among Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc., a Maryland corporation (the “ Company ”), and the holders listed on Schedule I hereto (each an “ Initial Holder ” and, collectively, the “ Initial Holders ”).

RECITALS

WHEREAS, in connection with the initial public offering (the “ IPO ”) of shares of the Company’s common stock, par value $.01 per share (the “ Common Stock ”), the Company and Hudson Pacific Properties, L.P., a Maryland limited partnership (the “ Operating Partnership ”), have concurrently engaged in certain formation transactions (the “ Formation Transactions ”), pursuant to which the Initial Holders have concurrently received, in exchange for their (or certain related parties’) respective interests in the entities participating in the Formation Transactions or in exchange for services rendered, (i) preferred units of limited partnership interest in the Operating Partnership (“ Preferred OP Units ”), (ii) common units of limited partnership interest in the Operating Partnership (“ Common OP Units ”) and/or (iii) shares of Common Stock;

WHEREAS, upon the terms and subject to the conditions contained in the Operating Partnership Agreement (as defined below), Preferred OP Units will be convertible into Common OP Units and Common OP Units will be redeemable for cash or, at the Company’s option, exchangeable for shares of Common Stock;

WHEREAS, concurrently with the IPO, the Company has sold shares of Common Stock to certain of the Initial Holders in a private placement transaction (the “ Concurrent Private Placement ”) exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (together with the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, the “ Securities Act ”); and

WHEREAS, as a condition to receiving the consent of the Initial Holders to the Formation Transactions and in connection with the Concurrent Private Placement, the Company has agreed to grant the Initial Holders and their permitted assignees and transferees the registration rights set forth in Article II hereof.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual agreements herein contained, and for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

Section 1.1. Definitions . In addition to the definitions set forth above, the following terms, as used herein, have the following meanings:

“ Affiliate ” of any Person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under common control with such Person. For the purposes of this definition,

“control” when used with respect to any Person, means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms “controlling” and “controlled” have meanings correlative to the foregoing.

“ Agreement ” means this Registration Rights Agreement, as it may be amended, supplemented or restated from time to time.

“ Business Day ” means any day except a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks in The City of New York, New York or Los Angeles, California are authorized by law to close.

“ Charter ” means the Articles of Amendment and Restatement of the Company as filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Maryland on May 6, 2010, as the same may be amended, modified or restated from time to time.

“ Commission ” means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

“ Company Piggy-Back Registration ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(a).

“ Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

“ Exchangeable Common OP Units ” means Common OP Units which may be redeemable for cash or, at the Company’s option, exchangeable for shares of Common Stock pursuant to the Operating Partnership Agreement (without regard to any limitations on the exercise of such exchange right as a result of the Ownership Limit Provisions).

“ Exchangeable Preferred OP Units ” means Preferred OP Units which are convertible into Exchangeable Common OP Units pursuant to the Operating Partnership Agreement (without regard to any limitations on the exercise of such exchange right as a result of the Ownership Limit Provisions).

“ Farallon Demand Registration ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(a).

“ Farallon Demand Registration Statement ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(a).

“ Farallon Holder ” means any Holder that is an Affiliate of Farallon Capital Management, L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability company.

“ Farallon Piggy-Back Registration ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.2.

“ Holder ” means (i) any Initial Holder who is the record or beneficial owner of any Registrable Security or (ii) any assignee or transferee of such Initial Holder (including assignments or transfers of Registrable Securities to such assignees or transferees as a result of the foreclosure on any loans secured by such Registrable Securities) (x) to the extent permitted under the Operating Partnership Agreement or the Charter, as applicable, and (y) provided such assignee or transferee agrees in writing to be bound by all the provisions hereof.

“ Initial Period ” means a period commencing on the date hereof and ending 365 days following the effective date of the first Resale Shelf Registration Statement (except that, if the shares of Common Stock issuable upon exchange of Exchangeable Common OP Units received in the Formation Transactions are not included in that Resale Shelf Registration Statement as a result of Section 2.4(b), the 365 days shall not begin until the later of the effective date of (i) the first Resale Shelf Registration Statement and (ii) the first Issuer Shelf Registration Statement).

“ Issuer Shelf Registration Statement ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.4(b).

“ Market Value ” means, with respect to the Common Stock, the average of the daily market price for the ten (10) consecutive trading days immediately preceding the date of a written request for registration pursuant to Section 2.1(a). The market price for each such trading day shall be: (i) if the Common Stock is listed or admitted to trading on any securities exchange or the NASDAQ-National Market System, the closing price, regular way, on such day, or if no such sale takes place on such day, the average of the closing bid and asked prices on such day, in either case as reported in the principal consolidated transaction reporting system, (ii) if the Common Stock is not listed or admitted to trading on any securities exchange or the NASDAQ-National Market System, the last reported sale price on such day or, if no sale takes place on such day, the average of the closing bid and asked prices on such day, as reported by a reliable quotation source designated by the Company, or (iii) if the Common Stock is not listed or admitted to trading on any securities exchange or the NASDAQ-National Market System and no such last reported sale price or closing bid and asked prices are available, the average of the reported high bid and low asked prices on such day, as reported by a reliable quotation source designated by the Company, or if there shall be no bid and asked prices on such day, the average of the high bid and low asked prices, as so reported, on the most recent day (not more than (10) days prior to the date in question) for which prices have been so reported; provided that if there are no bid and asked prices reported during the ten (10) days prior to the date in question, the Market Value of the Common Stock shall be determined by the Board of Directors of the Company acting in good faith on the basis of such quotations and other information as it considers, in its reasonable judgment, appropriate.

“ Notice and Questionnaire ” means a written notice, substantially in the form attached as Exhibit A , delivered by a Holder to the Company (i) notifying the Company of such Holder’s desire to include Registrable Securities held by it in a Resale Shelf Registration Statement, (ii) containing all information about such Holder required to be included in such registration statement in accordance with applicable law, including Item 507 of Regulation S-K promulgated under the Securities Act, as amended from time to time, or any similar successor rule thereto, and (iii) pursuant to which such Holder agrees to bound by the terms and conditions hereof.

“ Operating Partnership Agreement ” means the Amended & Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of the Operating Partnership, dated as of June 29, 2010, as the same may be amended, modified or restated from time to time.

“ Ownership Limit Provisions ” mean the various provisions of the Company’s Charter set forth in Article VI thereof restricting the ownership of Common Stock by Persons to specified percentages of the outstanding Common Stock.

“ Person ” means an individual or a corporation, partnership, limited liability company, association, trust, or any other entity or organization, including a government or political subdivision or an agency or instrumentality thereof.

“ Registrable Securities ” means with respect to any Holder, shares of Common Stock owned, either of record or beneficially, by such Holder that were (a) received by such Holder or an Initial Holder in the Formation Transactions, (b) acquired by such Holder or an Initial Holder directly from the underwriters or the Company in the IPO or the Concurrent Private Placement, in each case in a transaction disclosed in the registration statement relating to the IPO, (c) issued or issuable upon exchange of Exchangeable Common OP Units, including Exchangeable Common OP Units issuable upon conversion of Exchangeable Preferred OP Units received by such Holder or an Initial Holder in the Formation Transactions, (d) solely in the case of any Farallon Holder, any Common Stock acquired by such Farallon Holder in the open market after the date hereof and prior to the second anniversary of this Agreement, and, (e) in the case of (a), (b), (c) and (d), any additional shares of Common Stock issued as a dividend or distribution on, inexchange for, or otherwise in respect of, such shares (including as a result of combinations, recapitalizations, mergers, consolidations, reorganizations or otherwise).

As to any particular Registrable Securities, they shall cease to be Registrable Securities at the earliest time as one of the following shall have occurred: (i) a registration statement (including a Resale Shelf Registration Statement) covering such shares has been declared effective by the Commission and all such shares have been disposed of pursuant to such effective registration statement or unless such shares (other than Restricted Shares) were issued pursuant to an effective registration statement (including an Issuer Shelf Registration Statement), (ii) such shares have been publicly sold under Rule 144, (iii) all such shares may be sold in one transaction pursuant to Rule 144 or (iv) such shares have been otherwise transferred in a transaction that constitutes a sale thereof under the Securities Act, the Company has delivered to the Holder’s transferee a new certificate or other evidence of ownership for such shares not bearing the Securities Act restricted stock legend and such shares subsequently may be resold or otherwise transferred by such transferee without registration under the Securities Act.

“ Resale Shelf Registration ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.4(a).

“ Resale Shelf Registration Statement ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.4(a).

“ Restricted Shares ” means shares of Common Stock issued under an Issuer Shelf Registration Statement which if sold by the holder thereof would constitute “restricted securities” as defined under Rule 144.

“ Rule 144 ” means Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act, as amended from time to time, or any similar successor rule thereto that may be promulgated by the Commission.

“ Selling Holder ” means a Holder who is selling Registrable Securities pursuant to a registration statement under the Securities Act pursuant to the terms hereof.

“ Shelf Registration Statement ” means a Resale Shelf Registration Statement and/or an Issuer Shelf Registration Statement.

“ Suspension Notice ” means any written notice delivered by the Company pursuant to Section 2.14 with respect to the suspension of rights under a Resale Shelf Registration Statement or any prospectus contained therein.

“ Underwriter ” means a securities dealer who purchases any Registrable Securities as principal and not as part of such dealer’s market-making activities.

ARTICLE II

REGISTRATION RIGHTS

Section 2.1. Underwritten Demand Registration .

(a) Commencing on or after the date that is one hundred eighty (180) days after the consummation date of the IPO and until such time as a Resale Shelf Registration Statement has been declared effective, the Farallon Holder(s) may collectively make one written request to the Company for registration of an underwritten offering under the Securities Act of all or part of its or their Common Stock constituting Registrable Securities (a “ Farallon Demand Registration ”); provided , however , that the Registrable Securities to be sold by Farallon Holders pursuant to such Farallon Demand Registration may not exceed twenty-five (25) percent of the Registrable Securities received by all Farallon Holders in the Formation Transactions and the Concurrent Private Placement. The Company shall prepare and file a registration statement on an appropriate form with respect to any Farallon Demand Registration (the “ Farallon Demand Registration Statement ”) and shall use its reasonable efforts to cause the Farallon Demand Registration Statement to be declared effective by the Commission as promptly as reasonably practicable after the filing thereof. The Company shall not be obligated to effect more than one Farallon Demand Registration. Any request for a Farallon Demand Registration will specify the number of shares of Registrable Securities proposed to be sold in the underwritten offering. The Company shall have the opportunity to register such number of shares of Common Stock as it may elect on the Farallon Demand Registration Statement and as part of the same underwritten offering in connection with a Farallon Demand Registration (a “ Company Piggy-Back Registration ”). Unless the Farallon Holders shall consent in writing, no party, other than the Company, shall be permitted to offer securities in connection with any such Farallon Demand Registration.

(b) Effective Registration . A registration requested by the Farallon Holder(s) under Section 2.1(a) will not count as a Farallon Demand Registration unless and until the related Farallon Demand Registration Statement has been declared effective by the Commission.

(c) Underwriters . The Company shall select the book-running managing Underwriter in connection with any Farallon Demand Registration; provided that such managing Underwriter must be reasonably satisfactory to the Farallon Holders. The

Company may select any additional investment banks and managers to be used in connection with the offering; provided that such additional investment bankers and managers must be reasonably satisfactory to the Farallon Holders.

Section 2.2. Piggy-Back Registration . If the Company proposes to file a registration statement under the Securities Act with respect to an underwritten offering of Common Stock by the Company for its own account (other than (i) any registration statement filed in connection with a demand registration by a party other than a Farallon Holder or (ii) a registration statement on Form S-4 or S-8 (or any substitute form that may be adopted by the Commission) or filed in connection with an exchange offer or offering of securities solely to the Company’s existing securityholders), then the Company shall give written notice of such proposed filing to the Farallon Holders as soon as practicable (but in no event less than ten (10) days before the anticipated filing date), and such notice shall offer such Farallon Holders the opportunity to register such number of shares of Registrable Securities as each such Farallon Holder may request (a “ Farallon Piggy-Back Registration ”); provided , that if and so long as a Shelf Registration Statement is on file and effective, then the Company shall have no obligation to effect a Farallon Piggy-Back Registration. The Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause the managing Underwriter(s) of a proposed underwritten offering to permit the Registrable Securities requested to be included in a Farallon Piggy-Back Registration to be included on the same terms and conditions as any similar securities of the Company included therein. Participation in a Farallon Piggy-Back Registration as provided in this Section 2.2 shall not count as a Farallon Demand Registration for purposes of Section 2.1.

Section 2.3. Reduction of Offering . Notwithstanding anything contained in Sections 2.1 and 2.2, if the managing Underwriter(s) of an offering described in Section 2.1 or 2.2 advise in writing the Company and the Farallon Holders that the size of the intended offering is such that the success of the offering would be significantly and adversely affected by inclusion of (i) the Registrable Securities requested to be included by Farallon in a Farallon Piggy-Back Registration or (ii) the Common Stock requested to be included by the Company in a Farallon Demand Registration/Company Piggy-Back Registration, then: (x) in the case of a Farallon Demand Registration/ Company Piggy-Back Registration, the amount of the Common Stock to be offered for the account of the Company shall be reduced to the extent necessary to reduce the total amount of securities to be included in such offering to the amount recommended by such managing Underwriter(s), provided , that the amount of securities to be offered by the Company shall not be reduced to less than fifty (50) percent of the total number of securities to be included in such offering; and (y) in the case of a Farallon Piggy-Back Registration, the amount of securities to be offered for the accounts of Farallon Holders shall be reduced to the extent necessary to reduce the total amount of securities to be included in such offering to the amount recommended by such managing Underwriter(s), provided , that the amount of securities to be offered by the Farallon Holders shall not be reduced to less than thirty (30) percent of the total number of securities to be included in such offering.

Section 2.4. Shelf Registration .

(a) Subject to Section 2.14, the Company shall prepare and file not later than fourteen (14) months after the consummation date of the IPO, a “shelf” registration statement with respect to the resale of the Registrable Securities (“ Resale Shelf Registration ”)

by the Holders thereof on an appropriate form for an offering to be made on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act (the “ Resale Shelf Registration Statement ”) and permitting registration of such Registrable Securities for resale by such Holders in accordance with the methods of distribution elected by the Holders and set forth in the Resale Shelf Registration Statement. The Company shall use its reasonable efforts to cause the Resale Shelf Registration Statement to be declared effective by the Commission as promptly as reasonably practicable after the filing thereof, and, subject to Sections 2.4(d) and 2.14, to keep such Resale Shelf Registration Statement continuously effective for a period ending when all shares of Common Stock covered by the Resale Shelf Registration Statement are no longer Registrable Securities.

At the time the Resale Shelf Registration Statement is declared effective, each Holder that has delivered a duly completed and executed Notice and Questionnaire to the Company on or prior to the date ten (10) Business Days prior to such time of effectiveness shall be named as a selling securityholder in the Resale Shelf Registration Statement and the related prospectus in such a manner as to permit such Holder to deliver such prospectus to purchasers of Registrable Securities in accordance with applicable law. If required by applicable law, subject to the terms and conditions hereof, after effectiveness of the Resale Shelf Registration Statement, the Company shall file a supplement to such prospectus or amendment to the Resale Shelf Registration Statement not less than once a quarter as necessary to name as selling securityholders therein any Holders that provide to the Company a duly completed and executed Notice and Questionnaire and shall use reasonable efforts to cause any post-effective amendment to such Resale Shelf Registration Statement filed for such purpose to be declared effective by the Commission as promptly as reasonably practicable after the filing thereof.

(b) The Company may, at its option, satisfy its obligation to prepare and file a Resale Shelf Registration Statement pursuant to Section 2.4(a) with respect to shares of Common Stock issuable upon exchange of Exchangeable Common OP Units (including Exchangeable Common OP Units issuable upon conversion of Exchangeable Preferred OP Units) by preparing and filing with the Commission not later than fourteen (14) months after the consummation date of the IPOa registration statement on an appropriate form for an offering to be made on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act (an “ Issuer Shelf Registration Statement ”) providing for (i) the issuance by the Company, from time to time, to the Holders of such Exchangeable Common OP Units or Exchangeable Preferred OP Units, of shares of Common Stock registered under the Securities Act (the “ Primary Shares ”) and (ii) to the extent such Primary Shares constitute Restricted Shares, the registered resale thereof by their Holders from time to time in accordance with the methods of distribution elected by the Holders and set forth therein (but except as provided in Section 2.4(c) below, not an underwritten offering) . The Company shall use its reasonable efforts to cause the Issuer Shelf Registration Statement to be declared effective by the Commission as promptly as reasonably practicable after filing thereof and, subject to Sections 2.4(d) and 2.14, to keep the Issuer Shelf Registration Statement continuously effective for a period (the “ Effectiveness Period ”) expiring on the date all of the shares of Common Stock covered by such Issuer Shelf Registration Statement have been issued by the Company pursuant thereto or are no longer Registrable Securities. If the Company shall exercise its rights under this Section 2.4(b), Holders (other than Holders of Restricted Shares) shall have no right to have shares of Common Stock issued or issuable upon exchange of Exchangeable Common OP Units

(including Exchangeable Common OP Units issuable upon conversion of Exchangeable Preferred OP Units) included in a Resale Shelf Registration Statement pursuant to Section 2.4(a).

(c) Underwritten Registered Resales . Any offering under a Resale Shelf Registration Statement or by Holders under an Issuer Shelf Registration Statement shall be underwritten at the written request of Holders of Registrable Securities under such registration statement that hold in the aggregate at least 10% of the Registrable Securities originally issued in the Formation Transactions ( provided , that the Registrable Securities requested to be registered in such underwritten offering shall either (i) have a Market Value of at least $25,000,000 on the date of such request or (ii) shall represent all remaining Registrable Securities held by all Farallon Holders and shall have a Market Value of at least $10,000,000 on the date of such request; provided , further, that the Company shall not be obligated to effect more than three underwritten offerings under this Section 2.4(c) and Section 2.1(a), taken together; and provided , further , that the Company shall not be obligated to effect, or take any action to effect, an underwritten offering (i) within 120 days following the last date on which an underwritten offering was effected pursuant to this Section 2.4(c) or Section 2.1(a) or during any lock-up period required by the underwriters in any prior underwritten offering conducted by the Company on its own behalf or on behalf of selling stockholders, or (ii) during the period commencing with the date thirty (30) days prior to the Company’s good faith estimate of the date of filing of (provided the Company is actively employed in good faith commercially reasonable efforts to file such registration statement), and ending on a date ninety (90) days after the effective date of, a registration statement with respect to an offering by the Company. Any request for an underwritten offering hereunder shall be made to the Company in accordance with the notice provisions of this Agreement.

(d) Subsequent Filing . The Company shall prepare and file such additional registration statements as necessary every three (3) years and use its reasonable efforts to cause such registration statements to be declared effective by the Commission so that a Shelf Registration Statement remains continuously effective, subject to Section 2.14, with respect to resales of Registrable Securities as and for the periods required under Section 2.4(a) or (b), as applicable (such subsequent registration statements to constitute a Resale Shelf Registration Statement or an Issuer Shelf Registration Statement, as the case may be, hereunder).

(e) Selling Holders Become Party to Agreement . Each Holder acknowledges that by participating in its registration rights pursuant to this Agreement, such Holder will be deemed a party to this Agreement and will be bound by its terms, notwithstanding such Holder’s failure to deliver a Notice and Questionnaire; provided, that any Holder that has not delivered a duly completed and executed Notice and Questionnaire shall not be entitled to be named as a Selling Holder in, or have the Registrable Securities held by it covered by, a Resale Shelf Registration Statement or an Issuer Shelf Registration Statement.

Section 2.5. Reduction of Offering . Notwithstanding anything contained herein, if the managing Underwriter(s) of an offering described in Section 2.4(c) advise in writing the Company and the Holder(s) of the Registrable Securities included in such offering that the size of the intended offering is such that the success of the offering would be significantly adversely

affected by inclusion of all the Registrable Securities requested to be included, then the amount of securities to be offered for the accounts of Holders shall be reduced pro rata (according to the Registrable Securities requested for inclusion) to the extent necessary to reduce the total amount of securities to be included in such offering to the amount recommended by such managing Underwriter(s) but in priority to any securities proposed to be sold by any other holders of securities of the Company with registration rights to participate therein. The Company shall have the opportunity to include such number of securities as it may elect in an offering described in Section 2.4(c); provided , if the managing Underwriter(s) of such offering advise in writing the Company and the Holder(s) of the Registrable Securities requested to be included that the success of the offering would be significantly adversely affected by inclusion of all the securities requested to be included by the Company, then the amount of securities to be offered for the account of the Company shall be reduced to the extent necessary to reduce the total amount of securities to be included in such offering to the amount recommended by such managing Underwriter(s); provided , further , the amount of securities to be offered by the Company shall not be reduced to less than fifty (50) percent of the total number of securities to be included in such offering.

Section 2.6. Registration Procedures; Filings; Information . Subject to Section 2.14 hereof, in connection with any Resale Shelf Registration Statement under Section 2.4(a), the Company will use its reasonable efforts to effect the registration of the Registrable Securities covered thereby in accordance with the intended method of disposition thereof as quickly as practicable, and, in connection with any Issuer Shelf Registration Statement under Section 2.4(b), the Company will use its reasonable efforts to effect the registration of the Primary Shares (including for resale, to the extent provided in clause (ii) of Section 2.4(b)) as quickly as reasonably practicable. In connection with any Shelf Registration Statement:

(a) The Company will no later than two (2) Business Days prior to filing a Resale Shelf Registration Statement (or an Issuer Shelf Registration Statement providing for resales pursuant to clause (ii) of Section 2.4(b)) or prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto, furnish to each Selling Holder and each Underwriter, if any, of the Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement copies of such registration statement as proposed to be filed, and thereafter furnish to such Selling Holder and Underwriter, if any, such number of conformed copies of such registration statement, each amendment and supplement thereto (in each case including all exhibits thereto and documents incorporated by reference therein), the prospectus included in such registration statement (including each preliminary prospectus) and such other documents as such Selling Holder or Underwriter may reasonably request in order to facilitate the disposition of the Registrable Securities owned by such Selling Holder.

(b) After the filing of a Resale Shelf Registration Statement (or an Issuer Shelf Registration Statement providing for resales pursuant to clause (ii) of Section 2.4(b)), the Company will promptly notify each Selling Holder of Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement of any stop order issued or threatened by the Commission and take all reasonable actions required to prevent the entry of such stop order or to remove it if entered.

(c) The Company will use its reasonable efforts to (i) register or qualify the Registrable Securities under such other securities or “blue sky” laws of such jurisdictions in the United States (where an exemption does not apply) as any Selling Holder or managing Underwriter(s), if any, reasonably (in light of such Selling Holder’s intended plan of distribution) requests and (ii) cause such Registrable Securities to be registered with or approved by such other governmental agencies or authorities as may be necessary by virtue of the business and operations of the Company and do any and all other acts and things that may be reasonably necessary or advisable to enable such Selling Holder to consummate the disposition of the Registrable Securities owned by such Selling Holder; provided that the Company will not be required to (A) qualify generally to do business in any jurisdiction where it would not otherwise be required to qualify but for this paragraph (c), (B) subject itself to general taxation in any such jurisdiction or (C) consent to general service of process in any such jurisdiction. The Company will promptly notify each Selling Holder of the receipt by the Company of any notification with respect to the suspension of the qualification of any Registrable Securities for sale under the securities or “blue sky” laws of any jurisdiction or the initiation of any proceeding for such purpose.

(d) The Company will immediately notify each Selling Holder of such Registrable Securities, at any time when a prospectus relating thereto is required to be delivered under the Securities Act, of (i) the Company’s receipt of any notification of the suspension of the qualification of any Registrable Securities covered by a Resale Shelf Registration Statement (or an Issuer Shelf Registration Statement providing for resales pursuant to clause (ii) of Section 2.4(b)) for sale in any jurisdiction; or (ii) the occurrence of an event requiring the preparation of a supplement or amendment to such prospectus so that, as thereafter delivered to the purchasers of such Registrable Securities, such prospectus will not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading and promptly make available to each Selling Holder any such supplement or amendment.

(e) The Company will otherwise use its reasonable efforts to comply with all applicable rules and regulations of the Commission, and make available to its securityholders, as soon as reasonably practicable, an earnings statement covering a period of 12 months, beginning within three months after the effective date of the registration statement, which earnings statement shall satisfy the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act and Rule 158 of the Commission promulgated thereunder (or any successor rule or regulation hereafter adopted by the Commission).

(f) In the case of an underwritten offering pursuant to a Resale Shelf Registration Statement (or an Issuer Shelf Registration Statement providing for resales pursuant to clause (ii) of Section 2.4(b)), the Company will enter into and perform its obligations under customary agreements (including an underwriting agreement, if any, in customary form) and take such other actions as are reasonably required in order to expedite or facilitate the disposition of the Registrable Securities (including, to the extent reasonably requested by the lead or managing Underwriters, sending appropriate officers of the Company to attend “road shows” scheduled in reasonable number and at reasonable times in connection with any such underwritten offering, and obtaining customary comfort letters and legal opinions) subject to such underwritten offering.

(g) In the case of an underwritten offering pursuant to a Resale Shelf Registration Statement, the Company will make available for inspection by any Selling Holder of Registrable Securities subject to such underwritten offering, any Underwriter participating in any disposition of such Registrable Securities and any attorney, accountant or other professional retained by any such Selling Holder or Underwriter, all financial and other records, pertinent corporate documents and properties of the Company (collectively, the “ Records ”) as shall be reasonably necessary to enable them to exercise their due diligence responsibility, and cause the Company’s officers, directors and employees to supply all information reasonably requested by any Inspectors in connection with such registration statement, subject to entry by each such customary confidentiality agreement in a form reasonably acceptable to the Company.

(h) The Company will use its reasonable efforts to cause all Registrable Securities covered by such Resale Shelf Registration Statement or Primary Shares covered by such Issuer Shelf Registration Statement to be listed on each securities exchange on which similar securities issued by the Company are then listed.

(i) In addition to the Notice and Questionnaire, the Company may require each Selling Holder of Registrable Securities to promptly furnish in writing to the Company such information regarding such selling Holder, the Registrable Securities held by it and the intended method of distribution of the Registrable Securities as the Company may from time to time reasonably request and such other information as may be legally required in connection with such registration. No Holder may include Registrable Securities in any registration statement pursuant to this Agreement unless and until such Holder has furnished to the Company such information. Each Holder further agrees to furnish as soon as reasonably practicable to the Company all information required to be disclosed in order to make information previously furnished to the Company by such Holder not materially misleading.

(j) Each Selling Holder agrees that, upon receipt of any notice from the Company of the happening of any event of the kind described in Section 2.5(b) or 2.5(d) or upon receipt of a Suspension Notice, such Selling Holder will forthwith discontinue disposition of Registrable Securities pursuant to the registration statement covering such Registrable Securities until such Selling Holder’s receipt of written notice from the Company that such disposition may be made and, in the case of clause (ii) of Section 2.5(d) or, if applicable, Section 2.14, copies of any supplemented or amended prospectus contemplated by clause (ii) of Section 2.5(d) or, if applicable, prepared under Section 2.14, and, if so directed by the Company, such Selling Holder will deliver to the Company all copies, other than permanent file copies then in such Selling Holder’s possession, of the most recent prospectus covering such Registrable Securities at the time of receipt of such notice. Each Selling Holder of Registrable Securities agrees that it will immediately notify the Company at any time when a prospectus relating to the registration of such Registrable Securities is required to be delivered under the Securities Act of the happening of an event as a result of which information previously furnished by such Selling Holder to the Company in writing for inclusion in such prospectus contains an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in light of the circumstances in which they were made.

Section 2.7. Registration Expenses . In connection with any registration statement required to be filed hereunder, the Company shall pay the following registration expenses incurred in connection with the registration hereunder (the “ Registration Expenses ”), regardless whether such registration statement is declared effective by the Commission: (i) all registration and filing fees, (ii) fees and expenses of compliance with securities or “blue sky” laws (including reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel in connection with blue sky qualifications of the Registrable Securities), (iii) printing expenses, (iv) internal expenses (including, without limitation, all salaries and expenses of its officers and employees performing legal or accounting duties), (v) the fees and expenses incurred in connection with the listing of the Registrable Securities, (vi) reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company and customary fees and expenses for independent certified public accountants retained by the Company, (vii) all fees and disbursements of the Company’s auditors, including in connection with the preparation of comfort letters, and any transfer agent and registrar fees, and (viii) the reasonable fees and expenses of any special experts retained by the Company in connection with such registration; provided , however , if a Farallon Holder exercises any Farallon Demand Registration pursuant to Section 2.1(a) or elects to conduct an underwritten offering pursuant to Section 2.1(c) and the Company does not elect to make a Company Piggy-Back Registration with respect thereto or to include shares in such underwritten offering pursuant to Section 2.1(c) , then the Farallon Holders shall reimburse the Company for one hundred (100) percent of Registration Expenses with respect to any Farallon Demand Registration or request for an underwritten public offering by the Farallon Holders made in 2010 and fifty (50) percent of Registration Expenses with respect to any Farallon Demand Registration or request for an underwritten public offering by Farallon made thereafter. The Company shall have no obligation to pay any fees, discounts or commissions attributable to the sale of Registrable Securities, or any out-of-pocket expenses of the Holders (or the agents who manage their accounts) or any transfer taxes relating to the registration or sale of the Registrable Securities.

Section 2.8. Indemnification by the Company . The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless each Selling Holder of Registrable Securities, its officers, directors, agents, partners, members, employees, managers, advisors, sub-advisors, attorneys, representatives and affiliates, and each Person, if any, who controls such Selling Holder within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act from and against, as incurred, any and all losses, claims, damages and liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) that arise out of or are based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any registration statement, preliminary prospectus, prospectus, or free writing prospectus relating to the Registrable Securities (in each case, as amended or supplemented if the Company shall have furnished any amendments or supplements thereto), or that arise out of or are based upon any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, except insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities arise out of or are based upon any such untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission included in reliance upon and in conformity with information furnished in writing to the Company by such Selling Holder or on such Selling Holder’s behalf expressly for inclusion therein.

Section 2.9. Indemnification by Holders of Registrable Securities . Each Selling Holder agrees, severally but not jointly or jointly and severally, to indemnify and hold harmless the Company, its officers, directors, agents, employees, attorneys, representatives and affiliates and each Person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of either Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act to the same extent as the foregoing indemnity from the Company to such Selling Holder, but only with respect to information relating to such Selling Holder included in reliance upon and in conformity with information furnished in writing by such Selling Holder or on such Selling Holder’s behalf expressly for use in any registration statement, preliminary prospectus, prospectus or free writing prospectus relating to the Registrable Securities, or any amendment or supplement thereto. In case any action or proceeding shall be brought against the Company or its officers, directors or agents or any such controlling person, in respect of which indemnity may be sought against such Selling Holder, such Selling Holder shall have the rights and duties given to the Company, and the Company or its officers, directors or agents or such controlling person shall have the rights and duties given to such Selling Holder, by Section 2.10; provided , however , that the total obligations of such Selling Holder under this Agreement (including, but not limited to, obligations arising under Section 2.11 herein) will be limited to an amount equal to the net proceeds actually received by such Selling Holder (after deducting any discounts and commissions) from the disposition of Registrable Securities pursuant to such registration statement.

Section 2.10. Conduct of Indemnification Proceedings . In case any proceeding (including any governmental investigation) shall be instituted involving any person in respect of which indemnity may be sought pursuant to Section 2.8 or 2.9, such person (an “ Indemnified Party ”) shall promptly notify the person against whom such indemnity may be sought (an “ Indemnifying Party ”) in writing and the Indemnifying Party shall assume the defense thereof, including the employment of counsel reasonably satisfactory to such Indemnified Party, and shall assume the payment of all fees and expenses; provided, however, that the failure of any Indemnified Party to give such notice will not relieve such Indemnifying Party of any obligations under this Section 2, except to the extent such Indemnifying Party is materially prejudiced by such failure. In any such proceeding, any Indemnified Party shall have the right to retain its own counsel, but the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at the expense of such Indemnified Party unless (i) the Indemnifying Party and the Indemnified Party shall have mutually agreed to the retention of such counsel or (ii) representation of the Indemnified Party by the counsel retained by the Indemnifying Party would be inappropriate due to actual or potential differing interests between the Indemnified Party and the Indemnified Party. It is understood that the Indemnifying Party shall not, in connection with any proceeding or related proceedings in the same jurisdiction, be liable for the reasonable fees and expenses of more than one separate firm of attorneys (in addition to any local counsel) at any time for all such Indemnified Parties, and that all such fees and expenses shall be reimbursed as they are incurred. In the case of any such separate firm for the Indemnified Parties, such firm shall be designated in writing by (i) in the case of Persons indemnified pursuant to Section 2.8 hereof, the Selling Holders which owned a majority of the Registrable Securities sold under the applicable registration statement and (ii) in the case of Persons indemnified pursuant to Section 2.9, the Company. The Indemnifying Party shall not be liable for any settlement of any proceeding effected without its written consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, but if settled with such consent, or if there be a final judgment for the plaintiff, the Indemnifying Party shall indemnify and hold harmless such Indemnified Parties from and against any loss or liability (to the extent stated above) by reason

of such settlement or judgment. No Indemnifying Party shall, without the prior written consent of the Indemnified Party, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, effect any settlement of any pending or threatened proceeding in respect of which any Indemnified Party is or could have been a party and indemnity could have been sought hereunder by such Indemnified Party, unless such settlement includes an unconditional release of such Indemnified Party from all liability arising out of such proceeding without any admission of liability by such Indemnified Party.

Section 2.11. Contribution . If the indemnification provided for in Section 2.8 or 2.9 hereof is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be unavailable to an Indemnified Party or insufficient in respect of any losses, claims, damages or liabilities that otherwise would have been covered by Section 2.8 or 2.9 hereof, then each such Indemnifying Party, in lieu of indemnifying such Indemnified Party, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such Indemnified Party as a result of such losses, claims, damages or liabilities in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the Company, on the one hand, and of each Selling Holder, on the other hand, in connection with such statements or omissions which resulted in such losses, claims, damages or liabilities, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative fault of the Company on the one hand and of each Selling Holder on the other shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by such party.

The Company and the Selling Holders agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 2.11 were determined by pro rata allocation or by any other method of allocation which does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to in the immediately preceding paragraph. The amount paid or payable by an Indemnified Party as a result of the losses, claims, damages or liabilities referred to in the immediately preceding paragraph shall be deemed to include, subject to the limitations set forth above, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such Indemnified Party in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 2.11, no Selling Holder shall be required to contribute any amount which in the aggregate exceeds the amount by which the net proceeds actually received by such Selling Holder from the sale of its securities to the public exceeds the amount of any damages which such Selling Holder has otherwise been required to pay by reason of such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission. No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. The Selling Holder’s obligations to contribute pursuant to this Section 2.11, if any, are several in proportion to the proceeds of the offering actually received by such Selling Holder bears to the total proceeds of the offering received by all the Selling Holders and not joint.

Section 2.12. Rule 144 . The Company covenants that it will (a) make and keep public information regarding the Company available as those terms are defined in Rule 144, (b) file in a timely manner any reports and documents required to be filed by it under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act, (c) furnish to any Holder forthwith upon request (i) a written statement by the Company as to its compliance with the reporting requirements of Rule 144 (at any time more than 90 days after the effective date of the registration statement for the Company’s initial public

offering), the Securities Act and the Exchange Act (at any time after it has become subject to such reporting requirements), and (ii) a copy of the most recent annual or quarterly report of the Company and such other reports and documents so filed by the Company, and (d) take such further action as any Holder may reasonably request, all to the extent required from time to time to enable Holders to sell Registrable Securities without registration under the Securities Act within the limitation of the exemptions provided by Rule 144.

Section 2.13. Participation in Underwritten Offerings . No Person may participate in any underwritten offerings hereunder unless such Person (a) agrees to sell such Person’s securities on the basis provided in any underwriting arrangements approved by the Persons entitled hereunder to approve such arrangements and (b) completes and executes all questionnaires, powers of attorney, indemnities, underwriting agreements and other documents reasonably required under the terms of such underwriting arrangements and these registration rights provided for in this Article II.

Section 2.14. Suspension of Use of Registration Statement .

(a) If the Board of Directors of the Company determines in its good faith judgment that the filing of a Resale Shelf Registration Statement under Section 2.4(a) or the use of any related prospectus would be materially detrimental to the Company because such action would require the disclosure of material information that the Company has a bona fide business purpose for preserving as confidential or the disclosure of which would materially impede the Company’s ability to consummate a significant transaction, and that the Company is not otherwise required by applicable securities laws or regulations to disclose, upon written notice of such determination by the Company to the Holders which shall be signed by the Chief Executive Officer, President or any Executive Vice President of the Company certifying thereto, the rights of the Holders to offer, sell or distribute any Registrable Securities pursuant to a Resale Shelf Registration or to require the Company to take action with respect to the registration or sale of any Registrable Securities pursuant to a Resale Shelf Registration Statement shall be suspended until the earliest of (i) the date upon which the Company notifies the Holders in writing that suspension of such rights for the grounds set forth in this Section 2.14(a) is no longer necessary and they may resume use of the applicable prospectus, (ii) the date upon which copies of the applicable supplemented or amended prospectus is distributed to the Holders, and (iii) (x) up to 30 consecutive days after the notice to the Holders if that notice is given during the Initial Period or (y) 90 consecutive days after the notice to the Holders if that notice is given after the Initial Period; provided , that the Company shall not be entitled to exercise any such right more than two (2) times in any twelve month period or less than 30 days from the termination of the prior such suspension period; and provided further , that such exercise shall not prevent the Holders from being entitled to at least 320 days of effective registration with respect to such registration statement during each Initial Period and thereafter 210 days of effective registration with respect to such registration statement in any 365-day period. The Company agrees to give the notice under (i) above as promptly as practicable following the date that such suspension of rights is no longer necessary.

(b) If all reports required to be filed by the Company pursuant to the Exchange Act have not been filed by the required date without regard to any extension, or if

the consummation of any business combination by the Company has occurred or is probable for purposes of Rule 3-05 or Article 11 of Regulation S-X promulgated under the Securities Act or any similar successor rule, upon written notice thereof by the Company to the Holders, the rights of the Holders to offer, sell or distribute any Registrable Securities pursuant to a Resale Shelf Registration Statement or to require the Company to take action with respect to the registration or sale of any Registrable Securities pursuant to a Resale Shelf Registration Statement shall be suspended until the date on which the Company has filed such reports or obtained and filed the financial information required by Rule 3-05 or Article 11 of Regulation S-X to be included or incorporated by reference, as applicable, in a Resale Shelf Registration Statement, and the Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to file the required reports or obtain and file the financial information required to be included or incorporated by reference, as applicable, as promptly as commercially practicable, and shall notify the Holders as promptly as practicable when such suspension is no longer required.

Section 2.15. Additional Shares . The Company, at its option, may register under a Shelf Registration Statement and any filings with any state securities commissions filed pursuant to this Agreement, any number of unissued shares of Common Stock or any shares of Common Stock owned by any other stockholder or stockholders of the Company; provided that in no event shall the inclusion of such shares on a registration statement reduce the amount offered for the account of the Holders in any underwritten offering at the request of the Holders pursuant to Section 2.4(c).

ARTICLE III

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 3.1. Remedies . In addition to being entitled to exercise all rights provided herein and granted by law, including recovery of damages, the Holders shall be entitled to specific performance of the rights under this Agreement. The Company agrees that monetary damages would not be adequate compensation for any loss incurred by reason of a breach by it of the provisions of this Agreement and hereby agrees to waive the defense in any action for specific performance that a remedy at law would be adequate.

Section 3.2. Amendments and Waivers . The provisions of this Agreement, including the provisions of this sentence, may not be amended, modified or supplemented, and waivers or consents to departures from the provisions hereof may not be given, in each case without the written consent of the Company and the Holders against whom enforcement is sought. No failure or delay by any party to insist upon the strict performance of any covenant, duty, agreement or condition of this Agreement or to exercise any right or remedy consequent upon any breach thereof shall constitute waiver of any such breach or any other covenant, duty, agreement or condition.

Section 3.3. Notices . All notices and other communications in connection with this Agreement shall be made in writing by hand delivery, registered first-class mail, telecopier, or air courier guaranteeing overnight delivery:

(1) if to any Holder, initially to the address indicated in such Holder’s Notice and Questionnaire or, if no Notice and Questionnaire has been delivered, c/o Hudson

Pacific Properties, Inc., 11601 Wilshire Blvd., Suite 1600, Los Angeles, California 90025, Attention: Chief Executive Officer, or to such other address and to such other Persons as any Holder may hereafter specify in writing; and

(2) if to the Company, initially at 11601 Wilshire Blvd., Suite 1600, Los Angeles, California 90025, Attention: Chief Executive Officer, or to such other address as the Company may hereafter specify in writing.

All such notices and communications shall be deemed to have been duly given: at the time delivered by hand, if personally delivered; when received if deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, if mailed; when receipt acknowledged, if telecopied; and on the next Business Day, if timely delivered to an air courier guaranteeing overnight delivery.

Section 3.4. Successors and Assigns; Assignment of Registration Rights . This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the successors, assigns and transferees of each of the parties. Any Holder may assign its rights under this Agreement without the consent of the Company in connection with a transfer of such Holder’s Registrable Securities; provided , that the Holder notifies the Company of such proposed transfer and assignment and the transferee or assignee of such rights assumes in writing the obligations of such Holder under this Agreement.

Section 3.5. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by the parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement. Each party shall become bound by this Agreement immediately upon affixing its signature hereto.

Section 3.6. Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of New York, including, without limitation, Section 5-1401 of the New York General Obligations Law.

Section 3.7. Severability . In the event that any one or more of the provisions contained herein, or the application thereof in any circumstance, is held invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of any such provision in every other respect and of the remaining provisions contained herein shall not be affected or impaired thereby.

Section 3.8. Entire Agreement . This Agreement is intended by the parties as a final expression of their agreement and intended to be a complete and exclusive statement of the agreement and understanding of the parties hereto in respect of the subject matter contained herein. There are no restrictions, promises, warranties or undertakings, other than those set forth or referred to herein with respect to the registration rights granted by the Company with respect to the Registrable Securities. This Agreement supersedes all prior agreements and understandings between the parties with respect to such subject matter.

Section 3.9. Headings . The headings in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning hereof.

Section 3.10. Termination . The obligations of the parties hereunder shall terminate with respect to a Holder when it no longer holds Registrable Securities and with respect to the Company upon the end of the Effectiveness Period with respect to any Issuer Shelf Registration Statement and with respect to Resale Shelf Registration Statement when there are no longer Registrable Securities with respect to a Resale Shelf Registration Statement, except, in each case, for any obligations under Sections 2.4(d), 2.7, 2.8, 2.9, 2.10, 2.11 and Article III.

Section 3.11. Waiver of Jury Trial . The parties hereto (including any Initial Holder and any subsequent Holder) irrevocably waive any right to trial by jury.

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.


HUDSON PACIFIC PROPERTIES, INC.

By:		/s/ Mark Lammas
Name:		Mark Lammas
Title:		Chief Financial Officer

HOLDERS LISTED ON SCHEDULE I HERETO

By:
Name:
Title:

Schedule I

Initial Holders

[Limited Partners]

Exhibit A

HUDSON PACIFIC PROPERTIES, INC.

FORM OF NOTICE AND QUESTIONNAIRE

The undersigned beneficial holder of shares of common stock, par value $.01 per share (“Common Stock”), of Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc. (the “Company”) and/or units of limited partnership interests (“OP Units” and, together with the Common Stock, the “Registrable Securities”) of Hudson Pacific Properties, L.P. (the “Operating Partnership”), understands that the Company has filed or intends to file with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) one or more registration statements (collectively, the “Resale Shelf Registration Statement”) for the registration and resale under Rule 415 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), of the Registrable Securities in accordance with the terms of the Registration Rights Agreement (the “Registration Rights Agreement”), dated [ ], 2010, among the Company and the holders listed on Schedule I thereto. A copy of the Registration Rights Agreement is available from the Company upon request at the address set forth below. All capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Registration Rights Agreement.

Each beneficial owner of Registrable Securities is entitled to the benefits of the Registration Rights Agreement. In order to sell or otherwise dispose of any Registrable Securities pursuant to the Resale Shelf Registration Statement, a beneficial owner of Registrable Securities generally will be required to be named as a selling security holder in the related prospectus, deliver a prospectus to purchasers of Registrable Securities and be bound by those provisions of the Registration Rights Agreement applicable to such beneficial owner (including certain indemnification provisions as described below). To be included in the Resale Shelf Registration Statement, this Notice and Questionnaire must be completed, executed and delivered to the Company at the address set forth herein on or prior to the tenth business day before the effectiveness of the Resale Shelf Registration Statement. We will give notice of the filing and effectiveness of the initial Resale Shelf Registration Statement by issuing a press release and by mailing a notice to the holders at their addresses set forth in the register of the registrar.

Beneficial owners that do not complete this Notice and Questionnaire and deliver it to the Company as provided below will not be named as selling security holders in the prospectus and therefore will not be permitted to sell any Registrable Securities pursuant to the Resale Shelf Registration Statement. Beneficial owners are encouraged to complete and deliver this Notice and Questionnaire prior to the effectiveness of the initial Resale Shelf Registration Statement so that such beneficial owners may be named as selling security holders in the related prospectus at the time of effectiveness. Upon receipt of a completed Notice and Questionnaire from a beneficial owner following the effectiveness of the initial Resale Shelf Registration Statement, in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement, the Company will file such amendments to the initial Resale Shelf Registration Statement or additional shelf registration statements or supplements to the related prospectus as are necessary to permit such holder to deliver such prospectus to purchasers of Registrable Securities.

Certain legal consequences arise from being named as selling security holders in the Resale Shelf Registration Statement and the related prospectus. Accordingly, holders and beneficial owners of Registrable Securities are advised to consult their own securities law counsel regarding the consequences of being named or not being named as a selling security holder in the Resale Shelf Registration Statement and the related prospectus.

NOTICE

The undersigned beneficial owner (the “Selling Security Holder”) of Registrable Securities hereby elects to include in the prospectus forming a part of the Resale Shelf Registration Statement the Registrable Securities beneficially owned by it and listed below in Item 3 (unless otherwise specified under Item 3). The undersigned, by signing and returning this Notice and Questionnaire, understands that it will be bound by the terms and conditions of this Notice and Questionnaire and the Registration Rights Agreement.

Pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement, the undersigned has agreed to indemnify and hold harmless the Company and its directors, officers and each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of either Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act, from and against certain losses arising in connection with statements concerning the undersigned made in the Resale Shelf Registration Statement or the related prospectus in reliance upon the information provided in this Notice and Questionnaire.

The undersigned hereby provides the following information to the Company and represents and warrants to the Company that such information is accurate and complete:

QUESTIONNAIRE


1.	(a)	Full Legal Name of Selling Security Holder:

	(b)	Full Legal Name of registered holder (if not the same as (a) above) through which Registrable Securities listed in Item (3) below are held:

	(c)	Full Legal Name of DTC Participant (if applicable and if not the same as (b) above) through which Registrable Securities listed in Item (3) below are held:

	(c)	List below the individual or individuals who exercise voting and/or dispositive powers with respect to the Registrable Securities listed in Item (3) below:


2.		Address for Notices to Selling Security Holder: Telephone: Fax: E-mail address: Contact Person:

3.		Beneficial Ownership of Registrable Securities: Type of Registrable Securities beneficially owned, and number of shares of Common Stock and/or OP Units, as the case may be, beneficially owned:

4.		Beneficial Ownership of Securities of the Company Owned by the Selling Security Holder: Except as set forth below in this Item (4), the undersigned is not the beneficial or registered owner of any securities of the Company, other than the Registrable Securities listed above in Item (3). Type and amount of other securities beneficially owned by the Selling Security Holder:

5.		Relationship with the Company Except as set forth below, neither the undersigned nor any of its affiliates, officers, directors or principal equity holders (5% or more) has held any position or office or has had any other material relationship with the Company (or its predecessors or affiliates) during the past three years. State any exceptions here:

6.		Plan of Distribution Except as set forth below, the undersigned (including its donees or pledgees) intends to distribute the Registrable Securities listed above in Item (3) pursuant to the Resale Shelf


		Registration Statement only as follows and will not be offering any of such Registrable Securities pursuant to an agreement, arrangement or understanding entered into with a broker or dealer prior to the effective date of the Resale Shelf Registration Statement. Such Registrable Securities may be sold from time to time directly by the undersigned or, alternatively, through underwriters or broker-dealers or agents. If the Registrable Securities are sold through underwriters or broker-dealers, the Selling Security Holder will be responsible for underwriting discounts or commissions or agent’s commissions. Such Registrable Securities may be sold in one or more transactions at fixed prices, at prevailing market prices at the time of sale, at varying prices determined at the time of sale, or at negotiated prices. Such sales may be effected in transactions (which may involve crosses or block transactions)

		(i) on any national securities exchange or quotation service on which the Registrable Securities may be listed or quoted at the time of sale; (ii) in the over-the-counter market; (iii) in transactions otherwise than on such exchanges or services or in the over-the-counter market; or (iv) through the writing of options. In connection with sales of the Registrable Securities or otherwise, the undersigned may enter into hedging transactions with broker-dealers, which may in turn engage in short sales of the Registrable Securities and deliver Registrable Securities to close out such short positions, or loan or pledge Registrable Securities to broker-dealers that in turn may sell such securities. State any exceptions here:

Note:		In no event may such method(s) of distribution take the form of an underwritten offering of the Registrable Securities without the prior written agreement of the Company.

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

The undersigned acknowledges that it understands its obligation to comply with the provisions of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules thereunder relating to stock manipulation, particularly Regulation M thereunder (or any successor rules or regulations), in connection with any offering of Registrable Securities pursuant to the

Registration Rights Agreement. The undersigned agrees that neither it nor any person acting on its behalf will engage in any transaction in violation of such provisions.

The Selling Security Holder hereby acknowledges its obligations under the Registration Rights Agreement to indemnify and hold harmless certain persons set forth therein. Pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement, the Company has agreed under certain circumstances to indemnify the Selling Security Holders against certain liabilities.

In accordance with the undersigned’s obligation under the Registration Rights Agreement to provide such information as may be required by law for inclusion in the Resale Shelf Registration Statement, the undersigned agrees to promptly notify the Company of any inaccuracies or changes in the information provided herein that may occur subsequent to the date hereof at any time while the Resale Shelf Registration Statement remains effective. All notices hereunder and pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement shall be made in writing at the address set forth below.

In the event that the undersigned transfers all or any portion of the Registrable Securities listed in Item 3 above after the date on which such information is provided to the Company, the undersigned agrees to notify the transferee(s) at the time of transfer of its rights and obligations under this Notice and Questionnaire and the Registration Rights Agreement.

By signing this Notice and Questionnaire, the undersigned consents to the disclosure of the information contained herein in its answers to Items (1) through (6) above and the inclusion of such information in the Resale Shelf Registration Statement and the related prospectus. The undersigned understands that such information will be relied upon by the Company in connection with the preparation or amendment of the Resale Shelf Registration Statement and the related prospectus.

Once this Notice and Questionnaire is executed by the Selling Security Holder and received by the Company, the terms of this Notice and Questionnaire and the representations and warranties contained herein shall be binding on, shall insure to the benefit of and shall be enforceable by the respective successors, heirs, personal representatives and assigns of the Company and the Selling Security Holder with respect to the Registrable Securities beneficially owned by such Selling Security Holder and listed in Item 3 above.

This Notice and Questionnaire shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned, by authority duly given, has caused this Notice and Questionnaire to be executed and delivered either in person or by its duly authorized agent.


	Beneficial Owner
	By
		Name: Title:
Dated:

Please return the completed and executed Notice and Questionnaire to:

Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc.

11601 Wilshire Boulevard, Suite 1600

Los Angeles, California 90025

Tel: (310) 445-5700

Fax: (310) 445-5710

Attention: Chief Executive Officer

Exhibit 10.3

INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT

THIS INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT (“Agreement”) is made and entered into as of the 29th day of June, 2010, by and between Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc., a Maryland corporation (the “Company”), and Victor J. Coleman (“Indemnitee”).

WHEREAS, at the request of the Company, Indemnitee currently serves as a director and officer of the Company and may, therefore, be subjected to claims, suits or proceedings arising as a result of his service; and

WHEREAS, as an inducement to Indemnitee to continue to serve as such director and officer, the Company has agreed to indemnify and to advance expenses and costs incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any such claims, suits or proceedings, to the maximum extent permitted by law; and

WHEREAS, the parties by this Agreement desire to set forth their agreement regarding indemnification and advance of expenses;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the covenants contained herein, the Company and Indemnitee do hereby covenant and agree as follows:

Section 1. Definitions . For purposes of this Agreement:

(a) “Adjudged” shall mean adjudged finally by a court or arbitral or other authority of competent jurisdiction.

(b) “Change in Control” means a change in control of the Company occurring after the Effective Date of a nature that would be required to be reported in response to Item 6(e) of Schedule 14A of Regulation 14A (or in response to any similar item on any similar schedule or form) promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), whether or not the Company is then subject to such reporting requirement; provided, however, that, without limitation, such a Change in Control shall be deemed to have occurred if, after the Effective Date (i) any “person” (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act) is or becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing 50% or more of the combined voting power of all of the Company’s then-outstanding securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors without the prior approval of at least two-thirds of the members of the Board of Directors in office immediately prior to such person’s attaining such percentage interest; (ii) the Company is a party to a merger, consolidation, sale of assets, plan of liquidation or other reorganization not approved by at least two-thirds of the members of the Board of Directors then in office, as a consequence of which members of the Board of Directors in office immediately prior to such transaction or event constitute less than a majority of the Board of Directors thereafter; or (iii) at any time, a majority of the members of the Board of Directors are not comprised of (A) individuals who were directors as of the Effective Date and/or (B) individuals whose election by the Board of Directors or nomination for election by the Company’s stockholders was approved by the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of the directors then in office who were directors as of the Effective Date or whose election for nomination for election was previously so approved.

(c) “Corporate Status” means the status of a person as a present or former director, officer, employee or agent of the Company or as a director, trustee, officer, partner, manager, managing member, fiduciary, employee or agent of any Enterprise.

(d) “Disinterested Director” means a director of the Company who is not and was not a party to the Proceeding in respect of which indemnification and/or advance of Expenses is sought by Indemnitee.

(e) “Effective Date” means the date set forth in the first paragraph of this Agreement.

(f) “Enterprise” means any foreign or domestic corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise in which Indemnitee is or was serving as a director, trustee, officer, partner, manager, managing member, fiduciary, employee or agent at the request of the Company. As a clarification and without limiting the circumstances in which Indemnitee may be serving at the request of the Company, service by Indemnitee shall be deemed to be at the request of the Company if Indemnitee serves or served as a director, trustee, officer, partner, manager, managing member, fiduciary, employee or agent of any corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise (i) of which a majority of the voting power or equity interest is owned directly or indirectly by the Company or (ii) the management of which is controlled directly or indirectly by the Company.

(g) “Expenses” means any and all disbursements or expenses incurred by Indemnitee in connection with prosecuting, defending, preparing to prosecute or defend, investigating, being or preparing to be a witness in or otherwise participating in a Proceeding, including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs, retainers, court costs, transcript costs, fees of experts, witness fees, travel expenses, duplicating costs, printing and binding costs, telephone charges, postage, delivery service fees, federal, state, local or foreign taxes imposed on Indemnitee as a result of the actual or deemed receipt of any payments under this Agreement, and any ERISA excise taxes and penalties. Expenses shall also include (i) expenses incurred in connection with any appeal resulting from any Proceeding including, without limitation, the premium, security for and other costs relating to any cost bond, supersedeas bond or other appeal bond or its equivalent, (ii) expenses incurred in connection with recovery under any directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies maintained by the Company, regardless of whether the Indemnitee is ultimately determined to be entitled to such indemnification, advancement or expenses or insurance recovery, as the case may be, and (iii) expenses incurred by Indemnitee in establishing or enforcing his right to indemnification or reimbursement under this Agreement. Expenses, however, shall not include amounts paid in settlement by Indemnitee or the amount of judgments, fines or penalties against Indemnitee (other than ERISA excise tax penalties).

(h) “Independent Counsel” means a law firm, or a member of a law firm, that is of outstanding reputation, experienced in matters of corporation law and neither is, nor in the past five years preceding the date of selection has been, retained to represent: (i) the Company or Indemnitee in any matter material to either such party (other than with respect to matters

-2-

concerning Indemnitee under this Agreement or of other indemnitees under similar indemnification agreements), or (ii) any other party to or participant or witness in the Proceeding giving rise to a claim for indemnification or advance of Expenses hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term “Independent Counsel” shall not include any person who, under the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing, would have a conflict of interest in representing either the Company or Indemnitee in an action to determine Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement. The Company agrees to pay the reasonable fees and expenses of the Independent Counsel.

(i) “Proceeding” means any threatened, pending or completed action, suit, arbitration, mediation, alternate dispute resolution procedure, investigation, inquiry, administrative hearing or any other proceeding, whether brought by or in the right of the Company or otherwise and whether of a civil (including intentional or unintentional tort claims), criminal, administrative or investigative (formal or informal) nature, including any appeal therefrom, in which Indemnitee was, is, will or might be involved as a party or otherwise, by reason of any action taken by or omission by Indemnitee, or of any action or omission on Indemnitee’s part, in each case in or in connection with Indemnitee’s Corporate Status and whether or not acting or serving in such capacity at the time any liability or Expense is incurred for which indemnification, reimbursement or advancement of Expenses can be provided under this Agreement, except one pending or completed on or before the Effective Date, unless otherwise specifically agreed in writing by the Company and Indemnitee. If Indemnitee reasonably believes that a given situation may lead to or culminate in the institution of a Proceeding, such situation shall also be considered a Proceeding. The term “Proceeding” shall be broadly construed and shall include, without limitation, the investigation, preparation, prosecution, defense, settlement, arbitration or appeal of, and the giving of testimony in or related to, any threatened, pending or completed claim, action, suit or other proceeding, whether of a civil, criminal, administrative or investigative nature.

Section 2. Services by Indemnitee . The Company expressly confirms and agrees that it has entered into this Agreement and assumed the obligations imposed on it hereby in order to induce the Indemnitee to serve or continue to serve as a director and officer of the Company, and the Company acknowledges that Indemnitee is relying upon this Agreement in serving or continuing to serve as a director and officer. However, this Agreement shall not impose any independent obligation on Indemnitee or the Company to continue Indemnitee’s service to the Company. This Agreement shall not be deemed an employment contract between the Company (or any other entity) and Indemnitee.

Section 3. General . The Company shall indemnify, hold harmless and exonerate, and advance Expenses to, Indemnitee (a) as provided in this Agreement and (b) otherwise to the maximum extent not prohibited by (and not merely to the extent affirmatively permitted by) Maryland law in effect on the Effective Date and as amended from time to time; provided, however, that no change in Maryland law shall have the effect of reducing the benefits available to Indemnitee hereunder based on Maryland law as in effect on the Effective Date. The rights of Indemnitee provided in this Section 3 shall include, without limitation, the rights set forth in the other sections of this Agreement, including any additional indemnification permitted by Section 2-418(g) of the Maryland General Corporation Law (the “MGCL”).

-3-

Section 4. Indemnification . If Indemnitee is, or is threatened to be, made a party to any Proceeding, the Company shall indemnify, hold harmless and exonerate Indemnitee against all judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement and all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or on his behalf in connection with any such Proceeding unless (and only to the extent) it is established that (a) the act or omission of Indemnitee was material to the matter giving rise to the Proceeding and (i) was committed in bad faith or (ii) was the result of active and deliberate dishonesty, (b) Indemnitee actually received an improper personal benefit in money, property or services or (c) in the case of any criminal Proceeding, Indemnitee had reasonable cause to believe that the act or omission was unlawful.

Section 5. Certain Limits on Indemnification. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement (other than Section 6), Indemnitee shall not be entitled to:

(a) indemnification hereunder if the Proceeding was one by or in the right of the Company and Indemnitee is Adjudged to be liable to the Company;

(b) indemnification hereunder if Indemnitee is Adjudged to be liable on the basis that personal benefit was improperly received in any Proceeding charging improper personal benefit to Indemnitee; or

(c) indemnification or advance of Expenses hereunder if the Proceeding was brought by Indemnitee unless: (i) the Proceeding was brought to establish or enforce indemnification rights under this Agreement, and then only to the extent in accordance with and as authorized by Section 12 of this Agreement, or (ii) the Company’s charter or Bylaws, a resolution of the stockholders entitled to vote generally in the election of directors or of the Board of Directors or an agreement approved by the Board of Directors to which the Company is a party expressly provide otherwise.

Section 6. Court-Ordered Indemnification . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, a court of appropriate jurisdiction, upon application of Indemnitee and such notice as the court shall require, may order indemnification in the following circumstances:

(a) if it determines Indemnitee is entitled to reimbursement under Section 2-418(d)(1) of the MGCL, the court shall order indemnification, in which case Indemnitee shall be entitled to recover the Expenses of securing such reimbursement; or

(b) if it determines that Indemnitee is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnification in view of all the relevant circumstances, whether or not Indemnitee (i) has met the standards of conduct set forth in Section 2-418(b) of the MGCL or (ii) has been Adjudged liable for receipt of an improper personal benefit under Section 2-418(c) of the MGCL, the court may order such indemnification as the court shall deem proper. However, indemnification with respect to any Proceeding by or in the right of the Company or in which liability shall have been Adjudged in the circumstances described in Section 2-418(c) of the MGCL shall be limited to Expenses.

Section 7. Indemnification for Expenses of a Party Who is Wholly or Partly Successful . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, and without limiting any such provision, to the extent that Indemnitee was or is made a party to (or otherwise becomes a

-4-

participant in) any Proceeding and is successful, on the merits or otherwise, in the defense of such Proceeding, Indemnitee shall be indemnified for all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or on his behalf in connection therewith. If Indemnitee is not wholly successful in such Proceeding but is successful, on the merits or otherwise, as to one or more but less than all claims, issues or matters in such Proceeding, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee under this Section 7 for all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or on his behalf in connection with each such claim, issue or matter, allocated on a reasonable and proportionate basis. For purposes of this Section 7 and, without limitation, the termination of any claim, issue or matter in such a Proceeding by dismissal, with or without prejudice, shall be deemed to be a successful result as to such claim, issue or matter.

Section 8. Advance of Expenses for a Party . If Indemnitee was, is, or is threatened to be, made a party to any Proceeding, the Company shall, without requiring a preliminary determination of Indemnitee’s ultimate entitlement to indemnification hereunder, advance all reasonable Expenses incurred by or on behalf of Indemnitee in connection with such Proceeding within ten days after the receipt by the Company of a statement or statements requesting such advance or advances from time to time, whether prior to or after final disposition of such Proceeding. Such statement or statements shall reasonably evidence the Expenses incurred by Indemnitee and shall include or be preceded or accompanied by a written affirmation by Indemnitee of Indemnitee’s good faith belief that the standard of conduct necessary for indemnification by the Company as authorized by law and by this Agreement has been met and a written undertaking by or on behalf of Indemnitee, in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit A or in such form as may be required under applicable law as in effect at the time of the execution thereof, to reimburse the portion (if any) of any Expenses advanced to Indemnitee relating to claims, issues or matters in the Proceeding as to which it shall ultimately be established that the standard of conduct has not been met by Indemnitee and which have not been successfully resolved as described in Section 7 of this Agreement. Advances shall be interest-free and unsecured. The undertaking required by this Section 8 shall be an unlimited general obligation by or on behalf of Indemnitee and shall be accepted without reference to Indemnitee’s financial ability to repay such advanced Expenses and without any requirement to post security therefor.

Section 9. Indemnification and Advance of Expenses of a Witness . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, to the extent that Indemnitee was, is or may be made a witness or otherwise asked to participate in any Proceeding, whether instituted by the Company or any other party, and to which Indemnitee is not a party, he shall be advanced all reasonable Expenses and indemnified, held harmless and exonerated against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or on his behalf in connection therewith within ten days after the receipt by the Company of a statement or statements requesting such advance or advances from time to time, whether prior to or after final disposition of such Proceeding. Such statement or statements shall reasonably evidence the Expenses incurred by Indemnitee. Advances shall be interest-free and unsecured.

Section 10. Procedure for Determination of Entitlement to Indemnification .

(a) To obtain indemnification under this Agreement, Indemnitee shall submit to the Company a written request, including therein or therewith such documentation and information

-5-

as is reasonably available to Indemnitee and is reasonably necessary to determine whether and to what extent Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification. Indemnitee may submit one or more such requests from time to time and at such time(s) as Indemnitee deems appropriate in his sole discretion. The officer of the Company receiving any such request from Indemnitee shall, promptly upon receipt of such a request for indemnification, advise the Board of Directors in writing that Indemnitee has requested indemnification.

(b) Upon written request by Indemnitee for indemnification pursuant to Section 10(a) above, a determination, if required by applicable law, with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement thereto shall promptly be made in the specific case: (i) if a Change in Control shall have occurred, by Independent Counsel, in a written opinion to the Board of Directors, a copy of which shall be delivered to Indemnitee, which Independent Counsel shall be selected by the Indemnitee and approved by the Board of Directors in accordance with Section 2-418(e)(2)(ii) of the MGCL, which approval will not be unreasonably withheld; or (ii) if a Change in Control shall not have occurred, (A) by the Board of Directors by a majority vote of a quorum consisting entirely of Disinterested Directors or, if such a quorum cannot be obtained, then by a majority vote of a duly authorized committee of the Board of Directors consisting solely of one or more Disinterested Directors, (B) if Independent Counsel has been selected by the Board of Directors in accordance with Section 2-418(e)(2)(ii) of the MGCL and approved by the Indemnitee, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, by Independent Counsel, in a written opinion to the Board of Directors, a copy of which shall be delivered to Indemnitee or (C) if so directed by a majority of the members of the Board of Directors, by the stockholders of the Company. If it is so determined that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, payment to Indemnitee shall be made within ten days after such determination. Indemnitee shall cooperate with the person, persons or entity making such determination with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification, including providing to such person, persons or entity upon reasonable advance request any documentation or information which is not privileged or otherwise protected from disclosure and which is reasonably available to Indemnitee and reasonably necessary to such determination in the discretion of the Board of Directors or Independent Counsel if retained pursuant to clause (ii)(B) of this Section 10(b). Any Expenses incurred by Indemnitee in so cooperating with the person, persons or entity making such determination shall be borne by the Company (irrespective of the determination as to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification) and the Company shall indemnify and hold Indemnitee harmless therefrom.

Section 11. Presumptions and Effect of Certain Proceedings .

(a) In making any determination with respect to entitlement to indemnification hereunder, the person or persons or entity making such determination shall presume that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification under this Agreement if Indemnitee has submitted a request for indemnification in accordance with Section 10(a) of this Agreement, and the Company shall have the burden of proof and the burden of persuasion by clear and convincing evidence to overcome that presumption in connection with the making of any determination contrary to that presumption.

-6-

(b) The termination of any Proceeding or of any claim, issue or matter therein, by judgment, order, settlement or conviction, upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, or entry of an order of probation prior to judgment, does not create a presumption that Indemnitee did not meet the requisite standard of conduct described herein for indemnification.

(c) The knowledge and/or actions, or failure to act, of any other director, officer, employee or agent of the Company or any other director, trustee, officer, partner, manager, managing member, fiduciary, employee or agent of any Enterprise shall not be imputed to Indemnitee for purposes of determining any other right to indemnification under this Agreement.

(d) For purposes of any determination as to Indemnitee’s entitlement of indemnification, Indemnitee shall be presumed to have met the standard of conduct for indemnification if, among other things and without limitation, Indemnitee relied on any information, opinion, report or statement, including any financial statement or other financial data or the records or books of account of the Company or any other Enterprise, prepared or presented by an officer or employee of the Company or any Enterprise whom Indemnitee reasonably believed to be reliable and competent in the matters presented, by a lawyer, certified public accountant, appraiser or other person or expert, as to a matter which Indemnitee reasonably believed to be within the person’s professional or expert competence, or, if Indemnitee was serving on the Board of Directors of the Company or as a member of any similar body of any Enterprise, by a committee of the Board of Directors or such other body on which Indemnitee does not serve, as to a matter within its designated authority, if Indemnitee reasonably believes the committee to merit confidence. The provisions of this Section 11(d) shall not be deemed to be exclusive or to limit in any way the other circumstances in which Indemnitee meet, or be presumed to have met, the applicable standard of conduct set forth in this Agreement.

(e) For purposes of this Agreement, Indemnitee shall be considered to have been wholly successful with respect to any Proceeding if such Proceeding is disposed of, on the merits or otherwise (including a disposition without prejudice), without (i) the disposition being adverse to Indemnitee, (ii) it being Adjudged that Indemnitee was liable to the Company, (iii) a plea of guilty by Indemnitee, (iv) it being Adjudged that an act or omission of Indemnitee was material to the matter giving rise to the Proceeding and was (A) committed in bad faith or (B) the result of Indemnitee’s active and deliberate dishonesty, (v) it being Adjudged that Indemnitee actually received an improper personal benefit in money, property or services or (vi) with respect to any criminal proceeding, it being Adjudged that Indemnitee had reasonable cause to believe the act or omission was unlawful.

Section 12. Remedies of Indemnitee .

(a) If (i) a determination is made pursuant to Section 10(b) of this Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification under this Agreement, (ii) advance of Expenses is not timely made pursuant to Section 8 or Section 9 of this Agreement, (iii) no determination of entitlement to indemnification shall have been made pursuant to Section 10(b) of this Agreement within 60 days after receipt by the Company of the request for indemnification, (iv) payment of indemnification is not made pursuant to Section 7 of this Agreement within ten days after receipt by the Company of a written request therefor, or (v) payment of indemnification pursuant to any

-7-

other section of this Agreement or the charter or Bylaws of the Company is not made within ten days after a determination has been made that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, Indemnitee shall be entitled to an adjudication in an appropriate court located in the State of Maryland, or in any other court of competent jurisdiction, of his entitlement to such indemnification or advance of Expenses. Alternatively, Indemnitee, at his option, may seek an award in arbitration to be conducted by a single arbitrator pursuant to the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association. Indemnitee shall commence a proceeding seeking an adjudication or an award in arbitration within 180 days following the date on which Indemnitee first has the right to commence such proceeding pursuant to this Section 12(a); provided, however, that the foregoing clause shall not apply to a proceeding brought by Indemnitee to enforce his rights under Section 7 of this Agreement. Except as set forth herein, the provisions of Maryland law (without regard to its conflicts of laws rules) shall apply to any such arbitration. The Company shall not oppose Indemnitee’s right to seek any such adjudication or award in arbitration.

(b) In any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 12, Indemnitee shall be presumed to be entitled to indemnification or advance of Expenses, as the case may be, under this Agreement and the Company shall have the burden of proving that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification or advance of Expenses, as the case may be. If Indemnitee commences a judicial proceeding or arbitration pursuant to this Section 12, Indemnitee shall not be required to reimburse the Company for any advances pursuant to Section 8 of this Agreement until a final determination is made with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification (as to which all rights of appeal have been exhausted or lapsed). If Indemnitee commences a judicial proceeding or arbitration pursuant to this Section 12, the Company may not refer to or introduce into evidence any determination pursuant to Section 10(b) of this Agreement adverse to Indemnitee for any purpose and any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Article 12 shall be conducted in all respects as a de novo trial or arbitration. The Company shall, to the fullest extent not prohibited by law, be precluded from asserting in any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 12 that the procedures and presumptions of this Agreement are not valid, binding and enforceable and shall stipulate in any such court or before any such arbitrator that the Company is bound by all of the provisions of this Agreement.

(c) If a determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 10(b) of this Agreement that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, the Company shall be bound by such determination in any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 12, absent a misstatement by Indemnitee of a material fact, or an omission of a material fact necessary to make Indemnitee’s statement not materially misleading, in connection with the request for indemnification.

(d) In the event that Indemnitee, pursuant to this Section 12, seeks a judicial adjudication of or an award in arbitration to enforce his rights under, or to recover damages for breach of, this Agreement, Indemnitee shall be entitled to advancement from the Company, and shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Company for, any and all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him in such judicial adjudication or arbitration in accordance with this Agreement.

-8-

(e) Interest shall be paid by the Company to Indemnitee at the maximum rate allowed to be charged for judgments under the Courts and Judicial Proceedings Article of the Annotated Code of Maryland for amounts which the Company pays or is obligated to pay for the period commencing with the date on which the Indemnitee requests indemnification or advancement of Expenses in accordance with this Agreement and ending on the date such payment is made to Indemnitee by the Company.

Section 13. Defense of the Underlying Proceeding .

(a) Indemnitee shall notify the Company promptly in writing upon being served with any summons, citation, subpoena, complaint, indictment, request or other document relating to any Proceeding which may result in the right to indemnification or the advance of Expenses hereunder and shall include with such notice a description of the nature of the Proceeding and a summary of the facts underlying the Proceeding. The failure to give any such notice shall not disqualify Indemnitee from the right, or otherwise affect in any manner any right of Indemnitee, to indemnification or the advance of Expenses under this Agreement unless the Company’s ability to defend in such Proceeding or to obtain proceeds under any insurance policy is materially and adversely prejudiced thereby, and then only to the extent the Company is thereby actually so prejudiced.

(b) Subject to the provisions of the last sentence of this Section 13(b) and of Section 13(c) below, the Company shall have the right to defend Indemnitee in any Proceeding which may give rise to indemnification hereunder using a law firm of the Company’s choice, subject to the prior written approval of the Indemnitee, which shall not be unreasonably withheld; provided, however, that the Company shall notify Indemnitee in writing of any such decision to defend within 15 calendar days following receipt of notice of any such Proceeding under Section 13(a) above. Indemnitee shall have the right to retain a separate law firm in any such Proceeding at Indemnitee’s sole expense. The Company shall not, without the prior written consent of Indemnitee, which shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed, consent to the entry of any judgment against Indemnitee or enter into any settlement or compromise which (i) includes an admission of fault of Indemnitee, (ii) does not include, as an unconditional term thereof, the full release of Indemnitee from all liability in respect of such Proceeding, which release shall be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Indemnitee or (iii) would impose any Expense, judgment, fine, penalty or limitation on Indemnitee. This Section 13(b) shall not apply to a Proceeding brought by Indemnitee under Section 12 of this Agreement, a Proceeding by or in the right of the Company or in the case of clause (ii) of Section 13(c).

(c) Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 13(b) above, if in a Proceeding to which Indemnitee is a party (i) Indemnitee reasonably concludes, based upon an opinion of counsel approved by the Company, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, that he may have separate defenses or counterclaims to assert with respect to any issue which may not be consistent with other defendants in such Proceeding, (ii) Indemnitee reasonably concludes that an actual or apparent conflict of interest or potential conflict of interest exists between Indemnitee and the Company, or (iii) if the Company fails to assume the defense of such Proceeding in a timely manner, Indemnitee shall be entitled to be represented by separate legal counsel of Indemnitee’s choice, subject, except in the case of (ii) or (iii) above, to the prior approval of the Company, which shall not be unreasonably withheld, at the expense of the

-9-

Company. In addition, if the Company fails to comply with any of its obligations under this Agreement or in the event that the Company or any other person takes any action to declare this Agreement void or unenforceable, or institutes any Proceeding to deny or to recover from Indemnitee the benefits intended to be provided to Indemnitee hereunder, Indemnitee shall have the right to retain counsel of Indemnitee’s choice, at the expense of the Company (subject to Section 12(d) of this Agreement), to represent Indemnitee in connection with any such matter.

Section 14. Jointly Indemnifiable Claims .

(a) Given that certain Jointly Indemnifiable Claims may arise, the Company acknowledges and agrees that the Company shall, and to the extent applicable shall cause any Enterprise to (i) be fully and primarily responsible for, and be the indemnitor of first resort with respect to, payment to or payment on behalf of the Indemnitee in respect of indemnification or advancement of Expenses in connection with any such Jointly Indemnifiable Claim, irrespective of any right of recovery the Indemnitee may have from the Third-Party Indemnitors, and (ii) be required to advance the full amount of Expenses incurred by the Indemnitee and shall be liable for the full amount of all Expenses, judgments, fines, penalties and amounts paid in settlement to the extent not prohibited by (and not merely to the extent affirmatively permitted by) applicable law and as required by the terms of this Agreement, without regard to any rights the Indemnitee may have against the Third-Party Indemnitors. Under no circumstance shall the Company or any Enterprise be entitled to, and the Company hereby irrevocably waives, relinquishes and releases, any claims against the Third-Party Indemnitors for subrogation, contribution or recovery of any kind and no right of advancement or recovery the Indemnitee may have from the Third-Party Indemnitors shall reduce or otherwise alter the rights of the Indemnitee or the obligations of the Company or any Enterprise. The Company further agrees that no advancement or payment by any Third-Party Indemnitor on behalf of Indemnitee with respect to any Proceeding for which Indemnitee has sought indemnification, exoneration or hold harmless rights from the Company shall affect the foregoing and the Third-Party Indemnitor(s) shall have a right to receive from the Company, contribution and/or be subrogated, to the extent of such advancement or payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee against the Company. The Company and the Indemnitee agree that each of the Third-Party Indemnitors shall be third-party beneficiaries with respect to this Agreement entitled to enforce this Section 14 as though each such Third-Party Indemnitor were a party to this Agreement.

(b) For purposes of this Agreement “Third-Party Indemnitor” means any person or entity that has or may in the future provide to the Indemnitee any indemnification, exoneration, hold harmless or Expense advancement rights and/or insurance benefits other than (i) the Company, (ii) any Enterprise and (iii) any entity or entities through which the Company maintains liability insurance applicable to the Indemnitee.

(c) For purposes of this Agreement, “Jointly Indemnifiable Claims” shall mean any Proceeding for which the Indemnitee shall be entitled to indemnification, advancement of expenses or insurance from (i) the Company and/or any Enterprise pursuant to this Agreement, the charter or Bylaws or other governing documents of the Company or any Enterprise, any agreement or a resolution of the stockholders of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors or of the Board of Directors, or otherwise, on the one hand, and (ii) any Third-Party Indemnitor pursuant to any agreement between any Third-Party Indemnitor and the

-10-

Indemnitee pursuant to which the Indemnitee is indemnified, the laws of the jurisdiction of incorporation or organization of any Third-Party Indemnitor and/or the certificate of incorporation, certificate of organization, bylaws, partnership agreement, operating agreement, certificate of formation, certificate of limited partnership or other organizational or governing documents of any Third-Party Indemnitor, on the other hand.

Section 15. Non-Exclusivity; Survival of Rights; Subrogation .

(a) The rights of indemnification and advance of Expenses as provided by this Agreement shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which Indemnitee may at any time be entitled under applicable law, the charter or Bylaws or other governing documents of the Company or any Enterprise, any agreement or a resolution of the stockholders entitled to vote generally in the election of directors or of the Board of Directors, or otherwise. Unless consented to in writing by Indemnitee, no amendment, alteration or repeal of this Agreement or of any provision hereof shall limit or restrict any right of Indemnitee under this Agreement in respect of any action taken or omitted by such Indemnitee in or by reason of his Corporate Status prior to such amendment, alteration or repeal, regardless of whether a claim with respect to such action or inaction is raised prior or subsequent to such amendment, alteration or repeal. No right or remedy herein conferred is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every other right or remedy shall be cumulative and in addition to every other right or remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. The assertion of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prohibit the concurrent assertion or employment of any other right or remedy.

(b) Except as set forth in Section 14, in the event of any payment under this Agreement, the Company shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee, who shall execute all papers required and take all action necessary to secure such rights, including execution of such documents as are necessary to enable the Company to bring suit to enforce such rights.

Section 16. Insurance . The Company will use its reasonable best efforts to acquire directors and officers liability insurance, on terms and conditions deemed appropriate by the Board of Directors, with the advice of counsel, covering Indemnitee or any claim made against Indemnitee by reason of his Corporate Status or by reason of alleged actions or omissions by Indemnitee in such capacity and covering the Company for any indemnification or advance of Expenses made by the Company to Indemnitee for any claims made against Indemnitee by reason of his Corporate Status or by reason of alleged actions or omissions by Indemnitee in such capacity. Without in any way limiting any other obligation under this Agreement, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee for any payment by Indemnitee arising out of the amount of any deductible or retention and the amount of any excess of the aggregate of all judgments, penalties, fines, settlements and Expenses incurred by Indemnitee in connection with a Proceeding over the coverage of any insurance referred to in the previous sentence. The purchase, establishment and maintenance of any such insurance shall not in any way limit or affect the rights or obligations of the Company or Indemnitee under this Agreement except as expressly provided herein, and the execution and delivery of this Agreement by the Company and the Indemnitee shall not in any way limit or affect the rights or obligations of the Company under any such insurance policies. If, at the time the Company receives notice from any source of a Proceeding to which Indemnitee

-11-

is a party or a participant (as a witness or otherwise) the Company has director and officer liability insurance in effect, the Company shall give prompt notice of such Proceeding to the insurers in accordance with the procedures set forth in the respective policies.

Section 17. Coordination of Payments . Except as set forth in Section 14, the Company shall not be liable under this Agreement to make any payment of amounts otherwise indemnifiable or payable or reimbursable as Expenses hereunder if and to the extent that Indemnitee has otherwise actually received such payment under any insurance policy, contract, agreement or otherwise.

Section 18. Reports to Stockholders . To the extent required by the MGCL, the Company shall report in writing to its stockholders the payment of any amounts for indemnification of, or advance of Expenses to, Indemnitee under this Agreement arising out of a Proceeding by or in the right of the Company with the notice of the meeting of stockholders of the Company next following the date of the payment of any such indemnification or advance of Expenses or prior to such meeting.

Section 19. Duration of Agreement; Binding Effect .

(a) This Agreement shall be effective as of the Effective Date and may apply to acts or omissions of Indemnitee taken in or in connection with Indemnitee’s Corporate Status which occurred prior to such date if Indemnitee was an officer, director, employee or agent of the Company or was a director, trustee, officer, partner, manager, managing member, fiduciary, employee or agent of any Enterprise at the time such act or omission occurred.

(b) This Agreement shall continue until and terminate on the later of (i) the date that Indemnitee shall have ceased to serve as a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company or as a director, trustee, officer, partner, manager, managing member, fiduciary, employee or agent of any Enterprise and (ii) the date that Indemnitee is no longer subject to any actual or possible Proceeding (including any rights of appeal thereto and any Proceeding commenced by Indemnitee pursuant to Section 12 of this Agreement).

(c) The indemnification and advance of Expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, this Agreement shall be binding upon and be enforceable by the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns (including any direct or indirect successor by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Company), shall continue as to an Indemnitee who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company or a director, trustee, officer, partner, manager, managing member, fiduciary, employee or agent of any Enterprise, and shall inure to the benefit of Indemnitee and his spouse, assigns, heirs, devisees, executors and administrators and other legal representatives.

(d) The Company shall require and cause any successor (whether direct or indirect by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all, substantially all or a substantial part, of the business and/or assets of the Company, by written agreement in form and substance satisfactory to Indemnitee, expressly to assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform if no such succession had taken place.

-12-

(e) The Company and Indemnitee agree herein that a monetary remedy for breach of this Agreement, at some later date, may be inadequate, impracticable and difficult of proof, and further agree that such breach may cause Indemnitee irreparable harm. Accordingly, the parties hereto agree that Indemnitee may enforce this Agreement by seeking injunctive relief and/or specific performance hereof, without any necessity of showing actual damage or irreparable harm and that by seeking injunctive relief and/or specific performance, Indemnitee shall not be precluded from seeking or obtaining any other relief to which he may be entitled. Indemnitee shall further be entitled to such specific performance and injunctive relief, including temporary restraining orders, preliminary injunctions and permanent injunctions, without the necessity of posting bonds or other undertakings in connection therewith. The Company acknowledges that, in the absence of a waiver, a bond or undertaking may be required of Indemnitee by a court, and the Company hereby waives any such requirement of such a bond or undertaking.

Section 20. Section 409A . It is intended that any indemnification payment or advancement of Expenses made hereunder shall be exempt from Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the guidance issued thereunder (“Section 409A”) pursuant to Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(b)(10). Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any indemnification payment or advancement of Expenses made hereunder shall be determined to be “nonqualified deferred compensation” within the meaning of Section 409A, then (i) the amount of the indemnification payment or advancement of Expenses during one taxable year shall not affect the amount of the indemnification payments or advancement of Expenses during any other taxable year, (ii) the indemnification payments or advancement of Expenses must be made on or before the last day of the Indemnitee’s taxable year following the year in which the expense was incurred, and (iii) the right to indemnification payments or advancement of Expenses hereunder is not subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit.

Section 21. Severability . If any provision or provisions of this Agreement shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable for any reason whatsoever: (a) the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, each portion of any Section, paragraph or sentence of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable that is not itself invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby and shall remain enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law; (b) such provision or provisions shall be deemed reformed to the extent necessary to conform to applicable law and to give the maximum effect to the intent of the parties hereto; and (c) to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, each portion of any Section, paragraph or sentence of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall be construed so as to give effect to the intent manifested thereby.

Section 22. Identical Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall for all purposes be deemed to be an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same Agreement. One such counterpart signed by the party against whom enforceability is sought shall be sufficient to evidence the existence of this Agreement.

-13-

Section 23. Headings . The headings of the paragraphs of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not be deemed to constitute part of this Agreement or to affect the construction thereof.

Section 24. Modification and Waiver . No supplement, modification or amendment of this Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by both of the parties hereto. No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed or shall constitute a waiver of any other provisions hereof (whether or not similar) nor shall such waiver constitute a continuing waiver.

Section 25. Notices . All notices, requests, demands and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if (i) delivered by hand and receipted for by the party to whom said notice or other communication shall have been directed or (ii) mailed by certified or registered mail with postage prepaid, on the third business day after the date on which it is so mailed:

(a) If to Indemnitee, to the address set forth on the signature page hereto.

(b) If to the Company, to:

Howard S. Stern, President and Secretary

Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc.

11601 Wilshire Blvd., Suite 1600

Los Angeles, California 90025

or to such other address as may have been furnished in writing to Indemnitee by the Company or to the Company by Indemnitee, as the case may be.

Section 26. Governing Law . The parties agree that this Agreement shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of Maryland, without regard to its conflicts of laws rules.

Section 27. Miscellaneous . Use of the masculine pronoun shall be deemed to include usage of the feminine pronoun where appropriate.

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

-14-

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.


HUDSON PACIFIC PROPERTIES, INC.:

By:		/ S / H OWARD S. S TERN
Name:		Howard S. Stern
Title:		President and Secretary

INDEMNITEE:

/ S / V ICTOR J. C OLEMAN
Name:		Victor J. Coleman

-15-

EXHIBIT A

FORM OF UNDERTAKING TO REPAY EXPENSES ADVANCED

The Board of Directors of Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc.

Re: Undertaking to Repay Expenses Advanced

Ladies and Gentlemen:

This undertaking is being provided pursuant to that certain Indemnification Agreement dated the 29th day of June, 2010, by and between Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc., a Maryland corporation (the “Company”), and the undersigned Indemnitee (the “Indemnification Agreement”), pursuant to which I am entitled to advance of Expenses in connection with [Description of Proceeding] (the “Proceeding”).

Terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meanings specified in the Indemnification Agreement.

I am subject to the Proceeding by reason of my Corporate Status or by reason of alleged actions or omissions by me in such capacity. I hereby affirm my good belief that at all times, insofar as I was involved as [a director] [an officer] of the Company, in any of the facts or events giving rise to the Proceeding, I (1) did not act with bad faith or active or deliberate dishonesty, (2) did not receive any improper personal benefit in money, property or services and (3) in the case of any criminal proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe that any act or omission by me was unlawful.

In consideration of the advance of Expenses by the Company for reasonable attorneys’ fees and related Expenses incurred by me in connection with the Proceeding (the “Advanced Expenses”), I hereby agree that if, in connection with the Proceeding, it is established that (1) an act or omission by me was material to the matter giving rise to the Proceeding and (a) was committed in bad faith or (b) was the result of active and deliberate dishonesty or (2) I actually received an improper personal benefit in money, property or services or (3) in the case of any criminal proceeding, I had reasonable cause to believe that the act or omission was unlawful, then I shall promptly reimburse the portion of the Advanced Expenses relating to the claims, issues or matters in the Proceeding as to which the foregoing findings have been established.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have executed this Affirmation and Undertaking on this day of , 20 .

Name:

Address:

Exhibit 10.4

INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT

WHEREAS, the parties by this Agreement desire to set forth their agreement regarding indemnification and advance of expenses;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the covenants contained herein, the Company and Indemnitee do hereby covenant and agree as follows:

Section 1. Definitions . For purposes of this Agreement:

(a) “Adjudged” shall mean adjudged finally by a court or arbitral or other authority of competent jurisdiction.

(e) “Effective Date” means the date set forth in the first paragraph of this Agreement.

(g) “Expenses” means any and all disbursements or expenses incurred by Indemnitee in connection with prosecuting, defending, preparing to prosecute or defend, investigating, being or preparing to be a witness in or otherwise participating in a Proceeding, including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs, retainers, court costs, transcript costs, fees of experts, witness fees, travel expenses, duplicating costs, printing and binding costs, telephone charges, postage, delivery service fees, federal, state, local or foreign taxes imposed on Indemnitee as a result of the actual or deemed receipt of any payments under this Agreement, and any ERISA excise taxes and penalties. Expenses shall also include (i) expenses incurred in connection with any appeal resulting from any Proceeding including, without limitation, the premium, security for and other costs relating to any cost bond, supersede as bond or other appeal bond or its equivalent, (ii) expenses incurred in connection with recovery under any directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies maintained by the Company, regardless of whether the Indemnitee is ultimately determined to be entitled to such indemnification, advancement or expenses or insurance recovery, as the case may be, and (iii) expenses incurred by Indemnitee in establishing or enforcing his right to indemnification or reimbursement under this Agreement. Expenses, however, shall not include amounts paid in settlement by Indemnitee or the amount of judgments, fines or penalties against Indemnitee (other than ERISA excise tax penalties).

-2-

-3-

Section 5. Certain Limits on Indemnification . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement (other than Section 6), Indemnitee shall not be entitled to:

(a) indemnification hereunder if the Proceeding was one by or in the right of the Company and Indemnitee is Adjudged to be liable to the Company;

(b) indemnification hereunder if Indemnitee is Adjudged to be liable on the basis that personal benefit was improperly received in any Proceeding charging improper personal benefit to Indemnitee; or

-4-

Section 10. Procedure for Determination of Entitlement to Indemnification .

(a) To obtain indemnification under this Agreement, Indemnitee shall submit to the Company a written request, including therein or therewith such documentation and information

-5-

Section 11. Presumptions and Effect of Certain Proceedings .

-6-

Section 12. Remedies of Indemnitee .

-7-

-8-

Section 13. Defense of the Underlying Proceeding .

-9-

Section 14. Jointly Indemnifiable Claims .

-10-

Section 15. Non-Exclusivity; Survival of Rights; Subrogation .

-11-

Section 19. Duration of Agreement; Binding Effect .

-12-

-13-

(a)

If to Indemnitee, to the address set forth on the signature page hereto.

(b)

If to the Company, to:

Victor J. Coleman, Chief Executive Officer

Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc.

11601 Wilshire Blvd., Suite 1600

Los Angeles, California 90025

or to such other address as may have been furnished in writing to Indemnitee by the Company or to the Company by Indemnitee, as the case may be.

Section 27. Miscellaneous . Use of the masculine pronoun shall be deemed to include usage of the feminine pronoun where appropriate.

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

-14-

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.


HUDSON PACIFIC PROPERTIES, INC.:

By:		/ S / V ICTOR J. C OLEMAN
Name:		Victor J. Coleman
Title:		Chief Executive Officer

INDEMNITEE:

/ S / H OWARD S. S TERN
Name:		Howard S. Stern

-15-

EXHIBIT A

FORM OF UNDERTAKING TO REPAY EXPENSES ADVANCED

The Board of Directors of Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc.

Re: Undertaking to Repay Expenses Advanced

Ladies and Gentlemen:

Terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meanings specified in the Indemnification Agreement.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have executed this Affirmation and Undertaking on this day of , 20 .

Name:

Address:

Exhibit 10.5

INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT

WHEREAS, at the request of the Company, Indemnitee currently serves as an officer of the Company and may, therefore, be subjected to claims, suits or proceedings arising as a result of his service; and

WHEREAS, as an inducement to Indemnitee to continue to serve as such officer, the Company has agreed to indemnify and to advance expenses and costs incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any such claims, suits or proceedings, to the maximum extent permitted by law; and

WHEREAS, the parties by this Agreement desire to set forth their agreement regarding indemnification and advance of expenses;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the covenants contained herein, the Company and Indemnitee do hereby covenant and agree as follows:

Section 1. Definitions . For purposes of this Agreement:

(a) “Adjudged” shall mean adjudged finally by a court or arbitral or other authority of competent jurisdiction.

(e) “Effective Date” means the date set forth in the first paragraph of this Agreement.

-2-

Section 2. Services by Indemnitee . The Company expressly confirms and agrees that it has entered into this Agreement and assumed the obligations imposed on it hereby in order to induce the Indemnitee to serve or continue to serve as an officer of the Company, and the Company acknowledges that Indemnitee is relying upon this Agreement in serving or continuing to serve as an officer. However, this Agreement shall not impose any independent obligation on Indemnitee or the Company to continue Indemnitee’s service to the Company. This Agreement shall not be deemed an employment contract between the Company (or any other entity) and Indemnitee.

-3-

Section 5. Certain Limits on Indemnification . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement (other than Section 6), Indemnitee shall not be entitled to:

(a) indemnification hereunder if the Proceeding was one by or in the right of the Company and Indemnitee is Adjudged to be liable to the Company;

(b) indemnification hereunder if Indemnitee is Adjudged to be liable on the basis that personal benefit was improperly received in any Proceeding charging improper personal benefit to Indemnitee; or

-4-

Section 10. Procedure for Determination of Entitlement to Indemnification .

(a) To obtain indemnification under this Agreement, Indemnitee shall submit to the Company a written request, including therein or therewith such documentation and information

-5-

Section 11. Presumptions and Effect of Certain Proceedings .

-6-

Section 12. Remedies of Indemnitee .

-7-

-8-

Section 13. Defense of the Underlying Proceeding .

-9-

Section 14. Jointly Indemnifiable Claims .

-10-

Section 15. Non-Exclusivity; Survival of Rights; Subrogation .

-11-

Section 19. Duration of Agreement; Binding Effect .

-12-

-13-

(a)

If to Indemnitee, to the address set forth on the signature page hereto.

(b)

If to the Company, to:

Victor J. Coleman, Chief Executive Officer

Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc.

11601 Wilshire Blvd., Suite 1600

Los Angeles, California 90025

or to such other address as may have been furnished in writing to Indemnitee by the Company or to the Company by Indemnitee, as the case may be.

Section 27. Miscellaneous . Use of the masculine pronoun shall be deemed to include usage of the feminine pronoun where appropriate.

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

-14-

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.


HUDSON PACIFIC PROPERTIES, INC.:

By:		/ S / V ICTOR J. C OLEMAN
Name:		Victor J. Coleman
Title:		Chief Executive Officer


INDEMNITEE:

/ S / M ARK T. L AMMAS
Name:		Mark T. Lammas

-15-

EXHIBIT A

FORM OF UNDERTAKING TO REPAY EXPENSES ADVANCED

The Board of Directors of Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc.

Re: Undertaking to Repay Expenses Advanced

Ladies and Gentlemen:

Terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meanings specified in the Indemnification Agreement.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have executed this Affirmation and Undertaking on this day of , 20 .

Name:

Address:

Exhibit 10.6

INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT

WHEREAS, the parties by this Agreement desire to set forth their agreement regarding indemnification and advance of expenses;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the covenants contained herein, the Company and Indemnitee do hereby covenant and agree as follows:

Section 1. Definitions . For purposes of this Agreement:

(a) “Adjudged” shall mean adjudged finally by a court or arbitral or other authority of competent jurisdiction.

(e) “Effective Date” means the date set forth in the first paragraph of this Agreement.

-2-

Section 2. Services by Indemnitee . The Company expressly confirms and agrees that it has entered into this Agreement and assumed the obligations imposed on it hereby in order to induce the Indemnitee to serve or continue to serve as an officer of the Company, and the Company acknowledges that Indemnitee is relying upon this Agreement in serving or continuing to serve as an officer. However, this Agreement shall not impose any independent obligation on Indemnitee or the Company to continue Indemnitee’s service to the Company. This Agreement shall not be deemed an employment contract between the Company (or any other entity) and Indemnitee.

-3-

Section 5. Certain Limits on Indemnification . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement (other than Section 6), Indemnitee shall not be entitled to:

(a) indemnification hereunder if the Proceeding was one by or in the right of the Company and Indemnitee is Adjudged to be liable to the Company;

(b) indemnification hereunder if Indemnitee is Adjudged to be liable on the basis that personal benefit was improperly received in any Proceeding charging improper personal benefit to Indemnitee; or

-4-

Section 10. Procedure for Determination of Entitlement to Indemnification .

(a) To obtain indemnification under this Agreement, Indemnitee shall submit to the Company a written request, including therein or therewith such documentation and information

-5-

Section 11. Presumptions and Effect of Certain Proceedings .

-6-

Section 12. Remedies of Indemnitee .

-7-

-8-

Section 13. Defense of the Underlying Proceeding .

-9-

Section 14. Jointly Indemnifiable Claims .

-10-

Section 15. Non-Exclusivity; Survival of Rights; Subrogation .

-11-

Section 19. Duration of Agreement; Binding Effect .

-12-

-13-

(a) If to Indemnitee, to the address set forth on the signature page hereto.

(b) If to the Company, to:

Victor J. Coleman, Chief Executive Officer

Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc.

11601 Wilshire Blvd., Suite 1600

Los Angeles, California 90025

or to such other address as may have been furnished in writing to Indemnitee by the Company or to the Company by Indemnitee, as the case may be.

Section 27. Miscellaneous . Use of the masculine pronoun shall be deemed to include usage of the feminine pronoun where appropriate.

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

-14-

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.


HUDSON PACIFIC PROPERTIES, INC.:

By:		/ S / V ICTOR J. C OLEMAN
Name:		Victor J. Coleman
Title:		Chief Executive Officer


INDEMNITEE:

/ S / C HRISTOPHER B ARTON
Name:		Christopher Barton

-15-

EXHIBIT A

FORM OF UNDERTAKING TO REPAY EXPENSES ADVANCED

The Board of Directors of Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc.

Re: Undertaking to Repay Expenses Advanced

Ladies and Gentlemen:

Terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meanings specified in the Indemnification Agreement.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have executed this Affirmation and Undertaking on this day of , 20 .

Name:

Address:

Exhibit 10.7

INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT

WHEREAS, the parties by this Agreement desire to set forth their agreement regarding indemnification and advance of expenses;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the covenants contained herein, the Company and Indemnitee do hereby covenant and agree as follows:

Section 1. Definitions . For purposes of this Agreement:

(a) “Adjudged” shall mean adjudged finally by a court or arbitral or other authority of competent jurisdiction.

(e) “Effective Date” means the date set forth in the first paragraph of this Agreement.

-2-

Section 2. Services by Indemnitee . The Company expressly confirms and agrees that it has entered into this Agreement and assumed the obligations imposed on it hereby in order to induce the Indemnitee to serve or continue to serve as an officer of the Company, and the Company acknowledges that Indemnitee is relying upon this Agreement in serving or continuing to serve as an officer. However, this Agreement shall not impose any independent obligation on Indemnitee or the Company to continue Indemnitee’s service to the Company. This Agreement shall not be deemed an employment contract between the Company (or any other entity) and Indemnitee.

-3-

Section 5. Certain Limits on Indemnification. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement (other than Section 6), Indemnitee shall not be entitled to:

(a) indemnification hereunder if the Proceeding was one by or in the right of the Company and Indemnitee is Adjudged to be liable to the Company;

(b) indemnification hereunder if Indemnitee is Adjudged to be liable on the basis that personal benefit was improperly received in any Proceeding charging improper personal benefit to Indemnitee; or

-4-

Section 10. Procedure for Determination of Entitlement to Indemnification .

(a) To obtain indemnification under this Agreement, Indemnitee shall submit to the Company a written request, including therein or therewith such documentation and information

-5-

Section 11. Presumptions and Effect of Certain Proceedings .

-6-

Section 12. Remedies of Indemnitee .

-7-

-8-

Section 13. Defense of the Underlying Proceeding .

-9-

Section 14. Jointly Indemnifiable Claims .

-10-

Section 15. Non-Exclusivity; Survival of Rights; Subrogation .

-11-

Section 19. Duration of Agreement; Binding Effect .

-12-

-13-

(a)

If to Indemnitee, to the address set forth on the signature page hereto.

(b)

If to the Company, to:

Victor J. Coleman, Chief Executive Officer

Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc.

11601 Wilshire Blvd., Suite 1600

Los Angeles, California 90025

or to such other address as may have been furnished in writing to Indemnitee by the Company or to the Company by Indemnitee, as the case may be.

Section 27. Miscellaneous . Use of the masculine pronoun shall be deemed to include usage of the feminine pronoun where appropriate.

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

-14-

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.


HUDSON PACIFIC PROPERTIES, INC.:

By:		/ S / V ICTOR J. C OLEMAN
Name:		Victor J. Coleman
Title:		Chief Executive Officer

INDEMNITEE:

/ S / D ALE S HIMODA
Name:		Dale Shimoda

-15-

EXHIBIT A

FORM OF UNDERTAKING TO REPAY EXPENSES ADVANCED

The Board of Directors of Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc.

Re: Undertaking to Repay Expenses Advanced

Ladies and Gentlemen:

Terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meanings specified in the Indemnification Agreement.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have executed this Affirmation and Undertaking on this day of , 20 .

Name:

Address:

Exhibit 10.8

INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT

WHEREAS, at the request of the Company, Indemnitee currently serves as a director of the Company and may, therefore, be subjected to claims, suits or proceedings arising as a result of his service; and

WHEREAS, as an inducement to Indemnitee to continue to serve as such director, the Company has agreed to indemnify and to advance expenses and costs incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any such claims, suits or proceedings, to the maximum extent permitted by law; and

WHEREAS, the parties by this Agreement desire to set forth their agreement regarding indemnification and advance of expenses;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the covenants contained herein, the Company and Indemnitee do hereby covenant and agree as follows:

Section 1. Definitions . For purposes of this Agreement:

(a) “Adjudged” shall mean adjudged finally by a court or arbitral or other authority of competent jurisdiction.

(e) “Effective Date” means the date set forth in the first paragraph of this Agreement.

-2-

Section 2. Services by Indemnitee . The Company expressly confirms and agrees that it has entered into this Agreement and assumed the obligations imposed on it hereby in order to induce the Indemnitee to serve or continue to serve as a director of the Company, and the Company acknowledges that Indemnitee is relying upon this Agreement in serving or continuing to serve as a director. However, this Agreement shall not impose any independent obligation on Indemnitee or the Company to continue Indemnitee’s service to the Company. This Agreement shall not be deemed an employment contract between the Company (or any other entity) and Indemnitee.

-3-

Section 5. Certain Limits on Indemnification. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement (other than Section 6), Indemnitee shall not be entitled to:

(a) indemnification hereunder if the Proceeding was one by or in the right of the Company and Indemnitee is Adjudged to be liable to the Company;

(b) indemnification hereunder if Indemnitee is Adjudged to be liable on the basis that personal benefit was improperly received in any Proceeding charging improper personal benefit to Indemnitee; or

-4-

Section 10. Procedure for Determination of Entitlement to Indemnification .

(a) To obtain indemnification under this Agreement, Indemnitee shall submit to the Company a written request, including therein or therewith such documentation and information

-5-

Section 11. Presumptions and Effect of Certain Proceedings .

-6-

Section 12. Remedies of Indemnitee .

-7-

-8-

Section 13. Defense of the Underlying Proceeding .

-9-

Section 14. Jointly Indemnifiable Claims .

-10-

Section 15. Non-Exclusivity; Survival of Rights; Subrogation .

-11-

Section 19. Duration of Agreement; Binding Effect .

-12-

-13-

(a) If to Indemnitee, to the address set forth on the signature page hereto.

(b) If to the Company, to:

Victor J. Coleman, Chief Executive Officer

Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc.

11601 Wilshire Blvd., Suite 1600

Los Angeles, California 90025

or to such other address as may have been furnished in writing to Indemnitee by the Company or to the Company by Indemnitee, as the case may be.

Section 27. Miscellaneous . Use of the masculine pronoun shall be deemed to include usage of the feminine pronoun where appropriate.

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

-14-

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.


HUDSON PACIFIC PROPERTIES, INC.:

By:		/ S / M ARK L AMMAS
Name:		Mark Lammas
Title:		Attorney-in-fact for Victor J. Coleman, CEO

INDEMNITEE:

/ S / T HEODORE R. A NTENUCCI
Name:		Theodore R. Antenucci

-15-

EXHIBIT A

FORM OF UNDERTAKING TO REPAY EXPENSES ADVANCED

The Board of Directors of Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc.

Re: Undertaking to Repay Expenses Advanced

Ladies and Gentlemen:

Terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meanings specified in the Indemnification Agreement.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have executed this Affirmation and Undertaking on this day of , 20 .

Name:

Address:

Exhibit 10.9

INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT

WHEREAS, the parties by this Agreement desire to set forth their agreement regarding indemnification and advance of expenses;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the covenants contained herein, the Company and Indemnitee do hereby covenant and agree as follows:

Section 1. Definitions . For purposes of this Agreement:

(a) “Adjudged” shall mean adjudged finally by a court or arbitral or other authority of competent jurisdiction.

(e) “Effective Date” means the date set forth in the first paragraph of this Agreement.

-2-

Section 2. Services by Indemnitee . The Company expressly confirms and agrees that it has entered into this Agreement and assumed the obligations imposed on it hereby in order to induce the Indemnitee to serve or continue to serve as a director of the Company, and the Company acknowledges that Indemnitee is relying upon this Agreement in serving or continuing to serve as a director. However, this Agreement shall not impose any independent obligation on Indemnitee or the Company to continue Indemnitee’s service to the Company. This Agreement shall not be deemed an employment contract between the Company (or any other entity) and Indemnitee.

-3-

Section 5. Certain Limits on Indemnification . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement (other than Section 6), Indemnitee shall not be entitled to:

(a) indemnification hereunder if the Proceeding was one by or in the right of the Company and Indemnitee is Adjudged to be liable to the Company;

(b) indemnification hereunder if Indemnitee is Adjudged to be liable on the basis that personal benefit was improperly received in any Proceeding charging improper personal benefit to Indemnitee; or

-4-

Section 10. Procedure for Determination of Entitlement to Indemnification .

(a) To obtain indemnification under this Agreement, Indemnitee shall submit to the Company a written request, including therein or therewith such documentation and information

-5-

Section 11. Presumptions and Effect of Certain Proceedings .

-6-

Section 12. Remedies of Indemnitee .

-7-

-8-

Section 13. Defense of the Underlying Proceeding .

-9-

Section 14. Jointly Indemnifiable Claims .

-10-

Section 15. Non-Exclusivity; Survival of Rights; Subrogation .

-11-

Section 19. Duration of Agreement; Binding Effect .

-12-

-13-

(a) If to Indemnitee, to the address set forth on the signature page hereto.

(b) If to the Company, to:

Victor J. Coleman, Chief Executive Officer

Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc.

11601 Wilshire Blvd., Suite 1600

Los Angeles, California 90025

or to such other address as may have been furnished in writing to Indemnitee by the Company or to the Company by Indemnitee, as the case may be.

Section 27. Miscellaneous . Use of the masculine pronoun shall be deemed to include usage of the feminine pronoun where appropriate.

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

-14-

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.


HUDSON PACIFIC PROPERTIES, INC.:

By:		/ S / M ARK L AMMAS
Name:		Mark Lammas
Title:		Attorney-in-fact for Victor J. Coleman, CEO


INDEMNITEE:

/ S / M ARK B URNETT
Name:		Mark Burnett

-15-

EXHIBIT A

FORM OF UNDERTAKING TO REPAY EXPENSES ADVANCED

The Board of Directors of Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc.

Re:	Undertaking to Repay Expenses Advanced

Ladies and Gentlemen:

Terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meanings specified in the Indemnification Agreement.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have executed this Affirmation and Undertaking on this day of , 20 .

Name:

Address:

Exhibit 10.10

INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT

WHEREAS, the parties by this Agreement desire to set forth their agreement regarding indemnification and advance of expenses;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the covenants contained herein, the Company and Indemnitee do hereby covenant and agree as follows:

Section 1. Definitions . For purposes of this Agreement:

(a) “Adjudged” shall mean adjudged finally by a court or arbitral or other authority of competent jurisdiction.

(e) “Effective Date” means the date set forth in the first paragraph of this Agreement.

-2-

Section 2. Services by Indemnitee . The Company expressly confirms and agrees that it has entered into this Agreement and assumed the obligations imposed on it hereby in order to induce the Indemnitee to serve or continue to serve as a director of the Company, and the Company acknowledges that Indemnitee is relying upon this Agreement in serving or continuing to serve as a director. However, this Agreement shall not impose any independent obligation on Indemnitee or the Company to continue Indemnitee’s service to the Company. This Agreement shall not be deemed an employment contract between the Company (or any other entity) and Indemnitee.

-3-

Section 5. Certain Limits on Indemnification . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement (other than Section 6), Indemnitee shall not be entitled to:

(a) indemnification hereunder if the Proceeding was one by or in the right of the Company and Indemnitee is Adjudged to be liable to the Company;

(b) indemnification hereunder if Indemnitee is Adjudged to be liable on the basis that personal benefit was improperly received in any Proceeding charging improper personal benefit to Indemnitee; or

-4-

Section 10. Procedure for Determination of Entitlement to Indemnification .

(a) To obtain indemnification under this Agreement, Indemnitee shall submit to the Company a written request, including therein or therewith such documentation and information

-5-

Section 11. Presumptions and Effect of Certain Proceedings .

-6-

Section 12. Remedies of Indemnitee .

-7-

-8-

Section 13. Defense of the Underlying Proceeding .

-9-

Section 14. Jointly Indemnifiable Claims .

-10-

Section 15. Non-Exclusivity; Survival of Rights; Subrogation .

-11-

Section 19. Duration of Agreement; Binding Effect .

-12-

-13-

(a) If to Indemnitee, to the address set forth on the signature page hereto.

(b) If to the Company, to:

Victor J. Coleman, Chief Executive Officer

Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc.

11601 Wilshire Blvd., Suite 1600

Los Angeles, California 90025

or to such other address as may have been furnished in writing to Indemnitee by the Company or to the Company by Indemnitee, as the case may be.

Section 27. Miscellaneous . Use of the masculine pronoun shall be deemed to include usage of the feminine pronoun where appropriate.

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

-14-

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.


HUDSON PACIFIC PROPERTIES, INC.:

By:		/ S / M ARK L AMMAS
Name:		Mark Lammas
Title:		Attorney-in-fact for Victor J. Coleman, CEO

INDEMNITEE:

		/ S / R ICHARD B. F RIED
Name:		Richard B. Fried

-15-

EXHIBIT A

FORM OF UNDERTAKING TO REPAY EXPENSES ADVANCED

The Board of Directors of Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc.

Re: Undertaking to Repay Expenses Advanced

Ladies and Gentlemen:

Terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meanings specified in the Indemnification Agreement.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have executed this Affirmation and Undertaking on this day of , 20 .

Name:

Address:

Exhibit 10.11

INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT

WHEREAS, the parties by this Agreement desire to set forth their agreement regarding indemnification and advance of expenses;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the covenants contained herein, the Company and Indemnitee do hereby covenant and agree as follows:

Section 1. Definitions . For purposes of this Agreement:

(a) “Adjudged” shall mean adjudged finally by a court or arbitral or other authority of competent jurisdiction.

(e) “Effective Date” means the date set forth in the first paragraph of this Agreement.

-2-

Section 2. Services by Indemnitee . The Company expressly confirms and agrees that it has entered into this Agreement and assumed the obligations imposed on it hereby in order to induce the Indemnitee to serve or continue to serve as a director of the Company, and the Company acknowledges that Indemnitee is relying upon this Agreement in serving or continuing to serve as a director. However, this Agreement shall not impose any independent obligation on Indemnitee or the Company to continue Indemnitee’s service to the Company. This Agreement shall not be deemed an employment contract between the Company (or any other entity) and Indemnitee.

-3-

Section 5. Certain Limits on Indemnification . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement (other than Section 6), Indemnitee shall not be entitled to:

(a) indemnification hereunder if the Proceeding was one by or in the right of the Company and Indemnitee is Adjudged to be liable to the Company;

(b) indemnification hereunder if Indemnitee is Adjudged to be liable on the basis that personal benefit was improperly received in any Proceeding charging improper personal benefit to Indemnitee; or

-4-

Section 10. Procedure for Determination of Entitlement to Indemnification .

(a) To obtain indemnification under this Agreement, Indemnitee shall submit to the Company a written request, including therein or therewith such documentation and information

-5-

Section 11. Presumptions and Effect of Certain Proceedings .

-6-

Section 12. Remedies of Indemnitee .

-7-

-8-

Section 13. Defense of the Underlying Proceeding .

-9-

Section 14. Jointly Indemnifiable Claims .

-10-

Section 15. Non-Exclusivity; Survival of Rights; Subrogation .

-11-

Section 19. Duration of Agreement; Binding Effect .

-12-

-13-

(a) If to Indemnitee, to the address set forth on the signature page hereto.

(b) If to the Company, to:

Victor J. Coleman, Chief Executive Officer

Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc.

11601 Wilshire Blvd., Suite 1600

Los Angeles, California 90025

or to such other address as may have been furnished in writing to Indemnitee by the Company or to the Company by Indemnitee, as the case may be.

Section 27. Miscellaneous . Use of the masculine pronoun shall be deemed to include usage of the feminine pronoun where appropriate.

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

-14-

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.


HUDSON PACIFIC PROPERTIES, INC.:

By:		/ S / M ARK L AMMAS
Name:		Mark Lammas
Title:		Attorney-in-fact for Victor J. Coleman, CEO

INDEMNITEE:

		/ S / J ONATHAN M. G LASER
Name:		Jonathan M. Glaser

-15-

EXHIBIT A

FORM OF UNDERTAKING TO REPAY EXPENSES ADVANCED

The Board of Directors of Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc.

Re: Undertaking to Repay Expenses Advanced

Ladies and Gentlemen:

Terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meanings specified in the Indemnification Agreement.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have executed this Affirmation and Undertaking on this day of , 20 .

Name:

Address:

Exhibit 10.12

INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT

WHEREAS, the parties by this Agreement desire to set forth their agreement regarding indemnification and advance of expenses;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the covenants contained herein, the Company and Indemnitee do hereby covenant and agree as follows:

Section 1. Definitions . For purposes of this Agreement:

(a) “Adjudged” shall mean adjudged finally by a court or arbitral or other authority of competent jurisdiction.

(e) “Effective Date” means the date set forth in the first paragraph of this Agreement.

-2-

Section 2. Services by Indemnitee . The Company expressly confirms and agrees that it has entered into this Agreement and assumed the obligations imposed on it hereby in order to induce the Indemnitee to serve or continue to serve as a director of the Company, and the Company acknowledges that Indemnitee is relying upon this Agreement in serving or continuing to serve as a director. However, this Agreement shall not impose any independent obligation on Indemnitee or the Company to continue Indemnitee’s service to the Company. This Agreement shall not be deemed an employment contract between the Company (or any other entity) and Indemnitee.

-3-

Section 5. Certain Limits on Indemnification . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement (other than Section 6), Indemnitee shall not be entitled to:

(a) indemnification hereunder if the Proceeding was one by or in the right of the Company and Indemnitee is Adjudged to be liable to the Company;

(b) indemnification hereunder if Indemnitee is Adjudged to be liable on the basis that personal benefit was improperly received in any Proceeding charging improper personal benefit to Indemnitee; or

-4-

Section 10. Procedure for Determination of Entitlement to Indemnification .

(a) To obtain indemnification under this Agreement, Indemnitee shall submit to the Company a written request, including therein or therewith such documentation and information

-5-

Section 11. Presumptions and Effect of Certain Proceedings .

-6-

Section 12. Remedies of Indemnitee .

-7-

-8-

Section 13. Defense of the Underlying Proceeding .

-9-

Section 14. Jointly Indemnifiable Claims .

-10-

Section 15. Non-Exclusivity; Survival of Rights; Subrogation .

-11-

Section 19. Duration of Agreement; Binding Effect .

-12-

-13-

(a) If to Indemnitee, to the address set forth on the signature page hereto.

(b) If to the Company, to:

Victor J. Coleman, Chief Executive Officer

Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc.

11601 Wilshire Blvd., Suite 1600

Los Angeles, California 90025

or to such other address as may have been furnished in writing to Indemnitee by the Company or to the Company by Indemnitee, as the case may be.

Section 27. Miscellaneous . Use of the masculine pronoun shall be deemed to include usage of the feminine pronoun where appropriate.

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

-14-

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.


HUDSON PACIFIC PROPERTIES, INC.:

By:		/ S / M ARK L AMMAS


Name:		Mark Lammas
Title:		Attorney-in-fact for Victor J. Coleman, CEO

INDEMNITEE:

/ S / M ARK D. L INEHAN
Name:		Mark D. Linehan

-15-

EXHIBIT A

FORM OF UNDERTAKING TO REPAY EXPENSES ADVANCED

The Board of Directors of Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc.

Re: Undertaking to Repay Expenses Advanced

Ladies and Gentlemen:

Terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meanings specified in the Indemnification Agreement.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have executed this Affirmation and Undertaking on this day of , 20 .

Name:

Address:

Exhibit 10.13

INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT

WHEREAS, the parties by this Agreement desire to set forth their agreement regarding indemnification and advance of expenses;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the covenants contained herein, the Company and Indemnitee do hereby covenant and agree as follows:

Section 1. Definitions . For purposes of this Agreement:

(a) “Adjudged” shall mean adjudged finally by a court or arbitral or other authority of competent jurisdiction.

(e) “Effective Date” means the date set forth in the first paragraph of this Agreement.

-2-

Section 2. Services by Indemnitee . The Company expressly confirms and agrees that it has entered into this Agreement and assumed the obligations imposed on it hereby in order to induce the Indemnitee to serve or continue to serve as a director of the Company, and the Company acknowledges that Indemnitee is relying upon this Agreement in serving or continuing to serve as a director. However, this Agreement shall not impose any independent obligation on Indemnitee or the Company to continue Indemnitee’s service to the Company. This Agreement shall not be deemed an employment contract between the Company (or any other entity) and Indemnitee.

-3-

Section 5. Certain Limits on Indemnification . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement (other than Section 6), Indemnitee shall not be entitled to:

(a) indemnification hereunder if the Proceeding was one by or in the right of the Company and Indemnitee is Adjudged to be liable to the Company;

(b) indemnification hereunder if Indemnitee is Adjudged to be liable on the basis that personal benefit was improperly received in any Proceeding charging improper personal benefit to Indemnitee; or

-4-

Section 10. Procedure for Determination of Entitlement to Indemnification .

(a) To obtain indemnification under this Agreement, Indemnitee shall submit to the Company a written request, including therein or therewith such documentation and information

-5-

Section 11. Presumptions and Effect of Certain Proceedings .

-6-

Section 12. Remedies of Indemnitee .

-7-

-8-

Section 13. Defense of the Underlying Proceeding .

-9-

Section 14. Jointly Indemnifiable Claims .

-10-

Section 15. Non-Exclusivity; Survival of Rights; Subrogation .

-11-

Section 19. Duration of Agreement; Binding Effect .

-12-

-13-

(a) If to Indemnitee, to the address set forth on the signature page hereto.

(b) If to the Company, to:

Victor J. Coleman, Chief Executive Officer

Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc.

11601 Wilshire Blvd., Suite 1600

Los Angeles, California 90025

or to such other address as may have been furnished in writing to Indemnitee by the Company or to the Company by Indemnitee, as the case may be.

Section 27. Miscellaneous . Use of the masculine pronoun shall be deemed to include usage of the feminine pronoun where appropriate.

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

-14-

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.


HUDSON PACIFIC PROPERTIES, INC.:

By:		/s/ M ARK L AMMAS
Name:		Mark Lammas
Title:		Attorney-in-fact for Victor J. Coleman, CEO



INDEMNITEE:

/ S / R OBERT M. M ORAN , J R .
Name:		Robert M. Moran, Jr.

-15-

EXHIBIT A

FORM OF UNDERTAKING TO REPAY EXPENSES ADVANCED

The Board of Directors of Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc.

Re: Undertaking to Repay Expenses Advanced

Ladies and Gentlemen:

Terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meanings specified in the Indemnification Agreement.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have executed this Affirmation and Undertaking on this day of , 20 .

Name:

Address:

Exhibit 10.14

INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT

WHEREAS, the parties by this Agreement desire to set forth their agreement regarding indemnification and advance of expenses;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the covenants contained herein, the Company and Indemnitee do hereby covenant and agree as follows:

Section 1. Definitions . For purposes of this Agreement:

(a) “Adjudged” shall mean adjudged finally by a court or arbitral or other authority of competent jurisdiction.

(e) “Effective Date” means the date set forth in the first paragraph of this Agreement.

-2-

Section 2. Services by Indemnitee . The Company expressly confirms and agrees that it has entered into this Agreement and assumed the obligations imposed on it hereby in order to induce the Indemnitee to serve or continue to serve as a director of the Company, and the Company acknowledges that Indemnitee is relying upon this Agreement in serving or continuing to serve as a director. However, this Agreement shall not impose any independent obligation on Indemnitee or the Company to continue Indemnitee’s service to the Company. This Agreement shall not be deemed an employment contract between the Company (or any other entity) and Indemnitee.

-3-

Section 5. Certain Limits on Indemnification . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement (other than Section 6), Indemnitee shall not be entitled to:

(a) indemnification hereunder if the Proceeding was one by or in the right of the Company and Indemnitee is Adjudged to be liable to the Company;

(b) indemnification hereunder if Indemnitee is Adjudged to be liable on the basis that personal benefit was improperly received in any Proceeding charging improper personal benefit to Indemnitee; or

-4-

Section 10. Procedure for Determination of Entitlement to Indemnification .

(a) To obtain indemnification under this Agreement, Indemnitee shall submit to the Company a written request, including therein or therewith such documentation and information

-5-

Section 11. Presumptions and Effect of Certain Proceedings .

-6-

Section 12. Remedies of Indemnitee .

-7-

-8-

Section 13. Defense of the Underlying Proceeding .

-9-

Section 14. Jointly Indemnifiable Claims .

-10-

Section 15. Non-Exclusivity; Survival of Rights; Subrogation .

-11-

Section 19. Duration of Agreement; Binding Effect .

-12-

-13-

(a) If to Indemnitee, to the address set forth on the signature page hereto.

(b) If to the Company, to:

Victor J. Coleman, Chief Executive Officer

Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc.

11601 Wilshire Blvd., Suite 1600

Los Angeles, California 90025

or to such other address as may have been furnished in writing to Indemnitee by the Company or to the Company by Indemnitee, as the case may be.

Section 27. Miscellaneous . Use of the masculine pronoun shall be deemed to include usage of the feminine pronoun where appropriate.

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

-14-

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.


HUDSON PACIFIC PROPERTIES, INC.:

By:		/ S / M ARK L AMMAS


Name:		Mark Lammas
Title:		Attorney-in-fact for Victor J. Coleman, CEO

INDEMNITEE:

/ S / B ARRY A. P ORTER


Name:		Barry A. Porter

-15-

EXHIBIT A

FORM OF UNDERTAKING TO REPAY EXPENSES ADVANCED

The Board of Directors of Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc.

Re: Undertaking to Repay Expenses Advanced

Ladies and Gentlemen:

Terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meanings specified in the Indemnification Agreement.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have executed this Affirmation and Undertaking on this day of , 20 .

Name:

Address:

Exhibit 12.1

Statement of Computation of Ratios

Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc.

Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges, Pro Forma Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges

Pro Forma Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges and Preferred Stock Dividends


	Pro Forma Consolidated Nine Months Ended September 30, 2010			Historical Combined Period January 1, September 30, 2010			Pro Forma Consolidated Year Ended December 31, 2009			Historical Combined Year Ended




										2009			2008			2007
Fixed charges
Interest		7,297			6,361			13,212			9,318			13,083			7,171
Interest within rental expense		78			16			99			16			16			6

Fixed charges		7,375			6,377			13,311			9,334			13,099			7,177

Earnings:
Net income (loss)		(959	)		(2,151	)		(3,410	)		(644	)		(2,622	)		(4,014	)
Add: Fixed Charges		7,375			6,377			13,311			9,334			13,099			7,177
Less: Capitalized interest		(165	)		(165	)		(544	)		(544	)		(1,054	)		(1,075	)
Add: Amortization of capitalized interest		48			48			55			55			55			—

Earnings		6,299			4,109			9,412			8,201			9,478			2,088

Preferred Dividends:
Series A Preferred Dividends		585			199			780			—			—			—
Series B Preferred Dividends		4,500			—			6,000			—			—			—

Preferred Dividends		5,085			199			6,780			—			—			—

Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges		—			0.64	x		—			0.88	x		0.72	x		0.29	x
Pro Forma ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges		0.85	x		—			0.71	x		—			—			—
Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges and Preferred Dividends		—			0.62	x		—			0.88	x		0.72	x		0.29	x
Pro Forma ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges and Preferred Dividends		0.51	x		—			0.47	x		—			—			—

EXHIBIT 21.1

Subsidiaries of Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc.


Name		Jurisdiction of Formation / Incorporation
GLB Encino, LLC		Delaware
Glenborough Tierrasanta, LLC		Delaware
HCTD, LLC		Delaware
HFOP Associates, LLC		Delaware
HFOP City Plaza, LLC		Delaware
Howard Street Associates, LLC		Delaware
Hudson 10950 Washington, LLC		Delaware
Hudson 222 Kearny, LLC		Delaware
Hudson 9300 Wilshire, LLC		Delaware
Hudson Capital, LLC		California
Hudson Del Amo Office, LLC		Delaware
Hudson Media and Entertainment Management, LLC		Delaware
Hudson Office Properties, LLC		Delaware
Hudson OP Management, LLC		Delaware
Hudson Pacific Properties, L.P.		Maryland
Hudson Pacific Services, Inc.		Maryland
Hudson Sunset Gower, LLC		Delaware
Hudson Sunset Bronson, LLC		Delaware
SGS Holdings, LLC		Delaware
SGS Realty II, LLC		Delaware
SGS Realty I, LLC		Delaware
Sunset Bronson Entertainment Properties, LLC		Delaware
Sunset Bronson Services, LLC		Delaware
Sunset Gower Services, LLC		Delaware
Sunset Studios Holdings, LLC		Delaware

EXHIBIT 23.3

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

We consent to the reference to our firm under the captions “Experts” and to the use of our report dated February 16, 2010 with respect to the statement of revenues and certain expenses of City Plaza; our report dated April 9, 2010 with respect to the combined statement of revenues and certain expenses of GLB Encino, LLC and Glenborough Tierrasanta, LLC; our report dated November 22, 2010 with respect to the combined financial statements of Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc; our report dated November 22, 2010 with respect to the financial statements of Howard Street Associates, LLC; our report dated November 22, 2010 with respect to the statement of revenues and certain expenses of ECI Washington, LLC; and our report dated November 22, 2010 with respect to the statement of revenues and certain expenses of Canpartners IV 222 Kearny, LLC, all included in the Registration Statements on Form S-11 (No. 333- ) filed on November 22, 2010 and related Prospectus of Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc. for the registration of its Series B cumulative redeemable preferred stock.

/s/ Ernst & Young

Los Angeles, California

November 22, 2010

Exhibit 23.4

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

We consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Form S-11 of Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc. of our report dated November 22, 2010, relating to our audits of the combined financial statements of Hudson Pacific Properties Inc. as of December 31, 2008, for the year ended December 31, 2008 and the period from February 14, 2007 (commencement of operations) through December 31, 2007, appearing in the Prospectus, which is part of this Registration Statement.

We also consent to the reference to our firm under the caption “Experts” in the Prospectus.

/s/ MCGLADREY & PULLEN, LLP

Chicago, Illinois

November 22, 2010

Exhibit 23.5

CONSENT OF ROSEN CONSULTING GROUP

We hereby consent to the use of our name in the Registration Statement on Form S-11, to be filed by Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc., and the related Prospectus and any further amendments or supplements thereto (collectively, the “Registration Statement”), the Rosen Consulting Group Market Study prepared for Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc. (the “Market Study”) as an exhibit to the Registration Statement and the references to the Market Study wherever appearing in the Registration Statement, including, but not limited to the references to our company under the headings “Prospectus Summary”, “Industry Background and Market Opportunity”, and “Experts” in the Registration Statement.

Dated: November 17, 2010

ROSEN CONSULTING GROUP

/s/ R ANDALL S AKAMOTO

Name: Randall Sakamoto

Title: Senior Vice President